yt 4 Satine Met ath pnt BULLETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA VoL. 52 JANUARY-APRIL, 1958 Part 1 CONTENTS Corals From the Redwall Limestone (Mississippian ) of Arizona. W. H. Easton and R. C. Gutschick The Pial Vessels of the Central Nervous System in Salamanders. William A. Hilton. .......:0.-.-----c----00000c-0 28 Vertebrate Census of an Earth Stone, Concrete Check Dam at the San Joaquin Experimental Range. Nathan yAGohen and Shenvin Fs Wood. 20 35 Issued April 30, 1953 LIBRARY wgw YORI BOTANICA GARDEN YR . ow » Sea a _ = eo eH ive © sc of @ 7/3) hy Wa vw met Ld — O&2-55 he eo ro a, Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS Dr. Louis C. Wheelerv.......................... Dr. Sherwin F. Wood................----------- Mr. Russell S. Woglum.............-.--------- DrvllowardeRes Halles 200) Say et Dr. W. Dwight Pierce........................- Dr JohnrAe Comstock: 222-22 Mr. Lloyd M. Martin.....................-.0---- Miss Bonnie Templeton ................----- Dr. A. Weir Bell Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. Howard R. Hill Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. William L. Lloyd Be le ae SRR | SENS, President oe, ORCA EN, AWE Ne On ale Ze First Vice President ia eM get Ss Wey cheers San aap neon ie Second Vice President 3h Si Ie NESS 2 ae Membership Secretary Pre seater scenes ete WON SHINE! 5 Assistant to Secretary Mr. Theodore Payne Dr. W. Dwight Pierce Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. Louis C. Wheeler Mr. Russell S. Woglum Dr. Sherwin F. Wood ADVISORY BOARD Dr. H. J. Andrews Dr. Howard S. Brode Mr. Fred E. Burlew Dr. John S. Garth Dr. Homer P. King Mr. Carroll Lang Dr. Irving Rehman Dr. R. H. Swift Miss Bonnie Templeton SCIENCE SECTIONS Section of Agricultural Sciences Mr. Claude A. Richards, Chairman Anthropological Section Miss Ruth Simpson, Chairman Botanical Section Dr. George R. Johnstone, Chairman Section of Earth Sciences Dr. Hildegarde Howard, Chairman Section of Health and Sanitation Dr. Windell D. Gregg, Chairman Section of Junior Scientists Miss Gretchen Sibley, Chairman Section of Physical Sciences Dr. Homer P. King, Chairman Section of Zoological Sciences Dr. Ross Hardy, Chairman STANDING COMMITTEES Finance Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Sherwin F. Wood, Auditor Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. John A. Comstock Mr. Russell S. Woglum Program Dr. Louis C. Wheeler, Chairman Hospitality Dr. Howard R. Hill, Chairman Publication Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. A. Weir Bell Dr. Philip A. Munz Conservation Mr. Carroll Lang, Chairman Membership Dr. Sherman F. Wood, Chairman Library Dr. Howard R. Hill, Chairman OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, California Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences Seren ee he Par 2 1953 CORALS FROM THE REDWALL LIMESTONE (MISSISSIPPIAN) OF ARIZONA By W. H. Easton’ and R. C. GutscHick? INTRODUCTION It is becoming increasingly necessary that the fauna of the Redwall limestone be adequately known. Within the past three years extensive exploration has been undertaken by numerous oil companies in the Great Basin of Utah, Nevada, and California. Much of this work centers about strata of Carboniferous age, but not enough has been published on western formations to enable accurate correlations to be made very often. For instance, the exact relationships between the Madison limestone (which pro- duces oil in the Rocky Mountains), the Redwall limestone of Arizona, and Monte Cristo formation of Nevada and California are still unknown although the three formations are known to be about the same age. This paper presents the stratigraphic distri- bution of corals in the Redwall limestone so that better correla- tions can be made with it. Corals upon which this study is based were collected by R. C. Gutschick on various field trips during 1941 and 1949 while he investigated the Redwall limestone of Arizona. An abstract covering preliminary results was published in 1942. Mr. Gutschick presented this paper orally before the Paleontological Society at the annual meeting in Boston in November, 1952. Although the Redwall limestone, due to its prominent outcrop in the Grand Canyon, is one of the most well known formations in North America, very little has been published about it. Ob- viously, its precipitous topographic expression has prevented careful study, except at rare places, in the Grand Canyon. In addition, however, the formation is not very fossiliferous in the canyon. Most of the field work involved in the present paper was done south of Grand Canyon in the Jerome mining region where the formation is relatively accessible and fossiliferous. Corals are unusually useful in stratigraphic investigations of Paleozoic rocks in many regions. They are husky enough to with- stand considerable physical weathering or abrasion and common- ly retain their specifically identifiable characters even in regions where thinner fossils are obliterated by replacement or alteration. Corals from the Redwall limestone are generally well preserved, even in rocks which have been extensively recrystallized. 1University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California “University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana IL BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52; Part 1, 1953" Gutschick’s study (1942) of the fauna of the Redwall lime- stone is the most detailed account of it yet to be published. Here- tofore only sketchy faunal lists have been published and these are somewhat contradictory. When Gilbert named the Redwall lime- stone in 1875 he mentioned “coralline” or “coralloid mottlings.” The first coral identified from the Redwall limestone was Meno- phyllum excavatum by Girty (in Lee) in 1908. Girty was quoted by Ransome in 1910 as authority for identifying two species of corals from the Redwall limestone. Other writers have contributed similar notes through the years until about half a dozen species have been noted from either this formation or its supposed equiva- lents in Arizona (Modoc limestone, Tornado limestone, Escabrosa limestone, and “Carboniferous limestone’ ). STRATIGRAPHY? INrropuction. — The Redwall limestone is generally a cliff- forming carbonate unit throughout the canyon country of northern Arizona. Although the entire formation is continuously and con- spicuously exposed for several hundred miles throughout the Grand Canyon, there are few places indeed where it can be exam- ined. As a result the formation has been studied in detail where it is accessible along the southwest margin of the Colorado Pla- teau from the East Verde River crossing between the towns of Pine and Payson northwestward to Picacho Butte some 12 miles southeast of Seligman. In this traverse the thickness increases from less than 50 feet to approximately 300 feet respectively. McKee, 1951, has published an isopach map for the Mississippian of Arizona. This covers the area of Fossil Creek, Mingus Moun- tain including Jerome, Sycamore Canyon, and the Black Mesa northeast of Chino Valley. Within this area recognizable litho- logic units were determined; however, until their total areal extent can be traced, numbers rather than names have been assigned to the individual units referred to as members. Other sections outside this area were examined and some collections made so that the corals from these places have been included in this study. The locality list and text-figure 1 indicate the distribu- tion of the fossil corals. DEVONIAN- MISSISSIPPIAN UNCONFORMITY. — The Redwall lime- stone rests unconformably upon the Jerome formation and Island Mesa beds (Stoyanow, 1936) of late Devonian age. The exact position of this contact is not always discernible either physically or faunally since the lowest member of the Redwall contains re-worked Devonian residual material giving it a Devonian ap- pearance and the beds are virtually unfossiliferous. Where it has been recognized, basal conglomerates and wavy, irregular, thin- bedded dolomite rocks are found associated with red, hematitic, discontinuous shale. iThis section is the responsibility of the junior author. 2 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Voly a2 Partly 1953 Member I. — Member I consists of transitional Devonian- Mississippian lithologies in its lower part and a distinctive, uni- form, carbonate zone in its upper part. The lower beds are ob- viously reworked regolithic Devonian materials which resemble the upper Devonian lithologies in being light-gray tinged pink and lavender finely-crystalline dolomites, fine-grained limestones, and local thin quartz sandstones. The beds in the lower part of the member are usually thin but increase in thickness upward from a few inches to several feet. A few layers of limestone in the middle of these transitional beds contain gray chert nodules. The thickness of the transitional beds varies from 18 to 40 feet averaging approximately 25 feet. With the exception of crinoid stems, no other fossils have been found in these rocks. The upper zone of this member is one of the most distinctive, consistent, lithologic units of the entire formation. It consists of _white to very light-gray, semi-crystalline, partly oolitic, thick- bedded limestone. From a distance the light color of this unit stands out between darker colored rocks. It makes a strikingly conspicuous, narrow, horizontal band along the margin of the Colorado Plateau. The topmost bed is coarsely-crystalline, crinoi- dal, fossiliferous limestone which contains abundant cup corals but they must be extracted from the matrix by crushing large blocks of rock. There is an unconformity at the top of Member I which cuts out the upper part to the north and northwest so that in the Grand Canyon area the distinctive unit is not recognized. Member II. — This rock unit differs lithologically from the others by its high content of chert. In the Black Mesa region north of Chino Valley it is light-gray, slightly-pinkish, fine-grained, po- rous, cherty limestone. The white to light-gray fossiliferous chert occurs in nodules which develop into layers of large, flat, nodular chert in the upper part of the member. The porosity in the lime- stone matrix is the result of differential solution of tiny crinoid stems. Southeastward the limestone has not been affected by solu- tion so it is grayish-white, crystalline, crinoidal, and continues to have the cherty layers. Overlying beds lack the chert, so that the contact between Members II and III is rather sharp. Although fossils are not common in this member, a few corals have been collected and are described. The thickness of the member varies from 50 to 100 feet. Menger III. — This unit is characterized by uniform compo- sition, texture, and massive expression. It represents the massive, monolithic, coarsely-crystalline, crinoidal, thick-bedded, fossili- ferous, relatively pure limestone of the formation. Fossils are abundant but preservation is not particularly good. There is no differential resistance between fossil and matrix which makes it necessary to break them out of fresh rock to obtain better speci- 3 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 mens. Corals are very common in this member yet there is little diversity of forms. In the Jerome-Sycamore Canyon-Black Mesa area, there is a peculiar blanket layer of cobble — to boulder-size solution lime- stone rubble which has much red silty material between the clasts. In Sycamore Canyon there is as much as 15 feet of solution breccia. The presence of this residual deposit implies the exis- tence of unconformity between Members III and IV. Member IV. — Member IV consists of gray fine-grained to dense limestones that are partly crystalline in the lower part, cherty in the middle, and micro-oolitic or pellety in the upper part. With the exception of a prominent horn coral zone near the top and a molluscan fauna in the cherts of the middle, fossils are few and scattered in the remainder of the member. The compact- ness and dense texture gives the rock of this member a metallic ring, especially that of the upper part. The thickness ranges from 60 to 75 feet. In the Jerome area the chert weathers a rusty-brown and contains many fossils preserved as molds. The fossils are chiefly mollusks, although corals, brachiopods, and other forms are also present. REDWALL-SUPAI RELATIONSHIPS. — In Gila County southeast of Pine, Arizona, pre-Pennsylvanian channeling has removed the upper part of the Redwall, and the Naco formation (Pennsylva- nian) rests unconformably on it with over 25 feet of relief along the contact (Huddle and Dobrovolny, 1952). Members III and IV are missing and all that remains of Member II in places is a skeletal rubble of residual limestone blocks. Northwestward at Fossil Creek the Naco formation rests on Member IV. From Fossil Creek to Jerome the relationship between the Naco forma- tion and the lower Supai formation is obscure due to lack of out- crops. At Jerome and northwestward to Peach Springs, fossils have not been found in the lower Supai formation, therefore pre- cise correlation of these rocks (Hughes, 1952; McNair, 1951) has not been possible. The Redwall limestone generally erodes into cliffs with the upper part making a bench. Soft reddish shales of the overlying lower Supai formation are weak and form slopes. Locally a con- glomerate consisting of dark-gray to yellowish and purple-red, fine-grained to dense limestone pebbles and cobbles along with gray chert which often weathers rust-colored is found in depres- sions on the Redwall surface. This conglomerate is loosely ce- mented and has a purplish-red silty shale matrix. GENERAL Remarks. — The entire fauna of the Redwall lime- stone presents some interesting problems which are fundamental to the understanding of western Mississippian stratigraphy. Fau- nal elements are represented by brachiopods, corals (cup, horn, + BULLETIN, So. CALtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 ‘and colonial), crinoids (mainly fragmental with calices uncom- mon), cephalopods (principally nautiloids), foraminifers, bryo- zoans, snails, clams, fishes (teeth and spines ), blastoids, trilobites, ostracods, worm tubes, and echinoid fragments. Calcareous algae have also been recognized. Two obstacles which impede the prog- ress of the paleontologic correlation are (a) lack of fossils in the more critical parts of the section; namely Members I, I, and IV, although the latter has well preserved corals near the top, and (b) the generally poor state of preservation of the better specimens. There have been no comprehensive general paleontological reports published recently on the western Mississippian which carefully describe the complete fauna of an entire formation or group of formations. Naturally correlation has usually been made by comparing western Mississippian fossils with those of the type area in the Mississippi Valley; however, there has been no ade- quate understanding of the relationship of the faunas of the two areas which are separated by quite some distance. A case in point is the identification of Spirifer centronatus throughout the west based upon comparison of inadequately described material from Ohio; yet the chain of references to this form persists to the present. Only recently Bowsher has checked the type specimens and visited the locality from which they were collected so that clarification of the species is forthcoming. One peculiar relationship which becomes apparent as the study progresses is that the corals and cephalopods both taken by themselves indicate a lower Mississippian (Kinderhook) age for the entire formation in the area studied from Natural Bridge to Picacho Butte, including the Redwall exposed in the laccoliths of the Flagstaff region. Some brachiopods, crinoids, and blastoids (especially from Member III) clearly suggest an Osage (Bur- lington) correlation for that unit. This apparent anomaly is not unlike the situation reported by Schindewolf (1928) in which the corals, brachiopods, and trilobites each suggest different correla- tion boundaries between Devonian and Carboniferous. A small collection of poorly preserved fragmental nautiloid cephalopods from the chert in Member IV of the Jerome Hill section was studied by A. K. Miller et al, 1949. The cephalopods include Triboloceras digonum varieties semicirculare and dyeri (?) which along with others seem to indicate a Kinderhook age for the beds which contain them. This is in total agreement with the corals. Of course, not much is known about Osage cephalopods in this country so that it is possible that the above forma may pee longer ranges than are now known. Diligent research has been made for goniatites and some have been found but the preserva- tion is too poor for identification of the specimens. Stoyanow, 1936, stated that well-preserved heads of the cri- 5 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 noid Physetocrinus have been found in the Natural Bridge area between Pine and Payson. A. L. Bowsher (personal communica- tion) of the U. S. National Museum, where a specimen is de- posited, has identified it as Physetocrinus lobatus. Elsewhere this species is confined to the Nunn member of the Lake Valley forma- tion, wherein it is common in the lower part. The Nunn member is probably lower Osage (Fern Glen) age. Stoyanow (ibid, 1936, pp. 512-513) reports that Wooddell found Schizophoria swallovi, Spirifer rowleyi, and Orthotetes keokuk in the Redwall at Jerome. Collections at hand include in addition Spirifer grimesi, Spirifer forbesi, Pentremites, and Schizo- blastus (possibly Cryptoblastus ), Lyropora and other less impor- tant fossils which collectively have an Osage aspect. Further study of the gross fauna is being continued (by RCG). Zeller’s preliminary work (1950) on the endothyroid foramini- fera suggests that they may have stratigraphic importance for correlation. Foraminifera of this type have been found in the upper part of the Redwall north of Peach Springs. The forms are large, being similar to forms common in the Meramec of the type area; however, no systematic study of the phylogeny of the endo- thyroid foraminifera is available from which precise correlation of species can be made. ANALYSIS OF THE FAUNA? The coral fauna of the Redwall limestone largely consists of new species or of species the ranges of which are indecisive. For these reasons, the correlation of the formation on faunal methods is difficult. Vertical ranges of genera alone are too long to be significant. One must either compare evolutionary stages of spe- cies or correlate by comparing ranges of closely related forms. These latter methods are obviously prone to introduce subjective error. In as much as the correlation of strata in Arizona with those _ in Missouri and Illinois involves a very long distance and the intervention of diverse geological terranes, accuracy of the ulti- mate conclusions is accordingly reduced. Nevertheless, the con- clusions stated below constitute a reasonable statement of the probable relationship of these faunas with those of the standard Mississippian section. Triplophyllites (T.) persimilis is rather closely related to T. cliffordanus from the Fern Glen formation and the Chouteau limestone of the Mississippi Valley, and is even more closely related to T. excavatus from the Madison limestone of the Cor- dilleran region. This indicates an age duration of upper Kinder- hookian to lower Osagian in Missouri and Illinois. 1This section is the responsibility of the senior author. 6 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 Text-figure 1. Location of measured sections and fossil lo- calities. | oe 4 i | | i] i { r 1 I | 1 NX H | | z 1. A es as “dg ke eS > =e i < 1 — z a c Sp) SS . uy Oo. o O ‘e rb end oO Ss 2 2 4 pas > 4 Us; a (OS) = a Si; -E ness 9 KOS = ff ata _j wo o i ' BE ler. (ore. ON Gy Geese Ssoss we 4 } oO oO : Lou Dm | ! cet t=O, a8 Sa ite Sy | So a Cie: Eu !}356 = H 1 ee 2- = o a og ' =)a> = >u 7 = i=) ce i Na Ws ed nh | lor 25 Dye es oi (See S =e D.., BS aye = ? pe ae: g } ' / ps ay a ~ / cS 2p) = = / 5S s = oO / | aa) i O | ep) 1 = i H ale © 6 eg ae o + 82) floras ens : MOSS sree APT A Wie ee Ne L | x @ i ih b / at Hl b | b | | b | | b ! 0 i b H i i i as lt On il b ball i i B TE alae nd Dnlee On Dollsg peg ; fl aia [MEM. I |MEMBER ree | —- | ol! m < ail z > z 3 | wn Text Figure II Text-figure II. Stratigraphic distribution of corals in the Red- wall limestone of Arizona. Numbers refer to the numbered mem- bers mentioned in the text. The columnar section is a stylized representation of the outcrops in the Jerome district. See page 10. 10 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 9: 10. iil. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 7. 18. to: 20. 21. 22. - 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Member IV. About 50 feet from the top of the formation from bed 5A (of Noble, 1922, p. 56) on the west side of Bass Canyon 4 mile north of Bass Trail; in Grand Canyon. From 40-50 feet above the base of member III. From the pile of blocks on the southwest side of the hairpin bend on the road following the old narrow gauge railway at Bodkin, about 5 miles (airline) west-northwest from Jerome, Clarkdale quadrangle. Float from member III. Same locality as number 6. From clast of Redwall limestone in basal conglomerate of Supai (?) formation. Same locality as number 8. From 10-15 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. From 25-30 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. From 30-35 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. From 15-20 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. From 2-10 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 8. From 268 feet above the base of the lower massive limestone of the Redwall limestone in Iceberg Canyon, Grand Canyon National Park; collected by E. D. McKee. From 45-50 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. Member III. From northeast side of Hell Canyon about % mile south of the railroad trestle along U. S. Highway 89; NE, NE, sec. 5, T. 18 N., R. 1 W. From 20-25 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. From 5-10 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. From upper 30 feet of member IV. Same locality as 8. From 0-5 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. From lower 4 or 5 feet of limestone 20 feet thick in the upper half of member I. From near the top of the south side of the butte in Lonesome Valley on the east side of Chino Valley, C, Wk, NW, NE, NE, sec. 14, T. 16 N., R. 1 W., Paulden quadrangle. From 50-55 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. From 60-65 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 5. From 10-27 feet above the base of member III. Same locality as 8. 11 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vole 52eRartlel955 29. 44, 45. From the upper 76 feet of member III. From the west-facing scarp of a northwest extension of Mingus Mountain; C, SE, sec. 25, T. 16 N., R. 1 E., Mingus Mountain quadrangle. From member III. From the east-facing escarpment about 1.2 miles west of Jerome, in the steep wash in the SW, NE, sec. 21, T. 16 N., R. 2 E., Clarkdale quadrangle. From bed A-2 in the upper massive limestone of the Redwall limestone in Parashant Canyon, Grand Canyon National Park; collected by E. D. McKee. From member III. From same locality as number 5. From 17% feet below the top of member II. From the east side of a small fault in the east wall of Hell Canyon at the sharp bend; C, E%, NE, NE, sec. 30, T. 19 N., R. 1 W., Ash Fork quadrangle. Undifferentiated Redwall limestone (probably from member III). From fault block on the east side of Elden Mountain in NE, SE, sec. 25, T. 22 N., R. 7 E., Flagstaff quadrangle, Coconino County, Arizona; collected by Major L. F. Brady. . Undifferentiated Redwall limestone. From near Natural Bridge, near C, S line, sec. 5, T. 11 N., R 9 E., Pine quad- rangle. From near the top of member I. From the same locality as 5. From cherty limestone in the upper part of member II. From bench and bluff topography on slopes and tops of hills in Nz’, NE, SE, sec. 9, T. 18 N., R. 2 W., Paulden quadrangle. Undifferentiated Redwall limestone (probably from member III). From Kilpatrick Spring at the same locality as 34. Col- lected by Major L. F. Brady. Float from member III. From same locality as 5. Undifferentiated Redwall limestone. From Marble Mountain (= Marble Hills, — White Horse Hills) in secs. 1, 12, T. 28 N., R. 6 E., and sec. 7, T. 23 N., R. 7 E., Flagstaff quadrangle, Coconino County, Arizona, Collector unknown. . Undifferentiated Redwall limestone. From above the Conrad Ranch, at same locality as 34. Collected by Major L. F. Brady. . Undifferentiated Redwall limestone. From Slate Mountain, about 6 miles north of Kendrick Peak, in NW4#, sec. 2, T. 24 N., R. 5 E., or SW, sec. 35, T. 25 N., R.5 E., Flagstaff quad- rangle, Coconino County, Arizona. Collector unknown. . From 35-40 feet above the base of member III. From same locality as 5. From the base of the Redwall limestone, Quartermaster Can- yon, Grand Canyon National Park. Collected by E. D. McKee. From 6-26 feet above the solution breccia at the base of member IV. From the same locality as 30. 12 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol52s)Part1953 46. From the lower 41% feet of member III. From the walls of the narrow canyon in Verde River in C, SE, sec. 27, T. 18 N., R. 1 E., Paulden quadrangle. 47. Slope collection from member IV. From same locality as 5. 48. From 13 feet below the top of member I. From same locality as 5. 49. From 40-45 feet above the base of member III. From same locality as 5. 50. From the upper part of the lower massive cliff. From same locality as 31. Collected by E. D. McKee. 51. From 80-85 feet above the base of member III. From same locality as 5. 52. From upper 25 feet of member I. From same locality as 29. 53. From either member I or Il. From Sycamore Creek, probably in sec. 7, T. 11 N., R. 10 E., Gila County, Arizona. Collected by Major L. F. Brady. 54. From uppermost part of member IV. From same locality as number 30. 55. From member III. From Hell Canyon between Drake and Verde River. 56. Possibly from member IV. From same locality as 30. 57. From 22 feet below the top of member II. From same locality as 33. 58. From 25 feet above the base of member III. From same local- ity as 5. 59. Undifferentiated Redwall limestone. From the north side of Chino Valley in the Black Mesa. Probably the same as or very near 5. 60. From 39 feet above the base of member IV. From same local- ity as 8. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are pleased to acknowledge the assistance of the following persons who have advanced us in this study by furnishing speci- mens or information on localities: Major L. F. Brady, Dr. E. D. McKee, and Dr. A. Stoyanow. The primary types and the majority of the collections have been deposited at the Museum of Northern Arizona at Flagstaff. Information on Physetocrinus was furnished by Mr. A. L. Bowsher. SYSTEMATICS Collections used in the following section are referred to as follows: MNA — Museum of Northern Arizona, Flagstaff, Arizona; USC — University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California; GCNP — Grand Canyon National Park Museum, Arizona; UI — University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois. 13 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 Phylum Coelenterata Class Anthozoa Order Tetracoralla Family Hapsiphyllidae Grabau, 1928, emend. Easton, 1944 Genus Triplophyllites Easton, 1944 Subgenus Triplophyllites Easton, 1951 Triplophyllites ellipticus species group Triplophyllites (Triplophyllites) perstmilis Easton and Gutschick, n. sp. Plate II, figures 5, 9 21904. Menophyllum excavatum. Girty in Ransome, U. S. Geol. Surv., Prof. Pap. 21, p. 50. Escabrosa limestone, Arizona. 21905. Menophyllum excavatum. Girty in Lee, U. S. Geol. Surv., Water Supp. Pap. 136, p. 97. Redwall limestone, Arizona. 21908. Menophyllum excavatum. Girty in Lee, U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 352, p. 16. Redwall limestone, Arizona. 21910. Menophyllum excavatum. Darton, U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 435, p. 24, Redwall limestone, Arizona. 21914. Menophyllum excavatum. Girty in Noble, U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 549, p. 66. Redwall limestone, Arizona. 21917. Menophyllum excavatum. Girty in Ransome, U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 98, pp. 147, 152. Escabrosa limestone and Carboniferous limestone, Arizona. Externals. — Curved, trochoid, somewhat elliptical in cross- section, epitheca nearly smooth with encircling striae. Corals about 5 cm long. Cardinal fossula on the concave side of the coral. In very late ephebic stage the septa withdraw from the axis, become slender, and eventually exist as septal ridges on the inner surface of the epitheca. The calyx, therefore, is very deep. Transverse sections. — In early ephebic stage, (diameters about 3.5 by 4.5 mm), there are 20 major septa, of which 4 lie on either side of the cardinal septum, which reaches the axis and lies in a narrow fossula. The counter septum is somewhat thickened. The cardinal fossula is bounded by thickened fused septal termi- nations which form a phyllotheca. No tabulae were observed. Comparison. — This species differs from Triplophyllites exca- vatus (Girty), 1899, in having more septa than in that species. Otherwise it resembles T. excavatus in most details. Material. — Specimen studied: 23. Holotype G2.4078; para- type G2.4079; other specimens, G2.100, G2.128, G2.4077; GCNP — FR 72. UI — not numbered. Occurrence. — Localities 1, 10, 718, P16, P19, 22, P26, 33, 37, 38, 46, 247, P50. Remarks. — Although Girty said in the original description Menophyllum? excavatum that it lacked tabulae, tabulae are shown on the inner edge of the cardinal fossula on one of his figures (Girty 1899, pl. 67, fig. Ic). 14 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 Various specimens referred in the literature to Zaphrentis sp. Menophyllum sp., and Menophyllum excavatum from the Red- wall Madison, and Escabrosa limestones may be referable to T. persimilis. References only to Arizona specimens are included in the synonymy above, mostly for the sake of completeness. Speci- mens were not studied to substantiate the identifications so the references are all questioned. No typical T. excavatus was seen among the Redwall specimens studied, but that does not preclude the possibility that the species occurs in Arizona. Subgenus Homalophyllites Easton, 1944 emend. Easton, 1951 Homalophyllites calceolus species group Triplophyllites (Homalophyllites ) paucicinctus Easton and Gutschick, n. sp. Plate I, figures 3, 5; Plate II, figures 6-8 Externals. — Medium size ceratoid to trochoid corals with marked flattening on convex side except in very advanced stages when the calyx may be circular. Epitheca generally smooth but with a few irregularly located rounded constrictions. Average length about 2.5 to 3 cm. Transverse sections. — In very early ephebic stage (diameters 1.7 by 1.5 mm) there are 13 septa, of which the short cardinal septum is in a wide fossula and the cardinal quadrants contain 2 or 3 septa. At a slightly later stage (diameters 3.5 by 3.0 mm), there are 18 septa, of which the cardinal septum reaches almost to the center and each cardinal quadrant contains four septa. Later (diameters 6.0 by 5.0 mm) there are 24 septa, the cardinal fossula has become very narrow, the cardinal septum is short, and the cardinal quadrants contain 5 or 6 septa. At diameters 9.5 by 7.5 mm there are 34 septa, of which 7 or 8 are in each cardinal quadrant. In full maturity just above the floor of the calyx (diam- eters 17.0 by 12.0 mm) there are 46 major septa, of which 10 or 11 are in each cardinal quadrant. These are dilated and touch along almost their entire length, whereas the septa of the counter quad- rants are somewhat thinner than the others and are free at their axial edges. Minor septa tend to be contratingent, especially in the cardinal quadrants. The peripheral portions of all septa are tightly appressed so that there is a dense border (namely a septal stereotheca ). Other mature sections show essentially the same features. There is apparently a very deep impression in the floor of the calyx that may lie within the cardinal fossula or extend into the alar fossulae as well, in which case the calicular pit is three- pronged. Occasionally a coral loses the flattening of the convex side and becomes round, in which case the septa may all be of about equal strength and separated by loculi, instead of being so excessively dilated. LONGITUDINAL SECTION. — The solid nature of the corals pre- vents detailed interpretation of structure from longitudinal sec- 15 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 tions, however, the tabulae appear to be sparse, about 5 or 6 occurring in 5 mm and these sloping gently proximally and peripherally. Comparison. — This species differs from T. (Homalophyllites) calceolus in having more septa, which are much more densely packed together, in being somewhat larger, and in having fewer and less sharply defined constrictions of the corallite. MATERIAL. — Specimens studied: 124. Holotype G2.4181; paratypes G2.4182; ideotypes G2.4131, G2.4132, G2.4179; other specimens G2.87, G2.100, G2.107, G2.123, G2.127, G2.155, G2.217, G2.4096-G2.4130, G2.4186-G2.4188, G2.4191. USC 3053. UI not numbered. OccuRRENCE. — Localities 1, 3, 7, 10, 12-17, 19-22, 24-31, 34, 35, 38, 40, 41, 48, 45, 49. Homalophyllites reversus species group Triplophyllites (Homalophyllites) subcrassus Easton and Gutschick, n. sp. Plate I, figure 4; Plate II, figures 1-4 EXTERNALS. — Corals slightly curved, ceratoid, circular in cross-section. Calyces deep, evenly concave, with 40 to 44 major septa in mature calyces reaching almost to axis at floor but being progressively shorter near expitheca. Epitheca smooth, without noticeable constrictions. Length of mature corallites about 3 cm, diameter of mature calyces about 11 mm. TRANSVERSE SECTIONS. — The holotype in middle ephebic stage (diameters 8.5 by 9.5 mm) has 36 major septa with very short contratingent minor septa commonly fused to peripheral edges of major septa. The cardinal septum is joined on either side near the tip by a major septum. There are § major septa in the right cardinal quadrant. Tabulae common. At a slightly younger stage (diameters 8.0 by 7.5 mm) there are 32 major septa, of which the cardinal septum is fairly short, the counter septum is not fused with adjacent septa, and each cardinal quadrant contains 7 major septa. Minor septa are short, free at their axial edges, and tend to learn towards the counter position. The cardinal fossula is slightly expanded axially and not especially narrow. Comparison. — This species differs from T. (H ‘omalophyllites) paucicinctus in being somewhat smaller, circular in cross-section, with more slender major septa which do not form a wide periph- eral sclerotheca, and in lacking the constrictions of the epitheca. MATERIAL. - Spc studied: 50. pees & 4178; para- 3054, Oe OccuRRENCE. — Localities 3, 11, 12, 28, 42, 45. 16 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES : VolyolmPartelenl953 Family Caniniidae Genus Caninophyllum Lewis, 1929 Remarks. — The genus has heretofore been reported from the Lower Carboniferous of Belgium, France, the British Isles, Aus- tralia, and possibly from Oregon and China. Essential data have been quoted previously in American Literature (Easton, 1944, p. 130). Caninophyllum incrassatum Easton and Gutschick, n. sp. Plate III, figures 1-4 1905. ? Cyathophyllum sp. Girty in Lee, U. S. Geol. Surv., Water Supp. Pap. 136, p. 97. Redwall limestone, Arizona. 1917. ? Cyathophyllum sp. Girty in Ransome, U. S. Geol. Surv., Prof. Pap. 98, p. 152, Carboniferous limestone, Arizona. Plate I EXPLANATION OF PLATE I Figs. 3, 5. Triplophyllites (Homalophyllites) paucicinctus Easton and Gut- schick, n. sp.; holotype; MNA G2.4181; 1X. 3a, Cardinal side. 3b, Left alar side. 5, cardinal side of a specimen weathered to show traces of septa; W258 [GRATE OVER RES ee cee Cee eRe Se tite Men ete Ti eee te ee ne ee Or een eee p. 15 Fig. 4. Triplophyllites (Homalophyllites) subcrassus Easton and Gutschick, EES OlOty pe) NIN Ay GOA (Os Xone ee Dak Fig. 6. Pleurodictyum expansum (White); hypotype; MNA G2.4177; surface Ot Gollonapys DCs se Melee ee aes Deal a de aE Li eee ied wee AW 8s eee Rp p. 24 Fig. 7. Genus and species not determined, MNA G2.4183. 7a, Left alar SIL IW Oere 11 (Cally Xa Nee Wins NOR Shee ce aN Sane FAM Sie 8 eee ee Do alt i BuLueTin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 EXTERNALS. — Corallites very large, conico-cylindrical; speci- mens attain lengths of about 15 cm and diameters of 4 cm. Calyx of a specimen (GCNP - FR 116A) 4 cm in diameter is 3.5 cm deep and has a flat calical floor 1.5 cm in diameter; epitheca with faint interseptal ridges and bourrelets. TRANSVERSE SECTIONS. — In early ephebic stage, 36 long major septa and an equal number of rudimentary minor septa are pres- ent. The major septa are much dilated within the tabularium and most of them nearly reach the axis; they are bunched together in four groups. A few lonsdaleoid dissepiments are present. In middle ephebic stage, there are 38 long major septa which are even more dilated within the tabularium now than in earlier stages. The quadripartite grouping of major septa still persists. Minor septa are rare and are obscure because they are incorpor- ated within the dissepimentarium. Dissepiments still tend to be mostly interseptal, although an occasional lonsdaleoid dissepi- ment is present. The development of the coral is very well shown in serial sections of the holotype and a paratype in the same piece of rock. At the earliest stage observed in the paratype (diameter about 2.5 mm) there appears to be a median plate and other septa, but the precise number cannot be determined. At a diameter of about 3.5 mm the cardinal septum is long and very dilated, and occurs on the flattened side of the section; about 11 other septa are pres- ent, of which about 3 on either side of the cardinal septum are short and obscure; tabulae are present. At a diameter of about 4 mm! there are about 14 septa, arranged very much as in the preceding section, except that the counter septum is very long. At a diameter of about 8 mm there are 24 very dilated septa, most of which nearly reach the axis. Development in the holotype from here on shows 26 septa at a maximum diameter of 10.5 mm, very much as described for the preceding stage, but the outline of the corallite is crescentic or semicircular with the cardinal side on the flattened side. The first indication of dissepiments was noted just beyond this stage, but by the time there are 34 still much dilated septa (diameters 10.0 by 11.5 mm) there is not yet a definite dissepimentarium. A few lonsdaleoid dissepiments occur when there are still 36 septa (diameters 13.5 by 16 mm) and there is a true dissepimentarium by the time 38 major septa are present (diameters 18.5 by 20.0 mm); a few minor septa are also present at the inner edge of the tabularium. As growth proceeded in sub- sequent stages, the minor septa continue to be restricted to the same region, but the major septa extend outward peripherally as thin plates half the diameter of the dissepimentarium so that half IThis stage is very similar to that of V. sedaliense figured by the writer (1944 pl. 5, fig. 7). 18 BULLETIN, So. CatiF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 the dissepiments are interseptal and half are lonsdaleoid. In some sections most septa are interseptal. LONGITUDINAL SECTION. — Dissepiments very steeply tilted, elongate, and thin-walled. Tabulae slope axially and proximally. Comparison. — This species differs from C. ? readi (Merriam ) in having relatively longer major septa which are more dilated, fewer minor septa, and in being somewhat smaller. MarTerrIAL. — Specimens studied: 51. Holotype G2.4155; para- types G2.4143, G2.4151, G2.4153, G2.4154; ideotypes G2.4152, G2.4176; other specimens, G2.2044, G2.4133, G2.4150-G2.4156, G2.4185; GCNP-FR 70A, 70B, 91, 104, 112, 116, 119, 122, 123, 128. OccurRENCE. — Localities 1, 2, 5-8, 10, 12, 14, 18, 19, 21, 31, 32, 36, 44, P45, 50, P51. REMARKS. — It was observed that there may be another phase of this species in which the corallites tend to retain a long slender habit, do not have lonsdaleoid dissepiments so early, if at all, and tend to have more slender septa (Plate III, fiure 4). Subsequent work may provide reason for separating this phase taxonomically or perhaps explaining it on an ecologic basis. For the present, the writer prefers to designate it as simply “slender phase” of C. incrassatum. It occurs at localities 10, 14, 19, 45, 50, P51. It is represented in the collection by MNA G2.4135, G2.4147, G2.4150, G2.4141, G2.4134, G2.4136. The species can be referred to Lewis’ “Monense” type of the genotype, C. archiaci, which is charac- teristic of the S,-D, beds of the British Isles. Family Lithostrotiontidae (Grabau 1927) Chi, 1931 Genus Lithostrotion Fleming, 1828 Genomorph Lithostrotionella Yabe and Hayasaka, 1915 ReMarkKS. — The writers are following the systematic arrange- ment used by McLaren and Sutherland (1949, p. 629) in their excellent restudy of Lithostrotion. Following their usage, the name of the genomorph is placed in brackets after the generic name, as follows. Lithostrotion (Lithostrotionella) circinatus Easton and Gutschick, n. sp. Plate III, figures 5, 6 TRANSVERSE SECTIONS. — In early ephebic stages when the corallites measure 3 or 4 mm in diameter, there are about 12 or 14 septa, of which approximately half of them (probably major septa) reach the axis and the remainder do not (probably minor septa). Even at this early stage the tendency for lonsdaleoid retreat of septa is strong, although some septa do reach the epitheca. The columella is weakly developed and may be repre- sented by a very slightly thickened axial plate or in some cases be absent entirely. Dilation of septal portions within the inner wall is only faintly indicated. 19 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 In mature corallites about 10 mm in diameter, about 22 major septa are present, most of which reach the columella and are quite dilated within the inner wall. Lonsdaleoid dissepiments are abundant although occasionally a septum may reach the epitheca. Minor septa barely extend beyond the inner wall. The columella is rounded except for small thickened outgrowths where major septa meet it. In late maturity, the major septa tend to retreat from the columella, which then appears quite smooth and oval except where a stronger septum at one end (presumably the counter septum ) is fused with it. Minor septa may appear as septal crests. In all mature stages the intersections of tabulae are convex axially, which means that although the tabulae slope peripherally and proximally, they sag proximally between septa. In addition, the coralla are always composed of polygonal cerioid corallites. LONGITUDINAL SECTION. — The dissepiments are narrow and elongate and lie at an angle of about 20° with the axis. The generally incomplete tabulae slope axially and proximally at an angle of about 70°, approach being horizontal at their ends, and number about 12 in 5 mm. Comparison. — This species differs from Lithostrotionella hemisphaerica Hayasaka in having generally narrow corallites, less steeply sloping dissepiments, more steeply sloping tabulae which are more closely spaced, fewer septa, and rounded colum- ella. MATERIAL. — Specimens studied: 3. Holotype G2.4157; para- type G2.4158; topotype G2.4159; other specimen, G2.4162. USC 3050, peel sections of holotype. OccurRRENCE. — Localities 1, 2, 65. Lithostrotion (Diphyphyllum) ? inconstans Easton and Gutschick, n. sp. Plate II, figures 10-12 1922. ?Diphyphyllum sp. Girty in Noble, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Pap. 131-B, p. 56. (Redwall limestone, Arizona. ) 1922. PDiphyphyllum (Lithostrotion?) sp. Girty in Noble, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Pap. 131-B, p. 56 (Redwall limestone, Arizona ). TRANSVERSE SECTIONS. — In mature corallites about 9 mm in diameter, there are 26 or 28 septa which extend slightly more than half the radius, are thin, and although they generally reach the epitheca, they may be interrupted by lonsdaleoid dissepiments. A narrow inner wall is present. The coralla apparently are loosely fasciculate to nearly mas- sive, the holotype showing three sub-polygonal corallites at one place and scattered corallites elsewhere, whereas the ideotype seems to be loosely fasciculate. 20 BULLETIN, So. Cauir.. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vole 52) Part de 1953 The axial plate was tentatively identified in one transverse section. LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS. — Tabulae nearly all complete, strong- ly recurved proximally near their peripheries, essentially flat over the axial region and numbering 8 or 10 in 5 mm. Dissepiments in one or, rarely, two ranges, steeply sloping, varying from being rounded to being elongate and narrow. Inner wall irregularly sinuous. One oblique longitudinal section shows a short rather thick columella with the tabulae sharply arched distally and axially immediately adjacent to it. Comparison. — This species differs from D. mutabile Kelly in having larger corallites, longer and more numerous septa, a much more impersistent columella and rarely arched tabulae, and probably more tightly massed corallites. MATERIAL. — Specimens studied: 8. Holotype, G2.4160; ideo- type, G2.4161. USC 3051, thin section of holotype; GCNP-FR 82, 84, 94, 95, 100, 143. OccuRRENCE. — Localities 1, 3, ?4, 9, 18, 31. REMARKS. — The species combines the characters of some described “genera” or genomorphs, namely, Diphyphyllum, Dor- lodotia, Lithostrotion, and Thysanophyllum. It is here placed questionably in the genomorph Diphyphyllum because it most commonly exhibits the characters of that group. One section, however, (see plate II, figure 11), shows a discontinuous colu- mella in the form of a median plate. Scattered traces of this feature were noted on other sections not illustrated. No coral similar to this has been reported from the standard Mississippian section of the United States. Position Uncertain Genus and species unidentified Plate I, figures 7a, 7b Remarks. — Two silicified specimens of a short patellate coral were collected. One has 28 major septa and an equal number of rudimentary minor septa; the apical angle is 90°. The other, with an apical angle of 80° had perhaps 36 or 38 major septa when complete. The calyx is deep and the walls are parallel with the epitheca. The corals are about 1.5 cm tall and the calyces are about 1.5 cm in diameter. MatERIAL. — Specimens studied: 2. G2.183, G2.4183. OccurRENCE. — Localities 35, 52. Order Tabulata Family Syringoporidae Milne-Edwards and Haime Genus Syringopora Goldfuss, 1826 Remarks. — The specimens studied herein are typical of Syringopora, being without bundles of lateral processes, and without extraordinarily thick walls. 21 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 19538 Knowledge of the syringoporoids is not highly refined. S. sur- cularia and S. aculeata identified below are in the nature of form species based on the diameter of the corallites, the density of colonial packing, and the nature of the septal spines. References in the literature to Syringopora sp. and S. harveyi are not included in the synonymies below because the specimens were not studied. The writer saw no specimens of S. harveyi among the Redwall specimens. It is quite probable that the speci- mens of S. harveyi reported from the Redwall should be referred to S. aculeata on the basis of similar diameters of corallites. Syringopora aculeata Girty, 1899 Plate II, figures 13-16 1899. Syringopora aculeata Girty, U. S. Geol. Survey, Mon. 32, pt. 2, pp. 484, 509, pl. 67, figs. 5a, b. (Madison limestone, Wyoming. ) 1904. Syringopora aculeata. Girty in Ransome, U. S. Geol. Sur- vey, Prof. Pap. 21, p. 50. (Escabrosa limestone, Arizona. ) 1905. Syringopora aculeata. Girty in Lee, U. S. Geol. Survey Water Supp. Pap. 136, p. 97. (Redwall limestone, Arizona. ) 1917. Syringopora aculeata. Girty in Ransome, U. S. Geol. Sur- vey, Prof. Pap. 98, pp. 143, 147, 152. (Tornado limestone, Arizona. ) Diacnosis. — Syringopora with corallites about 1.5 mm in diameter usually separated from adjacent corallites by about 3 mm. Epitheca with encircling striae. Lateral processes scarce, not arranged in planes or groups of three or four at each point of connection. In transverse section the septal spines are short and sharp numbering about 24 to 30, and apparently confined to the epi- theca. Tabular intersections arranged in about ten irregularly concentric ellipses whose centers are not axially located. In longitudinal section the tabulae overlap proximally in one to three ranges so that they are about twice as long as wide. Tabulae on each half occupy about one-third of the diameter. Central tube, in which transverse tabulae were not observed, occupies about one-third of the diameter. Rows of septal spines are visible occasionally, arranged in vertical series. MATERIAL. — Specimens studied: 31. Hypotype: G2.1355, G2.4171. Other specimens: G2.101, G2.178, G2.181, G2.1249, G2.1354, G2.4163-G2.4170, G2.4172-G2.4175. USC 3052, thin sec- tions of hypotype; GCNP-FR 71. Locaurries. — 13, 22.35, 37,89, 40, 45, 50; 5355" oe 9-62 Syringopora surcularia Girty, 1899 1899. Syringopora surcularia Girty, U. S. Geol. Survey, Mon. 32, pt. 2, pp. 484, 510, pl. 67, figs. 4a, b. (Madison limestone, Wyoming. ) bo to BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Wolk 52. .Rart 1953 1905. Syringopora surcularia. Girty in Lee, U. S. Geol. Survey, Water Supp. Pap. 136, p. 97. (Redwall limestone, Arizona. ) 1912. Syringopora surcularia. Girty in Willis, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Pap. 71, p. 381. (Madison limestone, Montana. ) 1913. Syringopora surcularia. Girty in Umpleby, U. S. Geol. Sur- vey, Bull. 528, p. 35. (Mississippian, Idaho. ) 1917. Syringopora surcularia. Girty in Ransome, U. S. Geol. Sur- vey, Prof. Pap. 98, p. 152. (Carboniferous limestone, Ari- zona. ) 1932. Syringopora surcularia. Girty in Westgate and Knopf, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Pap. 172, p. 20. (Bristol Pass limestone, Nevada. ) ; 1932. Syringopora surcularia. Girty in Gilluly, U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Pap. 173, pp. 23, 24. (Madison limestone, Utah. ) Diacnosis. — Syringopora with corallites about 2.5 mm in diameter, usually separated from adjacent corallites by about 4 mm. Epitheca almost smooth, with irregular swellings and minor contortions or flexures. Lateral processes scarce, not arranged in groups. In transverse section the epitheca is a little thickened. Septal spines are scarce, very short, and are confined to the epitheca. Tabular intersections are arranged in about 8 concentric ellipses ee packed together whose center of symmetry is excentrically located. In longitudinal section the tabulae overlap proximally in one to three ranges so that they are about three times as long as wide. Each peripheral tabular zone occupies a little more than one-third of the diameter. Central tube, in which transverse tabulae were not observed, occupying a little less than one-third of the diameter. MATERIAL. — Specimens studied: 6. Nos. G2.122, G2.4092- G2.4095. Loca.iriss. — 29, 34, 37, 63, 64. Family Favositidae Milne-Edwards and Haime Genus Pleurodictyum Goldfuss, 1829 Remarks. — Easton (1944, p. 55) and Moore and _ Jeffords (1945, p. 167) have briefly reviewed the status of Pleurodictyum but reached divergent conclusions. The latter students consider Michelinia to be generically distinct, whereas the former does not. This lack of agreement is typical of the two prevailing attitudes among paleontologists regarding the status of the genera. A specimen of the genotype of Plewrodictyum, P. problem- aticum Goldfuss, 1829, at hand shows some features of interest in this minor conflict of opinions. The specimen is an internal filling in which details are preserved with extraordinary fidelity. The walls are rather uniformly about 0.6 mm thick; comparatively, then, they are only half as thick as are those in some species 93 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 which are referred to the generically thin-walled Michelinia. Mural pores, which in this specimen are delicate solid rods be- cause of the manner of preservation, are of three sorts: transverse- ly disposed, obliquely disposed, or arching across the space be- tween corallites. Most, to be sure, are more or less transverse, but several quite clearly pass lengthwise for a short distance within the mass of the corallite wall before they complete the passage. This phenomenon is best observed at the proximal ends of coral- lites. The feature is therefore not characteristic of Michelinia but also of Pleurodictyum. Tabulae are not observable because of the manner of preservation. It appears, then, that if Michelinia is to be separated from Pleurodictyum, it will have to be on the basis of the former's having thicker coralla and more tabula per unit distance than have the latter. It does not seem feasible to the writers to make the generic separation on these grounds. Pleurodictyum expansum (White ), 1880 Plate I, figure 6 1944. Pleurodictyum expansum. Easton, Illinois Geol. Survey, Rept. Inv. 97, p. 55, pl. 18, fig. 9; pl. 17, fig. 2. (Contains prior synonymy) (Upper Chouteau limestone, Missouri). This species is represented by a colony measuring 9 by 5 cm and is 3.5 cm thick. Corallites measure 8 or 9 mm in diameter and are mostly hexagonal. Tabulae occur about 9 in one cm. The specimen is extensively replaced and therefore is not suitable for study of internal details in thin section. MATERIAL. — Specimens studied: 1. Hypotype: G2. 4177. OccurRENCE. — Locality 30. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II Figs. 1-4. Triplophyllites (Homalophyllites) subcrassus E. and G., n. sp. 2.5X 1, Early ephebic stage; ideotype; No. G2.4091. 3, Early ephebic stage; holotype; No. G2.4178. 2, Late ephebic stage; ideotype; No. G2.4089. 4, Early ephebic stage; ideotype; No. G2.4090.........2..2.22.....-.222e-eeeeeeee ee p. 16 Figs. 5, 9. Triplophyllites (Triplophyllites) persimilis E. and G., n. sp. holo- type; No. G2.4078; 2.5X. 5, Late neanic stage. 9, Middle ephebic Stage > Ll ee) ee ene ee ee p. 14 Figs. 6-8. Triplophyllites (Homalophyllites) paucicinctus Easton, n. sp. 2.5X. 8, Late ephebic stage, just above floor of calyx; paratype; No. G2.4182. Late ephebic stage; ideotype; No. G2.4131. 8, Middle ephebic stage; ies ones No: G24132) ocho ee eee p. 75 Figs. 10-12. Lithostrotion [Diphyphyllum]? inconstans E. and G. n. sp.; holo- type; No. G2.4160; 2.5X. J0, Ephebic stage showing rejuvenescence. I1, Longitudinal section showing. axial plate; this surface subsequently ground away in the course of study. 12, Longitudinal section without axial Plates) 22.2. Sheil ee p. 26 Figs. 13-16. Syringopora aculeata Girty, 1899; hypotypes. 13, Longitudinal section; No. G2.4171; 3.5X. 14, Tangential section, somewhat diagram- matic, showing linear rows of septal spines; No. G2.4171; 3.5X. 15, Longitudinal section; No. G2.1355; 2.5X. 16, Transverse section of colony showing variation in 8 corallites; No. G2.1355; 2.5X...........2..--:c---eeeeee p. 22 24 BuLLeTIn, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 AQ WZ. — tp Neer ZA a —_— —— LLE_- PLATE II 25 eas en pte =_ 70," EXPLANATION OF PLATE III Figs. 1-4. Caninophyllum incrassatum E. and G. n. sp. 2.5X. 1, Middle ephebic stage; paratype; No. G2.4151. 2, Late neanic stage; holotype; No. G2.4155. 3, Early ephebic stage; paratype; No. G2.4154. 4, Slender phase of the species, early ephebic stage; ideotype; No. G2.4152_._..... p. 17 Figs. 5, 6. Lithostrotion [Lithostrotionella] circinatus E. and G. n. sp. holo- type; No. G2.4157; 3.5X. 5, Transverse section. 6, Longitudinal section; center broad vertical line is axial rod; outermost vertical lines on each side are: traces of thecas::...405.00 p. 19 26 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 REFERENCES Clark E. L., and Beveridge, T. R., 1952, Sixteenth Regional Field Conference Guidebook: Kansas Geol. Soc. (Reprinted as Rept. Inv. No. 13, Missouri Geol. Survey Water Res. ). Easton, W. H., 1944, Revision of Campophyllum in North America: Jour. Paleon., vol. 18, no. 2, pp. 119-132. o8coseo SOO Eee , 1951, Mississippian Cuneate Corals: Jour. Paleon., vol. 25, no. 3, pp. 380-404. coe ee , and Gutschick, R. C., 1942, Corals from the Redwall Limestone (Mississippian) of Arizona: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 53, no. 12, pt. 2, p. 1830 ( Abstract ). Gutschick, R. C., 1942, The Redwall Limestone (Mississippian) of North Central Arizona (Abstract of Thesis): Urbana, Illinois. oo ae ae Se aces eae , 1948, The Redwall Limestone (Mississippian) of Yava- pai County: Plateau, Mus. North. Arizona, vol. 16, pp. 1-11. Hayasaka, I., 1936, On Some North American Species of Lithostrotionella: Taihoku Univ., Fac. Sci. Agr. Mem., vol. 18, pp. 47-74. Huddle, John W. and Dobrovolny, Ernest, 1945, Late Paleozoic Stratigraphy of Central and Northeastern Arizona: U. S. Geol. Survey Oil and Gas Investigation, Prelim. Chart 10. ee eh et , 1952, Devonian and Mississippian Rocks of Central Arizona: U.S. Geol. Survey Prof. Pap. 233-D, pp. 67-112. Hughes, Paul W., 1952, Stratigraphy of Supai Formation, Chino Valley Area, Yavapai County, Arizona: Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. Bull., vol. 36, pp. 635-657. Kelly, W. A., 1942, Lithostrotiontidae in the Rocky Mountains: Jour. Paleon., vol. 16, no. 3, pp. 351-361. Laudon, L. R., 1937, Stratigraphy of Northern Extension of Burlington Limestone in Missouri and Iowa: Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. Bull., vol. 21, pp. 1158-1167. McKee, E. D., 1951, Sedimentary Basins of Arizona and Adjoining Areas: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 62, pp. 481-505. McLaren, D. J., and Sutherland, P. K., 1949, Lithostrotion from Northeast British Columbia and its Bearing on the Genomorph Concept: Jour. Paleon., vol. 23, no. 6, pp. 625-634. McNair, Andrew H., 1951, Paleozoic Stratigraphy of Part of Northwestern Arizona: Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. Bull., vol. 35, pp. 503-541. Miller, A. K., Downs, H. R., and Youngquist, Walter, 1949, Some Mississip- pian Cephalopods from Central and Western United States: Jour. Paleon., vol. 23, pp. 606-608. pl. 97, fig. 5; pl. 99, figs. 12-15. Noble, L. F., 1922, A Section of the Paleozoic Formations of the Grand Canyon at the Bass Trail: U. S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Pap. 131-B, pp. 23-73. Schindewolf, O. H., 1928, Die Liegendgrenze des Karbons im _ Lichte Biostratigraphischer Kritik: Herleen Congrés pour L’Advancement des Etudes de Stratigraphie Carbonifére, Compte Rendu, pp. 651-659. Spreng, A. C., 1952, The Lower Pierson Fauna of West-Central Missouri (In Clark and Beveridge, 1952). Stoyanow, A., 1926, Notes on Recent Stratigraphic Work in Arizona: Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 12, pp. 310-324. covsccas ee , 1936, Correlation of Arizona Paleozoic Formations: Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 47, pp. 459-540. ocool , 1948, Some Problems of Mississippian Stratigraphy in Southwestern United States: Jour. Geol., vol. 56, no. 4, pp. 313-326. Zeller, Edward J., 1950, Stratigraphic Significance of Mississippian Endo- thyroid Foraminifera: Univ. Kansas Paleon. Contribs., Protozoa, Art 4, pp. 1-28. 27 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 THE PIAL VESSELS OF THE CENTRALE NERVOUS SYSTEM IN SALAMANDERS By Wiu1aM A. Hitton (Department of Zoology, Pomona College) Partly for the sake of clearness the dural vessels are not es- pecially considered or figured in this report. Although specimens from the whole group of tailed amphibians were examined, the figures are from Necturus, Cryptobranchus and Triturus. A good summary of the brain blood vessels is given by Francis 34. The most recent studies of the system of vessels of the region of the central nervous system of salamanders is by Roofe °35 and Herrick 35 and 48. These last three are based on Am- bystoma tigrinum while Francis refers especially to Salamandra. ARTERIES The arterial supply to the spinal chord and brain is from two sources, the basilar and the internal carotid arteries. The first is formed in part from vertebral arteries which enter the spinal cord region more or less segmentally. Each of these upon the entrance into the vertebral cavity tends to divide very soon into two branches, a dorsal one which with others helps to form the often incomplete dorsal artery of the chord while the more im- portant ventral branch contributes to the prominent ventral spinal artery or basilar trunk. From the segmental arteries small and irregular vessels supply the outer membrane of the chord — or the main layer of the dura. The basilar artery which is a continuation of the ventral spinal artery enters the cranial cavity through the foramen magnum. At or near the entrance of the brain cavity the basilar artery may continue under the hypophysis as a single vessel or divide into two strong parallel vessels. In the latter case the vessels may come together before they join the basilar communicating ramus. However the basal parts of the end of the basilar vessel is formed, it forks forward to join the internal carotid artery near the sur- face of the brain. There are numerous and variable branches of the basilar artery. Many vessels supply the lower side of the brain stem and some extend over to the dorsal side of the medulla. There are also branches to the cranial nerves. Some follow the eighth nerve to enter the internal parts of the ear. 28 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 INDEX TO FIGURES Vascular centers: NV—nodus vasculosus, SE—sacculus endolymphaticus, P4— plexus of the fourth ventricle. Veins: JS—jugular sinus, SO—sinus obliquus, VB—vena basilaris, VH—vena hypothalamica, VHD—vena hemisphaerii dorsalis, VHP—vena hemisphaerii posterior, VM—vena mesencephali, VPL—vena prosencephali lateralis, V— vein. Arteries: AC—cerebellar artery—ACC—a. carotis cerebralis, AM—artery to fourth ventricle plexus, AMS—a. ramus mesencephali superior, ARCP—a. ramus communicans posterior, ARH—a. ramus hypothalamicus, ARHC—a. ramus hemisphaerii, ARHV—a. ramus hemisphaerii ventralis, A—artery. PLATE IV 1. Diagram of some of the arteries of Desmognathus brain from the side, dorsal side to the left, cephalic end to the top. 2. Brain of Cryptobranchus from above with some arteries and a few veins shown. 3. Cryptobranchus brain, below, showing a few arteries. 29 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 The internal or cerebral carotid artery on each side is divided into a posterior and an anterior division or ramus. These divisions are very short and almost at once break up into branches. AI- though the extension of the basilar artery on each side is closely joined to the cerebral carotid the following are usually recognized as branches of the anterior ramus: 1. Ramus hypothalamicus. This comes from near the origin of the posterior ramus and runs with many small branches vent- rally and laterally to the hypothalamus region. One part supplies the optic nerves, another part breaks into capillaries in the pituit- ary. As in the frog, some cases are found where this vessel comes off farther back or farther forward. 2. Ramus mesencephali superior. Branches from this supply dorsal and lateral parts of the optic lobe region and up to and including the habenular region. 3. Ramus communicans posterior. This variable artery or sometimes two branches may connect the two cerebral carotid arteries. They are not shown in the figures. Arteria carotis cerebralis, ramus anterior. This divides almost at once into a ventral and a dorsal branch. The ventral branch or ramus hemisphaerii ventralis, runs along the ventro-lateral side of the hemisphere of each half of the brain up to and over into the olfactory bulb and nerve. It has numerous ventral branches and some that run over to the dorsal side in varying degrees. It is the most important artery of the cerebral region. It may run straight or twist even into a loop in its course. In some cases strong vessels may run to the mid-ventral line and penetrate to the median side of the brain. The dorsal branch or ramus cerebralis anterior dorsalis has several branches: The mesial cerebral artery supplies the mesial sides of the hemispheres. ( Not shown in figures. ) At the nodus vasculosus the dorsal ramus cerebralis sends a few small branches to the region and then divides into two branches — One supplies the chorioid plexus of the lateral ven- tricles by way of the foramen of Munro. Another branch supplies the inferior plexus. The superior median plexus may be supplied by a branch or branches of the dorsal cerebral artery. Another cerebral vessel is the ramus hemisphaerii which arises from or near the medial artery near the end of the cerebrum to run forward from the caudal region on the dorsal side of the cerebral hemisphere. This is somewhat variable in the forms examined. 30 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 1, 1953 y Vi ces we \ we, Zs = Ss > x Si ) NG} =] bo (os) bo prepnyypppys Oww ww w ow oo Oo bo to Go 69 69 19485 (each) 22 = eee 19449 (each) ieee ee eee NGA 5. Geachy) te tess ee ere 1946) (each) 2 ae 1947.:(each). 232) ee 1948: (each) =a a eee W949iiCeach)i2 2s eee eee 1950 (each) 1951 (each) 19527 (each) Sees ae eee (Continued on next page) to to to eo) wot bo . Nw bo tt a et eet eee ee ee — Oo Sy So WonNnwnHwnwnwa wwe bo 1) 40 To To Non- Members Members $ .50 1.00 00 1.00 00 1.00 1.50 3.00 1.00 2.00 BLS) 1.50 1.50 3.00 2.00 4.00 15 1.50 1.50 3.00 50 1.00 50 1.00 1.00 2.00 35 15 35 19 30 75 35 195 30 15 35 75 35 75 35 15 35 AY) 35 19 35 75 35 75 30 15 35 15 30 75 35 15 35 15 35 75 35 Omg 35 75 35 75 35 75 30 15 35 sh) RSto) 75 35 15 .60 25 .60 125; BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vole 52 Rartele 953 PUBLICATIONS (continued) To To Non- MEMOIRS Members Members Wil MpleelLO3S—apern COVEN, -<---.-) 6.590) $10.25 Sile75 s$l3.50) S16007 $1700 MOLOMD So, - ows2- oO oO. Om > i h2eia wil >-OO Was. 20 20.2. 5)h) Ale) (50) DEA o>) 13.00) 5.25) 1/8250 .21 OO 24 50m 26:00 0) aaa SOOR Mi OOM 5-25 el teiby 121.505 2a ZSton, 30:50 51) Grip 2.15 ViiaO 20:25 7 24:15. 728.50) s33"00Ss5.00 JCC are GesOm 450) “OTS 225715. 28:00 32.25 0) a7 25 aso 50 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1 Y2c each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. Che Commonwealth Press, Juc. Est. 1906 oe @ PUBLICATIONS @ CATALOGS @ FOREIGN LANGUAGE TEXTS @ COMPLETE GRAPHIC ARTS SERVICE oe PRospect 2233 1507 DeLong Street, Los Angeles 15, California wet et ND NS ii tip BOTANIC, GARDEN BULLETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA VoL. 52 Part 2 CONTENTS oe Collecting Butterflies in the Coastal Area of Mexico Near Man- zanillo, Colima, With Notes on the Life History of a Rare Skipper. John Adams Comstock.................-.00+-2010-ssssessesseesseeee 43 A Correction in the Synonymy of the Cabbage Webworm. LE STL NUH OLET TT Os; ae sp Pe pe TIRE Oo ERE. AER cena 46 Notes on California Mammal Ectoparasites From the Sierra Foot- hills of Madera County. G. F. Augustson and Sherwin F. Wood 48 Conenose Bug (Triatoma) Annoyance and Trypanosoma cruzi in Southwestern National Monuments. Sherwin F. Wocd.............- 5i7/ New Locality and Habitat Record for Grylloblatta. J. Wm. Kamp.. 61 A New Record of Pine Cone for the Miocene Epoch. PS OMEN GH TETIODICEON coe UNM eR iil ea 64 A New Fossil Shell From the Palos Verdes Sand. COPOTOCUE RGNUKOI ee ene eh Maat Sh NES a 67 Two New Land Snails From Arizona. Wendell O. Gregg................ 71 RAlenTV lames, AnGrewS WN: Der .- csc 255 cc. sk soc lea seaesal necked wcc cashes Motes 76 Issued September 29, 1953 Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS Drs Sherwin Pe Wood! tate ee ee Oe a President Dr hildewardet brow angie eeu) eh See oe at ce I First Vice President Mrs Kenneth Bigota ger. nee. ie ai ee eRe eae es ee ae Second Vice President Mrs loydisMe. Martin 2.02: 2 Tin ei ee ee oh ee Secretary ores Walliarat ealcloy dest eee. Pee eae a ea Bae BO Mee ey oe Assistant to Secretary DrW. Dwight Bierce = ies ee ea ee Treasurer Dr. JohnvAComstock..:24...0 ie Na ee Editor Dr. A. Weir Bell Mr. Lloyd M. Martin Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. W. Dwight Pierce Dr. Hildegarde Howard Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Mr. Carroll Lang Dr. Louis C. Wheeler Dr. William L. Lloyd Mr. Russell S. Woglum Dr. Sherwin F. Wood ADVISORY BOARD Mr. J. Stanley Brode Dr. Homer P. King Dr. Thomas Clements Mr. Theodore Payne Dr. Howard R. Hill Miss Gretchen Sibley Dr. George R. Johnstone Dr. R. H. Swift Miss Bonnie Templeton SCIENCE SECTIONS Section of Agricultural Sciences Section of Health and Sanitation Mr. Ernest A. McGregor, Chairman Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Anthropological Section Section of Junior Scientists Miss Ruth D. Simpson, Chairman Miss Gretchen Sibley, Chairman Botanical Section Section of Physical Sciences Dr. George R. Johnstone, Chairman Dr. Homer P. King, Chairman Section of Earth Sciences Section of Zoological Sciences Dr. Thomas Clements, Chairman Mr. Kenneth Stager, Chairman STANDING COMMITTEES Finance Publication Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman Mr. Allen Steuart, Auditor Dr. Hildegarde Howard Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. A. Weir Bell Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. Philip A. Munz Mr. Russell S. Woglum Conservation Proctor Mr. Carroll Lang, Chairman js ; Membership Dr. Sh F. Wood, Ch A a ik oie Dr. Theodore Downs, Chairman Hospitality Library Dr. Howard R. Hill, Chairman Mrs. Lloyd M. Martin, Chairman OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, California Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences BCQmuINIEEAe es a= a Parner 2, 1953 COLLECTING BUTTERFLIES IN THE COASTAL AREA OF MEXICO NEAR MANZANILLO, COLIMA, WITH NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF A RARE SKIPPER By Joun ApAMs CoMsTOocK In November and December of 1952, and part of January, 1953, my wife and I had the opportunity of collecting insects in the district immediately northwest of Manzanillo, Colima, Mexico. The area is characterized by brackish lagoons, coastal flat lands heavily overgrown with jungle, interspersed with planta- tions of cocoanut, banana and papaya, and is broken by numerous steep wooded hills. Collecting was most profitable along roadsides, in clearings or along trails in the jungle, and in canyons where occasional seep- ages of water had persisted. This area of Mexico is subject to a long dry season, beginning in October, and carrying through to June. Insects are said to be very abundant in the rainy season, but are less and less in evi- dence as the dry season advances. This is particularly true of the moths. We had expected to take quantities of these at light, as the district is noted for the variety and abundance of species. The small cottage which we occupied was well supplied with electric lights, but very few moths came to them. We tried Coleman lamps in the canyons, and found the results equally disappointing. Butterflies, however, were relatively abundant along the road- sides when we first arrived. Pierids and Papilios were particularly in evidence. Occasional Morphos were taken on the roads that led through the jungles. As the season advanced, skippers became more numerous, until by mid-December, they dominated all other groups. I was fortunate on one occasion in observing a female of a relatively scarce skipper, Timochares ruptifasciatus Ploetz, in the act of ovipositing on a Malpighiaceous vine, and was able to collect several eggs, which made possible the following notes on the life history: 43 BULLETIN, So. CaLiF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 PEATERS Egg of Timochares ruptifasciatus Ploetz, highly magnified. Drawing by John A. Comstock. Ecc. Echinoid; flattened at base; 1 mm. tall by 4/5 mm. wide. There are about fifteen longitudinal ridges, arising at the base and terminating at the micropyle. These ridges are nodular, and hyaline. The color of the egg when first laid, is a lustrous pearl, changing gradually to light orange yellow. Eggs laid December 12, hatched December 16, 1952. The egg is illustrated on Plate 8. PLATE 9 Mature Larva (fig. 1) and pupa (fig. 4) of Timochares ruptifasciatus Ploetz, enlarged approximately x 2%. Drawing by John A. Comstock. 44 BULLETIN, So. CALirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1958 Larva. The newly emerged larva was deep orange except for the minute black ocelli. Not having a microscope it was impos- sible to record its appearance in detail. In the second instar, the head was brownish black, and the body yellow green. The preoccupation of daily collecting in the field made it im- possible to accurately record all of the instars, except for the final. The mature larva measures 25 millimeters in length. The head is flattened and relatively wide and is sparsely covered with short white hairs. A dark brown line runs around the border, thinning out at the area of the mouth parts. At the crown of the head this border extends onto the face, sometimes as two flag-like spots, but frequently expanded in various shapes. Of the three larvee observed, each had a different pattern, and I have therefore illus- trated this variation on Plate 9, figures 2 and 3. The edge of each cheek bears a mottled yellow area internal to the brown border. The remainder of the face is mottled ivory- white and light olive. The ocelli are brown. The first thoracic segment is short and constricted, and light green, in contract to the remaining body segments which are blue- green and heavily sprinkled with light yellow dots. A dorso-lateral longitudinal yellow line extends from the third segment to the cauda. An orange spot or dash occurs on each seg- ment along this line, beginning at the third segment and ending at the ninth or tenth. Spiracles, minute, and concolorous with body. Legs and pro- legs, concolorous with body. The mature larva is illustrated on Plate 9. Two of the larvee pupated, and only one emerged. The latter changed to a pupa January 15th and emerged twelve days later. I was unable to identify the foodplant except as to family. Pura. Pupation occurs between leaves of the foodplant. A few strands of silk serve to give anchorage to the cremasteric hooks. I neglected to make measurements of the pupa, but made a drawing of it which is reproduced on Plate 9. It is relatively stout, with a well-rounded head and tapering cauda, ending in a tuft of recurved cremasteric hooks. The color is a uniform glisten- ing pea-green, except for a light brown protuberance on each shoulder. The segmental junctures are poorly defined. There are apparently no hairs except for a few colorless short ones on the cheeks and around the base of the cauda. Timochares ruptifasciatus is reported to occur as a straggler in Texas and Arizona. Dr. Holland has illustrated it on Plate LI, figure 14, in the revised edition of his “Butterfly Book.” I have not been able to locate a single reference to the early stages, in the literature. 45 BULLETIN, So. Cautir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 A CORRECTION IN THE SYNONYMY OF THE CABBAGE WEBWORM (Hellula undalis (F.) (LEPIDOPTERA : PYRAUSTIDA) By Haun W. Capps Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research Administration, United States Department of Agriculture. Investigations in the Pyraustinae have recently revealed that, in the genus Hellula, the species we have been calling wndalis (F. ) in the New World is not that species but rogatalis (Hlst.), a species described from Texas material in 1886 (Trans. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 13, p. 149). That name was suppressed as a synonym of undalis in 1898 by Hampson (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pt. 1, p. 760), whose action has been followed in all the important check lists since then. The Fabrician species was described from material from Italy, and occurs in the Mediterranean subregion and in the Ethiopian and Oriental regions. None of the New World series in the U. S. National Museum contain undalis, and it is doubtful that it occurs in this country or elsewhere in the Western Hemisphere. The two species are easily separated by differences in genitalia. The males of undalis have a short, sharp, distal spur on costa of the harpe (fig. 4) and the aedeagus with three long, slender cornuti (fig. 4a); costa of the harpe of rogatalis is evenly curved and without a distal spur (fig. 1), and the aedeagus has one long slender cornutus and two short cornuti (length less than one- half that of long one) (fig.la). Female genitalia of undalis with the cylindrical, fingerlike process of signum short, with origin of small auxiliary sac of bursa copulatrix from or near distal end of signum (fig. 3); rogatalis with the cylindrical, fingerlike process of signum long and slender, with origin of small auxiliary sac of bursa copulatrix from or above middle of signum (fig. 2). EXPLANATION OF PLATE 10 Figure 1. Male genitalia of Hellula rogatalis (HIst.) with aedeagus and one harpe removed. Figure la. Audeagus of Hellula rogatalis ( Hst. ) Figure 2. Female genitalia of Hellula rogatalis (Hlst. ) Figure 3. Female genitalia of Hellula undalis (F.) Fig. 4. Male genitalia of Hellula undalis (F.) with zdeagus and one harpe removed. Figure 4a. Avdeagus of Hellula undalis (F.). Drawings by Arthur D. Cushman, scientific [lustrator of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine. 46 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 19538 PLATE 10 47 BULLETIN, So. CALiF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2e1958 NOTES ON CALIFORNIA MAMMAL ECTO- PARASITES FROM THE SIERRA NEVADA FOOTHILLS OF MADERA COUNTY By G. F. Augustson and Sherwin F. Wood? Manager, Madera Mosquito Abatement District, Madera and Life Sciences Department, Los Angeles City College, Los Angeles 29, California INTRODUCTION Data were recorded for 21 species of ectoparasites from 520 mammals captured at the San Joaquin Experimental Range and surrounding areas in the Sierra Nevada foothills of eastern Madera County during summer blood parasite surveys for ‘50, 51, and 52 by the junior author (Wood, 1952) and field surveys in 53 by the senior author. Additional specimens were obtained through the cooperation of Station Zoologists, Nathan W. Cohen (4 lots) and Henry E. Childs, Jr. (5 lots). All ectoparasites not collected at the Experimental Range are specified as to locality. At least 520 mammals of 22 species were sampled including 340 rodents (12 species), 162 bats (5 species), 13 lagomorphs (2 species), 4 carnivores (2 species) and 1 insectivore. The number of each species examined is indicated in parentheses after the mammals common name. Unless indicated in the discussion of each ectoparasite, the number examined follows the species name. MATERIALS AND METHODS Since many of the mammals were released in the field, or used for other purposes, only those ectoparasites actively crawling about were taken by combing and drowning in a drop of alcohol, or seized with forceps while the animals were confined to hard- ware cloth cylinders. In a few instances, specimens were obtained from dead mammals. 'The authors wish to thank the California Forest and Range Experiment Sta- tion and the Department of Zoology at Davis, University of California, for use of facilities at the San Joaquin Experimental Range, O’Neals, California. 48 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 All ectoparasites were preserved in 80% alcohol for temporary storage. Later the fleas, mites, lice and immature ticks were slide mounted, using the usual potash treatment before dehydrat- ing. The senior author prefers a 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide for the potash agent. The ectoparasites were removed from the 80% alcohol, washed in tap water one hour, and placed in the NaOH overnight. In the morning they were washed for two hours in tap water, again placed in 80% alcohol, and dehy- drated by transferring through 902, 95% and absolute alcohol, allowing one hour for each solution. The clearing media used was methyl salicylate, leaving the specimens for 12 hours. Creo- sote-balsam is the most practical permanent mounting media. Most slides were retained by the senior author, with reference specimens sent to the junior author and the zoological laboratory al the San Joaquin Experimental Range. ECTOPARASITE SURVEY Host: Myotis yumanensis sociabilis H. W. Grinnell, Yuma Bat (6). Myodopsylloides palposus (Roths.), 1 @. This record should be noted as a stray since this flea is more commonly associated with larger bats than Myotis. Myodopsylla gentilis Jord. & Roths., 10 2 9,4 0. This flea has a distribution equal to that of its preferred host, Myotis. As with other insects of wide distribution, variations occur in impor- tant taxonomic features of this flea, particularly in the “finger”, a component of the male genitalia. This structure varies from a rounded to a decidedly pointed apex. More constant characters of the male genitalia are the parameres (of authors) and sternite IX. Very few ectoparasites are so well adapted to existence upon a host animal as are fleas. They are laterally compressed with many posteriorly directed bristles which enable them to move with great rapidity through the host’s fur. On a live host they are very difficult to capture. It is best to anesthetize the host and ectoparasites together with chloroform whenever possible. Cimex pilosellus (Horvath), 1 &, (taken at Northfork). Host: Eptesicus fuscus bernardinus Rhoads, Big Brown Bat (11). Spinturnix americanus Banks, 2 2 @ (taken at Northfork). Host: Antrozous pallidus pacificus Merriam, Pacific Pallid Bat (142). 49 ULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY TIEN pee Jeeince 2 JIGS B sfsOurE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol : Ornithodorus stageri Cooley and Kohls, 111 larvae. Since this tick is usually engorged when found on the host, it is larger than most other ectoparasites of Antrozous and may be conspicuous. However, many more immature specimens can be found by blow- ing the fur. Fifty-four were taken from 103 bats during July and August of 51. The largest number taken from one male bat was 5. Spinturnix americanus Banks, 20 2 2, 31 oo, 19 nymphs. This mite is very common on Antrozous as well as numerous other bats, being found crawling about or hiding on the under surface of the wing membranes. In 1951, thirty-one were removed from 42 bats. One male bat carefully searched revealed 21 speci- mens on the wing membranes. Many mites were noted on these bats during handling of specimens in August 1952. They are very hard to spot on the wing surfaces because of their protective coloration and habit of “freezing” while the bat is being handled. Mydopsylloides palposus (Roths.),1 2,3 ¢ %. As Dr. Holland of Ottawa correctly indicated in his excellent monograph (1949) on the Siphonaptera of Canada, this flea should be assigned to the species M. palposus instead of M. piercei erected by the senior author (1941) when he originally described the genus. Records here add to our knowledge of the distribution of this ectoparasite. It is apparently restricted to the extreme Western North America, with many more records from western Canada than the western United States. Of the numerous ectoparasites taken from Antro- zous, this flea species was encountered in the least numbers. Basilia antrozoi (Towns.) Nycteribiid Fly. During handling of 103 Antrozous in “51 and 101 new captures and repeats in 52, 114 tick flies were removed in ‘51 and 31 in 52. These ectoparasitic insects were very short-lived away from their hosts. Nine adults, 4 males and 5 females, isolated in a plastic box at 11 A.M. on August 27, 1952 were dead at 9:30 A.M. on August 28th. These are very active wingless flies which scoot rapidly over the bat disappearing under the fur. They rarely venture from the host or out on the less haired wing membranes. Their clinging powers are remarkable for even when grasped with forceps they are pulled free of the clutched hairs with difficulty. At cooler air temperatures, they can be collected easily. Cimex pilosellus (Horvath), Bat Bedbug. All bedbugs taken from the body of Antrozous have been adults. No nymphs have been seen on bats captured with nets at night. During July and 50 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1958 August of 50, 19 adults were captured from 78 banded bats. In July and August of 51, 34 males and 17 females were captured from 103 new and repeat bats handled. In August of 52, 4 males and 4 females were taken from 67 bats. Several hundred bedbugs of all instars were collected from 34 bats taken by Henry E. Childs, Jr. from the boarded up transom over doors at the aban- doned grammar school at Knowles. All adult bedbugs taken from the bats in the early evening hours at the Experimental Range were found on the radius where they hang on very tightly, pulling the skin with them when plucked off with forceps. Usually one or two adult bugs were removed from one bat, the largest number removed from one bat was 7. During August of 50 a colony of 52 bats was removed from the headquarters office building. Their roost was a narrow space between roofing and adobe bricks where they had body contact with under roof and adobe brick surfaces. While removing the bats from this very hot area, many nymphal and adult bedbugs were seen scurrying for cracks in the roofing or between joists and adobe bricks. Host: Procyon lotor psora Gray, Raccoon (3). Echidnophaga gallinacea (West.), 2 2? @. This is the stick- tight flea of chickens and is very common on ground squirrels. It is frequently found on predators of these animals. Due to their smaller size and lack of attachment, males are less easily collected than females. Once on a host, females remain with their mandibles embedded and attached to the host’s skin. Gravid females often form clusters in preferred skin areas, and are thus readily ob- served. Pulex irritans Linn., 7 2 2, Human Flea. In the early history of California this flea was a very serious pest of man. In more recent times it has become restricted here to native foxes, coyotes, bobcats and other small predators. The large size, and dark color of this flea makes it an easy specimen to capture even on living hosts. Ctenocephalides felis (Bouche), 1 2. The capture of a single cat flea would seem to suggest it as a stray as recorded here. Apparently, however, this insect has successfully adapted itself to native as well as domestic hosts. Herman and Jankiewicz (1943) previously recorded this flea from the Audubon Cottontail. Host: Lynx rufus californicus Mearns, California Wildcat (1). Echidnophaga gallinacea (West.) 8 2 2,1. 51 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 Pulex irritans Linn., 1 °. Host: Homo sapiens sapiens Linnaeus, Caucasian. Triatoma protracta (Uhler), Western Conenose. This bug not only feeds on the wood rat but also enters homes and feeds on man. In *41 from homes, Lowell Adams forwarded 8 (5 oo, 3 2 2) bugs of which 5 were infected. In °49, Lisle Green and Kenneth Wagnon sent 17 (12 0,5 2 2 ) bugs for examination and 12 were infected with trypanosomes. Intensive study of the area by the junior author was made possible during 12 weeks each in the summers of 50 and ‘51, and 6 weeks in ’52. In 50, 56 (22 3 o', 34 2 2 ) bugs were obtained from homes and 5 others reported destroyed, the bulk (44) being taken in one dwelling whose occupants served as food for at least 2 bugs (Wood, 1951). Fifty-five of these bugs were examined for trypanosomes and 25 were found infected. In 51 and 52, 18 (12 ¢ 3%, 6 2 2) bugs were examined from homes with 5 of 9 infected in ‘51 and 6 of 9 infected in 52. One 5th nymph from the horse barn was negative in 52. Thus, of 104 bugs taken from homes, 98 were examined and 53 were found naturally infected with Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas. The western conenose has been taken from beds and observed to crawl across the ceiling and drop to the bed below. At a ranch on Hildreth Road, Triatoma was observed to fly from a corner of the room to a seated person’s lap. Common names used here for this bug were bedbug, kissing bug and mountain chint bug (Hildreth Road). Most people do not react to the salivary secretions of Triatoma. Of the 40 persons known to be exposed to feedings of this bug, only 3 (1 &, 2 2 2) reported severe symptoms. Bite reactions included: rapid swelling at site of bite producing distinct welts; itching of palms of hands and soles of feet; general edema; erythema; swelling of eyelids, face and tongue; feeling of strang- ulation; dizziness; and a “sick to my stomach” feeling. Symptoms subsided usually in one week. Anopheles pseudopunctipennis franciscanus McCracken. Search of many water areas revealed only 4 larvae from cattle water troughs during the summer of 51. Culex tarsalis Coquillet. This is the common pest mosquito which drives man indoors during the early evening. Fifty-one adults were captured in ’51 from groups of individuals congregat- ing on the adobe brick corridor walls of the Superintendent's living quarters especially near ceilings where it is dark and wind- less. Larvae were found in great abundance in many cattle troughs over the Range. Host: Citellus beecheyi fisheri (Merriam ), Fisher Ground Squir- rel (3). 52 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 Hoplopsyllus anomalus ( Baker ),34 9 2,16 3. This flea, and the one listed below, is native to ground squirrels throughout the Pacific Southwest. It is not collected as readily on the host animal in Southern California as it is in their burrows. There, in the spring, it can be collected in great numbers by placing cotton rolled on a stick into ground squirrel burrows. After chloroform- ing, they can be shaken onto a white sheet of paper and preserved. As records here indicate, the reverse is true in the central part of the state. Linsdale (1946) found this flea most numerous in July, August and September at the Hastings Natural History Reserva- tion. They were more numerous than Diamanus on the bodies of squirrels during these months. Very few were noted in burrows. Diamanus montanus (Baker), 4 2 °,4¢ &. In contrast to Hop- lopsyllus, this flea is commonly collected from the body of ground squirrels, rather than its burrow. In some areas of California, var- ious species of Thrassis are equally numerous on ground squirrels. As recorded by Augustson (1942), D. montanus does not feed readily on man, so is not as important in the dissemination of plague as is Xenopsylla. However, as with Thrassis, it is important in sylvatic plague surveys in the transmision of the disease from one animal to another. Linsdale (1946) found Diamanus most numerous on ground squirrels every month excepting July, August and September when outnumbered by Hoplopsyllus. Echidnophaga gallinacea (West.),26 2 2,302. Host: Eutamias merriami merriami (Allen), Merriam Chipmunk (8). Malaraeus telchinum (Roths.), 1 @. This is probably a stray flea that is associated more commonly here with Peromyscus found in the same vicinity. All host specimens were immediately placed in cloth bags when collected, and later examined carefully. As these animals are not very active in the early spring (March), apparently their normal flea parasite, Monopsyllus sp., is also late in appearing in abundance. Host: Peromyscus maniculatus gambelii (Baird), Deer Mouse (85). Malaraeus telchinum (Roths.),3 2° ¢?,2 © Cir Brush Host: Peromyscus boylii boylii (Bair rd), Mouse (48). Malaraeus telchinum (Roths.), 1 2 Host: Peromyscus truei gilberti (Allen), Rock Mouse (50). Malaraeus telchinum (Roths.),5 22,3 0. Host: Microtus californicus mariposae (Peale), California Mea- dow Mouse (76). 53 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52; Part 2.51953 Atyphloceras multidentatus (Fox), 2 2 2. Malaraeus telchinum (Roths.),22 2 29,10 do. Host: Neotoma fuscipes streatori Merriam, Dusky-footed Wood Rat (12). Ixodes angustus Neum., 4 nymphs. This is a small tick found on a variety of mammals of wide distribution in the United States and Canada. Variants of this species are common, depending on locality and host, which has led to some confusion in its identity. Most misleading is the size and position of the anterior spur on Article I of the palpi. Viewing from above, this spur may be con- spicuous or reduced entirely. As this is one important taxonomic characteristic in the identification of nymphs of the smaller species cf the genus Ixodes, it is often necessary to slide mount specimens. In 1939 the senior author collected this tick (2 nymphs) from a ring-tail cat, Bassariscus, in Madera County south of Yosemite National Park. Orchopeas sexdentatus nevadensis (Jord.),9 2 2,2 3. This species and its subspecies is a common, small flea appearing on many different native mice and rats of North America, with the western portion again represented better than elsewhere. Records here extend the western range of this subspecies into California farther than was previously known. Linsdale and Tevis (1951) reported 25 O. sexdentatus (no subspecies designated) from one rat, with an average of 3.8 per rat. Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker), 1 2. Echidnophaga gallinacea (West.),1 ¢. Triatoma protracta (Uhler), Western Conenose. This Reduviid bug is a known carrier of Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas and occurs naturally in houses of the wood rat but has been taken from oc- cupied human dwellings as noted above. Wood rat houses are scattered over the Range with above ground stickpiles neither large nor conspicuous as in more heavily covered chaparral areas. During the summer of 1950 from 6 wood rat houses searched, 12 negative bugs (2 2 2,2 oo, 3-5th, 4-4th, 1-3rd nymphs) were obtained from 3 houses while | negative 5th nympth was found on the under surface of a large wooden box overlying a wood rat’s grass nest. In 1952 with the aid of Henry E. Childs, Jr., two large woodpiles were searched for Triatoma since there appeared to be at least 3 different areas occupied by wood rats. From these three areas, 69 bugs (2 0 d',8 2 2, 9-5th, 24-4th, 17-3rd, 9-2nd nymphs) were collected and 68 examined with 1-5th nympth revealing Trypanosoma cruzi. One wood rat house found in an abandoned ranch home, 3 miles southeast of Knowles, yielded 1 negative first instar nympth and 1 @ naturally infected with T. cruzi. Of 9 bugs from a wood rat house north of the headquarters 54 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 area forwarded by Henry E. Childs, Jr., January 15, 1958, 7 (1 3, 4 92 9, 2-5th nympths) were naturally infected. One male was negative and one dessicated female was not examined. Triatoma evidently uses down canyon swale air flow in this area since both adults collected in the early evening outside human dwellings were flying in this direction. Host: Reithrodontomys megalotis longicaudus (Baird), Western Harvest Mouse (2). Malaraeus telchinum (Roths.), 7 2 2,3 &o. This is a very common flea found on a number of small mammals, particularly native mice, of Western United States and Canada. In the southern portion of California, and south into Mexico, this species is re- placed by the closely associated species M. sinomus (Jord. ). Both are small fleas, and are difficult to see and capture on live hosts. Atyphloceras multidentatus (Fox), 1 @. Members of this genus are distributed in greater numbers on wood rats (Neotoma) than the mouse host recorded here. Stray fleas are often collected on mice associated with wood rats, particularly the parasitic mouse,Peromyscus californicus insignis. The spotted skunk (Spil- ogale )is occasionally a favored host of this flea. The number of western species of Atyphloceras greatly outnumbers those of the eastern United States. Host: Sylvilagus auduboni vallicola (Nelson), Audubon Cotton- tail (11). Odontopsyllus dentatus (Baker), 8 9 2, 15 ¢o. This large dark flea commonly infests: western rabbits. In spite of its common occurrence, this is the first known record from Madera County. It is a very active flea and will quickly abandon a dead host, which may account for its scarcity in collections. Cediopsylla inaequalis interrupta Jordan, 4 ¢ 3. This is an- other common rabbit flea not as large and active as O. dentatus, and like the latter species recorded for the first time from Madera County. Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker), 1 ¢&. This record is an ac- cidental occurrence on this host animal from closely associated ground squirrels. Anomiopsyllus nudatus (Baker), 1 9°. This very small flea is also of accidental occurrence on rabbits. The normal host animal is the wood rat, and the flea is more often collected from the grass nest of the wood rat than on the individual. This is the first known record of this species from Madera County. 50 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1958 DISCUSSION The following identifications were reported from additional ectoparasites forwarded to Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., at the Univer- sity of California at Davis. Dr. James M. Brennan identified Trombicula californica Ewing and Dr. R. W. Strandtman identi- fied Haemolaelaps geomys Str. from Thomomys bottae mewa. Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., identified Trichodectes and Hirstionyssus from Thomomyls bottz mewa and Hoploplura acanthopus Burm. from Microtus californicus mariposae. There were 228 fleas, 197 conenose bugs, 145 nycteribiid flies, 115 ticks, 79 bat bedbugs and 53 mites recovered from the 520 mammals examined. The total number of ectoparasites is small for the number of animals handled. This is due in part to the methods of capture used from live hosts. From 447 animals, 228 fleas were collected, or approximately 0.5 fleas per host. This com- pares favorably with other small mammal surveys in which snap traps were used although a modified Sherman live trap was used here for most forms. Undoubtedly ectoparasites were missed. Conspicuously absent are unengorged ixodiid larval ticks which are more difficult to observe on living hosts. SUMMARY Eight hundred and seventeen ectoparasites are recorded from 520 mammal hosts including man. Additional annoyance of Triatoma protracta and Culex tarsalis to man is reported. Exten- sions of range are recorded for Orchopeas sexdentatus nevadensis, Odontopsyllus dentatus, Cediopsylla inaequalis interrupta Anomiopsyllus nudatus, and Myodopsylloides palposus. BIBLIOGRAPHY AucustTson, G. F. 1941. “Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum Channel Islands Biological Survey. No. 20. Three new fleas (Siphonaptera).” Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 40( 2) :101-107. 1942. Ectoparasite-host records from the Sierran region of east-central California. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 40(3):147-157. HERMAN, C. M. AND JANKIEWICZ, H. A. 1943. Parasites of cottontail rabbits on the San Joaquin Experimental Range, California. J. Wildlife Manage. 7(4):395-400. Ho.Luanpn, G. P. 1949. The Siphonaptera of Canada. Dept. of Agriculture. Div. of Ent. Tech. Bull. 70, 306 pp., 350 figs. LINSDALE, J. M. 1946. The California Ground Squirrel ( University of California Press, Los Angeles) 475 pp., 140 figs., 45 tables. LinspDA.e, J. M. AND TEvis, JR., L. P. 1951. The Dusky-footed Wood Rat (University of California Press, Los Angeles) 664 pp., 384 figs., 132 tables. Woon, S. F. 1951. Bug annoyance in the Sierra Nevada foothills of California. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 50(2):106-112, 1 plate. 1952. Mammal blood parasite records from southwestern United States and Mexico. J. Parasitol. 38(1):85-86. 56 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol, 52; Part 2; 11953 CONENOSE BUG (Triatoma) ANNOYANCE AND Trypanosoma cruzi IN SOUTHWESTERN NATIONAL MONUMENTS Sherwin F. Wood! Life Sciences Department, Los Angeles City College, Los Angeles 29, California INTRODUCTION Kofoid and Whitaker (1936), Wood (194la, 1941b, 1943) Schuck (1945), Wood (1949) and Gililland and Dowell (1951) have reported 6 localities for conenose bugs infected with Try- panosoma cruzi Chagas in Arizona. Wood (1941la) has reported naturally infected Triatoma protracta from Tyrone, New Mexico. Wehrle (1939) and Wood (194la) have reported annoyance to man by Triatoma from Arizona. Wood (1941la) has reported an- noyance to man by Triatoma protracta in New Mexico. Additional data on bug annoyance to man by Triatoma protracta (Uhler ) and Triatoma rubida uhleri (Neiva) are reported here for cen- tral Arizona and northwestern New Mexico. One male and one female Triatoma protracta from a residence in Chaco Canyon National Monument were found naturally infected with Trypano- soma cruzi Chagas. OBSERVATIONS Fortunately, most people do not react to the injection of saliva prior to feeding of Triatoma. Of 38 resident Caucasians exposed to possible contacts with conenose bugs, only 3 showed severe re- actions as noted below. Hypersensitivity may be very marked as noted by Wood (1950) and is probably due to the foreign proteins 1The writer wishes to express appreciation for the cooperation of Naturalist L. P. Arnberger, Southwestern National Monuments, National Park Service, and the following contributors: Mr. and Mrs. F. H. Elmore and Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Hastings for Chaco Canyon National Monument; Superintendent J. O. Cook, H. H. Hastings and R. S. Leding for Montezuma Castle National Monument; and Archeologist G. R. Wenger and lL. M. Pierson for Tonto Na- tional Monument. The data compiled by the writer is acknowledged as to source by initials of individual contributors. 57 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52;. Part 251953 in the salivary juices of the bug. A hypersensitivity to feeding of Triatoma can be acquired by repeated salivary injections in as short a time as 5 months as shown by Balazuc (1950). However, in most cases under natural exposure in the United States, it takes several years before severe symptoms appear. Reactions of two adult Caucasian women to Triatoma protracta bites at Chaco included the following symptoms: nausea; diarrhea; closing of eye from swelling of face and eyelids on side bitten; swellings of 1% to 2 inches around bite wound; severe itching and burning at site of bite; swelling of arms; and a feeling of un- easiness (F. H. E., H. H. H.). Reactions of one adult Caucasian woman to two protracta or rubida bites at Montezuma Castle include: severe itching of a hand sized area around bite wound for at least 4 days; ringing of ears; general ill feeling; palpitation of the heart; severe headache; swelling of nasal passages; a feeling of tightness or pressure in the hollow of the throat; chills; tingling of arms, hands, fingers and feet; aching of joints; and a tired feel- ing as well as a general feeling of discomfort (H. H. H.). During the summer of 1952, the following dead Triatominae were received: 2 ¢ and 4 2 Triatoma protracta from Chaco Can- yon National Monument (F. H. E., H. H. H.) and 6 ¢ and 6 @Q Triatoma rubida uhleri and 1 ¢ and 3 ¢ Triatoma longipes Bar- ber from Tonto National Monument (G. R. W.). All insects were dead. They were shipped in form-fitting holes in corrugated cardboard and covered with scotch or masking tape. Three Chaco specimens were examined by dissecting out the rectum in sodium citrate solution and two were positive for Try- panosoma cruzi. None of the parasites were alive but one female Triatoma protracta revealed numerous crithidiform and trypano- form stages while several intact crithidiform stages were seen in the rectum of one male. These specimens were at least four days old and verifies the fact that diagnosis of infected bugs can be made from dead insects as demonstrated experimentally by Wood (1944). All the Chaco bugs were collected inside houses, one be- ing found crawling on a bedroom floor. As noted by Usinger (1944), protracta from Nevada, Utah and Colorado are larger with broadly expanded abdomen. Mea- surements of 1 &@ and 2 2 from Chaco Canyon National Monu- ment were length 22.23 mm.; width (pronotum) 4.44 mm.; and width of the connexivum 7.43 mm. Ten rubida and 4 longipes from Tonto were examined with negative results. However, unidentifiable cell remnants were noted in two instances. The bodies of 5 rubida and 2 longipes examined were very dry, flat and brittle indicating lack of a recent blood meal and extreme dessication for several days at least. Four male 58 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 and one female rwbida were taken inside houses and 7 rubida and 4 longipes were collected from outside surfaces of screens of the two occupied residences. From 1948 to 1951, Triatoma were more abundant when Neo- toma nests were more numerous, the insects were “blinded by lights” and were very sluggish when engorged (L. M. P.). They were seen all during the night but most frequently right after darkness and were noted also in the early morning before day- light. Triatoma were found in Neotoma nests with or without trash accumulations. Triatoma longipes was observed to fly to Neotoma nest debris on cliff edges in late afternoon before dark. More Triatoma were collected from a window screen above an infant's bed than any other in the house. One residence where brush and trash accumulations were cleared attracted fewer Tria- toma. Local residents call Triatoma kissing bugs or Walapai Tig- ers. Triatoma were observed to drop from dogs when they changed position after resting. Specimens of rubida uhleri were obtained by sitting in an unlighted screen house in the brush at night and picking them off the screen as they alighted (G. R. W.). Although no specimens were collected during the summer of 1952 at Montezuma Castle National Monument, 13 were taken in “46, 16 in °47 and over 14 in “48 (J. O. C.). Six of the 46 speci- mens were taken inside houses, 3 of these from beds, while 7 were collected on outside walls or screens, 2 in May, 10 in June ~ and 1 in July. Twelve of the “47 specimens were taken inside houses and 4 outside, 5 were collected in May, 10 in June and 1 in July. Over 15 specimens were taken in June of “48 with 12 collected about 2 residences and 3 were found in the men’s rest- room. Two of the latter were removed from spider webs, evidently “caught by the spiders” and “one was floundering in the lavatory” (Gi Om Gxt HGH. Re Sz... Undoubtedly, these conenose bugs from Montezuma Castle were Triatoma protracta and Triatoma rubida uhleri since both were previously identified from this location by L. P. Wehrle. However, measurements recorded for a July 4th, 1947 specimen indicates the possible presence of Triatoma longipes. SUMMARY Severe general reactions for man to feeding of Triatoma pro- tracta and T. rubida uhleri are reported from central Arizona and northwestern New Mexico. Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas in Tria- toma protracta is recorded for the first time in Chaco Canyon, New Mexico. 59 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 BIBLIOGRAPHY BALAZUG, J. 1950. Un fenomeno de Anafilaxia producido por picaduras de Triatoma (Hemiptera, Reduviidae) Anal. Inst. Med. Reg., Tucuman, 3(1):35-37. GILILLAND, J. AND DowWELL, LuC. B. 1951. Trypanosomes — a new locale. Jour. Parasitol. 37(3) :328-329. Koro, C, A. AND WuIrakKER, B. G. 1936. Natural infection of American human trypanosomiasis in two species of cone-nosed bugs, Triatoma protracta Uhler and Triat- oma uhleri Neiva, in the western United States. Jour. Parasitol. 22(3) :259-263. Scuuck, B. R. 1945. A new locality for Trypanosoma cruzi in Arizona. Jour. Parasitol. 31( 2): 151. UsIncER, R. L. 1944. The Triatominae of North and Central America and the West Indies and their Public Health Significance. Publ. Health Bull. No. 288, pp. 1-81, 5 figs. in text, 12 pls. WEHRLE, L. P. 1939. Observations on three species of Triatoma. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 34(3):145-154. Woop, S. F. 1941la. New localities for Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas in southwestern United States. Am. Jour. Hyg., Sec. C, 34(1):1-13, 7 figs. in text. 1941b. Chagas’ Disease ( Does it exist in men in Arizona? ). Southwestern Medicine, April, 112-114. 1943. Observations on vectors of Chagas’ disease in the United States. II. Arizona. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 23(3):315-320. 1944. Additional notes on the persistence of Trypanosoma cruzi in dead insect vectors. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 42(3):115-127. 1949. Additional observations on Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas from Arizona in insects, rodents, and experimentally infected animals. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 29(1):43-55, 1 map, 1 table, 1 pl. 1950. Allergic sensitivity to the saliva of the western cone-nosed bug. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 49(2):71-74. 60 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volia2 Rante2sloa3 NEW LOCALITY AND HABITAT RECORD FOR GRYLLOBLATTA (Insecta, Grylloblattodea ) J. Wm. Kamp The Grylloblattodea are a primitive order of insects containing less than a dozen species. Two species are found in Japan and the rest in western North America, and with the exception of a few examples found in British Columbia, all have been found closely associated with snow or ice. Gryllobatta was collected in Plumas County, California by H S. Barber in 1923. This is the southernmost published record to date of Grylloblattodea. Two immature specimens were taken beneath a partially snow-covered log between Caribou Power House and Seneca on the North Fork of the Feather River. The river canyon at this point is approximately 3,400 feet in elevation. The canyon walls are very steep and are covered by loose talus slides. It is assumed that with the melting of the snow the Gryl- loblatta retreat deep into the talus slides and the crevices much as they do in British Columbia. In 1937 Gurney indicated that this low elevation record might be influenced by cool air drainage from Mount Lassen. This ob- servation, however, seems unlikely as the nearest snow fields on Mount Lassen are about thirty-three miles northwest of this locality. It would seem impossible for the cold air drainage to reach this area without crossing several valleys at elevations below 5,000 feet where summer daytime temperatures range from 90° to 100°F, Later, in 1924, Caudell found this specimen to be a species distinct from G. campodeiformis which is found in the following localities: Alberta, British Columbia, Bridger Mountain area, Montana and the Specimen Creek, Wyoming. Barbers Plumas County specimens were named Grylloblatta barberi Caudell. Two other species, Grylloblatta sculleni Gurney from Scotts Camp and Three Sisters in the Oregon Cascades and Grylloblatta camp. occidentalis from Mount Baker, Washington, (type locality) and Garibaldi Park in British Columbia have been taken. Grylloblatta sp? has also been found at Crater Lake, Oregon. During the summer of 1951 members of the Chico State College Biological Field School at their summer headquarters at Eagle Lake, Lassen, County, California, were making a survey of an ice cave a short distance from the camp for remnant species and evidences of isolation or adaptation. 61 BULLETIN, So. Catrr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 Harry Chandler, California Department of Fish and Game biologist, accompanied the class on the first field trip in these caves. During the course of this initial exploration he discovered and recognized the first Grylloblatta, an adult female. Investi- gation of this discovery showed that this insect was the fifth speci- men to be found in California and as the other locality reports indicate, the first to be found in caves. Although the first insect was taken with ease, two months of intensive observation and collection resulted in a total of only fourteen specimens being taken, six of which were immature. Following is a list of specimens collected in the various caves, giving the date, stage and sex of each as well as the name of the collector: June 12, 1951 Adult Chandler July 21, 1951 Nymph Kamp June 138, 1951 Adult Rodgers July 21, 1951 Nymph Kamp June 17, 1951 Adult Rodgers July 25, 1951 Nymph Kamp June 17, 1951 Nymph _ Rodgers Sept. 6, 1951 Adult Kamp July 9, 1951 Adult Kamp Sept. 6, 1951 Adult Kamp July 9, 1951 Adult Kamp Sept. 6, 1951 Nymph Kamp July 21, 1951 Adult Kamp Sept. 6, 1951 Nymph Kamp The caves where the insects were collected are at an elevation of approximately 5,000 feet, one and a half miles west of Eagle Lake and one mile southwest of Spauldings Resort in Lassen County. The general topography consists of a lava extrusion covering a flat three and one-half by five miles, bordered on the east by Eagle Lake and on the west by Antelope Mountain. The moun- tains in this area are of volcanic origin, and while some of them are over 7,000 feet in elevation, they are commonly surrounded by flats or valleys between 5,000 and 6,000 feet in elevation. There is no conceivable migration route from one site to another as along a mountain range. The nearest permanent body of water is Eagle Lake which is located in an enclosed basin and is moderately saline. Susan River, the nearest permanent stream, is located about six miles south-southwest. It is the major tributary of Eagle Lake, but the lower portion has water only in the spring during the runoft from the melting snows. There is a prominent pressure ridge that begins near the north- east edge of the above mentioned lava extrusion and extends south into the lava field for about one mile. Deep crevices have been fermed with the cooling and contractions of this pressure ridge. These crevices measure up to twelve feet wide, some extending visibly down sixty to seventy feet and may be much deeper than this. Boulders displaced from the edge have lodged at various 62 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 distances down the crevices forming a roof or floor as the case may be. Accumulated ice has formed due to the free circulation of air combined with the cooling of water seepage from the porous lava, and, even though exterior and surface temperatures range from 90° to 100° F., ice remains in the deeper crevices all summer. Soil and debris have drifted down through the dislodged bould- ers for a distance of from fifteen to eighteen feet. All nymphs were found between eleven and fifteen feet below the surface in moist soil or under rocks lying on it. The highest recorded air temperature at a nymph collection site was 43° F. at a distance of ten feet below the surface. The lowest temperature was 38° F. at only nine inches from ice, while other air temperatures at nymph collection sites were 43.5°, 43.0°, 49.8°, and 4.6° F. Air temperatures were not taken at all adult collection sites, but the site nearest the surface was 41.4° F. and the lowest site, 30.4° F. Most adults were taken on moist rock surfaces wetted by melting ice. Three were taken on the ice itself. Two were col- lected within ten inches of ice. None were taken on dry surfaces. The insects moved rapidly at all collection sites. Usually the insects were collected singly. On one occasion three adults were discovered within three feet of each other; one on ice and the other two on wet rocks. Two nymphs were col- lected beneath a single rock at the same time. Other insects found in the same habitat consisted of COLLEM- BOLANS and THYSANURANS. Numerous winged insects were found in the caves apparently victims of the cold. These may be the source of food for the Grylloblatta. Baiting with beef liver was tried, but no specimens were taken. These specimens have been tentatively identified at Grylloblat- ta barberi Caudell, but this cannot be verified until adult speci- mens of the latter have been collected from the type locality. BIBLIOGRAPHY Caudell, A. N.: GryttosuatTrA IN CarirorNntA, Canadian Entomologist, Vol. 55, pp. 148-150, 1923. Caudell, A. N.: Norges ON GRYLLOBLATTA WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW Species, Journal Of Washington Academy of Sciences, Vol. 14, No. 15, pp. 369-371, 1924. Gurney, A. B.: SYNopsis OF THE GRYLLOBLATTOD WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES FROM OREGON (ORTHOPTERA.) The Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Vol. 13, pp. 159-179, Illust., 1936. Gurney, A. B.: THE TAxONOMy AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE GRYLLOBLAT- Top. Entomological Society of Washington, Vol. 50, No. 4, pp. 86-102, 1948. 63 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part-2=1953 A NEW RECORD OF PINE CONE FOR THE MIOCENE EPOCH By Bonnie C. Templeton A fossil pine-cone mold in a rock composed of blue-schist sandstone was found on a rocky beach between Cabrillo Beach and Point Fermin, Los Angeles County, California. Point Fermin is situated in the area known as the Palos Verdes Hills and constitutes an isolated upland peninsula projecting into the ocean at the southwest border of the Los Angeles Basin. According to Woodring, Bramlette, and Kew', a metamorphic basement, and the formations of Miocene, Pliocene, and Pleisto- cene age are exposed in the Palos Verdes Hills. The exposed part of the Miocene section, about 2,000 feet in depth, is assigned to the Monterey shale which is subdivided into the following members in ascending order: Altamira shale member, Valmonte diatomite member, and the Malaga mudstone member. The Altamira is divided into lower, middle, and upper parts. The lower part in- cludes a breccia composed of schist debris, the middle part in- cludes sandstone and conglomerate, and the upper part includes thick beds of blue-schist sandstone. In the sea-cliff section on the east side of Point Fermin, the region where the fossil cone mold was found, are thick units of blue-schist sandstone. Although the specimen was not found stratigraphically in situ, the matrix of the mold was identified as that of blue-schist sandstone of the upper altamira member by Dr. Rene Engel and the late Dr. Chester Stock, formerly of the Earth Science staff of the Los Angeles County Museum, and Harry Turver, paleontologist, of Standard Oil Co. Samples were taken along the face of the cliff from Point Fermin to Cabrillo Beach and it was found that the matrix of the mold compared exactly with that taken at the Point. A latex cast was made from the mold in the laboratory. From this it has been possible to make comparisons with cones of living and fossil species. The cast appears to represent the cone as being different from any species, living or fossil, reported for the Pacific Coast. It is therefore here described as new. Pinus paucisquamosa, n. sp. Description.—Length (of cast) 3.5 cm.; at least the first series of scales from the stem end missing, revealing a slender central 1Geology and Paleontology of Palos Verdes Hills, California Geol. Survey Professional Paper 207, 1948. 64 BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol, 52; Part 2; 1958 RAE eel Fig. 1 — Fossil mold of pine cone, Pinus paucisquamosa n. sp. Templeton. Holotype. x 1. Fig. 2 — Latex cast made from the fossil pine cone mold. x 1. Fig. 3 — Comparison of Pinus chihuahuana Engelm. (a) with the cast from the fossil cone mold. x 1. 65 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 axis; scales few, apparently short; apophysis plane, large in pro- portion to size of cone, 8.8 mm. wide, 11.2 mm. broad, nearly all uniform, decreasing very little in size toward apex or base of cone; transverse ridge continuous across apophysis; umbo bear- ing prickle directly below transverse ridge; prickles missing. Horizon.—Upper Altamira shale member of the Monterey Formation AcE.—Upper Miocene OccuRRENCE.—Point Fermin, Los Angeles County, California Type.—Los Angeles County Museum, Paleobotany, holotype No. 1400 Discusston.—At least three-fourth of the original cone is repre- sented in the fossil mold (Fig. 1); the base of the cone, two-thirds of the side, and the apex (except for the first series of scales) are complete in the impression. The apex reveals about five scales in a series, as is evidenced by the latex cast (Fig. 2). The sharpness of the impression in the mold leads one to believe that the origi- nal cone or its cast was released from the mold only a few months before the mold was found. Comparisons were made with Pinus remorata, Pinus contorta, Pinus muricata, and Pinus chihuahuana, each of which show certain similarities to the fossil, and the first three of which have a present-day distribution within a few miles of the site. Pinus paucisquamosa is smaller than any specimen of P. remorata avail- able for comparison; the scales are fewer and the stem more slender. P. contorta is similar to the fossil in size; the scales, how- ever, are about twice as abundant as in P. paucisquamosa and are much smaller in size; characters of the umbo and scale-end also differ. According to John W. Duffield, Research Forester of the U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, cones of Pinus muricata as small as the fossil impression and with rather low number of scales have been occasionally collected. However P. muricata has an asymmetrical cone whereas the fossil is symmetrical. Closest relationship of Pinus paucisquamosa appears to be with Pinus chihuahuana of northern Mexico, and southern New Mexico and Arizona. Its size is almost identical, and the size of the apo- physis of the scale, the number of scales in a series, as well as, the number of series of scales per cone are closer than in any other form compared. Even in P. chihuahuana there is at least one more series of scales and at least one more scale to the series than in the fossil form, and the spophysis of the scale is smaller; the stem, however, is larger (Fig. 3). In order to determine the exact relationship of the fossil cone to any of the above species, or the possibility of it being an ances- tral form, considerably more material would certainly be needed. Curator, Botany Department Los Angeles County Museum 66 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1958 A NEW FOSSIL SHELL FROM THE PALOS VERDES SAND By Georcer P. KANAKOFF Early in the spring of 1946, the author, accompanied by two Museum students, David Packard and Vera von Block (now Mrs. David Packard ), secured 100 pounds of Upper Pleistocene screen- ings from an exposure in the Wilmington area in southern Cali- fornia. Among the group of Fissurellidz (Key-hole Limpets) sorted from this material were two minute specimens that did not fall into any known specific group. Later excavations at the locality eventually yielded a longer series of this interesting limpet. The author is indebted to Dr. Leo George Hertlein and to Allyn G. Smith of the California Academy of Sciences for checking a small series of this limpet against young specimens of all related forms of the Panamic fauna. The Wilmington specimens are clearly distinct from all other species compared. This species, therefore, is presented here as Diodora constantiz, sp. nov. Plate 12, figures A, B, C. Types: The holotype No. 1089 and the figured paratype No. 1094 (Plate 13, figures D, E,-F.) are in the Los Angeles County Museum. Dracnosis: Shell small, depressedly-conical with laterally slightly concave slopes; base flat, ovate, slightly narrower at the an- terior end; apex somewhat anteriorly situated, with orifice subovate, sloping forward at 18 degrees with the base, and characterized by a sharply hooked knob at the highest point of the posterior wall; sculpture consists of 25 major radiating ribs descending from the hooked knob, and 25 lesser alternat- ing riblets, which vanish before reaching the apex, and 7% con- centric thinner laminze crossing over the ribs, giving a fine, sharp, lattice-like appearance; the margin regularly crenulated with alternating stronger and lesser notches; interior callus of the orifice ovate, and truncate and slightly excavated pos- teriorly; muscle scar faint. The holotype (medium size adult) measures: length 7.832, width 5.232, and height 1.945 mm. The figured paratype (typical young specimen) measures: length 4.722, width 2.666, and height 1.311 mm. 67 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 PLATE 12 Dicdora constantiz, holotype No. 1089. A. Lateral view. B. Dorsal view. C. Ventral view. 68 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 PLATE 13 Diodora constantia, figured paratype No. 1094. D. Lateral view. E. Dorsal view. F. Ventral view. Type Locatiry: LACMIP 147 (Los Angeles County Museum, Science Division, Section of Invertebrate Paleontology, local- ity No. 147). Exposure on the east bank of Vermont Avenue, 450 feet south of the southeast corner of Sepulveda Boulevard, Wilmington, California. Fossiliferous sand stratum over 15 feet in thickness, the type material being found in the two lower feet, one foot above and below the road level. AcE: Uppermost Pleistocene. ForMATION: Palos Verdes sand. 69 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 DistTriBpuTIon: In type locality — over 70 specimens. At the sites in Newport Bay Mesa: LACMIP 66-2, 3 specimens; LACMIP 136, 6 specimens. ParaTyPEs: 70 specimens of varying age from the type locality. Discussion: Diodora constantiz is the smallest species of the genus; it resembles sculpturally the very young specimens of D. dysoni (Rve.) from the East Coast of the United States, but differs in shape, being low-spired. In dorsal aspect it resem- bles the very young specimens of D. inzqualis of the Panamic fauna, but differs from them in all other aspects, (1) walls being thinner, (2) being the flattest, (3) in having its ribs running in curve toward the apex, (4) the sculpture being finer and sharper, and (5) especially in shape of its hooked apex. The characteristic sharply hooked knob of the apex in young specimens gradually thickens with growth and acquires a hooked spout-like shape in old and senile specimens. Aiming to secure a longer series of this interesting limpet, large quantities of material were collected and parallel series of the related species were obtained. Selecting 50 perfect specimens from the type lot, graduated from 1.2 to 12.5 mm. in length, the biometric curves of their dimensions and their ratios were made experimentally with the following results: Absolute means, based on 50 specimens of each lot: D. constantiz D. inzequalis D. densiclathrata 1. length 6.423 mm. 16.287 mm. 33.427 mm. 2. width 4.447 mm. 9.862 mm. 25.121 mm. 3. height 1.777 mm. 4.841 mm. 12.621 mm. 4, ratio 1:2* 1.595 1.652 1.330 5. ratio 1:3 4.060 3.293 2.648 6. ratio of the length of the posterior wall to the length of the anterior wall 1.681 1.863 1.687 *It is interesting to note that in all fossil series studied (and this includes Lucapinella callomarginata as well as the species here listed), the specimens fell into two groups with respect to the ratio of width to length. One group was proportionately wider, the other more slender, strongly suggesting females and males of the same species (respectively ). D. constantiz is named for the author’s secretary, collaborator, co-collector and beloved wife, Constance A. Kanakoff. BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 TWO NEW LAND SNAILS FROM ARIZONA By WENDELL O. GREGG The following two new species of land snails were taken on a collecting trip in Arizona during October 1949 by M. L. Walton and the author. They belong to the families Camaenidae and Polygyridae, respectively. Oreophelix anchana, new species Plate 14, upper figures Shell rather large, depressed, flatly conic with a rounded periphery, a broadly rounded base and a wide umbilicus which is permeable to the apex; whorls 5%, gradually increasing to the body whorl which is slightly expanded; the last 1/6 of the body whorl descends slightly. Upper surface of the whorls moderately rounded; at the beginning of the body whorl there is a distinct angulation at the periphery which has entirely disappeared at the beginning of the second quarter of the body whorl, the remainder of the periphery being evenly rounded. All whorls are visible in the umbilicus which is contained 4.2 times in the greater diameter of the shell. Aperture ovoid, oblique, the plane of the aperture forming an angle of 45 degrees with the axis of the shell; peristome neither expanded, reflected’ or thickened, except at the junction with the parietal wall where the outer lip is slightly contracted and the inner lip is very slightly expanded. The extremities of the peristome are connected by a distinct callus which is more pronounced in senile specimens. The embryonic shell consists of three full whorls and is 6 mm. in greater diameter. Sculpture of the embryonic portion of the shell (slightly worn in the type specimen) consists of radial lines and slightly wavwv incised spiral lines. The radial lines appear as radial wrinkles on the first half whorl, the spiral lines beginning on the second half of the first whorl. In addition, there is a distinct cord at the periphery of the whorls which first appears at the beginning of the second whorl. This cord, appearing conspicu- ously above the suture, continues to a point just behind the aver- ture, where it disappears. The spiral sculpture is continued on the neanic portion of the shell though faint except along the corded periphery and on the body whorl only traces of spirals may be seen with high magnification, otherwise the upper surface of the body whorl is smooth except for radial growth lines. 71 BULLETIN, So. Carr, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 PLATE 14 Upper figs., Oreohelix anchana Gregg; lower figs., Ashmunella lenticula Gregg. All figures about twice actual size. (Photos courtesy Los Angeles County Museum) Under high magnification the slightly worn under surface of the shell has a pitted appearance. To the unaided eye, the entire shell has a smooth waxy appearance, marked only with radial lines and the delicate peripheral cord. Color light Sayal Brown' above, the last two whorls marked 1Capitalization indicates colors matched with those of Ridgway, Color Stand- ards and Color Nomenclature. 72 BULLETIN, So, Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52; Part 2; 11953 by fine radial whitish lines; under surface whitish. Above the periphery is a Chestnut-Brown band, about .6 mm. in width on the body whorl, and visible above the suture on the penultimate and antepenultimate whorls. A second chestnut band, somewhat wider, is seen on the body whorl below the periphery. Maximum diameter 23.5 mm., minimum diameter 20.4 mm., altitude 13.3 mm., umbilicus 5.6 mm. The penis is moderately swollen at its middle portion, length 15.9 mm., length of internally plicate part 9.3 mm., of epiphallus 6.2 mm., of vagina 9.3 mm. Type locality: Slide of limestone rocks, northeast slope of Center Mountain below the cave, above road to Lucky Strike Mine on the Pueblo Mine property and about three miles north of Reynolds Creek, Sierra Ancha, Gila Co., Arizona. Altitude about 7,200 feet. (M. L. Walton and W. O. Gregg, Oct. 10, 1949. ) This locality is about five miles from the Reynolds Creek Ranger Station. Holotype No. 6142, author’s collection. Paratypes in collections of Los Angeles County Museum (No. 1090), S. S. Berry (No. 19,906), M. L. Walton (No. 5,911), and the author (No. 5246). The character of the penis, lower internally plicate portion more than half the entire length and decidedly swollen, definitely allies this species with the Oreohelix yavapai Group. The shell characters ally it to the relatively smooth forms of that group, O. concentrata (Dall) and O. houghi Marshall. It is much larger than any of the smooth noncarinate forms of O. concentrata that I have seen and has a wider body whorl. The radial ribs of the embryonic whorl of O. concentrata are prominent while in O. anchana there are only delicate radial strie. O. houghi is smaller with whorls somewhat more rounded above and the umbilicus relatively smaller. The embryonic shell of houghi is similar to that of anchana but smaller. Oreohelix is ovoviviparous. On Novy. 15, 1949, ten adult speci- mens of O. anchana were placed in a terrarium where they might move about freely. From Dec. 15 to Jan. 19, seven newborn speci- mens appeared, the largest of these measuring 6.7 mm. in greater diameter and having three full whorls. In my terrarium these young snails have grown very slowly. At the present time, nearly three years later, there are 20 young specimens. All have remained alive. The largest measures 10.0 mm. in greater diameter with 3% whorls. On some of the specimens, a fringe of hair-like perio- stracal prolongations is seen on the periphery of the early portion of the first neanic whorl. No traces of this persists in any of the adult specimens. 73 BULLETIN, So. CAutir,. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 523 Rarte2ee953 In the rockslide where the type material of O. anchana was taken, we also found specimens of Sonorella anchana Berry, Sonorella strongiana Berry, and four specimens of a somewhat different race of Oreohelix. These specimens of Oreohelix are either fossil or at least long dead. They are smaller and somewhat more elevated than typical anchana. Though badly worn, the cord above the suture is clearly shown and persists to a short distance behind the aperture. A specimen of 5 1/3 whorls meas- ures 17.6 by 11.5 mm. Ashmunella lenticula, new species Plate 14, lower figures Shell lenticular, slightly convex above, moderately convex below, periphery acutely angular, color Saccardo’s Umber. Whorls 5%, gradually increasing, the first three slightly convex, the remain- ing almost entirely flat above. First whorl smooth and glossy, second and third whorls granulose with superimposed growth striz. On unworn specimens, particularly very young, there are minute hyphen-shaped papillae arranged in rows parallel to the lines of growth on the second and third whorls. On young shells of two and three whorls, these papillae may be seen about and within the umbilicus. On the second or third whorl minute spiral stria appear and continue on the remaining whorls, the latter whorls marked only with microscopic striz and delicate growth lines. Under surface of body whorl evenly rounded, smooth save for microscopic granulation and delicate growth strize. Umbilicus contained 6 times in the greater diameter of the shell. Within the umbilicus, on the earlier whorls of the holotype, can be seen the hyphen-shaped papilla referred to above. The body whorl is abruptly constricted just behind the peristome. The suture of the last third of the body whorl lies just below the keel of the pre- ceding whorl. On the remainder of the shell the suture unites at the periphery of the preceding whorls at the angle, giving the upper aspect of the shell a decidedly flattened appearance. Peri- stome lunate, whitish, moderately reflected and guttered behind the outer and basal margins. Aperture oblique, placed at an angle of 60 degrees with the axis of the shell, obstructed by four white teeth: two compressed teeth on the basal margin, a wide tooth just below the peripheral angle, and an oblique parietal lamella which is slightly curved towards the columella at its inner end. The space between the two basal teeth is wider than that between the outer basal tooth and the outer lip tooth. Maximum diameter 13.3 mm., minimum diameter 12.4 mm., altitude 5.0 mm., umbilicus 2.2 mm. Upper portion of the penis about half the diameter of the swollen basal portion and somewhat wider than the epiphallus. 74 BuLLeTiIn, So, Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vola 2teRartee Oa The junction of the penis and the epiphallus is marked by a slight constriction. Length of penis 4.0 mm., swollen basal portion 1.5 mm., length of epiphallus 32.0 mm., flagellum 1.5 mm., sper- matheca 26.5 mm., vagina 3.5 mm., free oviduct 2.4 mm., atrium 1.3 mm. The retractor muscle is very short. The lung is unicolored. Type locality: Rock slide at mouth of north fork of Horseshoe Canyon, Chiricahua Mts., Cochise Co., Arizona. Altitude 4,800 feet. (M. L. Walton and W. O. Gregg, Oct. 18, 1949.) This location is about one and three fourths mile above the mouth of Horshoe Canyon and is probably the type locality of Sonorella binneyi Pilsbry & Ferris. We found S. binneyi there, moderately plentiful, also a few specimens of Thysanophora horni (Gabb). Holotype No. 6143, author’s collection. Paratypes in collections of Los Angeles County Museum (No. 1091), S. S. Berry (No. 19,907), M. L. Walton (No. 5918), and the author (No. 5504). Anatomical characters clearly ally this species with the Chiri- cahuan group of Ashmunella. It is most closely related to A. ferrissi Pils. The flattened upper surface readily separates A. lenticula from A. ferrissi which has an elevated spire with a narrow keel extending outward and upward above the suture of the succeeding whorl. In A. ferrissi the three lip teeth are equi- distant while in A. lenticula the distance between the two basal teeth is greater than that between the outer basal tooth and the outer lip tooth. Approximately sixty specimens were taken with the type lot, most of them in poor condition and all except one were dead. Some time after collecting the type lot on October 13, 1949, the single live specimen was placed in a terrarium. This specimen laid a number of eggs, apparently in early July 1950. Though the eggs were not observed, the first newly hatched Ashmunella were noted on July 17, 1950. There were 16 young snails in this brood. These grew rapidly. On June 1, 1952, seven of them had fully matured shells. A few months later (I am unable to find the exact date), the entire brood had fully matured shells. A second brood of newly hatched snails was noted on August 14, 1951, this time only six. BIBLIOGRAPHY Berry, S. Stillman 1948. Snails of the Sierra Ancha, Arizona. Am. Mid. Nat., Vol. 39, No. 1, pp. 151-159, Figs. 1-16. Pilsbry, Henry A. 1939. Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mexico). Vol. 1, Pt. 1, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Monograph 3 1940. Do. Vol. 1, Pt. 2, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. Mon. 3 75 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1958 HENRY JAMES ANDREWS, M.D. April 30, 1878 — February 28, 1953 Born in Binghampton, New York, son of a pioneering father of great physical energy, young Henry was taken at the age of two into virgin territory of Kansas, where his father built a sod house in the Osage country when it was opened up for settlement. Later the family returned to Kinsley, Kansas, a more suitable edu- cational environment that made it possible for five enterprising sons and three charming daughters to become professional people. Rare indeed is the genius of parenthood that can lay the spiritual and temporal environment that nurtures and evokes filial achievement in a whole brood. To Robert A. Andrews and his talented wife (nee Lettie Burt) must go this distinction, for from the humble home of this unsung Kansas couple there emerged one engineer (Harper, the oldest son), two doctors of medicine (Henry J. and Howard) and two dentists (Earl and Fred), besides three daughters who were school teachers. As early as they could remember, Howard, the second son, and Henry J., eighteen months his junior, had planned to become physicians. One of the fond memories of their childhood was the medicine case made of cigar boxes and assorted bottles. The boys practiced their healing arts on the neighbors’ children and 76 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volva2tsParia2e953 the farm animals. Only the timely intervention of an understand- ing father saved the family pet, an old dog, from surgery one day. The premedical years were spent in Kansas, High School in Kinsley and the college years at Washburn University. Medical studies were taken at Northwestern University, where he received the doctorate in 1907. Urged on by a strong spirit of adventure, he soon migrated, with his bride, Edith Howard, into the North- west and began his practice in the little town of Bucoda, Wash- - ington. However, with the insight that can foresee greater oppor- tunities for pioneering, Dr. Andrews moved down to the little hamlet of Hollywood, to hang out his shingle and to become the first health officer. Because of his self-effacing modesty, few people realize or remember how much this doctor contributed to the social and cultural atmosphere of this growing community. Born with a natural talent for music (his mother was the church organist in Kinsley ) and with a strong appreciation of its spiritual values, he became the first musical director of the Hollywood Methodist Church and composed a number of choral pieces which were published. Whenever he saw the need for some new agency for cultural good, he gathered a few like-minded citizens together and organized a society, usually being elected the first president; such were the Nature Club of Southern California, The Pan- Pacific Society, The Federation of Natural Sciences of Southern California, and the Malibu Club. He was active in many different societies, such as the Audubon Society, The Garden Club, The Gemmological Society, The Sierra Club; and his hobbies were legion. One of his hobbies, mountain climbing, took him to the peaks of Mt. Whitney, Mt. Rainier, Mt. Hood, and Pike’s Peak. His creative side was expressed not only in his musical composi- tions, but also in a number of poems, mostly on nature, and landscape paintings in oil, much to the delight of his many friends. One of his recent hobbies was flying; many were his trips into the Mojave Desert to study another of his hobbies, the taxonomy of the flowers of the desert in Kodachrome. At the age of sixty-nine he flew back to Northwestern University to the 40th reunion of his medical class. On his seventieth birthday he soloed over Mt. Whit- ney. One of his delights was tinkering in his little greenhouse, where he raised Cymbidium orchids. One of his recent hobbies was gem polishing, taken up only in the last few years and pur- sued vigorously until his strength failed a few months before his death. It was touching indeed to see the unflagging spirit of the man sitting at the table with barely enough strength to lift the tool or the gem to the wheel. His interest in nature and conservation was more than aca- demic. He had cards printed in the thousands requesting his friends and acquaintances to let the wild flowers grow to seed. After the great fire that removed much of the chaparral from the a. BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 Santa Monica Mountains in 1939, Dr. Andrews noted the sorry plight of the hungering deer near his home in the Pacific Pali- sades, and brought it to the attention of nature lovers. A ready response brought forth a number of small contributions amount- ing to some $150.00 which was expended for hay that he spread on the hillsides. How much of his time and own money he spent few people know, but his intimate friends, including the writer who collected some of the money, will remember and note that Natures great painting of the out-of-doors is lovelier because of him. With interests and hobbies so widely developed in one indi- vidual, the wonder is that the man had time for his professional life, but Dr. Andrews was a successful surgeon and active in the local County, State and American Medical Societies from 1910 on. He was especially active in the Southern California Branch of the National Proctological Association, specializing in and pioneering in the field of ambulant proctology. He was one of the founders of the Hollywood Hospital and was recently honored with a silver plaque awarded to those who have served faithfully for twenty- five years. He also served on the staff of the Methodist Hospital. In his later years, when the war saw the organization of the Civil Air Patrol, Dr. Andrews was appointed the medical officer of the Hollywood Unit. This led to his hobby of flying, and on numerous occasions he flew on trips to locate lost planes. In one respect especially should Dr. Andrews live in the mem- ory of members of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, for it was through his almost single-handed efforts that the Los Angeles County Museum of Science, History and Art was saved for the subdivisions of history and science. The Los Angeles County Museum, organized in 1910 by the concerted efforts of The Historical Society of Southern California, The Fine Arts League, The Southern Division of the Cooper Ornithological Club, and the Southern California Academy of Sciences, was threatened by the County Board of Supervisors with a reorganiza- tion which would essentially eliminate Science and History from its name. These would be retained only as a medium of exhibi- tion and education. Presumably the duties of curators of sciences were merely the accumulation of specimens and assorting them from drawer to drawer. Their functions as stewards of valuable type specimens, as a clearinghouse for scientific information for amateurs and professional specialists, as well as skilled advisers to government agencies (such as insect control and quarantine ) were completely ignored. Into this cause Dr. Andrews threw all his energy and weight of experience as well as his influence because of his many connections throughout the city. A commit- tee was formed from representatives of the four founding societies of the County Museum, calling themselves by that name. The 78 BULLETIN, So. CAuir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 writer was elected chairman, but Dr. Andrews did all the work, writing to all the great museums of the nation and accumulating a mass of statistical material which was presented to the govern- ing board of the County Museum. So convincing was his presen- tation that the reorganization plans were modified and the several divisions were retained intact, especially the sciences. Dr. Andrews’ interest in the Southern California Academy of Sciences never waned. Elected to membership in 1937 and as a fellow in 1941, he served on the Advisory Board in 1939 and the Board of Directors since 1941. He served as President for two years in 1945 to 1947. The board members remember the wisdom of his counsel in their deliberations. His lectures on “Cancer,” and “Wild Flowers of the Desert,” illustrated with his own Koda- chromes, were heartily received. Dr. Andrews is survived by his wife and four children, two sons and two daughters. One of the sons is a pilot for the Western Air Lines; the daughters, inheriting some of the genius of the father and mother, a gifted pianist, are also talented musicians, one serving as the concert organist of the First Methodist Church of Los Angeles. 79 BuLLeTin, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$3.50 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Address all communications to Dr. Howarp R. Hii Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908 — one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March- April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1952, including volumes XXIV to 51, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1, 1947. Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. 80 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 2, 1953 Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences For Sale at the Appended Prices To To Non- BULLETIN Members Members W/OlOMINOMI RRL OOA eae oh ce ner eat eas $ .50 1.00 PME RT G05 Meet une oe ae 50 1.00 MEE NO) (0) ec es Ot cer ies, ee ee 50 1.00 a Pam LOOT ase re Te ee 1.50 3.00 en me ROG nes ee ie ni ee eas 1.00 2.00 eae amare pO)? a ee IU ee rss 1.50 SIOMRMMITOM is hh eR egal 1.50 3.00 ime) Sammars eNO iii 2 eee ea ee 2.00 4.00 eae WMS OG) teen Le Te ee UD 1.50 “SIT,

--_ +WUaLAWVIG UOIW31SOd-OUaLNV— ay CS te ‘4 YALBWYVIG YOIN31SOd -OUAINY DUBLAWVIG YOIWS1SOd- OUZLNV™ r = on 4w MO139 SS3NYDIHL tees +wW Mo13¢d Hid3a7 : +d MO13a9 H1d307 aoe +W - 9 Saluas Yv1OaNW es a eae Noe Cas NIHD4O dil OL GION]T9 40 dle Sane Bee AM = “Soe re SISAHAWAS JO HLON3 LLyt OSSW satvW Linav B1V9S 3JON3U394310 901 OF 5 : : : = - ; OF 5 100 “AVMSPIY “YT uyof Aq uoneNsN] “% X ‘POST ‘OU “LTO “Sso][eN sisuausay snwusapo]]y ‘g[qrpurut oy} FO AMOIA [LUIE}XD ST HLV'Id Vol. 52, Part 3, 1953 101 n je] oO Z | Lal 2) DN & (e) a 1S 4. ea) fa) << (6) < iy =i 4 < oO le) WN Zz = = io} 4 4 » Q Vol. 52, Part 3, 1953 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES brah SN av “doyye ay} Aq ssUIMeIC, X ‘POST ‘OU “LTO ‘sisuausay snwsapo]]y ‘2[qipuvut oy} JO MOIA [eSNJOOO IO [eSIOq] “Z ‘SIy X ‘POST ‘OU “LTD ‘sc0]]ay Sisuausay snwusapoyy ‘s[{qrpueul oy} JO MOIA [RUIOJUT “T “SI 61 ALV Id 'S AMNOL] = =x \ T ————_a Sie ate SS eh ON HL Se SE) X) 929 bo ~ . bo 7 _ to aa oOo oO v bo Q (>) 3 Q (>) 93 93 i) 4 fe 5 6 bo bo . ( ( ( ( . . Oe eee Ne bw by ov» . . i) v . to bo WAAL (CCID) oo sccoceeencco-esencsesceese NGA De (each) eee eee GAG Really) Raeaetea eee eweue: OA in Gea his) poeta eee Sa Ao NGA Sm (each) ees eree een a ee IGA Gea chiy) Hscer meee BATE rence NO 508 (each) eee eee Sell Silat CE venga estas uit ener on pe AUC) {Cava ay)) Seae ee a ena WAG 5S KC AC IY) a iernes ea dee rete ees (Continued on next page) sy bo bw Vy v ~ ~) a) is 7 co 69 09 oo © GO OO OO GO oO bo we to fo bo i) OO © o ~ 137 To To Non- Members Members $ .50 1.00 00 1.00 00 1.00 1.50 3.00 1.00 2.00 15 1.50 1.50 3.00 2.00 4.00 15 1.50 1.50 8.00 00 1.00 00 1.00 1.00 2.00 Oo lo 35 sf) 35 15 85 15 Reto) athe) 30 50) 35 15 35 15 30 15 35 15 35 fhe) 85 15 35 19 30 whe) 80 19 30 SH) 35 ais) 80 15 30 lo 89 pits) .35 515) 30 ole) 30 a) 35 75 30 15 .35 15 .60 125 60 a5) 60 1B BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 52, Part 3, 1953 PUBLICATIONS (continued) To To Non- MEMOIRS Members Members Volvi 19388—paper coven. tse oe ee ee $2.00 $4.00 (os oe boundsinublack=fabrikoicd 65> s-eenem 3.00 5.00 oe ae prmtedtontone: side of paper: =.= 3.00 5.00 cy ee printed on one side of page (bound)..... 4.00 6.00 Vol: 22 Niet 1:939=papenCOVier-.22. 2 whe aoe 1.25 2.50 ee =boundein blackstabnkoid: ss 225 3.50 {= = printed-on one! side: of pages.=-= LS 3.50 D tal uae peo el O44 — paper COVER s..1c122020 oe eee sh) 1.50 ti? Ose Gh tell SV QA( paper vCOViern ots to eee 1.00 2.00 See 2 949 = paper. COverine-i:.ce-sce eee 1.00 2.00 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published ).......... bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES BARTHOUAKES, RR. Hill. eee bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly Fintomological, 1-color platex...-5 2... = 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall.......0...... 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther Davidson and George IL. Moxley, 452 pp:, 1923)... 2 eee 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfamilies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1192722). 2 eee $ .50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, New Mexico, 1931. i. Re Hosberg.- 2 eee 25 Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United State of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1988, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-members..... 3.00 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes of their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis.............. 50 A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA, 32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm. M. Ingram <272..-i2-s nc. eae eee 00 Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum — CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 33. Bound... 3.00 Appress ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. 138 Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences Wolk IE, 1253 INDEX OF SUBJECTS A Correction in the Synonymy of the Cabbage Webworm (Hellula undalis (F).............----- A Mammal Host of Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas in Griffith Park, WosPAMeeles: 2:22.20. 5. le eecc ees A Mandible of the Seal Allodes- mus kernensis Kellogg From the Kern River Miocene of California —_........ See aE oo Sete A new Fossil Shell From the Palos Verdes Sand.................... A New Record of Pine Cone for the Miocene Epoch Allodesmus kernensis Kellogg........ Ashmunella lenticula Gregg. ____ Asterocampa leilia Baw.................. Asterocampa subpallida B. & McD. Caninophyllum incrassatum Easton & Gutschick............. Collecting Butterflies in the Coastal Area of Mexico Near Manzanillo, Colima, With Notes on the Life History of @\ irene) Soho Conenose Bug Annoyance and Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas in Griffith Park, Los Angeles ___ Conenose Bug (Triatoma) An- noyance and Trypanosoma cruzi in Southwestern Na- tional Monuments Corals From the Redwall Lime- stone (Mississippian) of Ari- zona 46 Diodora constantiz Kanakoff... 67 Emesis zela ares Wdw..............-.-.-.- 129 Hellula undalis (F).....-.......-.-. 46 Henry James Andrews, M.D....... 76 Hystrichopsylla hubbardi AUP USTS OM gs es a 119 Life History Notes on Four Southern Arizona Butterflies. 127 Lithostrotion (Lithostrotionella) circinatus Haston & Gutschick 19 Lithostrotion (Diphyphyllum) ? inconstans Easton & Gut- SOUT Cee aha areal ie ee 20 Megarthroglossus divisus sierre Augustson__................... 125 Megarthroglossus muiri August- SOT Eres Bee aks) eee Ee eons 122 Meringis californicus August- FSO) ON Aare et Sas i ses eR eee ee oe th 111 Meringis cummingi (C. Fox)... 117 Meringis deserti Augustson........ 114 Meringis dipodomys Kohls... 114 Meringis hubbardi Kohls.............. 110 Meringis parkeri Jovdan............... 111 New Locality and Habitat Re- cord for Grylloblatta................ 61 Notes on California Mammal Netoparasites From the Sier- ra Foothills of Madera County 48 Oreohelix anchana Gregg... al On Two New Amphipod Rec- ords From Ios Angeles Harbor Esii ‘ : 83 Philotes enoptes dammersi Comst. Philotes rita B. & McD................. 27, Post-larval Zoaria Development in Carnosa (Bryozoa cteno- StommMaitial) mee ee ie 88 Podocerus brasiliensis (Dana)...... 87 Some New Fleas of Western WimitedeStatess: 119 Stenothe vallida Dana__...... 88 The Flea Genus Meringis in California With the Descrip- tion of M. californicus n. sp. and M. deserti n. sp... 110 The Pial Vessels of the Central Nervous System in Salaman- GIGI. -n-kc2ss SS pet oak LETS Timochares ruptifasciatus Ploetz 44 Triatoma protracta (Uhler).......... 105 Triplophyllites (Homalopyll- ites) paucicinctus Easton & Guts chicky) 2) ene ease ee 15 Triplophyllites persimilis Hast- On a4 Grius@mi@e 3 14 Triplophyllites subcrassus HKast- on és Guts chicke=. = 16 Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas...57, 103 New varieties and species indicated in bold face type. INDEX OF AUTHORS Augustson, G. F............. 48, 110, 119 Barnard, J. Laurens.............. an 83 (CEOS, Islevorn \W/e ee 46 Cohen, Nathan W..__...................- 3k Comstock, John Adams... 43, 127 DEVSUCO IM \YAe yl Ue oe a ee eee 1 Gregg, Wendell O._.............. 71 Guitschickwike ©. 1 Two New Land Snails From IARI OM alge ove ete he Ae ee a ee 1 Vertebrate Census of an Earth, Stone, Concrete Check Dam at the San Joaquin Experi- TOOEWOEEUL TRE WM ECY oe cree 35 labilcoya, \WAUUGIE WTO Nooo ee eee eee 28 Hughes, Herbert H....................... 103 Iam Pd cai ee eee ee ee a Dees 61 Kanakoff, George P.... 67 SKOWWWI, AON 1D) oo ele 88 Templeton, Bonnie (C......... 64 Wood, Sherwin F. 35, 48) 57, 103. 0b REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the Editor at the following rates, from the Commonwealth Press, 1507 DeLong Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. PRIGE EIS ORGREPRINTS (WITHOUT COVERS) 4pp. S8pp. 12pp. I6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 50 copies .....- SSD Did. 15) > 6-50) 10:25 Sii.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 KOO) ia ee oe PaO DO WillOwo whe ol cO0 8) lit 25° 16 2025) 121-50 iF S10) cs ape ep aies2o)) WS.000 wa.25) )18.25 21200) 24:50." 26:00 ZOO rr a 0m et. SOON 00) 15225 minis 621.50 124.75). 28.75 we30250 2510) ee eee Se 2s) li. o0n 20.2595 24515 28:50) 33.00) 35,00 SOOM ieee iron 150) Oa e222, 1a. 26.00) 32:25. 37:25). 39°50 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1 Yac each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. Che Commonwealth Press, Ine. Est. 1906 “owe @ PUBLICATIONS e@ CATALOGS @ FOREIGN LANGUAGE TEXTS @ COMPLETE GRAPHIC ARTS SERVICE ie 4 PRospect 2233 1507 DeLong Street, Los Angeles 15, California “ Bah SITS FAM tr oy NEW YO! ae ae BOTANIC GARDE BULLETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA (usta iuchinupzins Vou. 58 January-Aprin, 1954 Part 1 CONTENTS Notes On Tropical Pacific Marine Algae. E. Yale Dawson Amphibians and Reptiles From Gypsum Cave, N evada. Beyard H. Brattstrom Post-Larval Development In Relation To the Classification of the Bryozoa Ctenostomata. John D. Soule Fossil Arthropods of California, No. 18. The Tenebrionide — Tentyriinz of the Asphalt Deposits. W. Dwight Pierce Life History Notes On Ascia monuste crameri. John A. Comstock An Undescribed Metrobates Uhler From Brasil. Carl J. Drake Additional Bug (Hemiptera, Reduviide ) Annoyance and Trypanosoma cruzi in Southwestern National Monuments. Sherwin F. Wood Issued April 30, 1954 Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS DreSherwin' FP. Wood... 2.2560" ee a President Dr. Hildegarde Howard............-2...2.------00-----+- Mrawenneri i. Stager-.22.0. 21: rg Nirsciloyd Vis: Martin 20h 0 eee Dr. W. Dwight Pierce................-.-----2---:+------ Dr. John A. Comstock............-...2----2.----0.--000 Dr. A. Weir Bell Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. Homer P. King Mr. Carroll Lang Dr. W. Dwight Pierce Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. Louis C. Wheeler Mr. Russell S. Woglum Dr. Sherwin F. Wood Mr. Lloyd M. Martin ADVISORY BOARD | Mr. J. Stanley Brode Dr. Thomas Clements Dr. Howard R. Hill Dr. George R. Johnstone Mr. Theodore Payne Miss Gretchen Sibley Dr. R. H. Swift Miss Bonnie Templeton SCIENCE SECTIONS Section of Agricultural Sciences Dr. Fred S. Truxal, Chairman Anthropological Section Miss Ruth D. Simpson, Chairman Botanical Section Dr. George R. Johnstone, Chairman Section of Earth Sciences Dr. Thomas Clements, Chairman Section of Health and Sanitation Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Section of Junior Scientists Miss Gretchen Sibley, Chairman Section of Physical Sciences Dr. Homer P. King, Chairman Section of Zoological Sciences Mr. Kenneth Stager, Chairman STANDING COMMITTEES Finance Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Mr. Allen Steuart, Auditor Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. John A. Comstock Mr. Russell S. Woglum Program Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman Hospitality Dr. Howard R. Hill, Chairman Publication Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. A. Weir Bell Dr. Philip A. Munz Conservation Dr. Carroll Lang, Chairman Membership Dr. Theodore Downs, Chairman Library Mrs. Lloyd M. Martin, Chairman OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, California First Vice President Second Vice President Secretary Treasurer Editor Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOLUME 53 = - = : - = = =) PeRPART eNO 54 NOTES ON TROPICAL PACIFIC MARINE ALGAE’ By E. YALE Dawson 1. Some marine algae from the Gulf of Thailand The westernmost extension of the Pacific Ocean is the Gulf of Thailand at east longitude 100°. From its extensive coasts benthic marine algae have been reported from but two localities, namely, the island of Koh Chang (Reinbold 1901) and Simaharadscha [Si Racha ?] (Martens 1866). The writer had opportunity on March 28, 1953 to make a small collection in the vicinity of the northernmost rocky outcrop in the Gulf of Thailand located just north of the resort village of Saen Soek at north latitude 13° 20’. Of the plants from this collection listed below, those marked with an asterisk are previously unre- ported for Thailand. The writer’s field collection numbers are cited with each to identify the specimens which are deposited in the Herbarium of the Allan Hancock Foundation. It should be pointed out that exceptionally warm marine con- ditions prevail at this locality of extensive shoals and intense inso- lation, inshore waters reaching temperatures in excess of 37° C. *Enteromorpha clathrata (Roth) J. Ag. 11455, 11462, 11468. *Chztomorpha linum (Miill.) Kiitz. 11465. *Chztomorpha capillaris (Kiitz.) Borg. 11471. *Codium geppii O. C. Schmidt (determined by P. C. Silva). 11486. Caulerpa lentillifera J. Ag. 11457. Acetabularia major Martens. 11456. (Fig. 1) Dictyota dichotoma (Huds. ) Lamx. 11478. *Padina tetrastromatica Hauck. 11480. This material is much like that reported by Borgesen (1930) from Bombay, hav- ing three layers of cells in most parts and four layers only near the base. *Acrochetium sinicolum (Dawson) Papenf. 11478a. Growing on Dictyota in a manner much like the type. *Gelidiopsis intricatus (Ag.) Vickers. 11482. Amphiroa fragilissima (L.) Lamx. var. 11459. In this material the nodes are very prominent but the intergenicula little swollen. 1Contribution number 120, from the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California. BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 Fig. 1. Acetabularia major Martens. A fertile plant and part of another grow- ing on a piece of shell, X 3. *Jania capillacea Harvey. 11466. *Hypnea cervicornis J. Ag. 11460. This material seems to cor- respond with specimens collected by the writer and re- corded under this name from Viet Nam. *Solieria robusta (Grev.) Kylin. 11464. (Fig. 2) “Gracilaria cacalia (J. Ag.) comb. nov. (see below). 11479. Spyridia filamentosa (Wulf.) Harvey. 11472. 2 = BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 Fig. 2. Solieria robusta (Grev.) Kylin. Part of a cystocarpic plant, X 2. *Ceramium serpens Setch. & Gard. 11461. This epiphytic ma- terial is tetrasporangial and virtually identical with the type and other specimens from the Gulf of California. *Centroceras clavulatum ( Ag.) Mont. 11474. *Herposiphonia tenella (Ag.) Ambronn. 11469. *Polysiphonia subtilissima Mont. 11484. This material is much like some specimens from Nha Trang, Viet Nam, having small trichoblasts and irregularly placed scar cells. The axes are 80-40 » in diameter. 3 BULLETIN, So. CaLtirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES * Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 A yt y ant a LD (Z SH WACD Borie a1 7 b “ Lea ideal y : Neier Marietivatities e Mt Ob? roots <= ere ate eee ea aa satye Whvtah Fat SEER) > Fig. 8. Gracilaria salicornia ( Ag.) Dawson. A topotype specimen, X 1. Acanthophora spicifera (Vahl) Borg. 11481. Probably the same species as recorded by Reinbold under A. orientalis J. Ag. Laurencia obtusa var. divaricata (J. Ag.) Yamada. 11463. 2. Gracilaria salicornia (C. Ag.) comb. nov. Fig. 3 4 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 The genus Corallopsis was described by Greville (1830) and based on the external morphological characters of a plant col- lected by Chamisso, on the voyage of the Russian exploration ship Rurik. The type species had been described and illustrated by C. Agardh (1820) under the name Sphzrococcus salicornia. The Chamisso specimen was said to have come from Unalaska and has generally been so cited although several authors have pointed out that it was probably mislabeled and its origin uncertain. Ac- cording to Ruprecht (1851, p. 318) Chamisso himself was not sure of the locality at which he obtained the specimen. While collecting in the Philippines in April 1953 the writer secured specimens from the base of a sea wall along the harbor of Manila which are in absolute agreement with the Agardh illus- tration of the type specimens of Corallopsis salicornia. An exami- nation of the log of the Rurik subsequently revealed that Cha- misso and his party spent six weeks at the harbor of Manila from December 17, 1817 to January 29, 1818, immediately following their long voyage from Unalaska by way of Hawaii and Guam. This circumstance seems to leave little doubt that the specimen in question actually came from Manila harbor, and that the writer's collection (11546) is topotypic. Examination of cystocarps in these specimens has revealed that they are in full agreement with those of the genus Gracilaria as understood by Dawson (1949), having the characteristic, pro- truding, domoid, ostiolate form, the large-celled gonimoblast placenta, and the accessory nutritive filaments extending from gonimoblast to pericarp. Although the constrictions of the pendant branches are extreme for the genus Gracilaria, they seem to constitute insufficient reason for generic segregation, particularly in view of the progressive approach to this condition exhibited by the development of Gracilaria crassa Harvey, ex J. Agardh (= Corallopsis opuntia J. Ag.). Accordingly, the name Corallopsis Greville (1830, p. liii) is reduced under Gracilaria Greville (1830, p. liv). Examination of cystocarpic material of several species hereto- fore referred to Corallopsis is now called for to determine their relationships with Gracilaria. Several have already been reduced or referred to other genera. Corallopsis sagreana Mont., for ex- example, is Laurencia corallopsis (Mont. ) Howe; Corallopsis con- crescens Reinbold has been referred by Borgesen to Corallopsis opuntia J. Ag. which is the same as Gracilaria crassa J. Ag.; Coral- lopsis excavata Setch. & Gard. is Lomentaria catenata Harv. Corallopsis cacalia J. Agardh (1852, p. 583 [483 by error] ) is a species morphologically intermediate between C. salicornia and C. opuntia with regard to its unconstricted, branched axes, but strongly constricted branchlets (Bérgesen 1934, p. 8, fig. 6). Among the specimens cited above from the Gulf of Thailand are 5 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 Fig. 4. Dermonema frappieri (Mont. & Millard.) Borg. A pressed specimen from Mazatlan, Mexico, X 1.1. some small plants of C. cacalia whose cystocarps show the char- acteristic nutritive filaments of Gracilaria and give justification for their transfer to that genus as Gracilaria cacalia (J. Ag.) comb. nov. 3. Dermonema frappieri (Mont. & Millard.) Borg. Fig. 4 Borgesen (1942) has shown that the Gymnophlea gracilis described by Martens (1866) from Galle, Ceylon and usually treated in more recent literature as Dermonema gracilis (Mart. ) Schmitz is identical with the earlier Cladosiphon frappieri of Montagne and Millardet (1862) from Réunion. This plant has been reported from several other localities of the Indian Ocean and the far western tropical Pacific: Mauritius (Borgesen 1942), south India (Borgesen 1937), Hong Kong (Tseng 1945), For- mosa (Okamura 1931), New Guinea (Weber van Bosse 1921). The writer has found it recently at Nha Trang Bay, Viet Nam growing on a nearly submerged rock which is constantly wave- beaten and washed over by surge. Borgesen reports it from the same kind of habitat at Mauritius, while Tseng’s Hong Kong plants came also from “exposed rocks.” In a recent collection from exposed, surf-beaten rocks at Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico (Dawson 10818, June 7, 1952) the 6 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 writer has found specimens which are indistinguishable from those of Viet Nam. He has found still other examples of this species in similar surfy intertidal habitats in the Revillagigedo Archipelago, at Isla San Benedicto (Nov. 17, 1953) and at Isla Socorro (Nov. 19, 1953). All of these indicate that Dermonema frappieri has a much wider Indo-Pacific distribution than was shown by the earlier records, but that it is apparently confined to a rather narrow ecological niche in which quite severe agitation together with long periods of exposure to the air under the influ- ence of frequent wetting by surf and spray are major require- ments. LITERATURE CITED Agardh, C. A. 1820. Icones algarum ineditae. Fasciculus primus 2, 10 pls. Lundae. Agardh, J. G. 1852. Species genera et ordines algarum . . . 2(2):505-720. Lund. Borgesen, F’. 1934. Some Indian Rhodophyceae especially from the shores of the Presi- dency of Bombay: IV. Kew Roy. Bot. Gard. Bul. Misc. Inform. 1934 (1):1-30, 40 pls. 1937. Contributions to a South Indian marine algal flora, II. Jour. Ind. Bot. Soc. 16(6) : 311-357. 1942. Some marine algae from Mauritius. III. Rhodophyceae Pt. 1. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Biol. Meddel. 17(5): 1-64, 2 pls. Dawson, E. Y. 1949. Studies of is ast Pacific Gracilariaceae. Hancock Found. Pub., Occ. Papers (9): 1-105 incl. 25 pls. Greville, R. 1830. Algae britannicae. lxxxviii + 218 pp. 19 pls. Edinburgh. Martens, G. von 1866. Die ee 152 pp., 8 ah in, Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost- Asien .. . Bot. Theil. Berlin. Montagne, C. se M. Millardet 1862. Pt. II, Annex O. Botanique, Cryptogamie, Algues, 25 pp., in, L. Laillard, Notes sur l’Ile de la Réunion ( Bourbon). Paris. Okamura, K. 1931. On the marine algae from K6t6sho (Botel Tobago). Bul. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan 2( 2): 95-122. Reinbold, T. 1901. Marine algae, in, J. Schmidt, Flora of Koh Chang. Bot. Tidsskr. 24: 187-201. Ruprecht, F. J. 1851. Tange des Ochotskischen Meeres, in, A. T. Middendorff, Sibirische Reise 1(2): 193-435, pls. 9-18. St. Petersburg. Tseng, C. K. 1945. New and unrecorded marine algae from Hong Kong. Papers Michi- gan Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters 30: 157-171, 2 pls. Weber van Bosse, Anna 1921. Liste des algues du Siboga, II, Rhodophyceae, premiere partie. . . , pp. 187-310, pls. 6-8. Siboga Exped., Monogr. LIX. Leiden. ry ( BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM GYPSUM CAVE, NEVADA By Bayarp H. BRATTSTROM® Gypsum Cave, Nevada is one of the more interesting of the Late Pleistocene-Recent deposits. This is because of the associa- tion of ground sloth (Nothrotherium) and camel (Camelops) with human artifacts (Harrington, 1933), indicating another case of the coexistence of man and extinct mammals. The cave was excavated by the Southwest Museum and the California Institute of Technology. Most of the fossil material is now in the California Institute of Technology collection. While examining the fossil material in this collection, I came across some reptiles and amphibians from Gypsum Cave, and these are discussed herein. LOCATION Gypsum Cave is located in a limestone spur of the Frenchman Mountains about 15 miles east of Las Vegas, Clark County, Nevada, and about 15 miles north of the Colorado River and Boulder Dam. FAUNA AND FLORA The mammalian fauna of the Gypsum Cave deposits includes ground sloth (Nothrotherium ), several species of camel (Camel- ops and others), horse (Equus occidentalis), mountain sheep (Ovis), deer (Odocoileus ), and dire wolf (Canis dirus) (Stock, 1930, 1931). The plants identified from the sloth dung by Laudermilk and Munz (1934) include as the dominant plant eaten, the Joshua Tree (Yucca brevifolia). This plant does not occur in the vicinity of the cave today (the mouth of the cave is at about 2,000 feet above sea level) but it does occur at elevations above 4,000 feet in nearby mountains. This suggests dryer conditions subsequent to the time of the sloth. Other plants from the sloth dung include Yucca schidigera, Acacia greggii, Larrea divaricata, and Atriplex confertifolia. *Department of Zoology, University of California, Los Angeles 24, Cali- fornia. BULLETIN, So. Cautir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 AGE Gypsum Cave is one of the few Quaternary deposits in west- ern North America with radiocarbon dating. This is apparently due to the fact that materials from the various asphalt deposits give false readings because of the infiltration of the tar. Radio- carbon dating of the dung of Nothrotherium found in Gypsum Cave indicate ages of from 8,000 to 10,000 years for this material (Arnold and Libby, 1951). HERPETOFAUNA In Harrington’s report (1933) the only identified reptiles from Gypsum Cave was Crotalus sp. and Gopherus agassizi. The her- petofauna presented herein consists of 15 species. Most of these occur in the area of the cave today. The exceptions to this are Crotalus viridis (found today in northern Nevada ), Crotalus atrox (occurs today in adjacent Arizona plus one Nevada record at its southernmost tip, Linsdale, 1940), and Masticophis taeniata (found today at higher elevations in northern Nevada, Idaho, Utah, and eastward). These three forms are usually associated today with Upper Sonoran conditions or higher. These conditions appar- ently existed about the cave during its deposition (Laudermilk and Munz, 1934), with the flora including the Upper Sonoran desert form, Yucca brevifolia. Lower Sonoran plants dominate at the cave site today and the Upper Sonoran forms have been pushed higher into the neighboring mountains or adjacent areas. Such an increasing aridity (and/or higher temperatures) which caused the change in the vegetation probably also explains the withdrawal (or elimination ): of these three Upper Sonoran rep- tiles from the area into more suitable areas to the north and east. The reptiles and amphibians came from various depths in the deposits and from various rooms. Most of the material, however, came from room 2 at a depth of two feet (See Harrington, 1933, for details of diggings and locality sites ). SYSTEMATIC LIST Rana pipiens Schreber Three thoracic vertebree of Leopald frogs are in the Gypsum Cave Material from the California Institute of Technology col- lection. Sauromalus obesus ( Baird ) Six dentaries, 3 parietals, 11 vertebre, several bits of skin, foot bones, and two skulls (one with a lower jaw ) of chuckwallas were found in Gypsum Cave. The largest chuckwalla skull measured 42 mm. long compared to 34 to 50 mm. long for a series of medium to large recent S. obesus in the U.C.L.A. herpetological collection. 9 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 Crotaphytus collaris Say Six dentaries, one maxilla, two frontals, and 14 vertebrz of this species have been found. The two largest and complete dentaries measure 15.2 and 16.4 mm. long. Phrynosoma platyrhinos Girard One frontal, one left occipital spine, one left and one right set of three temporal spines do not differ in size and shape from recent individuals of P. platyrhinos. Cnemidophorus tigris Baird and Girard Four fragmentary maxilla, 6 dentaries, 4 vertebrae, and one basisphenoid are all within the variation of Cnemidophorus tigris. The greatest length and width of three of the four dentaries is 11.5-2.4, 138-0-2.2, and 10.0-1.8 mm. The distance from the most posterior tooth to the last mental foramen and the distance be- tween the last two mental foramen of these same three dentaries is 8.8-1.9, 4.6-1.5, and 4.1-1.5 mm. respectively. Heloderma suspectum Cope Fragments of the beady skin and osteoderms of Gila Monsters were found two feet below the surface of room 2. No skeletal material of Gila Monsters was found. Lampropeltis getulus ( Linnzeus ) Eleven vertebre of this king snake were found at a depth of two feet in room 2. Lampropeltis pyromelana (Cope) One vertebra of this king snake was found under one foot of breccia on the north side of room 2. Masticophis flagellum (Shaw ) One badly damaged parietal from Gypsum Cave is probably that of M. flagellum. It differs from recent skulls of M. flagellum in that it is not as wide. Masticophis tzniata ( Hallowell ) One vertebra from two feet below the surface of room 2 does not differ from recent skeletons of M. tzniata. It is not as elongate as in Coluber and is not as large or as robust as those of M. flagel- lum. Based on one vertebra, however, this identification is quite tentative. Pituophis catenifer (Blainville ) A fragment of the lower jaw of a snake consisting only of the angulare and articulare is determined as P. catenifer by the fact 10 BuLLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 that the Meckel’s foramen is open one-fourth laterally and lateral to this there is a depression in the lateral wall of Meckel’s foramen for muscle attachment. Crotalus viridis (Rafinesque ) Sixteen vertebrae found about four feet below the surface at the back of room 3 and one vertebra from under one foot of breccia on the north side of room 2 are identified as C. viridis. This species does not occur in the area of Gypsum Cave today, but is found farther north in central and northern Nevada. The vertebrae found under four feet of material in room three probably indicates older material (Harrington, 1933). Crotalus mitchelli (Cope ) C. mitchelli material from Gypsum Cave comes from 14 inches in breccia back of room 3 (55 vertebre ), 2 feet below the surface back of room 2 (8 vertebrae, | parietal, one lower jaw minus the dentary ) and locality 108 R-4 (an entire skeleton with dried skin around it). This material does not differ from recent C. mitchelli and especially skeletons of C. m. stephensi. Though the skin on the one skeleton is quite dry and tight, it is possible to determine that the scale rows at midbody are 23 in number. This is typical for C. m. stephensi (Klauber, 1936). Crotalus atrox Baird and Girard Crotalus atrox material comes from under one foot of breccia on the north side of room 2 (12 vertebre), three feet from the surface in room 4 (2 vertebra ), and locality 109 R-4 (80 vertebrz representing almost an entire skeleton). The vertebrz are all typical of C. atrox which, however, occurs in Nevada today only at the southernmost tip. It is common in the Upper Sonoran regions of adjacent Arizona and California. Bones of the other species of Crotalus (C. cerastes and C. scutulatus ) that occur in the vicinity of Gypsum Cave, today have not been found in the vertebrae examined. It is possible that these Mal BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 are recent arrivals in the area and did not get into the cave in time for preservation. It is also possible that the arenicolous C. cerastes has avoided the Gypsum Cave area because of the rocky terrain (See Harrington, 1933; and Laudermilk and Munz, 1934, for photographs of the area). Gopherus agassizi (Cooper ) Desert tortoises were first reported by Harrington (1933) in his discussion of the cave. These tortoises were apparently fairly common in the diggings as four complete shells and many frag- ments of shells, limb bones, and skulls are present in the Cali- fornia Institute of Technology collections. Carapace lengths of the four complete shells are 24, 32, 18.5, and 13.4 cm. long. The skeletons do not differ from recent G. agassizi which occurs in the area today. LITERATURE CITED Arnold, J. R. and Libby, W. F. 1951. Radiocarbon dates. Science, 113: 111-120. Harrington, Mark R. 1933. Gypsum Cave, Nevada. Southwest Museum Papers, 8: ix-197. Klauber, L. M. 1936. A key to the rattlesnakes with summary of characteristics. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 8 (20): 185-276. Laudermilk, J. D. and Munz, P. A. 1934. Plants in the dung of Nothrotherium from Gypsum Cave, Nevada. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 453 (4): 30-37. Linsdale, Jean M. 1940. Amphibians and reptiles in Nevada. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Syorts 7083 (133) Cs 7/ Stock, Chester 1930. Problems of antiquity presented in Gypsum Cave, Nevada. Science, 72: 405. 1931. Exploration of Gypsum Cave, Nevada. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 42: 364. BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 POST-LARVAL DEVELOPMENT IN RELATION TO THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE BRYOZOA CTENOSTOMATA“* By Joun D. SOULE In a recent paper (Soule 1953a, pp. 88), the post-larval zoarial development of the Bryozoa Ctenostomata (Carnosa) was de- scribed. Comparison was made with similar colonial formation of the incrusting Anasca and Ascophora cheilostomate Bryozoa pre- viously reported in the literature. In the work presented below, the studies on post-larval de- velopment are continued with a description of the developmental sequence in the formation of the polypide in both the incrusting and non-incrusting ctenostome Bryozoa. POLYPIDE FORMATION IN THE CARNOSA Following the rather extensive papers published by earlier authors such as Zschiesche, Herwig, Ladewig, Seeliger, and Romer, work on the post-larval formation in the incrusting cteno- stome polypide may seem to be anti-climactic. Indeed it would be, but for the fact that much of the earlier work was devoted to developmental mechanisms and the search for “germ-layers.” Thus engrossed, previous workers failed to explore Bee facets of the problem. The work reported below is principally concerned with the appearance of the various sets of musculature, and the signifi- cance of this sequence to the entire picture of the classification of the sub-order Ctenostomata. The genera examined in the Carnosa, the incrusting cteno- stomes, were Alcyonidium (A. polyoum and A. pedunculatum ); Flustrella (F. corniculata, F. gigantea and F. hispida); Pheru- sella (P. brevituba); and Clavopora (C. occidentalis). In the genera examined that have been included in the Paludicellea were Anguinella (A. palmata); Sundanella (S. sibogz); and Nolella (N. stipata). Serial sections and whole mounts of these were pre- pared and studied. *Contribution number 127, from the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, and the Department of Zoology, Univer- sity of Southern Califor nia, Los Angeles 7, California. BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1; 1954 The epidermis lying just beneath the cuticle and forming the epithelial lining of the newly formed zoid is the site of the origin of the polypide. The epithelium constituting this layer is one cell thick, composed of a row of small cuboidal cells. At irregular in- tervals, in this peripheral cell layer, slightly larger spindle-shaped, elongated cells are to be found. These cells are the progenitors of the parietal muscles that in Carnosa, develop long before the ad- vent of the earliest polypide anlage (plate 5, fig. 1). The first indi- cation of the incipient polypide is a proliferation of the epithelial cells located near the center of the ventral surface of the zoid. Thus there is an increase in the number of cells in this area, re- sulting in a downgrowth in the direction of the dorsal wall. At this stage, the epithelial proliferation forms a solid papillate mass of cells continuous with the epidermis lining the zoid (plate 5, fig. 2). Morphologically, these cells are ovoid to spherical in con- trast with the low cuboidal cells of the epidermal lining of the zoid. Further increase in cell numbers results in the formation of a structure that in whole-mounts is characterized by its ovoid ap- pearance (plate 7, fig. 36). In cross section this ovoid cellular mass proves to be composed of two cell layers surrounding a cen- tral cavitation, still continuous with the ventral epidermis of the zoid (plate 5, figs. 3 and 4). According to the earlier authors, “mesoderm” appeared at this stage, being derived from the free wandering mesenchymal cells of the body cavity, and reinforced by “ectodermal” cells from the epidermal lining, which took up a free life only to adhere to the polypide cell complex to aid in the formation of “mesoderm.” This interpretation of the formation of the outerlayer is difficult to rationalize for the following rea- sons: Within the cavity of the zoid at this stage of development, there are only rare and scattered amoeboid mesenchymal cells present. Also, in the outer cell layer of the anlage, all of the cells are of like morphology, no spindle-shaped cells, and no wide sepa- ration of layers as described by earlier writers. All of the cells of this layer appear to be in about the same stage of development, with some evidence of mitotic activity within the cells of the bot- tom layer. Lastly, there cannot be found in any of the sections of any of the species the intermediate stages demonstrating mesen- chymal adherence. It is assumed that the outer layer arises through division, from the epithelial cells of the original proliferation. With the accomplishment of the proliferation, followed by the formation of the second cell layer and the central cavity, the cuboidal epithelial lining of the zoid enters a transitional stage that eventually leads to a reduction of the cuboidal cells to a simple squamous epithelium of the type that lines the maturing and adult zoids. 14 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 Additional growth of the anlage results in the formation of an elongated ovoid body. The inner cell layer, part of which will form the tentacles, and part the gastrodermis, becomes elongated, low columnar in shape, while the outer cellular layer remains cuboidal. The polypide bud has not as yet been divorced from direct attachment to the epidermal lining of the zoid. The next step in the sequence of events is the formation of the tentacles. When viewed in a whole-mount, the polypide anlage has a segmented appearance. Here, however, the appearance is deceiving, as the “segments” are actually the forerunners of the tentacles, each forming a discrete cellular area. Examination of sections reveals the so-called “segments” to be a series of rcgular inpocketings of the inner cell layer to form the hollow primordia of the tentacles (plate 5, figs. 5 and 6). According to earlier authors, by the time the polypide anlage develops the tentacles, the alimentary tract had already commenced to form. This is con- trary to the present findings (plate 5, fig. 7). In addition to this, the present findings do not agree concerning the mechanism of tentacle appearance. Briefly, the older version is as follows: In the elongated bud, in the atrial portion (ventral), on the inside there are two weak protuberances which arise as a thickening of the “ectodermal” cells in this portion. These are, allegedly, the first rudiments of the tentacles. In the present material, it was found that instead of “two weak protuberances,” there are 10 to 12 tentacle primordia formed by the infolding of the inner cell layer. These primordia form simultaneously in a line parallel with the long axis of the polypide bud. Concurrent with the appear- ance of the tentacle primordia, the outer cell layer, as yet morpho- logically a low cuboidal epithelium, extends ventrad to lay down the framework of the tentacle sheath (plate 5, fig. 6). The tentacle sheath will extend its length as long as the tentacles are forming and elongating. It will-not be completely developed until the entire polypide has nearly reached maturity. The lengthening of the tentacle sheath coincides with the de- velopment of a diaphragm and the vestibular area. At this stage, that of the early formation of the tentacles, the vestibular-apertu- ral area is recognizable only as an area of increased cellular pro- liferation, lacking anything more than a superficial pattern, and completely devoid of musculature. Very shortly, however, or- ganization leading to the formation of a definite structure occurs, and the formation of the apertural musculature commences. 15 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 Examination of a late “segmented” stage in frontal section re- veals the early formation of the retractor muscles (plate 5, fig. 8). The portion of the polypide anlage situated nearest the proximal wall of the developing zoid proliferates from the outer cellular layer a number of elongated spindle-shaped cells that fuse with a similar proliferation of undifferentiated spindle-shaped cells originating in the epithelium making up the epidermis of the proximal zoid wall. This fusion forms a cellular bridge that tempo- rarily fills the gap between the developing polypide and the wall of the zoid. The next step in the sequence of events leading to the formation of the retractor muscle is a marked elongation of the spindle-shaped cells, accompanied by an increase in the amount of intracellular substance, to form extremely fine, thread- like myofibrilla. While the musculature has been forming, the polypide has been growing. The polypide has assumed a shallow curve in its process of elongation, appearing in the frontal sec- tions as a “C” shaped structure. The lower portion of the “C” is the developing stomach, the upper, the gradually elongating tentacles. At this stage, the retractor primordia have elongated. The myofibrillae have coalesced into discrete, thick fibers. The nuclei are aligned in a row located approximately midway be- tween the polypide anlage and the proximal wall of the zoid. The point of attachment on the polypide is near the atrial region, close to the base of the tentacles, in the area located immediately distad to the forming esophagus. Maturation of the musculature is completed shortly, with the muscle cells widening to assume a uniform width along their entire length. Morphologically, the “segmented” stage is elongated, ovoid in shape, and is provided with a lumen running a course parallel to the long axis of the anlage. At this point, the early rudiment of the alimentary tract is formed. The earliest indication of the for- mation of the alimentary tract appears with the infolding of the lateral walls of the anlage so as to form a separate diverticulum (plate 5, fig. 7). This diverticulum is not completely divorced from the lumen of the anlage, which in the following stages will become part of the atrium. Thus there is formed in the first diverticulum, the beginnings of the esophagus and stomach. This outpocketing increases in size and elongates, curving upwards in the direction of the ventral wall of the zoid. A second shallow outpocketing appears higher in the atrial area, formed of the monolaminar epithelium in this region. On fusing with the lower thick-walled diverticulum, this second outpocket becomes the thin-walled rectum that opens into the apertural field among the tentacles. Additional growth increases the size of the alimentary 16 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volmo3.Partel O54! tract and there is differentiation into histologically distinct re- gions. The cellular epithelium lining the early enteric tract ap- pears homogenous throughout the entire diverticulum. All of the cells are of a low columnar type, resting upon a thin basement membrane. The portion of the cell constituting the border of the lumen is usually narrower than its basal part, and is devoid of cilia or a brush border. The cells lining the atrial area are of like nature. Maturation of the polypide is accompanied by cellular changes in the epithelium lining the digestive tract that are con- current with the differentiation of the tract into a reorganized tube, with an esophagus, stomach and rectum. The stomach is divided into several regions, the cardia, the central stomach, the ceecum, and the pylorus. A detailed analysis of the enteric epithelium may be found in the work of Silbermann; however, there are a few items that should be mentioned for purposes of comparison and to make the record complete. The cells of the esophagus are columnar, bear- ing a uniform, low ciliated border that lines the lumen (plate 6, fig. 16). The cells rest upon a basement membrane supported by a fine muscular network. All of the nuclei are found in the proxi- mal portion of the cells. In the distal part of the cell the cyto- plasm is highly vacuolated. The esophagus opens into a division of the stomach, the cardia. Histologically, the stomach exhibits a diversity of structure. The portion into which the esophagus opens, the cardia, is composed of a ciliated epithelium resting upon a basement membrane supported by a muscular meshwork. This epithelium forms a slowly undulating border lining the lumen (plate 6, fig. 17). The lower pouch or czecum, frequently called the “blind sac” in the literature, contains a glandular epi- thelium composed of two types of columnar cells; one that stains darkly with hematoxylin and eosin stain, and a second that takes the stain very lightly (plate 6, fig. 18). Here again the basement membrane rests upon a meshwork of fine muscle fibers. The area immediately above the “blind sac,” the central stomach, presents still another type of epithelium (plate 6, fig. 19). The cells here are ciliated columnar and contain the amber colored waste mat- ter similar in nature to material found within the “brown-bodies.” The individual cells are very indistinct. The upper portion of the stomach, the portion leading to the rectum, the pylorus, is lined with a tall columnar epithelium, strongly ciliated, its cytoplasm fibrillar in appearance (plate 6, fig. 20). The nuclei are all close to the proximal wall. The cells lining the rectum are columnar in form in the area nearest the point of entry from the pylorus (plate 6, fig. 20). From this type of morphology, they appear to decline in size being finally reduced to a low cuboidal type of cell in the area of the anal aperture (plate 6, fig. 21). 17 BuLLetin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 To return to the developmental sequence of the polypide for- mation, the appearance of the apertural musculature is next to be noted (plate 5, fig. 9). In order to do this it is necessary to return to the polypide anlage in the stage at which the tentacles and the tentacle sheath have just appeared. The incipient enteric tract is present, and the retractor muscles have commenced to form. There is a heavy proliferation of cells in the diaphragm-vestibular area. The earliest indication of the diaphragm is a row of cuboidal cells closing the apertural end of the tentacle sheath. Immediately above this, in the direction of the prospective aperture will be found a clump of smaller cells, the primordia of the vestibule. This is the region of the formation of the apertural musculature. This musculature forms as did the retractor muscle, at first a bridge of spindle-shaped cells linking the diaphragm-vestibular area to the lateral walls of the zoid, a set of muscles forming on both sides of the area. Next, the spindle-shaped cells lose their identity, becoming fibrillar, the myofibrille thickening to form wider fibrous bands, and eventually differentiating into true muscle. All of this takes but a short span of time. The muscula- ture then remains static as a single set of muscle until the tentacles have elongated and the vestibular tract is formed. The vestibule is a tube, opening internally by means of the diaphragm into the tentacle sheath, and to the outside at the opposite end via the aperture. Through this tube the tentacles slide during extension and retraction. Once the vestibule is complete and the tentacles have lengthened, the apertural musculature differentiates into two separate and distinct sets of muscles; the parieto-vaginales, dilat- ing the vestibule, and the parieto-diaphragmati, dilating the open- ing of the diaphragm. Thus is formed in the carnose Ctenostomata the polypide and its accompaniment of musculature. The first muscle to appear being the parietals, then the retractors, and finally the apertural set. By the time the apertural area is fully developed, the re- mainder of the polypide is mature, and is ready to become part of a functional zoid. POLYPIDE FORMATION IN THE STOLONIFERA In order to examine the post-larval development of the poly- pide in the stolonate ctenostomes, an abundance of material was required, with preference to material collected during the months of April, May and June, the time in the Northern Hemisphere when zoarial growth is rapid. The material that best met these criteria were specimens of Bowerbankia gracilis Leidy, collected by the Southern California Marine Borer Council from test blocks immersed in the Los Angeles Harbor during the Spring and early 18 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volvosm Rantala 54 Summer of 1950. The specimens had been killed and fixed in 4% formalin solution, and later transferred to 70% ethyl alcohol for storage. Sections and whole-mounts of B. gracilis as well as sec- tions and whole-mounts of Amathia distans, Vesicularia fascicu- lata, Farrella elongata, Valkeria tuberosa, Buskia nitens, Triticella elongata, Triticella pedicellata, Aeverrillia setigera, Nolella sti- pata, Zoobotryon verticillatum, Terebripora comma, Immergentia californica, and Penetrantia densa were also studied and used for supplementary material. In the whole-mounts, the first observable indication of the de- velopment of a zoid is a localized proliferation of the squamous epithelium lining the stolon (a kenozoid ), to form a small stellate appearing cellular mass. This is followed by the appearance of a low papilliform swelling, arising over the region of epithelial growth (plate 7, fig. 27). Sections reveal the epithelium lining the incipient zoid at this stage to be composed of cells of uniform size and staining quality, in a type of morphology that could be described as either low columnar or high cuboidal. Continued growth results in the formation of a papilla lined with low col- umnar epithelium, and filled with a watery fluid containing rare undifferentiated mesenchymal cells. There is a definite contin- uity between the stolonal epithelium and the epithelium of the bud. This continuity continues until the bud develops into a functional zoid. In the stages above there is as yet no evidence of the polypide anlage or primordium. When the incipient bud has reached a height of 10 to 15 microns, the epithelial cells lining the distal tip proliferate at a greater rate than the epithelial cells of the lateral walls. The result of this vigorous proliferation is a downgrowth or infolding of epithelial cells, marking the beginning of polypide formation. Ata size of 20-25 microns the continued growth has resulted in the formation of a small non-constricted bud, with a thin chitinous outer cuticle lined with a heavily staining epidermis. This epi- dermis surrounding the polypide anlage is composed of cuboidal cells. The polypide anlage at this stage consists of an ovoid, amorphous appearing cellular mass (plate 5, fig. 10). In more precocious buds, as early as 25 microns, organization of the poly- pide anlage into a hollow spherical to ovoid-shaped structure has started. Here the cavity between the polypide anlage and the epi- thelial walls of the zoid bud is occupied by rare, scattered, amoe- boid, mesenchymal cells. Examination of sections of the 30-35 microns size, reveals the polypide anlage as an elongating, hollow, ovoid structure, com- posed of a single layer of columnar cells and still in direct con- nection with the epithelium lining the zoid. The cellular layer 19 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 lining the zoid bud is still composed of a low cuboidal epithelium. A few free undifferentiated mesenchymal cells are to be seen in the fluid bathing the anlage (plate 7, fig. 28). There is little change in appearance in the 50-70 microns stage, although what little change that has occurred during the growth is significant (plate 7, fig. 29). Now the polypide anlage has two cell layers, resulting from division of cells in the original mono- layered anlage, just as occurred in the Carnosa. With the increase in size attendant with the 50-100 microns stage, the polypide assumes a “segmented” appearance (plate 5, fig. 11; plate 7, fig. 30). Actually, the segments are the tentacu- lar protuberances, the primordia of the tentacles. These tentacular protuberances, numbering 5 to 6 on a side, result from the in- folding of the epithelial cells lining the lumen of the anlage. With the increase in size of the zoid, as noted above, the anlage has be- come elongated. The cellular differentiation with reference to future portions of the polypide is only evident in the incipient tentacles, which are simple hollow protuberances at this time. Sections at the 100-150 microns size reveals for the first time evidence of the development of specific regions within the poly- pide anlage (plate 5, fig. 12). The sections show a distinct differ- entiation which separates the tentacular region from the lower gut. Histological differentiation has gone no further than to show defi- nite columnar cells in the forming alimentary canal, and cuboidal cells in the tentacular region. The whole-mounts of this size dis- close a fan-shaped anlage with as yet no musculature appearing in the zoid (plate 7, figs. 31, 32). The enteric tract is elongating and bending, and eventually will take on the characteristic “U™ shape of the adult polypide. As yet, however, it is a blind sac, devoid of regional differentiation. Sections reveal that the ali- mentary tract is formed as in the Carnosa, by a localized infold- ing of the lateral anlage walls near the distal end. The lower cavity thus formed becomes the lumen of the future esophagus and stomach, while the anlage cavity above eventually forms the lumen of the atrial region. As the elongation and curvature of the esophageal and stomach region progresses, a second out-pocketing will occur. This forms the rectum after the two blind sacs fuse in later stages, to form a single duct, “U” shaped and open at each end. In the apertural region the anlage of the vestibule is now 20 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol, 535 Part 1 11954 taking shape. The tentacle primoria are now more than mere hollow protuberances, having become distinctly elongated and cylindrical, although still comparatively short and stout. A tentacle sheath is developing, which is formed by means of an ex- tension of the outer layer of cells of the anlage, to make a single- celled epithelial sheet embracing the tentacles, and extending distally toward the vestibule. The zoid proper reveals a heavy concentration of epithelial cells at the distal end where the aper- ture will develop, and where the vestibule is taking form. A vesti- bular wedge marks the beginning of the diaphragm. The dia- phragm is indicated as a single layer of low cuboidal cells found immediately below the developing vestibule. The cells compos- ing the epidermis of the zoid, lining the body cavity, remain cuboidal. There is still a definite connection existing between the stolon and the incipient polypide. When the zoid reaches a size of 180-190 microns in Bower- bankia, the proliferation of the first musculature occurs (plate 6, fig. 13; plate 7, fig. 33). The polypide itself exhibits little change over the state in the last stage. The elongation, curving and widening of the enteric sac continues, but the “U”-shaped curva- ture is incomplete and the definition into histologically well-de- marked regions has not commenced. The tentacles are still short. The vestibular area shows progress in its organization, with the formation of a definite vestibular tract, indicating the earliest trace of what will be the vestibule in the mature zoid. It is dur- ing this period that the apertural musculature first makes its ap- pearance. The paired aperturals first appear as two homogenous units flanking the incipient:vestibular tract. The musculature de- velopment follows the same pattern as it did in the Carnosa, form- ing first as a thin epithelial bridge of undifferentiated spindle- shaped cells linking the vestibular area to the lateral walls. Myofi- brillee materialize, followed by a transition into mature muscle. Concurrent with later maturity of the polypide, the muscles first designated as aperturals will differentiate into two distinct sets of muscles, the parieto-vaginales and the parieto-diaphragmati. BuLuetin, So. Carir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol, 53, Part 1, 1954 As the zoid reaches a length of between 200-220 microns, several changes beyond those of the last phase may be noted. During this time, the earliest indications of the retractor muscles become evident (plate 6, fig. 14; plate 7, fig. 34). The retractors develop from the atrial region of the polypide anlage. Growing in length they extend down to fuse with the epithelium of the proximal wall of the zoid. Following the completion of the epi- thelial bridge, the pattern of development is the same as the sequence in the formation of the retractors in the Carnosa. Also at this stage of polypide development, the alimentary tract com- pletes its growth, assuming the “U” shape characteristic of the mature polypide. With the fusing of the two gut primordia, the areas of the cardia, stomach and rectum are faintly discernible, and in some of the specimens the area of the developing has widened and is recognizable. The narrow tubular vestibular tract is still immature and the apertural region is still dome-shaped. The apertural musculature, as noted above, remains as a paired unit. In the size range between 225-250 microns, changes in the developing zoid and polypide are slight. There is a lessening of the concentration of epithelial cells in the apertural dome area and in the vestibule. The apertural musculature is well developed, and the retractor muscle is increasing in length. In the polypide proper, the rectal portion of the alimentary tract is widening, the cecum or “blind sac” is forming, but little or no progress can be detected in the differentiation of the gizzard other than that grossly, a swollen area is now very much in evidence. The tenta- cles are still short and stout. There still exists the connection of mesenchymal tissue between the stolon and the polypide. In the stage between 250-270 microns, there occurs the forma- tion of the third and last set of muscles, the parietal (plate 6, fig. 15; plate 7, fig. 35). The parietal muscles originate in the epi- thelium of the lateral zoid walls. This muscle group extends obliquely across the body cavity, so that their contraction will decrease the volume within the zoid, compressing the coelomic fluid, and protruding the tentacles. The parietals form from un- differentiated spindle-shaped cells in the lining of the zoid walls. Differentiation into mature muscle from these elongated cells follows the usual pattern. When mature, parietal muscles are found evenly spaced along the lateral zoid walls. As in the pre- ceding stage, the apertural area of the zoid remains domed, with the concentration of cellular elements in this region still present and prominent. In the polypide the tentacles are still short. Grossly, the regions of the alimentary canal are well defined. His- tological differentiation of the enteric lining has started. 22 BuLuLetin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 When the zoid reaches a length between 270-300 microns, sev- eral events are to be noted. At this time the beginning of differ- entiation of the apertural muscle into the parieto-vaginales and parieto-diaphragmati muscles occurs, and the vestibule, now a definite fixture, becomes dilated. The apertural area, however, is still domed, with as yet no opening to the outside in evidence. The connection between the polypide and the stolon remains intact. There is little change in the polypide development. The tentacles are increasing in length extremely slowly. For the first time, the gizzard shows evidence of chitinous organization. Dila- tion continues in the rectal portion of the enteric tract. Between 300-340 microns, the differentiation of the parieto- vaginales and the parieto-diaphragmati muscles becomes more pronounced, but it is not as yet completed. The vestibular fun- nel is well developed, but the apertural area proper remains domed, hence the zoid is as yet non-functional. The stolonal- polypide connection persists. Within the polypide the gizzard shows well formed internal chitinous ridges at this stage. In the phase of growth from 340-380 microns, there is little change to be reported. The apertural area remains as a dome- shaped structure. It is in this area that the elongation of the zoid takes place, and is continuous up to maturity. In the polypide proper, the slow steady elongation of the tentacles continues. Ex- amination of the alimentary canal shows that the internal organi- zation of the gizzard now has all of the characteristics of the gizzard found in a mature polypide. The histogenesis of the re- mainder of the enteric tract also has been completed by this time. In the growth period embracing 380-450 microns, the stolonal- polypide connection is still persistent. The apertural area is still dome-shaped with a concentration of epithelial cells present. The parieto-vaginales and the parieto-diaphragmati muscles have com- pleted their differentiation, and are now discrete. The diaphragm is complete at this time. The tentacles continue to slowly elongate. Growth during the 450-550 microns stage consists largely of the completion of the apertural area. At the time the zoid attains a length of 550 microns, the apertural area is still incompletely in- vaginated. Some epithelial elements are still present, and the zoid is as yet non-functional. Maturity is reached at a stage somewhere between 570-585 microns. The apertural region has invaginated into the vestibule to form an orifice that everts with the protrusion of the tentacles. In the stomach and rectum will be found the remains of proto- zoans and diatoms, mute evidence of the functional ability of the zoid. 23 BuLLeTIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 For the sake of comparison with the Carnosa, the histology of the alimentary tract of Bowerbankia will be briefly described. Because of the presence of a gizzard, the histology of the enteric tract presents a somewhat different picture than that of the enteric canal found in the Carnosa. Through the developmental stages up to the size of 200-300 microns, the digestive tract of Bowerbankia is histologically homo- genous. The cells composing the gastrodermis are an undiffer- entiated low columnar epithelium. Grossly, the areas that are the future esophagus, gizzard, cardia, caecum, central stomach, py- lorus, and rectum are discernible merely as dilated expansions of the incipient digestive tube. By the time the zoid has increased in length to 270 microns, differentiation of the epithelium lining the alimentary canal has started. The only place such differentiation is obvious, however, is within the forming gizzard. Here there has developed definite muscle within the gut wall in the form of very fine myofibrille. In addition, the cells of the epithelium lining the lumen of the gizzard have appreciably elongated. The tips of some of the cells thus lining the gizzard exhibit, even in this early stage, an indication of the presence of chitin. The changes that take place in the gastrodermis are gradual. By the time the zoid has reached a length of 350 microns, the chitinous ridges of the gizzard, by now obvious in whole-mounts, are formed by the well-chitinized tips of the epithelial cells lining the lumen of the gizzard. In the esophagus the gastrodermis has become vacuolated (plate 6, fig. 22). Here the nuclei are crowded, being located either at the extreme distal end of the cell next to the lumen, or pressed against the cell membrane that is adjacent to the basement membrane and its underlying layer of muscle fibrillae. The cells of the esophagus are not ciliated. The gastrodermis of the cardia, leading to the gizzard, presents an entirely different appearance when compared with that of the cardia of the carnose forms (plate 6, fig. 22). The epithelium here exhibits a very ragged profile. Some of the cells lining the lumen are short, others are longer, giving the epithelium a ser- rated appearance. The nuclei are large, distinct, and are located at random within the cells, with no apparanet regularity or orien- tation. The basement membrane is resting upon a layer of delicate muscle fibrillae. So far as can be determined, the epithelium of the cardia is not ciliated. The gizzard has a very thick muscular wall (plate 6, fig. 23). The cells lining the gizzard are elongated, large, with their distal ends pointed and heavily chitinized. The nuclei in the gizzard are large and are located at the proximal pole of the cell. 24 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 The caecum or “blind sac”, like that of the Carnosa, is lined with two different types of gastrodermis. There are heavily stain- ing cells containing secretory granules, as well as lightly stain- ing cells (plate 6, fig. 24). There is less regularity to their posi- tion in the cecum in Bowerbankia, however, than there is in the disposition of comparable cells in the caccum of the carnose forms. A delicate meshwork of muscle fibrillae can also be found in the “blind sac” of Bowerbankia. The cells lining the central stomach area are low columnar in structure, and are sparsely cili- ated (plate 7, fig. 25). The cells of the gastrodermis of the pyloric portion are tall columnar in form, and are very well cili- ated (plate 7, fig. 25). The cilia carry over into the lower portion of the rectum, where the cells are columnar in shape (plate 7, fig. 26). From this region, the cells decline in height, tapering from columnar ciliated to cuboidal non-ciliated in the upper reaches of the rectum. The fine muscular meshwork continues to appear below the basement membrane of the gastrodermis of the rectum. TAXONOMIC SIGNIFICANCE As stated early in this paper, the object of this study is to ascertain, if possible, any significance that anatomy or post-larval development might have with regard to the classification of the bryozoan suborder Ctenostomata. Fortunately, the collection of the Allan Hancock Foundation is sufficiently large, so as to give a degree of comparison among the ctenostome groups, and to indicate some stability within the groups themselves. Thus certain basic differences have become apparent in the course of the comparative study of the genera. As is indicated in the developmental studies above, the chrono- logical sequence of the formation of the musculature within the Ctenostomata is not at all similar within the two general groups, the Carnosa and the Stolonifera. Examination of whole-mounts and of sections has revealed that the sequence is identical within the genera Alcyonidium, Flustrella, Pherusella, Clavopora, Sunda- nella, and Anguinella. Because of the argillaceous nature of the cuticle of this last genus (Anguinella), determination of muscu- lature is exceedingly difficult. Although the sequence is in all likelihood identical with that of the other genera listed, this genus is included subject to later revision should examination of specimens that are less argillaceous prove that the musculature does appear in some other sequence. According to Davenport (1891), the sequence of musculature appearance in the genus Paludicella is like that shown above for the Carnosa. Sections and whole-mounts have shown the sequence in the genus Nolella, usually referred to the group Paludicellea, to be identical with 25 BuLLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 that of the stolonate genera. Unfortunately, specimens represen- ting the genera Potsiella, Arachnidium, Arachnoidea, and Platy- polyzoon are not available, while that of Victorella has been sub- ject to histolysis to the point where it is unfit for detailed anatomi- ical study. These genera will be of necessity given tentative assignments. In the stolonate ctenostomes, whole-mounts and sections of the specimens of the genera Amathia, Bowerbankia, Vesicularia, Buskia, Valkeria, Zoobotryon, Terebripora, and Immergentia have identical patterns of muscular appearance, that are entirely dis- tinct from that of the Carnosa. To this group may be added the genus Nolella, as indicated above. A discrepancy appears within the stolonate forms of the genera Farrella, Triticella, Aeverrillia, and Penetrantia. Here the sequence in Farrella, Triticella and most likely Aeverrillia are alike. The inclusion of Aeverrillia is tentative pending the procurement of specimens in better his- tological condition. The differences appearing in these genera are due to the anatomical structure of the apertural area. In Farrella and Triticella the aperture is bilabiate, being closed by a pair of lip-like flaps. In the genus Aeverrillia, the aperture has four protuberances or processes that are flap-like in appearance, each bearing a thin, elongated, chitinous spine. The labial flaps of both Farrella and Aeverrillia are noticeably reinforced with a heavy rim of chitin, whereas in Triticella, the chitinous reinforcement is present, but is not as prominent. The genus Penetrantia is an enigma. It has a chitinous operculum analagous with that of the cheilostomes, and a separate gonozoid, again typical of the Cheilostomata. However, it is provided with an autozoid of the ctenostomatous type, as well as stolons (kenozoids) typical of the stolonate Ctenostomata. genus retractor parietal apertural Alcyonidium 2nd Ist 3rd Flustrella 2nd lst 3rd Pherusella Ind Ist 3rd Clavopora 2nd Ist 3rd Sundanella Ind Ist 3rd Paludicella Ind Ist 3rd Anguinella ?2nd ? 1st 3rd Nolella 2nd 3rd Ist Amathia Ind 3rd Ist Bowerbankia 2nd 3rd Ist Vesicularia 2nd 3rd Ist Zoobotryon 2nd 3rd Ist Valkeria 2nd 3rd Ist Buskia Ind 3rd Ist 26 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 Aeverrillia Pist P2nd P3rd Triticella Ist 2nd 3rd Farrella Ist 2nd 3rd Terebripora 2nd 3rd Ist Immergentia 2nd 3rd Ist Penetrantia Ist 3rd 2nd Table I. Summary of musculature appearance. The figures indi- cate the chronological sequence of the appearance of the sets of muscles in the ctenostomes studied. From the chronological differences in the developmental sequence of the various sets of muscle, as described in the earlier passages and summarized in the table and section above, the following conclusions were drawn: Evidence of the diphyletic status of the suborder Ctenostomata is indicated by the existence of two basic modes of musculature appearance, thus dividing the ctenostomes into the incrusting forms, the Carnosa, on the one hand, and the stolonate forms on the other. This gives further support to Silen’s tenet, 1942, which was based on evidence from adult anatomy. Therefore, in the classification outlined below, the Ctenostomata is divided into _two primary divisions, namely the Carnosa and the Stolonifera. BRYOZOA Ehrenberg, 1831 SUBORDER CTENOSTOMATA Busk, 1852 DIVISION I. CARNOSA Gray, 1841 Family ALCYONIDDIID 4 Johnston, 1849 Alcyonidium Lamouroux, 1812 Benedenipora Pergens, 1888 Lobiancopora Pergens, 1888 Family FLUSTRELLID 4: Hincks, 1880 Flustrella Gray, 1848 Elizerina Lamouroux, 1816 Family PHERUSELLID Soule, 1953 Pherusella Soule, 1951 Family CLAVOPORID Soule, 1953 Clavopora Busk, 1874 Family VICTORELLID4 Hincks, 1880 Victorella Saville-Kent, 1870 Paludicella Gervais, 1836 Pottsiella Kreepelin, 1887 Arachnoidz Moore, 1903 Family ARACHNIDIID/ Hincks, 1880 Arachnidium Hincks, 1859 Platypolyzoon Annandale, 1912 Sundanella Breem, 1939 Anguinella van Beneden, 1845 27 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 DIVISION II. STOLONIFERA Ehlers, 1876 Group A. Vesicularina Waters, 1910 Family NOLELLID/ Harmer, 1915 Nolella Gosse, 1855 Family VESICULARIID Johnston, 1838 Vesicularia Thompson, 1830 Amathia Lamouroux, 1812 PAvenella Dalyell, 1847 Bowerbankia Farre, 1837 Cryptopolyzoon Dendy, 1889 Zoobotryon Ehrenberg, 1831 Group B. Valkerina Silen, 1942 Family VALKERIID Hincks, 1880 Valkeria Fleming, 1828 Aeverrillia Marcus, 1941 Monastesia Jullien, 1888 Family MIMOSELLID/ Hincks, 1851 Mimosella Hincks, 1851 Hypophorella Ehlers, 1876 Family BUSKIID Hincks, 1880 Buskia Alder, 1857 Family TRITICELLID4 G. O. Sars, 1874 Triticella Dalyell, 1848 Farrella Ehrenberg, 1834 Group C. Terebriporina Soule, 1953 Family TEREBRIPORID dOrbigny, 1847 Terebripora @Orbigny, 1847 Spathipora Fischer, 1866 Family IMMERGENTIIDE Silen, 1946 Immergentia Silen, 1946 Family PENETRANTIID/ Silen, 1946 Penetrantia Silen, 1946 incertx sedis Hislopia Carter, 1858 Norodonia Jullien, 1880 28 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 LITERATURE CITED Barrois, J. 1877. Memoire sur l’embryologie des bryozoaires. Wimeraux, Institut Zoologique, Travaux I, pp. 1-305, pls. 1-16. 1927. Etude sur la formation du polypide des bryozoaires. Annales des Science Naturelles, Zoologie, tome 10, series 10, pp. 113-121, 6 text figs. Bassler, R. S. 1935. Fossilium Catalogus (I) Animalia, pars. 67, Bryozoa, pp. 1-229, s’Gravenhage. Claparede, E. 1871. Beitrage zur Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Seesbryo- zoen. Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Zoologie, vol. 21, pp. 187- 174, pls. 8-10. Calvet, G. 1898. Sur I’ origine du polypide des bryozoaires ectoproctes marins. Comp- tes Rendus de L’Academie des Sciences, vol. 127, pp. 194-197. Davenport, C. B. 1891. Observations on budding in Paludicella and some other Bryozoa. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (Harvard), vol. 22enow ls pps 1-114 pls: 1-12: Herwig, E. 1913. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Knospung bei den Bryozoen. Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, jahrgang 79, abteilung A, heft 12, pp. 1-24, 29 text figs. Ladewig, F. 1899. Uber die Knospung der ectoprocten Bryozoen. Zoologischen An- zeiger, band 22, pp. 355-357. 1900. Uber die Knospung der ektoprokten Bryozoen. Zeitschrift fur wis- senschaftliche Zoologie, band 67, pp. 323-339, pls. 1-18. Romer, O. 1906. Untersuchungen uber die Knospung, Degeneration und Regenera- tion von einigen marinen ectoprocten Bryozoen. Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Zoologie, band 84, pp. 446-478, pls. 20, 21. Seeliger, O. 1890. Bermerkungen zur Knospentwicklung der Bryozoen. Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Zoologie, band 50, pp. 560-599, pls. 25, 26, 1 text fig. Silbermann, S. 1906. Untersuchungen uber den feineren Bau von Alcyonidium mytili. Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, vol. 72, pp. 265-310, pls. 19, 20. Silen, L. 1942. Origin and development of the Cheilo-ctenostomatous stem of Bryo- zoa. Zoologiska bidrag fran Uppsala, band 22, pp. 1-59, 64 text figs. Soule, J. D. 1953. In Osburn, R. C., Bryozoa of the Pacific Coast of America, Part 3, Cyclostomata, Ctenostomata, Entoprocta and Addenda. Allan Han- cock Pacific Expeditions, vol. 14, no. 3, pp. 613-841, pls. 65-82. (Ctenostomata pp. 726-758. ) Soule, J. D. 1953a. Post-larval zoarial development in Carnosa (Bryozoa Ctenostomata), Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, volume 52, part 3, pp. 88-92, pls. 16, 17. Zschiesche, A. 1909. Untersuchungen uber die metamorphose von Alcyonidium mzytili. Zoologische Jahrbucher abteilung fur anatomie und ontogenie der Tiere, band 28, pp. 1-72, pls. 1-5, 3 text figs. 29 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. § C-SI ep SSS wall Se ig. 14. PLATE 5 . Pherusella brevituba. Longitudinal section of early zoid. Note de- veloping parietal muscle (PM). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Pherusella brevituba. Early proliferation of polypide anlage (PA). 10X occ., high power. . Pherusella brevituba. Two-layered polypide anlage (PA), with epi- thelial lining (EL), and zoid cuticle (ZC). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Pherusella brevituba. Elongated hollow two-layered polypide anlage (PA). LOX occ., high power. . Pherusella brevituba. Polypide anlage with developing tentacle pro- tuberances (TP). 10X occ., high power. . Pherusella brevituba. Later polypide anlage with tentacle protuber- ances (TP) and tentacle sheath (TS). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Pherusella brevituba. Cross section through polypide anlage. Note developing alimentary tract (AT). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Pherusella brevituba. Longitudinal section through polypide anlage. Note developing retractor muscles (RM) in conjunction with the alimentary tract. 10X occ., high power. . Pherusella brevituba. Longitudinal section. Note epithelial bridge, progenitor of the apertural muscle (AM). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Bowerbankia gracilis. Early two-layered polypide anlage (PA). 10X occ., high power. . Bowerbankia gracilis. Polypide anlage with tentacle portuberances (TP). 10X occ., high power. . Bowerbankia gracilis. Longitudinal section of a developing zoid. Note formation of alimentary tract (AT), and the zoid cuticle (ZC). 10X oce., high power. PLATE 6 Bowerbankia gracilis. Longitudinal section of a developing zoid. Note the tentacle sheath (TS), the tentacles (T), the alimentary tract (AT), the vestibular wedge (VR), and the epithelial bridge of the incipient apertural muscle (AM). 10X occ., high power. Bowerbankia gracilis. Longitudinal section. Note alimentary tract and the epithelial bridge of the incipient retractor muscle (RM). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Bowerbankia gracilis. Longitudinal section. Note incipient parietal muscle (PM). 10X occ., high power. . Flustrella corniculata. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note the esophagus (E). LOX occ., oil immersion. . Flustrella corniculata. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note the cardia (C). 10X, occe., oil immersion. . Flustrella corniculata. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note the caecum (CM). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Flustrella corniculata. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note the central stomach (CS). 10X occe., oil immersion. . Flustrella corniculata. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note the pyloric region (P), and rectum (R). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Flustrella corniculata. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note the rectum (R). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Bowerbankia gracilis. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note the esophagus (E), and the cardia (C). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Bowerbankia gracilis. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Ma- ture gizzard with chitinized tips of cells (CT), and muscular walls (MW ). 10X occ., oil immersion. . Bowerbankia gracilis. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note cecum (CM ). 10X occ., oil immersion. 30 BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 PLATE 5 Sl BULLE1IN, So. CALIF, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 PLATE 6 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 Fig. 25. Fig. 26. Fig. 27. Fig. 28. Fig. 29. Fig. 30. Fig. 31. Fig. 32. Fig. 33. Fig. 34. Fig. 35. Fig. 36. JPL ANI “7 Bowerbankia gracilis. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note the central stomach (CS), and the pyloric region (P). 10X occ., oil immersion. Bowerbankia gracilis. Longitudinal section of alimentary tract. Note the rectum (R). 10X occ., oil immersion. Bowerbankia gracilis. Whole mount, developing zoid, 25 mu stage. Note zoid bud (ZB). 10X occ., high power. Bowerbankia gracilis. Whole mount, developing zoid, 37 mu stage. Note stolon (S), and early polypide anlage (PA). 10X occ., high power. Bowerbankia gracilis. Whole mount, developing zoid, 55 mu stage. Note stolon (S), and polypide anlage (PA). 10X occ., high power. Bowerbankia gracilis. Whole mount, developing zoid, 90 mu stage. Note polypide anlage (PA), and constricted base. 10X occ., high power. Bowerbankia gracilis. Whole mount, developing zoid, 115 mu stage. Note formation of alimentary tract (AT), tentacles (T), and vestibu- lar region (VR). 10X occ., high power. Bowerbankia gracilis. Whole mount, developing zoid, 140 mu stage. Note curvature of the alimentary tract (AT). 10X occ., high power. Bowerbankia gracilis. Whole mount, developing zoid, 180 mu stage. Note elongation of tentacles (T), and appearance of the apertural muscle (AM ). 10X occ., high power. Bowerbankia gracilis. Whole mount, developing zoid, 220 mu stage. Note the first retractor muscle (RM). 10X occ., high power. Bowerbankia gracilis. Whole mount, developing zoid, 250 mu stage. Note young parietal muscle (PM). 10X occ., high power. Pherusella brevituba. Whole mount, growing tip of a zoarium. Note polypide anlage (PA), and parietal muscle (PM) in the very young zooecia prior to appearance of the polypide anlage. 10X occ., low power. 33 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 PLATE 7 34 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA NO. 18. THE TENEBRIONIDA — TENTYRIINA OF THE ASPHALT DEPOSITS By W. Dwicur PIERCE PLATES 8 AND 9 Among the first insects reported from the Rancho La Brea Pits, a Pleistocene deposit at Los Angeles, California, were the Tene- brionidee, of which 14 species were reported by Grinnell (1908) and Essig (1931). Their lists included one Nyctoporis, one Eula- bis, seven Eleodes, four Coniontis, and one Cratidus, a total of five genera. Recent studies by the writer have so greatly expanded this list and there is so much of interest to record that I propose to divide the report on the family into four or more papers, treat- ing a subfamily at a time. The findings from all asphalt deposits will be discussed. At present these are as follows: Rancho La Brea Pits: Academy, 2, 4,9, 10, 16, 28, 36, 37, 51, 81, as well as material for which no exact Pit data are available (previously reported as Bliss ’29, and Pit X); McKittrick sites 3, 4, 10; and Sulphur Mountain. No Car- pinteria specimens have come to hand. “Bliss ’29” refers to ma- terial collected by Mr. Wesley Bliss in the year 1929, largely from Pit B, but including A and C; “Pit X” is mixed material lacking data and will be referred to as Pit (?). The Tenebrionidz were better preserved than the insects of other families, probably because of their thicker chitin, and also because of the cylindrical nature of the head (PI. 9, fig. 6), pro- thorax (Pl. 9, figs. 10, 11), and the posterior part of the body. Being wingless the elytra are in many of them connate with the sternites to form a strong cylinder (PI. 8, fig. 5). An interesting result of this is that these three body parts acted as capsules, into which the liquid asphalt and its solid contents flowed and packed. Many of the finest tiny mammal, bird, and reptile bones, and plant seeds, have been washed out of the heads, thoraces, and posterior halves of the Tenebrionide. Likewise, these capsules contained tiny elytra, heads, etc. of other insects. Each Tenebroinid fragment has to be soaked in xylol, and then, with the aid of fine needles, under a binocular, the contents are removed. It is a delicate task. 35 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 bo (os) : J Z yy j 3 t $ Ey 2 i 4 s; 3 Fi “4 PLATE 8 Phloeodes pustulosus, dorsum of right elytron. Length 12.2 mm. A—axillary region, H—Humerus, V—Vannus. Phloeodes pustulosus, inside of right elytron, showing scrapers. C—Costa, J—Jugum. Nyctoporis carinata, inside of right elytron. Length 9.5 mm.; width 3.2 mm. C—Costa, Cu—Cubitus, H—Humerus, J—Jugum, M—Media, PC—Postcubitus, R—Radius, SC—Subcosta, SO—Sound organ, V— Vannus. Parasida mckittricki, elytral pair with scutellum (McK38al). Length 11.5 mm., width 5.5 mm. 4a. Same, variation in ends of carinae in Mck38az2. Parasida mckittricki, underside of posterior half, except last abdomi- nal segment. Q v BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vole 535 Bart 1954: Tenebrionidz break into fewer fragments than other beetles, because of this welding of the skeletal plates. They are therefore more easily compared with modern insects. The fragments recoy- ered are so close to the modern insects, that I see no reason for erecting new species for most of them. Where there is a reason- able doubt, I have used varietal names to designate the fossil material. The species found are characteristic inhabitants under stones or bark; in rotten wood; and in dry places; and some of them are associates of ants. Fortunately we have also the fragments of at least one species of host ant. Strangely, at the present state of my studies, the Tenebrioni- dae of the McKittrick asphalt are very scarce, while they are among the commonest of the findings in the La Brea Pits. MORPHOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS Just as in the other groups of insects previously discussed in this series of articles, one of the most important results of the study of insect fragments is the light thrown upon insect anatomy and morphology. The early conclusion (Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 43(1):5-6) that beetle elytra, having migrated from lateral to dorsal attach- ment, are upside down, so that the Costal margin is sutural (Pl. 8, fig. 3), and the Vannal area forms the epipleuron, with the Jugum a small zone underneath the Humeral area, has been corroborated in this material (Pl. 8, figs. 2, 3). In the Tentyriinze, the elytron shows no definite striation in Phloeodes (Pl. 8, fig. 1), but in Nyctoporis and Parasida there is a definite strial pattern (PI. 8, figs. 3, 4). The same case will be demonstrated in the other sub- families. When the Tenebrionid head breaks up, all parts in front of the epistomal-pleurostomal-hypostomal suture are dropped, leaving the head as a cylinder, with the basal postoccipital ring, and the heavier occipital-frontal-genal-gular ring, containing eyes and an- tenne. Of the deciduous pieces, mandibles have been recovered. In this paper the mandibles of Nyctoporis are described (PI. 9, figs. 1-4); and in a later paper those of Coniontis of the Coniontidine will be described. There is very little mention in textbook litera- ture of the fact that in some insects the mandibles have retained the lobe, which Packard calls lacinia, and Macgillivray pros- theca. This corresponds to the lacinia of the mandibles of lower arthropods. In the species studied it is of a different texture from the rest of the mandle, and seems to serve as a soft pad between the mandibles, above the mola. The form of the gula is very important in the Tenebrionide, but in the subfamily Tentyriinae, under consideration, only that of Nyctoporis is here considered (PI. 9, fig. 6). 37 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 A new elytral character has been found in Phloeodes, Nycto- poris, and Coniontis, which is at least connected with the respira- tory system, and I believe has the value of a sound organ, even though it may be ultrasonic to us. When the elytra are raised and lowered, as is the custom of these insects, the natural effect will be opening and closing of the spiracular valves. There are two types of these devices at the edge of the Vannus or epipleuron in the Postcubital area on the under side of the elytra, directly above the marginal edge of the first, or first and second abdominal seg- ments, hence opposite the first, or first and second abdominal spiracles. Type I is a soft pad or elongate inflation, which occurs in Nyctoporis (Pl. 8, fig. 3), and Coniontis of the Tenebrionide; Donacia flavipes of Chrysomelidee; and Nicobium hirtum of Ano- biidze. Type II is a sharp ridge, which I have found in Phloeodes (Pl. 8, fig. 2) of the Tenebrionide, and Heterocerus of the Hetero- ceridee. The finding of this organ in the fossil fragments, has led to its discovery in living species. A character of great diagnostic value in the Tenebrionidz is the presence or absence of a mesothoracic trochantin. This is pres- ent in the Tentyriinee, and is shown in the drawings of Nyctoporis (Pl. 9, fig. 12), and Parasida (PI. 8, fig. 5). The sterno-pleural suture of prothorax is almost entirely erased in Nyctoporis (Pl. 9, fig. 10). The meso- and meta-thoracic epi- sternum and epimeron are united in Nyctoporis (Pl. 9, fig. 12), and Parasida (PI. 8, fig. 5), the only suture being the separation of mesothorax and metathorax. Internally, the mesocoxal pocket has two openings in Nycto- poris (Pl. 9, fig. 13), but only one in Coniontis, to be treated later. The metasternal apodeme is very different in the two genera. It is because of these interesting findings, and the almost com- plete absence of descriptions or drawings of the comparative morphology of the Tenebrionidee, that I have prepared drawings and rather complete morphological descriptions to accompany the recording of species in this report. RECORD OF SPECIES: SUBFAMILY TENTYRIINZ — TRIBE NOSODERMINI 1. Phloeodes pustulosus Le Conte (PI. 8, figs 1, 2) This interesting beetle is represented by three elytra labelled Spec. C 145, from Rancho La Brea, Pit A (LACMIP 88). The beetles today occur under live oak bark, and in decaying stumps, and the adults feed upon the large fungi on the oak. Since live oaks were present around the pits in the Pleistocene, and many leaves and acorns have been found in the asphalt, the presence of this insect is natural. 38 BuLuetin, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol; 53. Part 1 1954 The elytra measure 12.2 mm. in length. One elytron has been sketchily drawn to show the essential characters. The three basic or axillary pieces are united in a flat triangular projection, and there is a vertical concave pocket to fit against the pronotum. The elytra taper at both ends, and are very roughly tuberculate. The tubercles do not perfectly define the striz, because of their irregular size and position, clusters of small tubercles sometimes rising on larger ones. However, the areas of the elytron are de- finable. On the anterior margin of the vertical basal pocket at the sutural angle, a few small tubercles are arranged triangularly marking off the subcostal area. Near this a small marginal tubercle marks the root of Radius; at two-thirds the distance from suture to Humerus there is a clump of tubercles enclosing a pit, to define the root of Media; and from the Humerus the rows of tubercles represent the Cubitus and Postcubitus. There is no sharp edge to separate Vannus. It is rather a rounded edge from Humerus, outlined irregularly by tubercles. The vertical Vannal or epi- pleural area has small inconspicuous tubercles arranged in strial formation as a short and a long stria. On the inside, the Costa forms the sutural edge; the Vannal Fold is clearly defined by a sharp line; the Jugum is a short, raised rib at base, with the Humerus at its middle. The parchment-like smooth inner lining shows the fine strial punctures, but they are not well defined. There is before the middle in the Vannal ver- tical zone, a short longitudinal ridge making a pocket into which the abdominal sternites fit. This is in the same position as the pad to be described for Nyctoporis, opposite the first and second abdominal spiracles. For this reason I assume that it is either for closing the respiratory system, for the locking of the elytra, or for production of sound. Beyond this in the posterior quarter is another sharp ridge, broken into two parts. Rapid raising and closing of the elytra could by means of these ridges produce a vibratory sound. 2. Noserus corrosus Casey (PI. 9, figs. 8, 9) This species is represented by one prothorax and the tip of an elytron from Pit A (LACMIP 88), Rancho La Brea, labelled Spec. C-160, sorted out by the writer. Modern insects of this genus, like those of Phloeodes, are also found under the bark of trees. I have illustrated the pronotum from above and beneath. It becomes evident that the prothorax separates into notum and sternum. The length is 5 mm. Although the dorsal tuberculation falls into somewhat of a pattern, there are no visible sutural lines, but internally there is a definite transverse notal ridge to limit presecutum, and posteriorly another scutoscutellar ridge to limit scutellum. 39 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 TRIBE NYCTOPORINI 3. Nyctoporis carinata LeConte (PI. 8, fig. 3; Pl. 9, figs. 5-7, 10-13) This species, first reported by Essig, is a common species from the Rancho La Brea asphalt, being represented from Pits 9 (LACMIP 288), 81 (LACMIP 89), A (LACMIP 88), B (LAC- MIP 285) and from the “Bliss 29” (LACMIP 277), and other mis- cellaneous material (Pit P) (LACMIP 287), as follows (all re- corded as Species C 16): Pit 9 — 1 pair of elytra with thoracic and abdominal sterna, 2 prothoraces, 3 elytra; Pit §1 — 2 heads, 1 pro- thorax, 2 elytra; Pit A — 4 heads, 45 prothoraces, 28 pairs of elytra, 1 thoracic sternite, 9 abdominal sterna, and 106 separate elytra; Pit B — 7 prothoraces, 1 pair of elytra, 4 abdominal sterna; Bliss ‘29 — 7 prothoraces, 5 pairs of elytra, 19 separate elytra, 5 abdomi- nal sterna; Pit ? — 12 prothoraces, 3 pairs of elytra, 17 separate elytra; making a minimum total insects, 9-2, 81-2, A-81, B-7, Bliss-15, ?-12, total 112 beetles. This species commonly occurs under bark, logs and debris. A characteristic in the breaking up of this species is that the head capsule, and the prothorax remain as complete units, the pair of elytra often remain locked by the scutellum; but the meso- and meta-thoracic sternites, the first three abdominal ster- nites, and the last two abdominal sternites, each form separate pieces. Details of structure. Head (PI. 9, figs. 5, 6, 7) a cylindrical capsule, without any distinct sutures, but the various areas are defined by sculpture. Frons apically limited by coronal ridge, which longitudinally divides the vertex, and anteriorly, by the epistomal suture. Parietals separated from vertex by somewhat oblique ridges, beginning just at the inner edge of the eyes. Eyes transverse, set in behind the parietal plate, somewhat crescent or kidney-shape, dorsal and lateral. Vertex and frons strongly, coarsely pitted. Occiput fits into prothorax and is more finely, closely punctuate. Laterally, parietal plates and genal lobes form a pocket for antennal attachment. Ventrally, the genal-submental area is completely without sutural marking, but a fine line separ- ating different sculpture sets off the postgenal and gular areas. The broad gula with different sculpture is partially defined by curving gular-postgenal sutures arising from the basic postoccipi- tal ring. These sutures are called postoccipital by Snodgrass (1935. Principles of Insect Morphology, p. 125), but I prefer to call them gular-postgenal sutures. In the other species, considered hereafter, the tentorial pits are on these gular-postgenal sutures, but in this species they are not evident. 40 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Woll, ei, Were Ie ies! The mandibles are of interest (PI. 9, figs. 1-4), primarily be- cause of the definite presence of a hairy lacinial lobe between the molar plate and dentes. There are few textbooks which de- fine the parts of an insect mandible, but the general opinion is that the mandibles were originally appendages of the same order as the maxillee, with cardo, stipes, palpus, galea, and lacinia. The basic parts have become amalgamated, and the palpus has been lost, but the galea forms the main cutting portion, terminated by the incisor or incisors. There are two condylar attachments: the anterior at the basal angle of clypeus is called the epicondyle, or preartis; the posterior, or primary attachment is called the hypo- condyle, or postartis. The outer or lateral face of the mandible is called the scrobe; the inner or chewing face may be called the molar face. This face has at its base a flattened molar plate, be- yond which is the lacinial lobe, in this case a soft hairy lobe, lim- ited by the dentes or inner tooth, beyond which are the incisors, which are the extensions of the two edges of the scrobe. The dorsal face of the mandible is more convex, the inner or ventral face, more or less concave. The hypocondyle is of the ball type on the side of a rounded lobe. In the specimens drawn only the base of the lacinia was present on the left mandible, but it was complete on the right mandible. Prothorax (Pl. 9, figs. 10, 11) in one piece, although it can separate, dorsum from venter on the lateral margins. The major- ity of prothoraces found are entire. Dorsum undifferentiated into parts, except that the infolded posterior area may be interpreted as scutellum. In this case it is mainly represented laterally by two triangles. Ventrally, the sternum is all united in the anterior half. Pleural suture only extends a short distance from coxa, but is continued by a smooth punctureless strip, thus defining basister- nite. This extends posteriorly between the coxe as the posterior process, which is raised, lobate in form, but broadened basally. From a posterior view it is apparent that the sternal apodeme arises at the base of this lobe, so we must interpret that there is no sternellum. The coxz are ventrally enclosed by basisternum and postcoxale. Viewed internally, the postcoxale forms a bridge across the coxa, which is visible between the curve of the sternal apodeme and the inner part of postcoxale. The sternal apodeme is in the form of a furca, with two lateral arms, which contact the pleural apodemes. Elytra connate, locked by a transverse scutellum. Length of elytral pairs based on 36 specimens ranged from 7.3 to 9.1 mm., mean 8.1 mm.; width 4.1 to 5.2 mm., mean 4.63 mm. Elucidation of the striation would be difficult from the dorsum only, but the strial punctures are represented on the inner side (PI. 8, fig. 3) by rows of punctures, sometimes surrounded by black dots, which 4A] BuLLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 make it possible to completely correlate with the striation in other genera, such as Apsena (to be treated in the next paper). There are nine rows of dots in addition to the short subcosta; these are then Radius 1 and 2; Media 1, 2, 3, 4; Cubitus 1, 2; and Post- cubitus. Vannus is smooth. On this underside, the margin of Vannus intrudes upon Postcubitus in an elliptical raised area of different texture. In measurement this organ is 1 mm. long, and 0.3 mm. wide, and in most cases is of a different color (reddish brown) from the light tan color of the remainder of the inner lining. This organ is directly above the sharp edge of the sides of base of abdomen. I suspect that it is a sound organ. In examination of a modern specimen it is found that the first ab- dominal spiracle lies next to this marginal plate, and hence we would expect that when the elytra are lifted the plate could vibrate, or at least the release could effect an expulsion of air from the spiracle. Externally, the elytra are brokenly or nodularly cari- nate, with three carinz dorsal and two lateral in addition to the sharper vannal fold, which separates Vannus from Remigium. The true striae are indicated by rows of small elongate punctures; the interspaces by rows of nodules, which are alternately low and sparse, or high and close. Thus the basal triangular area is Sub- costal, set off by a row of low nodules, which continue along the entire Costal or sutural margin. The two Radial striae are separ- ated by an interspace row of sparsely set nodules; and separated from the Medial area by the first high ridge. Medial area is broken into two longitudinal areas by a high ridge separating Media 2 from 3. Rising from the Humerus is the Mediacubital ridge, the Cubito-Postcubital ridge, and the Vannal Suture. The Cubital area contains two striz, and the Postcubital one. The Vannal striz are rather confused. A basal infold probably repre- sents the Jugal area. The meso-metathoracic sterna separate as a distinct piece (Pl. 9, figs. 12, 13). Mesothorax has a small basic smooth area with median process, which may be interpreted as presternum. The only sutures present are the sterno-pleural sutures extending diagonally from base to the edge of the trochantin. The basister- nal intercoxal process is broad, meeting the anterior process of metasternum at the middle of the coxa. From an external view, the mesocoxe are open behind, but from Figure 13 it can be seen that the coxe are enclosed in apodemal pockets with two open- ings, formed by the infolded postcoxale, the pleural apodeme and the sternal furca. Metasternum is also separated from its pleura by longitudinal sutures, and is medianly divided in its posterior half by a furcal suture. Internally the sternal apodeme arises at base between the coxee and is two-forked. The metacoxee fit into a socket formed by the first abdominal. These are the only parts of this insect so far recovered. 42 BULLETIN, So. CALtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volyo3sekart le l954 TRIBE ASIDINI 4, Parasida mckittricki new species (PI. 8, figs. 4,5) Tyre. Posterior half of body, with meso- and metathoracic femora and tibize of one side, L. A. Co. Mus. No. $9058 from McKittrick Pleistocene, site 4 (LACMIP 260), depth 4 feet, col- lected August 10, 1947, by Leonard Bessom, labelled McK. 38al. Paratypes. One posterior half (McK 38a2), L. A. Co. Mus. No. 59059, from site 4, McKittrick Pleistocene. Four elytral frag- ments (McK 38b), L. A. Co. Mus. No. $9060 from McKittrick Pleistocene, site 3 (LACMIP 260), collected September 30, 1945, by Dwight Pierce. Sites 3 and 4 were later found to be only three feet apart. The species differs not only in being more elongate than any of the described species, but also in the carination, from the two species described from Arizona and New Mexico. The genus has never been recorded from California, although P. sexcostata LeConte is described from Baja California, Mexico. In Casey’s table it will run next to P. tolucana Casey from Toluca, Mexico, and P. scutellaris (Champion) from Puebla, Almalonga, Jalepa, and Oaxaca, Mexico. As previously noted (Pierce, 1946. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 45(3):123) the Coprine beetles found in the asphalt have no liv- ing representatives in California, and most closely resembled Mexican species. : Length of posterior half 11.5 mm.; width 5.52 mm. Elytra strongly expanded at base, much wider than meso- thorax. Elytral condyles at sides of scutellum. Scutellum broad at base where covered by prothorax, with only a small triangular apex visible normally between the elytra at base. Zones of elytra marked off by rounded ridges, occupying interspaces; Costal-sub- costal ridge sutural on each elytron; first discal ridge on Radio- medial interspace; second discal ridge on Intermedial interspace; third discal ridge does not start before the basal fourth, but (by comparison with P. lirata from Arizona) appears to originate at the Humerus, and is therefore the Medio-cubital interspace; mar- ginal ridge is the Cubito-vannal ridge, separating the remigial area from the epipleural Vannus, which extends from Humerus to apex; near base Subcostal and Radio-medial ridges have aborted branches directed toward each other; on posterior de- clivity (at about middle), Radio-medial turns away from a gen- erally parallel direction to Costal, meeting Intermedial and form- 43 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 12 *S — PLATE 9 44 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 ing a short common stem joined by Medio-cubital, and then by Cubito-vannal ridges. In the second specimen (McK 38a2) the junctions are not complete on the declivity, as shown by the small side sketch. The elytra are very delicate and thin, likely to break at all ridges and sutures. This is the most fragile of all Tene- brionide studied. Ventrally (Pl. 8, fig. 5) meso- and metathorax, and four ab- dominal segments are present. Coxe widely separated and inter- coxal processes quite broad. Mesosternum twice as long as meta- sternum. Mesocoxee fit in rounded sockets. Sockets for posterior coxee formed from first abdominal segment. Sterno-pleural suture of mesosternum sinuately curved to anterior edge; base of pre- sternum about half as wide as sternum at trochantins. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES ON PLATE 9 Fig. 1. Nyctoporis carinata, left mandible, inner face without lacinia. D— Dentes, EC—Epicondyle, HC—Hypocondyle, I—Incisor, M—Mola, S—Scrobe. ° Fig. 2. Same, scrobal face. Fig. 3. Same, molar face with remnant of lacinia. Fig. 4. Same, right mandible, inner face, with entire lacinia. Fig. 5. Same, dorsum of head. E—Eye, Oc—Occiput, Pa—Parietal. Fig. 6. Same, venter of head capsule. AS—Antennal socket, ES—Epicranial suture, Ge—Gena, Gu—Gula, Pa—Parietal, Pge—Postgena, Pgs—Post- genal suture, Poc—Postocciput, Snt—Submentum. Fig. 7. Same, dorso-lateral view of head. AS—Antennal socket, CR—Coronal ridge, E—Eye, GL—Genal lobes. Fig. 8. Noserus corrosus, pronotum. Fig. 9. Same, ventral view of pronotum without sternites. Fig. 10. Nyctoporis carinata, sternum of prothorax. Fig. 11. Same, posterior view of prothorax. Fig. 12. Same, sternum of meso- and metathorax. Cx—coxa, Eps I, III — Episternum II and III, FS UI, Furcasternal suture, Prs—Presternite, Tn—Trochantin, Tr—Trochanter. Fig. 13. Same, inside of sternum of meso- and metathorax. Cx—Coxa, SA II, I1I—Sternal apodemes II and III. 45 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 LIFE HISTORY NOTES ON ASCIA MONUSTE CRAMERI By Joun ADAMS CoMSTOCK The dominant butterfly on the wing in the Manzanillo area of Colima, Mexico, during November and December of 1952 was a Pierid of the Genus Ascia. The species was apparently Ascia monuste crameri Holland, but did not match the figure of the type shown by Dr. Holland on Plate LXVII, fig. 17 of his “Butterfly Book,” new edition, in cer- tain particulars. The average wing expanse was slightly less, and the pale fulvous markings on the underside of secondaries were not “more or less obsolete in the limbal area.” In this particular the Manzan- illo specimens tend to approximate the light males from Florida with reduced black marginal spots on the primaries. However, only the females in the Manzanillo series have the dark triangular spots at the ends of the veins on upper side of secondaries such as are shown in Holland’s type figure of & crameri. In Florida a certain percentage of the females of Ascia monuste occur in a dimorphic dark form, which has been named phileta. No dimorphic females of this type were seen in the Manzanillo area. William P. Comstock in his paper on the Genus Ascia’ states that “life history information concerning monuste is scant.” This is surprising in view of the fact that the species was de- scribed by Linneeus as early as 1764, is exceedngly common in Florida, and is of some economic importance. The earlier records are, for the most part, in rare publications that are not available to the average student, and the few illustra- tions cited in the literature are not particularly satisfactory. The information which I obtained from rearing the species in Mexico, and the accompanying illustrations, may therefore be justified, even though they are somewhat fragmentary. I was fortunate in observing a female ovipositing, and secured her after she had completed the laying of a cluster of eggs. These were laid in a closely appressed single layer on the upper side of a leaf. There were twenty eggs in the cluster. 1Am. Mus. Novitates. No. 1229. May 5, 1943. 46 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 The low growing bush on which they were deposited belonged to the Rhamnaceex, according to the identification of Dr. Faustino Miranda, Director of the Botanical Museum and Gardens, of Tuxtla Gutierrez, Chiapas. There were no flowers or fruit on the bush, so determination as to species was impossible. I afterwards found many clusters of eggs, always on the same species of plant. All of the twenty eggs obtained in the first cluster hatched in five days. Ecc. Spindle shaped. 1 mm. tall by approximately .35 mm. wide through the center. When first laid the color is a delicate yellow. There are eleven longitudinal ridges running from base to micropyle, each of which is topped by a white nodule. The troughs between the ridges are crossed transversely by delicate strie. Eggs laid December 8 hatched Dec. 13. The egg is illustrated on Plate 10, figure 1. Larva, First Insrar. The newly emerged larva is yellow, with several rows of short single colorless hairs, each of which is topped with a colorless globule. The ocelli are conspicuously black. As the instar progresses the larvae take on a green shade, and the bases of the hairs become black. Mature Larva. Average length, 32 mm. Head: hemispherical, the diameter equal to the body segments. Ground color, dull straw, with an orange collar and a V-shaped orange area above the mouth parts. The head bears numerous raised black papillae, from each of which rises a white hair. There are also numerous small black dots interspersed irregularly between the black papillee. Mouth parts, yellow, tipped with black. Ocelli, black, resting on a black crescent. Body: cylindrical, covered with numerous hairs, the longer ones rising from prominent black papilla. The hairs are pre- dominantly black over the dorsum, and white below the stig- matal line. There is a narrow longitudinal mid-dorsal orange line or stripe, bordered with black dots, external to which is a mottled gray band. Lateral to this is an orange band, wider than the mid-dorsal. Latero-inferior thereto is another wide area of mottled gray, which is bordered on its lower edge by a narrower orange line along which the black stigmata are placed. Abdomen, dull gray. Legs, black. Prolegs, yellow, mottled with black. The larva is illustrated in dorsal aspect on Plate 10, figure 2. AT BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 PLATE 10 Early stages of Ascia monuste crameri Holland. l. Egg, enlarged x 60. 2. Mature larva, dorsal aspect, enlarged x 2h. 3. Pupa, dorsal aspect, enlarged x 2%. 4. Pupa, lateral aspect, enlarged x 2%. Reproduced from painting by the author. 48 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 Pura. Length, 22 mm. Greatest width through shoulder area, 5.0 mm. It is suspended by the usual girdle and cremasteric hook. In shape it is fusiform, tapering somewhat abruptly from shoulders to tip of face, and gradually from thorax to cauda. The shape and structural features can best be understood by reference to the accompanying Plate 10, figures 3 and 4. Ground color, ivory-white, much obscured by olive-black mark- ings and numerous black dots. There is a triangular olive-black area on the dorsum above the head, and another posterior to it, the latter being crossed at its posterior edge by the girdle. Two prominent recurved black spines or horns arise just superior to the inner angle of the wing case of the primary, (one on each side). These may arch slightly either forward or back- ward. A slight tinge of orange-yellow occurs on the abdominal seg- ments above the spiracles, and there is a suggestion of a narrow discontinuous mid-dorsal orange-yellow stripe, accented by an orange tubercle at the posterior edge of each segment. The wing cases are lustrous white, with wide dark margins. Spiracles, black and conspicuous. The first imago emerged January 5, 1953, and the remainder appeared at irregular intervals thereafter, due probably to the artificial environment of a crowded and sealed enclosure, necessi- tated by the threat of ants. FooppLants. Crucifere and Capparidacex, both cultivated and wild. Specifically mentioned have been members of the Genera Polanisia, Cleome, Cuppari, Lepidium and Cakile. One author includes Batis, and William P. Comstock names chicory. Damage to crops of cabbage, kale, broccoli, turnip and lettuce may at times be considerable, and among garden plants, nastur- tium may be attacked. Pteromalus vanessx has been recorded as a parasite. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1838. Larva. Bdv. & Lec. Hist. Lep. N. A., p. 48, pl. 16. 1836. Larva, chrys. Bdv. Spec. Gener. Diurnae. 1:497. 1861. Larva, chrys. Morris, (quotes Bdv. & Lec.) Synop. Lep. N. A., p. 17. 1881. Larva, chrys. Gundlach. Entom. Cubana, p. 101. 1883. Egg, larva, chrys., Riley. Rept. U.S. Dept. Agr. pp. 117-18, pl. 10, fig. 1. (Illustrations inadequate. ) 1886. Egg, larva, chrys., French, G. H. (quotes Riley). Butt. East. U.S., p. 107. 1918. Notes. Cotton, R. T. Journ. Dept. Agr. Porto Rico, I. pp. 265-317. 1924. Larva, chrys. Rober in Seitz Macrolep. 5: p. 58. 1927. Larva. Weed, Clarence M. “Butterflies,” p. 90. 1943. Foodpl. Comstock, W. P. Am. Mus. Novitat. #1229, p. 5. 1950. Larva. (subspec. orseis) Costa Lima. Insectos do Brasil. 6, (2): p. 324. (Indistinct fig. of larva. ) 1951. Larva. Klots, Alexander B. Field Guide to the Butterfl. p. 202. 49 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 AN UNDESCRIBED METROBATES UHLER FROM BRASIL (Hemiptera : Gerride ) By Cart J. Drake, Ames, Iowa The genus Metrobates Uhler (1871) is indigenous to and widely distributed in the Americas. Of the 10 recognized species, only two of them are known to occur in South America — M. plau- manni Hungerford from Brasil and M. fugientis Drake and Harris from Peru. Hungerford (1951) has recently recorded the latter also from Bolivia. The new species described below adds a second species of Metrobates to the fauna of Brasil and gives a total of three for South America. I am indebted to Dr. Jose C. M. Carvalho, Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brasil, for the privilege of studying some Brasilian water-striders. Metrobates laetus, sp. new Apterous form: Broadly ovate, general color black and bluish gray with markings as described in structural parts. Head black with a crescent-shaped mark at the base. Antenne blackish fuscous, the basal part of first segment testaceous; segment I curved at the base; II and III with the usual apical modifications, measurements — I, 105; II, 32; III, 32; IV, 32. Antenne slenderer in female than male, but with the length of segments nearly the same. Rostrum black-fuscous, with apex blackish, extending a little beyond prosternum. Legs long, slender, dark fuscous; an- terior femora with basal part testaceus, armed beneath in male with a long brown spine (fig. 1, D) at basal third, unarmed in female. Mesosternum grooved on median longitudinal line in male, without groove in female; acetabula unarmed in both sexes. Body beneath gray with a bluish lustre. In order to facilitate further studies in the genus, a list of species, subspecies and distributional notes are given below. The subspecies are primarily color forms of three different species. Pronotum short, with posterior margin feebly excavated (nearly straight), with impressed median area bluish flavous, three times as wide as long; mesonotum very large, broadly bluish gray along the impressed median longitudinal line, more than twice as wide as median length (160:60), with a short, slightly oblique band on each side in front of the middle, the posterior margin somewhat excavated; metanotum short, bluish gray. Dor- sal surface of abdomen bluish gray. Male parameres as in fig. 1, a. Macropterous form unknown. Length, 3.20-3.50 mm.; width, 1.75-2.20 mm. Type (male) and allotype (female ), Ribeiras do Engano, Vale do Itauna, Santo Trav. & Santos, Oct. 9, 1942, in Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro. Paratypes; 12 specimens, same data as type. 50 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Voli*53, Part 1, 1954 PLATE 11 Metrobates laetus, n sp: a, left paramere; b, left front leg. Three species have long spines on the underside of male femora. These are M. denticornis (Champion), M. fugientis Drake and Harris and lxtus, n. sp. M. fugientis differs from the other two species in having the acetabula on the mesosternum armed with prominent spines. In letus the femoral spine is placed at the apical third, whereas it is near the middle in denticornis. M. plau- manni Hungerford has the anterior femora unarmed, also the mesoternum. Genus Metrobates Uhler, 1871 Trepobatopsis Champion, 1898 Type, Metrobates hesperius Uhler, 1871 1. anomalus Hussey and Herring, 1949... Florida subsp. comatipes Hussey and Herring, 1949... Florida pmeantusyAnderson, 1932... 2.0. Texas; Mexico 3. denticornis (Champion), 1898. Mex.; Centr. Amer.; Tex.; N. Mex.; Ariz. 4. fugientis Drake and Harris, 1945... Peru; Bolivia 5. hesperius Uhler, 1871... U.S. (East of Rocky Mts. ) syn. beginni Ashmead, 1894. subsp. depilatus Hussey and Herring, 1949__......_..... Florida subsp. ocalensis Hussey and Herring, 1949__............. Florida PeLaccusH Drake: 1954.0. .0 22k Coe Oe ae Brasil 7. laudatus Drake and Harris, 1932............. Mex.; Honduras 8. plaumanni Hungerford, 1951. Brasil Eempporcus) Anderson, 1932)... ee. Honduras syn. spissus Drake and Harris, 1932. Mimetamidus Anderson, 1932... 00.2 Cuba; Haiti syn. cubanus Drake and Harris, 1932. mimmeenix: Bueno, 192]... Colo.; Wyo.; Ida.; Ore.; subsp. infuscata Usinger, 1952... Cal.; Ariz.; N. Mex. 51 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53; Part) W954 ADDITIONAL BUG (HEMIPTERA, REDUVIIDA:) ANNOYANCE AND Trypanosoma cruzi IN SOUTHWESTERN NATIONAL MONUMENTS By SHERWIN F. Woop! Life Sciences Department, Los Angeles City College, Los Angeles 29, Calif. INTRODUCTION The writer has recorded a brief historical sketch of conenose bug annoyance and Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas in Arizona and New Mexico as well as new data for 1952 (Wood, 1953). Addi- tional information on occurrence of conenose bugs, Triatoma, and related genera, Oncocephalus, Zelurus (Spiniger), Rhiginia, etc., is reported here for the same area. One male Triatoma longipes Barber from a residence in Tonto National Monument was found naturally-infected with Trypanosoma cruzi. OBSERVATIONS Minor annoyance to feeding of Triatoma rubida uhleri (Neiva) was reported for Caucasians as follows: from Gila Pueblo for 14 adults and 8 children exposed, “enclosed is one @ kissing bug which I caught the night of June 6th after it had finished ‘kissing’ my wife and was on its way back to a hiding place under the mat- tress. Although my wife was not aware that she had been bitten, the bug had, without a doubt, just finished feeding for it was replete with fresh blood when captured. An itching sensation was noticed about two minutes after the bite and a small welt began to appear at that time also. Apparently the bug had been hiding in the bed for several nights as I had been finding welts on my 1The writer wishes to express appreciation for the cooperation of Natu- ralist L. P. Arnberger, Southwestern National Monuments, National Park Service, and the following contributors: Superintendent F. W. Binnewies for Bandelier National Monument; Ranger Arthur White for Chaco Canyon Na- tional Monument; Archeologist L. M. Pierson for Montezuma Castle and Tuzi- goot National Monuments; Supervisory Ranger G. KE. Steele for Saguaro Na- tional Monument; Superintendent C. C. Sharp and Archeologist G. R. Wenger for Tonto National Monument; Ranger W. C. Bullard, Jr., Ranger F. G. Smith and O. W. Deubler for Tumacacori National Monument; and Superintendent J. W. Brewer, Jr., for Tuzigoot National Monument. The data compiled by the writer is acknowledged as to source by initials of individual contributors. The author thanks Dr. Fred S. Truxal and Lloyd M. Martin of the Los Angeles County Museum for aid in use of the insect reference collection. 52 _ BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Nolo Samizart alemhO a4: arms for several mornings before the bug was captured. Neither my wife nor I have had the least discomfort from the bites except for itching and a welt such as might have been the result of a mosquito bite.” (L.P.A.); at the Madrona Ranger Station in Saguaro National Monument of 3 adults and 4 children exposed, “during August of 1952 my mother was bitten three times on the upper left arm and each spot raised a large welt, turned blue- black about 12 hours later and almost paralyzed the entire left arm and hand for three days. A ? conenose bug was found between the sheets the morning after the attack.” (G. E. S.); and at Tuzigoot National Monument of 4 adults exposed, a ¢ rubida “bit her on the hand with the result, that there were several hard welts 2 inches in diameter on her hand and wrist. Must have fed while she was sleeping. Found the insect under the rug along- side the bed.” (L. M.P.) and a 92 rubida from the bedroom was responsible for “several large welts over the body” (J.W.B.). At Tuzigoot in September, 2 well-fed, fourth instar rubida were removed from a 33-year-old boy's bed showing that these bugs may occur in houses as nymphs or enter through cracks espe- cially under doors in search of warm-blooded hosts (L. M. P.). During the summer of 1953, the following Triatominze were received: 1 9 Triatoma protracta (Uhler) from Chaco Canyon, New Mexico (A. W.); 4 ¢ and 3 2 T. rwbida uhleri and 12 T. longipes from Gila Pueblo, Globe, Arizona (L. P. A.); 2 2 T. pro- tracta from Montezuma Castle (L. M. P.); 2 & and 10 @? Tf. rubida uhleri from Saguaro (G. E. S.); 1 & T. protracta, 16 3 and 14 @ T. rubida uhleri, and 3 8 and one 5th nymph of T. longipes from Tonto (G. R. W.); 2 & T. longipes from Tumaca- conmuyy 1. BH. .G. S.): and | 9 1. protracta and |, 2.9 and 2 fourth instar nymphs of T. rubida uhleri from Tuzigoot (J. W. B., L. M. P.). Additional Arizona sources were 1 ¢ T. rubida uhleri from a residence in Globe, Gila Co. (L. P. A.); 1 @ T. rubida uhleri and 1 ¢ T. sanguisuga indictiva (Neiva ) collected by O. W. Deubler from the Tubac Inn, Santa Cruz Co. (F. G. S.) and 1 &, 2? and one 5th nymph of T. rubida uhleri and 3 #,22 and two 5th nymphs of T. longipes collected by Bar- ton Wright from Ramonote Canyon, off the Santa Cruz River, Santa Cruz Co. (F.G.S.). The Triatominz from Gila Pueblo, Tumacacori, Tuzigoot and Globe came from inside the houses while all others were collected from the screen surfaces of doors and windows and walls of the various dwellings or in a cave as at Ramonote Canyon. One rubida was collected in a living room at Globe while the Gila Pueblo and Tuzigoot specimens were taken in bedrooms. At Tumacacori, one longipes was found in bed and the other crawl- ing on the living room curtains. One rubida and sanguisuga were found inside the house at Tubac Inn. In ten minutes collecting 53 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 at Tonto National Monument in early June, 11 rubida and 2 longipes were taken from window and door screens of one resi- dence (G. R. W.). Previous mention of moisture in relation to Triatoma abund- ance has been noted by Wood (1950). From Tonto on July 18th, Archeologist Wenger wrote as follows: “This spring, we had no rain from March 8rd until July 7th and we have seen few bugs. However, beginning July 7th and continuing to date we have had a number of good rains and the Triatoma are out and we are again collecting them.” On August Ist, Archeologist Pierson from Montezuma Castle reports that “the first rains of summer came on July 5th and it has been more or less raining ever since. The Triatoma were first noticed several days after the rains began and the insect population in general was much more in evidence after the rains.” From Saguaro National Monument, Ranger Steele forwarded 12 Triatoma rubida uhleri collected on the windows on July 11, 1953 with the comment that these bugs “have been common for 7 or § weeks and it is not unusual to count up to 24 each evening at the Madrona District Ranger Station residence.” Such bug abundance compares with that observed at the Alvarado Mine during the summers of 1939-41 (Wood, 1941, 1943). Ranger Smith reports association of Triatoma with chickens at the Tubac Inn, as previously noted by Wood (1941). He also reports longipes and rubida from a cave excavation in Ramonote Canyon writing as follows: “the Triatoma seem to wait in the cave for warm-blooded hosts.” One longipes “came from beneath a rock near the front of the cave.” Verification of Triatoma protracta at Montezuma Castle is uoted here as indicated above and reported by Wood (1953). Examination in sodium citrate solution of the feces of 1 ¢ Triatoma longipes (received 21-VII-53) from Tonto National Monument revealed numerous actively motile crithidiform and a few trypanoform stages of Trypanosoma cruzi even though the bug had been dead for several days. This verifies the suspected bug infection for Tonto mentioned in 1952 (Wood, 1953). The following bugs examined for trypanosomes were nega- tive: 1 2 protracta from Chaco Canyon; | ¢ and 1 ¢ rubida and 1 & longipes from Gila Pueblo; 1 2 rubida from Globe; 2 2 pro- tracta from Montezuma Castle; 1 #, 2 2 and one 5th nymph of rubida and 3 & and 2 2 longipes from Ramonote Canyon; 2 ¢ and 9 @ rubida from Saguaro; 12 ¢ and 14 @? rubida, 2 2 longipes, and 1 & protracta from Tonto; 2 ¢& longipes from Tumacacori; and 1 @, 2 2 and two 4th instar rubida and 1 @ protracta from Tuzigoot. Thus, of 80 mostly dead Triatomine re- ceived, 64 were examined and one was found naturally-infected with Trypanosoma cruzi. 54 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 Additional bug associates of conenoses collected in and about residences for the summers of 1952 (3) and 1953 (21) were the following: 1 & Oncocephalus nubilus Van Duzee and 1 & Redu- vius personatus Linneeus from Bandelier National Monument (F. W. B.); 1 & Reduvius senilis Van Duzee and 1 & Rhiginia cinctiventris Stal from Montezuma Castle National Monument (L. M. P.); 1 & O. nubilus and 1¢ Rasahus thoracicus Stal from Saguaro National Monument (G. E. S.); 1 2? Leptoglossus clype- alis Herrich-Scheffer, 8 & O. nubilus,2 8 and 1 2? Zelurus (Spiniger) arizonensis (Banks), 1 & Rhiginia cinctiventris, 1 ¢ Apiomerus spissipes (Say), and 1 & Zelus exsanguis (Stal) from Tonto National Monument (G. R. W.); 12 R. thoracicus and 1 ¢ Lygezus lateralis Dallas from Tumacacori National Monu- ment (W. C. B., F. G. S.); and 1 & R. thoracicus from the Tubac Inn (F. G. S., O. W. D.). All of these bugs belong to the family Reduviide excepting Leptoglossus (Coreide) and Lygzus (Lygeeide ). DISCUSSION Many of the bugs belonging to the family Reduviidee are com- monly called assassin bugs because of their feeding habits on insects. Oncocephalus has been fed on flies in the laboratory by Readio (1927). Reduvius personatus feeds on bedbugs, flower beetles, May flies, house flies, leaf hoppers, grass bugs, grass- hoppers, etc. (Readio, 1927, Matheson, 1950) and is known to inflict a painful bite when handled roughly by man (Blatchley, 1926, Herms, 1950). In laboratory experiments Reduvius per- sonatus and Reduvius senilis killed Triatoma protracta. Rasahus thoracicus is a known insect destroyer (Readio, 1927) and severe biter of man when roughly handled or injured by flying into blinding lights at night (Essig, 1936, Herms, 1950). Apiomerus spissipes is a known control agent of plant insect pests many of which are of economic importance (Readio, 1927) and is known to inflict a painful bite for man when carelessly handled (Blatch- ley, 1926, Readio, 1927). Zelus exsanguis was raised on house flies by Readio (1927). Little appears to be known concerning the habits of Reduvius senilis, Zelurus (Spiniger), and Rhiginia but part of the attrac- tion to houses is probably in search of other insects as food, pos- sibly Triatoma. Therefore, it is important for man in these areas where Triatoma annoyance occurs to be able to separate bene- ficial insect feeders from blood feeders and this can be done by noticing the form of the beak or proboscis. The assassin bugs, Oncocephalus, Reduvius, Zelurus (Spiniger), Rasahus, Rhiginia, Apiomerus and Zelus, have short proboscides like the conenoses, Triatoma, but they curve downwards forming an arch under and 55 BULLETIN, So. Catir,. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 away from the head from the tip of the “nose” to the “chest” in contrast to the short, straight, slender-tapered beak of Triatoma which lies close to the under surface of the head. Plant feeding bugs like Leptoglossus and Lygzus have longer, nearly straight, slender beaks like Triatoma but the proboscis extends beyond the “chest” to the “belly” of the insect. However, there are no easy methods of specific identification of these bugs without intensive study of basic insect anatomy. SUMMARY Minor annoyance to the feeding of Triatoma rubida uhleri on man was reported for central Arizona. Trypanosoma cruzi was found for the first time at Tonto National Monument in Triatoma longipes. Twenty-two assassin bugs, representing Oncocephalus, Reduvius, Zelurus (Spiniger), Rasahus, Rhiginia, Apiomerus and Zelus, were collected with Triatoma. BIBLIOGRAPHY Blatchley, W. S. 1926. Heteroptera or True Bugs of Eastern North America (Indianapolis, The Nature Publishing Co.), 1116 pp., 12 plates, 215 figs. in text. Essig, E. O. 1936. Insects of Western North America (New York, The Macmillan Co. ), 1035 pp., 766 figs. in text. Herms, W. B. 1950. Medical Entomology (4th Ed., New York, The Macmillan Co.), 643 pp., colored frontispiece, 191 figs. in text. Matheson, R. 1950. Medical Entomology (2nd Ed., Ithaca, Comstock Publishing Co., Inc. ), 612 pp., 242 figs. in text. Readio, P. A. 1927. Studies on the biology of the Reduviidae of America north of Mexico. U. of Kansas Sci. Bull. 17( 1): 5-291, 21 plates. Wood, S. F. 1941. New localities for Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas in southwestern United States. Am. Jour. Hyg., Sec. C, 34(1): 1-18, 7 figs. in text. 1943. Observations on vectors of Chagas’ disease in the United States. II. Arizona. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 23(3): 315-320. 1950. Dispersal flight of Triatoma in southern Arizona. Jour. Parasitol. 36(5): 498-499. 1953. Conenose bug (Triatoma) annoyance and Trypanosoma cruzi in southwestern National Monuments. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 52(2): 57-60. 56 BuLLETIN, So. Cautir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 DR. ROBERT ANDREWS MILLIKAN March 22, 1868 — December 19, 1953 Dr. Robert Andrews Millikan, Life Member of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, died December 19, 1953. Dr. Millikan, dean of the world physicists, was awarded more than twenty medals for his outstanding scientific achievements. Among these were: The Comstock Prize, National Academy of Science (1913); The Edison Medal, American Institute of Elec- trical Engineers (1922); The Hughes Medal, Royal Society of Great Britain (1923); The Nobel Prize in Physics (1923); The Faraday Medal, London Chemical Society (1924); The Mat- teucci Medal, Societa Italiana della Scienz (1925); The Gold Medal, American Society of Mechanical Engineers (1926); and the Messel Medal, Society of Chemical Industry, Great Britain (1928). Twelve other societies also awarded medals of honor. Dr. Millikan was granted the A.B. degree by Oberlin in 1891 and a M.A. degree in 1893. Columbia University conferred the Ph.D. degree in 1895. He attended the Universities of Berlin anc Gottingen in 1895-1896. As his leadership in physics brought him world renown, more than twenty-five colleges and universities at home and abroad conferred honorary degrees upon him. Among these were: The University of California (1924); The University of Southern California (1931); Mills College (1935); and Loyola University (1938). Most of Dr. Millikan’s research work was done at the Univer- sity of Chicago (1896-1921), and at the California Institute of Technology (1921-1946). In addition to research in fundamental problems, he wrote eighteen textbooks and hundreds of technical papers. The public knew him best for his research on the cosmic ray. But the Nobel Prize was awarded to him for his isolating and measuring the electron. He also contributed to establishing the validity of one of Dr. Albert Einstein’s most important equations. He also worked with Dr. Ira Bowen to develop a series of laws which led to basic discoveries about electrons. He and Dr. C. C. Lauritzen extracted electrons from metals. During the First World War, Dr. Millikan was a Lt. Colonel in the Signal Corps of the United States Army. In that capacity, he was vice-chairman of the National Research Council, and head of the physics branch of that body. Dr. Millikan came to the California Institute of Technology in 1921 and he retired as administrative head in 1946. During those years he built it into an institution known throughout the world for its faculty, its graduates and its leadership in research. Dr. Millikan’s body was interred in the Memorial Court of Honor, Forest Lawn Memorial Park. —Homer P. King. o7 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 JOHN LOVELL SPERRY January 18, 1894 — January 21, 1945 In the city of Riverside, California, on January 21, 1945, the productive life of John L. Sperry, member of our Academy since 1931, came to a close. John Sperry was born in Oaklawn, Rhode Island, January 18, 1894, the son of John and Nellie Julia (Reed) Sperry. He graduated as a civil engineer from Brown University in 1914, and for a period of time served with the United States Reclamation Service in Wyoming, and with the Providence Water Supply Board in Rhode Island. As a youth he was interested in natural history, and more par- ticularly in entomology. In this avocation he was ably seconded by his first wife, Grace Herreshoff Sperry. In 1925 the Sperrys moved to Riverside, California, and there- after most of their spare time was devoted to collecting and classi- fying Lepidoptera (butterflies and moths ). The growth of their collection soon necessitated the building of their own private museum. Along with this activity John Sperry 58 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 gradually accumulated an excellent library covering his special- ized field of research. He was early and prominently identified with the Lorquin Entomological Society of this city, and was recently honored by being elected to the Executive Council of the Lepidopterists Society, an international organization. Mr. and Mrs. Sperry were very active in collecting, and their excursions covered nearly all of the inaccessible localities of the United States. With this was combined a correspondence and exchange with collectors throughout the civilized world. This eventually resulted in the publication of a series of tech- nical papers in various scientific journals, which earned an inter- national reputation for John Sperry, as an authority on the Geo- metrid moths. These papers recorded many new species, and some of them shed valuable light on the biology of the insects. Between the years of 1932 to 1952 our Academy “Bulletin” carried ten of these technical papers. Following the death of Grace Sperry, the active field work was discontinued, and a period of study and correspondence ensued. Shortly thereafter John Sperry married Bertha Randall Minor of Kingston, R. I. Bertha had been a lifelong friend of both Grace and John Sperry. She was a widow at the time she decided to come to Riverside. All of John’s friends are of one mind, that Bertha brought into his life a rare understanding, sympathy and helpfulness at the time of their greatest need. No one can be reconciled: to the regrettable early termination of that companionship. The Sperry collection of Lepidoptera, including all of the types, will go to the American Museum of Natural History of New York City, where it will be of greatest service to the entomologists of this and other countries. — John Adams Comstock. 59 BuLuetin, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 1, 1954 BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$3.50 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908 — one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March- April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1953, including volumes XXIV to 52, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1, 1947. Vol. 3. Part 2, 1949. 60 BULLETIN, So. CALtirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 6ULLETIN Vol. Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 Publications of the Southern California 3, No. “ee Academy of Sciences For Sale at the Appended Prices 2, 1907 TELOOT, 1, 1909 == PSS ¥ oy ry iy ¥ v ey ¥ ’ - v ¥ ¥ FPNNNNNNNNNNNN EW co) ee S eS) iw) i) be bo bo WW a ~ DNwWw wv 920 5) , 3, 1953 (each) ZA ORO DAs (ea cliy) eae eee eee eee eae NOD 53 Cea chit) eres enn seeeeeree este PPAF A (CEEVS) aly) Saree A ee Ae OD Se (each) ae ee ea DOF (Sac hin eae ee ree ei OSI (each) vases wee eee ea as, NG 32a (eachy) tere Serene se euicce NOS 3m (each) eee eee ee WOSAu Geach) ies wah ees ee IOS Sci(@aChiy) heer ews seme eames Ub cue eu OSG Aeach) Nate te ele ets a et NG Set (cea Clay) joes erate mre ee eee OS SeGeachy) eee eee ee JUSIBNS) (SRYGN A) ) ae ee Se ee NO ANT (eer lay) ae ean ere oe a GAO R (each) eee eres seu een n eee: IGS (SBYOlN) st a ee OAS Geachit) euteeilelens tat sens es: OAS a (ea clin) eetiatn ae ic esnier ress mabe te DAG (Cearelay) Sie wares eet ene tee eae MAG os (Sar Clit) baeiet ete eB Nase IQA (GAC) GAS (Each)) eee eons NG 50M Ceachs) erie en ee ee NOS Ie (each) Riera sae eae LO SO Gea hy) een eitiene Ae here (Continued on next page) 61 To To Non- Members Members $ .50 1.00 510) 1.00 50 1.00 1.50 3.00 1.00 2.00 so 1.50 1.50 3.00 2.00 4.00 Bhs) 1.50 1.50 3.00 00 1.00 00 1.00 1.00 2.00 Oo 15 30 15 35 =U) Re) 9d 85 ate) 35 19 OO 15 oO 50) 80 ah) 35 PAs) 85 5) 80 se) 30 10 .3o eo .3O 75 35 he) .3O ae) 30 195 BOYS) ho £00 he OO Mo BO lo 30 U8) RB Yo) oe Oo oO) 80 Bh) .60 1.25 .60 1.25 60 I 225) BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol; 538iRartilel954! PUBLICATIONS (continued) To To Non- MEMOIRS Members Members Vol. NS SS see ADC Tat COME Tees er eeres tees eer eeecec teases eee $2.00 $4.00 >: boundsineblack#tabrikoids. 322 se 3.00 5.00 ~ | “= printed on one side of paper.....2.......- 3.00 5.00 si ea printed on one side of page (bound)... 4.00 6.00 Vol. 2 2, No.1, 1939—paper cover 2). ee 1.25 2.50 i “bound in black fabrikoid.............. 2.25 3.50 es oan printed on one side of page.......... 7s) 3.50 SAC), peated) LO44= paper COVer ei. ln oer eee so 1.50 Soon, sicko O47 —paper cover ...26- eee 1.00 2.00 or Sac 2 VOAQ paper Cover = srt oe oe 1.00 2.00 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published ).......... bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES EARTHOUAKES:. Rot rll eee bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly Entomological, 1 color plate-.-22) 52 = ee 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall................ 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther Davidson and: George: LL. Moxley, 452) pp., 1923... eee 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfamilies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and -Hoster EL Benjamin | 19972. eee $ 50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, New Mexico, 193i) FoR. Posberg. 2... ee 25 Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United State of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-members.... 3.00 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes of their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Malis... 50 A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF .CALIFORNIA, 32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm. M. Ineram: .2..iicsa ie Boe ee eee 50 Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum — CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 33. Bound... 3.00 ApprEss ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U.S. A. BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 1, 1954 The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf- ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this program, the following forms are suggested: Form of Legacy To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects of value. I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum of.__....--- Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses, dispositions and benefit thereof forever. Form of Devise To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy. I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences” OleunerCityrotmeosPAneeles: (Ci ee here describe the property or ground rent... Ns together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever. 63 < i REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the Editor at the following rates, from the Commonwealth Press, 1507 DeLong Sireet, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. PRIGECEISTHOP REPRINTS (WITHOUT COVERS) 4pp. &pp. 12pp. 16pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 50 copies ...... $3.75 $ 5.75 $ 8.50 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00 CTC Re aes WoO a7-d0) 10.75 812.715) i000 wal 7525. “202 5) 121 0 Pee .25: 925 13.00 15.25," 1825 “21.00. 24350; 26:00 moe ees 6.00" 11:00 15.25 lid 21-50 924.75) 2875) 130250 25/0 ih aaa Suis 202° Tl 1.20 2025 Ani S) as. 50), 3300 Las 100 pommee f.DO 14.50). 19.758 22.575. 28.00" 32:25 137.25. 430.50 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1 Y2c each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. Che Commonwealth Press, Jue. Est. 1906 “Oe @ PUBLICATIONS @ CATALOGS ®@ FOREIGN LANGUAGE TEXTS @ COMPLETE GRAPHIC ARTS SERVICE “oe PRospect 2233 1507 DeLong Street, Los Angeles 15, California (508 ea ae BULLETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA VoL. 53 May-Aucust, 1954 Part 2 CONTENTS Additional Records of Oliarces clara in California and Arizona. Tel beay Tey STAR Sas Aa EE NU AN SON aD AM AM he rey 65 Neotropical Geometride Apparently Undescribed. John L. Sperry. 69 The Biology and Description of a New Giant Skipper from PDNAP ITA EATESE Ets, UC RIURGIs 228.2 Pah 2. OE Lun i 75 Reduwius senilus Van Duzee from the Lodges of Neotoma in San Juan County, Utah. Raymond E. Ryckman.............--.---.----- 88 Two New Mites in the Genus Typhlodromus. E. A. McGregor........ 89 Fossil Arthropods of California No. 19. The Tenebrionidz- Scaurine of the Asphalt Beds. W. Dwight Pierce.................... 93 Nomenclatural Changes and Redescription of Two Nereids from thepPastern Pacific, Donald J. Reish. 2000 eee The Brain Chorioid Plexuses of Elasmobranchs. William A. Hilton. 107 A New Kelletia from the Pliocene of California. ORTON INOTROROL tees oe a me UI SNM AN NR Vines ae 114 Beauty and the Beetle. John Adams Comstock............2..222.0.220-------- 118 William Llewellyn Lloyd (In Memoriam )......00002.02000000002000002-2200---- 122 Issued August 1, 1954 Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS DreSherwinal Woods. 20 os ee es President INE icemnenigiss Sta geri, 228i tales Vee eee Tite ed ee First Vice-President lr Haldewarde: Pow and! <8) eis aioe ae Ea a aoe ee Second Vice President Miss\Grefichen’ Sibleys fui oM lo ns ee Secretary Drege Dwight; Pierce. \ eas ae Treasurer Dr. Johw A. Comstock 225) eo ee ee Editor Dr. A. Weir Bell Mr. Lloyd M. Martin Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. W. Dwight Pierce Dr. Hildegarde Howard Miss Gretchen Sibley Dr. Homer P. King Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. Carroll Lang Dr. Louis C. Wheeler Dr. Sherwin F. Wood ADVISORY BOARD Mr. J. Stanley Brode Mr. Theodore Payne Dr. Thomas Clements Miss Ruth D. Simpson Dr. Theodore Downs Dr. R. H. Swift Dr. Howard R. Hill Dr. Fred S. Truxal Mr. Russell S. Woglum SCIENCE SECTIONS Section of Agricultural Sciences Section of Health and Sanitation Dr. Fred S. Truxal, Chairman Dr. Floyd R. Parks, Chairman Anthropological Section Section of Junior Scientists Miss Ruth D. Simpson, Chairman Dr. Theodore Downs, Chairman Botanical Section Section of Physical Sciences Dr. George R. Johnstone, Chairman Dr. Preston Kline, Chairman Section of Earth Sciences Section of Zoological Sciences Dr. Thomas Clements, Chairman Dr. William V. Mayer, Chairman STANDING COMMITTEES Finance Publication Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman Mr. Allen Steuart, Auditor Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. George R. Johnstone Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Mr. John R. Pemberton Mr. Russell S. Woglum Conservation Program Dr. Carroll Lang, Chairman Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman Hospitality Library Mr. Donald Drake Mrs. Lloyd M. Martin, Chairman OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, California Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOLUME 53 - - - = - Part 2, 1954 ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF OLIARCES CLARA IN CALIFORNIA AND ARIZONA (NEUROPTERA, ITHONIDA®) By Joun N. BELKIN University of California, Los Angeles Only two specimens, one of each sex, of this large and striking neuropteran have been recorded in literature to date. Banks (1908) described the species from a male collected by J. B. Smith at Walters Station (now Mecca), Coachella Valley, Riverside Co., Calif., in April (day and year not known) [MCZ]. Adams (1950) reported a female, collected by C. D. MacNeill at light on May 25, 1949, three miles southwest of Parker Dam, San Bernardino Co., Calif. [Adams]. The morphology of these two specimens was studied by Carpenter (1951), who came to the conclusion that Tillyard (1926:314) probably correctly placed this species as the sole North American representative of the Australian family Ithonidze. Nothing is known concerning the life history of this species. Adams states that the structure of the psammorotrum in- dicates that oviposition is undoubtedly under the surface of the sand or possibly in somewhat harder ground. Three additional specimens are now at hand [UCLA], another is known but cannot be located at this time, and several others have been collected but are represented now only by fragments [Tinkham]. I am indebted to R. C. Lyon, Los Angeles City Col- lege, and E. R. Tinkham, Coachella Valley Mosquito Abate- ment District, Indio, Calif., for the opportunity to examine this material and for the gift of the specimens to the Department of Entomology, University of California, Los Angeles. I also wish to thank Roy J. Pence of our Department for the accompanying photographs which, because of the hyaline wings and whitish veins and the dark body, present a difficult problem in reproduc- tion. Mr. Lyon collected 2 specimens of Oliarces clara on March 28, 1952, at Thousand Palms Canyon, Coachella Valley, Riverside Co., Calif., during daylight hours, in flight over the intermittent 65 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 PLATE 13 Figs. 1-3. Oliarces clara Banks, 1908. Figs. 1 and 2, Females, Gila Mts., Yuma Co., Ariz. Fig. 3. Male, Thousand Palms Canyon, Riverside Co., Calif. 66 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 stream in the canyon. These specimens were mistaken for alder- flies (Sialis sp.). Of the two individuals collected one, a male, is now in the UCLA collection, while the other, sex unknown, was given by the collector to E. R. Tinkham but has not been located in the latter’s collection. The male (fig. 3) agrees very well with the original description and redescription (Carpenter) of the holotype. The following differences are noted: fore wing 17 mm.,; body (shriveled) 12 mm.; thoracic membranes rose pink; ab- dominal membranes and part of venter greenish; in the fore wings, venation as in the female allotype figured by Carpenter, except for terminal anastomosis of R, (MA) with M,;, (MP) in right wing only; in the hind wings distal nygma between R, and M,;, as in the fore wings. Dr. Tinkham collected several specimens of Oliarces during daylight hours, under rocks, on April 23, 1949, in the Gila Mts., 15 miles east of Yuma, Ariz. The collector states that these insects were quite common at this locality. He also observed that they had a conspicuous greenish coloration of the body when alive (see male above). Of this collection only two well-preserved females remain [UCLA]. Both agree quite well with the descriptions of Adams and Carpenter. The following differences are noted (fig. 1 and 2): alar expanse (larger individual): 47 mm.; body (shriv- eled): 19 and 17 mm.; fore wing: 23 and 21 mm.; hind wing: 20 and 19 mm.; venation of larger specimen illustrated (fig. 4), that of smaller generally similar except that in fore wings R, with only five primary branches instead of six; distal nygma of hind wings of both individuals between R, and M,¥;, as in the male. It is interesting to note that all the three recent collections of this species were made in the spring of years with unusually heavy precipitation. Since it is now established that Oliarces clara occurs over a fairly wide area in the lower Colorado River drainage, is probably not uncommon, and is on the wing during a rather long period, it is to be hoped that collectors in this area will keep an eye out for this species at such times and will make an effort to obtain the immature stages. As Carpenter has indicated, the systematic position of Oliarces will not be really solved until the immature stages can be studied, for they form the only reliable basis for family classification in this order, and the current inclu- sion of Oliarces in the family Ithonidz is only tentative. The life history of Ithone fusca Newman was described by Tillyard (1922). The larvee of this species resemble scarabeeid grubs and are found in the soil, often near vegetation. While Tillyard apparently showed that the larvae were predaceous, probably on scarabeid larvee, Clausen (1940) states that “more recent investigations have shown that they are unable to feed upon other insects and prob- ably derive their food from plant roots.” The latter habit would 67 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 be unique in the true Neuroptera and it would be very desirable to obtain information on the life history and the larval food of the apparently related Oliarces clara. PLATE 14 Fig. 4. Oliarces clara Banks. Female (same as Fig. 1), venation of fore and hind wing (from bleached photograph). LITERATURE CITED Adams, P. A. 1950. Notes on Oliarces clara Banks (Neuroptera, Ithonidz#). Pan-Pacific Ent. 26: 137-138. Banks, N. 1908. A new genus and species of Neuroptera. Ent. News 19: 203-204. Carpenter, F. M. 1951. The structure and relationships of Oliarces (Neuroptera). Psyche 5S o2=4n Clausen, C. P. 1940. Entomophagous insects. New York, McGraw Hill. 688 p. Tillyard, R. J. 1922. The life history of the Australian moth-lacewing, Ithone fusca, Newman (order Neuroptera Planipennia). B. Ent. Res. 13: 205- 293, 1926. The insects of Australia and New Zealand. Sydney, Angus & Rob- ertson. 560 p. 68 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 2, 1954 NEOTROPICAL GEOMETRIDAY APPARENTLY UNDESCRIBED By Joun L. SpeRRy* Riverside, California Although ill health has prevented the author from collecting actively during the past year, the South American species continue to accumulate and among the many species still to be determined there are a few which may well be described and in this paper the author ventures a few of these descriptions. The author is in- debted to his good friend Mr. D. S. Fletcher of the British Mu- seum for his usual careful comparisons and in some cases for generic reference, and to Dr. E. L. Todd of the U. S. National Museum for comparison of the Mexican species. The colors given in these descriptions are those of Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, 1912. Lithostege herbuloti, sp. n. 3 palpi moderately long, 2% times the diameter of the eye, heavily scaled, light drab gray and white, antennz simple, % the length of the wing. Thorax lightly scaled, abdomen closely scaled, untufted chetosemz small concealed. Legs close scaled fore tibia heavily armed, hind tibia with all spurs. Ground color of wings and body light cinnamon drab, abdomen cinnamon. Forewincs: Of the ground color, somewhat lighter beyond the t.p. line, lines indistinct, fuscous. Basal line narrow, from the costa at 1/10 out curves sharply outward to a sharp point just below the cell, thence more gently back to inner margin at 1/10. There are four dim lines subparallel to the basal line which make up the extra median area, the median line is moderately distinct, narrow, starts out on costa, curves sharply inward to the cell, thence sharply out through the cell making an angle toward inner margin at right angles to this for 2 mm. and disappears. The t.p. line starting at 3/5 out on costa parallels the median line but is accompanied by a line going straight from costa to vein 4 forming a distinct kidney shaped lunule the center of which is shaded brown. There are four broken parallel shade lines in the subterminal area and a dark terminal line broken at the veins. Fringe fuscous with a median shade line. There is a postmedian fuscous blotch between line 1 and inner margin. No discal dots. *This paper was completed by John Sperry shortly before his death, and was found among his effects. He passed away on January 21, 1954. In the pub- lished obituary which appeared in the last issue of our Bulletin, an inad- vertent transposition of numerals occurred, wherein the year of death was Siven as 1945 instead of 1954. 69 BuLLetin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 2, 1954 Hinp Wincs: White, veins outlined narrowly in drab, drab terminal line broken at the veins, fringes white. Hair pencil at base of wing heavy, lobe at base of inner margin small. No discal dot. Beneath: lighter drab on the forewings, median and t.p. lines indicated at the costa, no discal dots present. Fringes on fore- wing checkered. The maculation of the @ is slightly lighter and less distinct. Expanse, 26-28 mm. Ho.LotyPE o', Cochabamba, Bolivia, 25.2.1950 and in the Sperry collection. ALLOTYPE @, Cochabamba, Bolivia, March 10, 1950, in the Sperry collection. PARATYPES, 5 @ same locality, 9.9.1948, 23.10.1949 and Feb. 5, 1949. It gives me pleasure to name this interesting insect in honor of Monsieur Clade Herbulot of Paris, distinguished entomologist and authority on the Palearctic Lepidoptera. This species seems nearest to scoliogramma, Prout (1922, Nov. Zool. 29:354 @ Missiones, Argentine. ) Pachrophylla margarete, sp. n. Mate: Palpi short, porrect, heavily scaled, not extending be- yond the face, tinged with black and rose. Tongue developed, face closely scaled, a black red band below the vertex, mixed with rosy scales below, vertex a mixture of rose and white scales, an- tenn simple, light rose with dark rings at the segment joints, short, just over % length of forewing. Cheetosemz short, made up of fine bristles, conspicuous. Thorax heavily scaled and mixed with long hairs. Abdomen moderately stout, short scaled, slightly tufted terminally, second, third and last segments narrowly ringed, distally marked with dark scales. Legs thin, light tan, fore tibia unarmed, hind tibia not swollen, without hair-pencil, all spurs present. Forewincs: Broad, triangular, subfalcate, outer margin angled slightly at vein 4, slightly excurved toward tornos. The basal and t.a. lines are broad bands, edged with black and cen- tered with carob brown scales, the median and t.p. lines are single and faint except for the costal section of the t.p. line. Basal from 1/5 out on costa at right angles to same to below cell thence angling inward to inner margin at 1/6. T.a. from costa at 2/5 goes slightly inward (about 80 degrees ) to lower border of cell, thence angled inward and curved outward to inner margin at 2/5. Median line faint from dark spot on costa at %, scalloped sub- parallel to outer margin with points of scallops on the veins 70 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 2, 1954 reaches inner margin at 2/3. T.p. line from 4/5 on costa, curved sharply inward to vein 6 thence scalloped, curving outward to below line 4, the line heavy to this point, thence fading in long shallow scallops, the points inward on the veins reaching inner margin at 4/5. The upper half is shaded distally with bluish atoms. A narrow terminal line, a dark blotch terminally between veins 6 and 7. Fringes light at vein tips, dark between. A slightly raised bluish discal spot. The ground color of forewing, thorax and abdomen above varies from vinaceous fawn to vinaceous buff, the lines are carob brown. Hinp wincs: Normally developed, small, a rounded angle at vein 4, white with a sparse sprinkling of rosy atoms at outer fifth near tornos. Distinct small dark discal spots. There is a trace of a terminal line, otherwise the wing is unmarked, fringes white. There is a long, broad pencil of colorless hair from the base of the wing. FeMate: Half again larger than the male, maculation not so bright, color between tawny olive and umber. Beneath, lighter shining tan, a black, irregular, scalloped t.p. line on both wings. Costal third of median line also present on primaries as is also the terminal line. Discal points black, small, round, distinct on both wings in both sexes. Expanse ¢' 27mm. 2° 35mm. Hotoryer, o& Cochabamba, Bolivia, 15.1.1950 and in the Sperry Collection. ALLOTYPE 2 Cochabamba, Bolivia, 26 mm. 2.17.1946 and in the Sperry Collection. PARATYPES 62 o', 9 2 Cochabamba, Bolivia, taken between October 14 and March 17, 1946 to 1950. According to the British Museum List there are at present eight species included in the genus Pachrophylla, Blanchard, all type localities being in Chile. My friend, Mr. D. S. Fletcher, in- forms me that margaret is closest to fissa Felder, a species repre- sented in the Sperry collection from the province of Neuquen in the Argentine. The @ gentilia are indeed close though one would never mix the species, for the maculation is distinct, the lines of fissa are much heavier and more erect, the area between basal and t.p. line forming one heavy band, and furthermore the white hind wings of the fissa are aborted, folded from the tornos, which is drawn out to a sharp point, to the base and carrying a large rounded lobe, extending from the base 2/3 the way to the anal angle. The hair pencil on the hind wings is narrow, sparse and darker than is that of margarete. The & genitalia of margaretz has a narrow, sharp tipped uncus, socii barely indicated by a few short hairs. The rounded al BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 undecorated valve are deeply lobed, close to the costa, the wdeagus chunky, square at the end, the vesica armed with one heavy and one narrow bunch of fine spines. In fissa the uncus is longer and somewhat broader, the socci well developed, the valve longer and barely notched at the apex, the edeagus longer and heavier and carrying two heavy bundles of fine spines on the vesica. It is with much pleasure and deep gratitude that I name this fine species in honor of Mrs. D. S. Fletcher of Worlingham, Surrey, with great appreciation of the many months of tedious work which she has so freely given to help her husband, the author and all other Geometrid lovers to a simpler handling of the troublesome Larentiide. Casbia schachovskoyi, sp. n. While this interesting species from Neuquen, N. Patagonia, Argentine, is most variable as concerns its color, the pattern of its maculation is reasonably stable. Boru sexEs:Palpi short, porrect, barely exceeding the front, about 1% times the diameter of the eye, heavily scaled. Front smooth scaled, fuscous; vertex fuscous. Male antennz dentate, female simple, checkered in fuscous and white, short, about % length of fore wing. Thorax black, heavily scaled, abdomen mod- erately short, not exceeding the wings, tufted dorsally and laterally on the last segment, white with a row of black lateral spots. Legs sparsely scaled, checkered with long black and short white spots, fore tibia unarmed, hind tibia with hair-pencil and all spurs. Forewincs: Short, mouse gray for 3 mm. from base with a brick red spot on costa at the base. T.a. line starts as a heavy dark spot on costa 1/3 out, curves sharply out to a point in mid cell, thence to the inner margin at 2/5 in two faint equal scallops with the points outward on veins 1 and the margin. There is a blotch of rosy brown in the point at mid cell. T.p. line runs from 2/3 out on costa to 3/4 out on inner margin, heavy at the costa and fading in shallow scallops to inner margin, the points are outward on the veins, the line shaded outwardly with white. There is a sharply dentate white, zig-zag line in the subterminal area, sub- parallel to the outer margin, a dark terminal line broken at the veins. The area between the s.t. line and the white shade border- ing the t.p. line and between vein 6 and the costa is heavily mouse gray, there is a long lens of the same color between s.t. and ter- minal lines, pinching to zero shortly above anal angle and at the apex. Discal dot indistinct or lost in reddish brown blotch. In some specimens the lower half of the wing is white, in some a gray-brown suffusion all but blots out the maculation over all the wing, in some the ground color is gray, in others white. Hip wincs: White, a scalloped narrow, sometimes indistinct 2 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 2, 1954 t.p. line, the points outward on the veins, a narrow, dark terminal line broken at the veins, an indistinct discal dash. Two black spots at the anal angle mark the t.p. line and an indicated s.t. line. BENEATH: Forewings shining gray, costal and apical areas white, the t.a. and t.p. lines and the subapical dark spot distinct in the costal area. Terminal line and discal spot distinct. Hind wings light gray, with distinct t.p. line, broken terminal line and distinct discal spot. Expanse both sexes 25-32 mm. HoiotyrPe ¢& Lake Nonthue, Neuquen, N. Patagonia, Argen- tine, 15.9.1952, S. Schachovskoy, Collector, and in the Sperry Col- lection. ALLoTYPE 2 San Martin de los Andes, Neuquen, N. Patagonia, Argentine, Oct. 1952 and in the Sperry Collection. ParatyPEs 14 ¢° 13 2 from Lake Nonthue, Sept. to Feb. 1951, 2&3. It gives me pleasure to name this fine species in honor of the collector who has supplied the author with many interesting Pata- gonian Geometrids, Microclysia piersone, sp. n. The ground color of this interesting moth is in the @ pinkish cinnamon, in the @ cinnamon buff, the maculation is pecan brown. The palpi of both sexes are short, scarcely exceeding the front, porrect, lightly scaled, buff, tipped with fuscous. Front smooth, cinnamon, vertex cinnamon buff, cheetoseme sparsely developed, distinct, 5 or 6 short bristles. Male antennz thickened and flat- tened 2/3 the length of the wing, female filamentous, simple. Thorax clothed moderately with a mixture of scales and long hairs, of the ground color, abdomen smooth scaled with occa- sional fuscous flecking, small latero-ventral tufts in the @, @ un- tufted. Legs long, of the ground color, flecked with fuscous, fore tibia unarmed, ¢ hind tibia swollen, with hair pencil, all spurs present in both sexes. Outer margins of both wings scalloped between the veins, fore wing subfalcate and produced at vein 4. The maculation varies to some extent in both sexes, in most males the color is pinkish cinna- mon as stated, there are strigae of pecan brown, varying much in quantity from a very few to a large number covering all the fore wing, the costal margin is cinnamon-buff with pecan brown spots indicating the lines, usually the t.a. line is wanting but in three of my series of males is strong and starts 2/5 out on costa, gently waved subparallel to outer margin to inner margin at 2/5, t.p. line from 7/10 out on costa goes sharply outward to vein 7, thence 73 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 curving parallel to outer margin to vein 2 and thence reversing the curve to inner margin at 2/3, this line is shaded outwardly by a narrow band of cinnamon buff. There is a dark triangular blotch just beyond the t.p. line from the costa to vein 6, basal, median, s.t. and terminal lines absent. Fringes are of the ground color; there is a tiny brown discal dot. In the ¢ the strige are mostly absent, the lines are largely obsolescent, though well marked at the costa, in two specimens both t.a. and t.p. lines are heavy with the central area heavily dusted with brown. Hinp wine: Strigz very few, t.p. line from 3/5 on inner mar- gin gently waved outward to vein 3, thence reversed as to curva- ture, fading out between veins 5 and 6; this line is distinct in both sexes and bordered outwardly with cinnamon-buff. A small discal dot is present. Beneath darker in both sexes, with a heavier irroration of fuscous atoms on both wings, lines heavier, otherwise as above. Expanse ¢ 25-29mm. @ 25-27 mm. HoLoryPpE ¢ San Martin de los Andes, Neuquen, N. Pata- gonia, Argentine, 18.2.53 and in the Sperry Collection. ALLOTYPE @ Pucara, Neuquen, N. Patagonia, Argentine, 24.2 1953 and in the Sperry Collection. ParatyPes 19 ~ 9 @ from San Martin de los Andes, Lago Lacar, Pucara and Lake Nonthue all from Neuquen, Argentine, February and March 1952 and 1953 with one specimen taken in October, and 12 & San Carlos de Bariloche across the lake in Rio Negro and taken in February, 1952. It gives me much pleasure to name this beautiful Microclysia in honor of my charming sister-in-law, Mrs. Alice R. Pierson, to- gether with my grateful thanks for the countless hours which she has added to my working time by spreading these interesting South American Geometride. 74 BULLETIN, So. Catir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 2, 1954 THE BIOLOGY AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GIANT SKIPPER FROM ARIZONA By Ernest R. TINKHAM P. O. Box 306, Indio, California Perhaps the most fascinating of desert butterflies are the rare Giant Skippers of the genus Megathymus. Despite their relatively large size, their swift erratic flight over the desert shrubbery makes them most difficult to capture. Nor do you follow after them in headlong pursuit for this would be dangerous folly. The Giant Skipper of the Chihuahuan Desert, Megathymus marie, inhabits the limestone hillside studded with Lechuguilla or Span- ish Dagger (Agave lecheguilla) and puncturing your leg with its poisonous spines is a warning long remembered. Unless very keen eyed, you seldom see a Giant Skipper resting on a rock or Lechuguilla point until the sound of whirring wings tells you “There it goes.” Its flight is erratic and it may skim back and forth over the etched limestone ledges and patches of Spanish Dagger and finally come to rest somewhere if you have been able to follow it all this time. Sometimes, like a drone bumblebee, it flits back and forth, hither and yon, to finally rest on the very spot left some time before. At best they are unpredictable and so is your collecting. You will undoubtedly do some earnest stalking for each one captured and, although they may be newly emerged, such is the power of their wings that they will damage them before you can get them out-of the net and into the cyanide jar— no matter what speed you practice. Night collecting with a lantern or flashlight may reward you with a fine specimen if you are lucky. Dr. John Comstock, how- ever, has demonstrated that the only sure way of obtaining per- fect specimens is by collecting the larvee just before pupation, or collecting the pupz just before emergence. This sounds simple enough, but it takes a lot of desert lore to know where to hunt for your specimens, let alone find them. BIOLOGY In late June of 1946, the writer, then on active duty in Korea, received word that he had been granted a Guggenheim Postwar Fellowship to explore and study the Life of the North American Deserts. During the fellowship year, commencing October 1, 1946, two expeditions were made as well as many shorter trips. On one of these lesser jaunts, while living in Benson, Arizona, an interesting discovery was made. It was August 21, 1947, and about one month after the first summer rains had resurrected the desert 79 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 flora and activated the insect life. Imagine, then, finding the freshly constructed cone of a Giant Skipper where a week or two earlier none had been in evidence. Naturally I thought I had dis- covered Megathymus neumogeni. The turret was several inches high and coming out of the center of a small, low plant of Bear- grass or Soapweed (Yucca elata). The plant was practically pros- trate and dying from the attack of a larva that was literally eating the heart of it, (see Plate 15). The cylindrical cone con- structed by the larva was made of silk, generously mixed with chewed-up yucca root. The accumuluation of much frass or coarse fibrous droppings indicated that the larva was growing rapidly in the rainy period of the year. +) PLATE 15 Larval tower in a young plant of Yucca elata dying from attacks of the larva of M. y. arizonx n. subsp. 76 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 2, 1954 2 ? I marked the spot and next day sallied forth with a spade and a hatchet and with some effort dug deep enough in the hard clay to make certain that I would not injure the larva or cut its tube. Later that day I explored its burrow as I snipped open certain sections of it. The inner surface of the tube was formed of a thick woven layer of dark golden brown silk which was very tough and fibrous. The larva was 53 mms. long at this time and I thought almost mature. There was no sign of the white powder that later lined the tube. In May, 1947, an empty tube of a Megathymus sp. found in Yucca Schotti at a considerable elevation in the Santa Catalinas, informed me that the tubes become heavily coated with white powder. I taped up the cut sections and that night the larva sewed up the cut margins with new silk. [ planted the yucca root section in damp soil to prevent desiccation of the living plant tissues. One month later, on September 21, I decided that the larva should by now be mature, and again opened up the tube. On this occasion I gave more study to the interesting creature and took some photos. The larva proved to be a good subject for photog- raphy as long as the photo was taken of its back, but it was almost impossible to get a side view shot as the larva always rotated so that it would have a firm footing. The larva now measured 62 mms. long and 9 mms. in breadth. Its coloration was a dull chromish yellow, dorsally, and dull bluish white ventrally. The skin was very soft and velvety to the touch. The sclerotized shield, just caudad of the head, was blackish with a central whit- ish cross stripe. The heart was evident along the dorsal line and the heart beat was timed at 94 beats per minute. A flaky powder, crystalline white, was at this time being formed on the underside of the tenth and eleventh abdominal segments which bear no prolegs. The prolegs were on segments six to nine and the anal pair was on the twelfth or caudal segment. Later on, by Novem- ber, this organ was producing considerable quantities of this crystalline powder, which had the smooth, waxy feeling of pow- dered tale. This powder in late fall liberally coated the inner surfaces of the larval tube and the larva itself and appears to have the purpose of protecting the burrow from dampness and inhibit- ing the growth of fungi or bacteria. Dr. Comstock commented more fully on its function in 1934. The spinnerets lay immediately caudad of the mandibles on the ventral surface of the head with their apices directed ventrad. The larva was feeding at the bottom of its burrow on the cambium layer of the root. Much of this yucca root was dead for these roots live in the soil for many years and the living portions are often only on one side from which a lateral sprout may arise. It is usually in this living lateral sprout or in a small plant that the a BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 PLATE 16 Larva of M. y. arizonz n. subsp. resting near the bottom of its bur- row and showing living plant tissue on which it feeds. Side view of larva of M. y. arizonz n. subsp. going into tube. Pupa of M. y. arizone# n. subsp. and tube of same liberally dusted with white powder, and below the pupa the exuvium of the larva. Pupa removed from its tunnel. 78 BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol: 53, Part 2) 1954 larva feeds and makes its burrow. The length of the tube below the soil varies from 15 to 24 inches. Continued search over a con- siderable tract of desert southwest of Benson revealed a total of five larvee in their tubes. Just before moving to Tucson in early December, these were exhumed and taken along. The characteristics of the larva are revealed by the photo- graphs, and closest relationship is indicated to the giant skipper known through recent years as Megathymus yucce navajo. The particular race of M. yuccez that occurs on the Mojave and Colo- rado Deserts in California is being given further study by spe- cialists. In drawing comparisons in this paper, I refer to this race of M. yucceze navajo. That skipper breeds in young shoots of the Joshue Tree, Yucca brevifolia, as Dr. Comstock has shown. The larva of M. stephensi, as revealed by Comstock, is quite distinct in size and form, differing considerably from M. yucce. Pupation of our Benson, Arizona, specimens apparently occurred in early winter and before the writer realized it was probably hastened by the fact that the plant specimens were in the back protected porch of the house where they were not subjected to the extremes of cold on winter nights. Furthermore, Tucson is 2,400 feet in elevation and Benson 4,500 and naturally winters are more severe in Benson. One day in late March a whir of wings which I thought was that of some ordinary cutworm moth, led me to examine my speci- mens. I had no idea that any desert butterfly would be emerging at this time of the year. To my chagrin I discovered an empty pupa case and realized too late that the whir of wings I had heard was not just a moth, but a’very rare butterfly escaping out the back door. The four other samples had living pupae. These main- tained their position in their tubes by keeping the abdominal seg- ments constantly flexed backwards so that the caudal spike-like process prevented them from slipping to the bottom of their burrows. I was quite surprised to observe the agility which the pupze possessed in moving up or down their tubes. Under natural conditions it would appear that this agility would serve them admirably in moving up and down their tubes, regulated by the temperature of the soil surface. On warm, wintry days the pupa undoubtedly moves up into the turret or “sunning tower” where growth is stimulated and makes it possible for the butterfly to emerge at a time when the nights are still quite frosty in this transitional area of the Sonoran and Chihuahuan Deserts. As the cold of late afternoon develops, the lowering temperature, it is believed, drives the pupa downwards into the subsoil regions of its tube where temperature fluctuations are slight. Thus the pupa would escape destruction from all but very severe cold. Unusual cold winters, however, must exact a toll of the pupz © BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 PLATE 17 Fig. 1. Newly emerged male, the Paratype, resting near the apex of its larval tower. Fig. 2. Newly emerged female, the Allotype, resting near the tip of its tower. as they do in any other creature. The winter of 1947-48 was such a one. On a pupa-hunting trip from Tucson to Benson and St. David on April 8, 1948, I found that the unusual cold had killed hardy tamarisks or salt cedars at St. David. Here, too, a rotting pupa found that day bore testimony to the fact that extreme cold in desert regions decimates an insect population. At Benson, where temperatures had not been so severe, an empty pupal case indicated that emergence had already taken place before April 8. The pupa is closely similar to that of M. yuccz# navajo. While photographing a pupa in its tube (see Plate 16), a sort of dust devil or gust of wind from nowhere, knocked it from its tube and injured it just a few days before eclosion would have taken place. Perhaps touching another prevented emergence so that only two specimens were obtained, a male and female. These were photo- 80 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 graphed clinging to the tips of their turrets (see Plate 17). With- out disturbance the five pupze would undoubtedly have developed into five adults. In early October, 1948, another trip was made to the Benson - St. David area, just before moving to Indio, Cali- fornia, but none of the samples obtained produced adults in the spring of 1949. Megathymus yucce arizone Tinkham n. subsp. This geographic race is most closely related to the Californian race we have been calling M. yuccx# navajo, from which it is easily distinguished in the male by the lack of a large discal spot in the apical end of the cell or reduction of the same; by the broad, buffy, marginal area on the upper side of the secondaries, as well as the grayer tone of the under surfaces and of the body. The female of the new subspecies differs from the female of M. yuccx navajo by the broader, pale yellow, submarginal band of the primaries which at its anterior costal end is continguous with (in the type) and not disjuncted from the three anterior cells as in M. y. navajo; these three cells being silvered and semitransparent and not opaque as in navajo. The most conspicuous difference is the broad yellowish submarginal band of the secondaries which in navajo is reduced to several small buff spots at most or almost evan- escent. The marginal areas, as well as the body and under sur- face of the wings, are paler and grayer in the Allotype of the new race. From M. yuccz coloradensis Riley the new form is dis- tinguished by slightly larger size and the broader colored bands of primaries and secondaries: Holotype ¢, Mountain View, Pima County, Arizona (Lloyd M. Martin; reared from pupa in young shoot of Yucca, probably Thornberi McKelvey; collected March 14, 1951, and emerged March 24). Expanse: 55.0 mms. or 2.14 inches; body length 29.0 mms. or 1.08 inches. Holotype deposited in the Entomological collections of Los Angeles County Museum. Description: Primaries: upper surface dark brown, not quite as blackish brown as in navajo, the basal area clothed with brown- ish buff hairs and the marginal area between the submarginal band and the fringe liberally dusted with gray scales. Submar- ginal band buff and closely similar to that in the male navajo and disjuncted from the silvery white post-discal cells, the third or most posterior of which from the costal margin being very minute and much smaller than the similar cell in navajo. The discal spot in the distal end of the cell and the small spot lying between it and the costal margin, which is prominent in navajo, is almost evanescent in the new species. The fringe is white with the usual 81 BuLLETIN, So. Catir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 PLATE 18 Fig. 1. Paratype male of M. y. arizonz and Fig. 2. Allotype female of M. y. arizone# n, subsp. as compared to Fig. 3. Male of M. yucce navajo and Fig. 4. Female of M. y. navajo. dark scales marking the ends of the veins. The markings on the underside are almost identical to those observed above. Secondaries above, uniformly dark brown with a very broad, buff marginal and submarginal border. Secondaries below, dark brown, with entire marginal and submarginal areas hoary with grayish white scales. A conspicuous white triangular patch, not present in the male navajo, is located in the basal third of the open subcostal cell just anteriorad of the discal cell, and a small white crescent mark lies half way between it and the margin. The palpi and the mouth scales are white. The hairs clothing the thorax dorsally are bluish gray and ventrally dark brown, except for the area lying between the legs, which is pale grayish brown. The abdomen is grayish brown. Antenne black above, silvery gray below, with the apical portions of the clubs darker. 82 BULLETIN, So. Cauir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 2, 1954 Allotype 2, Benson, Arizona, April 1, 1948, (Ernest R. Tink- ham; reared from pupa collected in small shoot of Yucca elata). Expanse: 2.44 inches or 63 mms.; body length 1.13 inches or 29.0 mms. Type in the Tinkham Collection. Description: Primaries: upper surface, dark brown with the posterior buff-colored cells of the submarginal band touching the three silvery white anterior cells which are semitransparent. In navajo these cells are not semitransparent and are separated from the rest of the buff-colored submarginal band. Marginal areas hoary. The distal end of the discal cell bears a quadrate, dark buft patch with a small irregular spot nearer the costal margin. Under- side of the primaries paler than above, with the markings as above, except that the spot lying between the quadrate cell and the costal margin is larger below than above. Fringe is as in the male. Secondaries: above, dark brown, with a broad, buffy marginal band and the three central cells of the submarginal band being buff, the fourth cell of this band, lying posterioradly of the other three, is dusted with dark brown scales. Below, the dark brown area is restricted to a large central patch which is almost com- pletely encircled, except at the extreme base, by a very broad hoary margin. The white triangular spot, noted in the male, is also present in the same position with another small whitish spot half-way between it and the margin. Another small white dot is located at the anterior distal end of the discal cell. Collar, patagia and dorsal portions of the thorax of a dark bluish gray tone, merg- ing to dark mouse brown on the posterior portions of the thorax. Abdomen above and below dark brownish black. Thorax below similar to that described in the Holotype. Paratypes: Male, two: 1 male same data as the Holotype, emerged from pupa March 18, 1951, and deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum; one male, Benson, Arizona, collected by Ernest R. Tinkham in small shoot of Yucca elata and emerged March 29, 1948. Deposited in the Tinkham Collection. Measure- ments: Mt. View male. Expanse: 51.5 mms. or 2.03 inches; body length 25.5 mms. or | inch. Benson male. Expanse: 49.5 mms. or 1.9 inches; body length 23.5 mms. or 0.9 inch. Male Paratypes closely similar to the Holotype; the Mountain View male identical, the Benson male differing slightly in the smaller discal spot, which is almost evanescent of the primaries. Paratypes: Female, four: Mountain View, Lloyd M. Martin; collected in young shoots of Yucca Thornberi on March 14, 1951, and emerged on the following dates: March 18, 19, 22 and 26. Measurements: Expanse: 63.0-65-0 mms. or 2.5-2.56 inches; body length 32.0-35.0 mms. or 1.24-1.36 inches. 83 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 2, 1954 Eargd Mares 24, rer) Z Beur Mb fem Little Rock, Rivas de, AM soem ~As0o. Cale 5 Bee V938 8 980. oF Fae Were pacenta, on PS (oh hope = an bm rea , Nea Ringed Maven 44 O8T Paap OR Wert, Sima Aa Br earn Sopa Se Mer a A825 Fee SERS Foecu te Bt td + nent fongd More anther Mens Mt view Binta ¢o, ASEsm Pupa Gow ar oar my 20M oF Sagh Mojave Dunert Gal fre a ign: Engd Marek 26 et

Academy of Sciences For Sale at the Appended Prices Up LOO es ee ee eee £55, TUG LOGS: en Pee ee eee eee ee erin DD, SISSY) Saas cee Pe oe ieee cra ee era ILRI (i /fhe eet a a oe a SEN i een, Th TCKOVS ieee eet ees Dene er te eno oe Poe Igy yo D.. TG) Aa Reems Sea een NG Nepean Cane seve Th TAQ) Ieee cele A ee lee AI eS vera 5A. VES) Ler «SS eels ev S) TUG IIUG). “pire sae ore ue tO ae eerie as Ee OPN Sie eee eS eet Se hate i hs: AUASYOXG) sas ara in er Ree oe Re ge Fon ZA MaG) Die ete te AEC. te LIS ee we oe Dh QI) «Sake Serene: ean nee ee eae ee eer ON OMA eal O24 (each) see Oyo Pel OD Sin ((e@ach) ee nav eee eee OMB) D Giger rte ee aes ete icin wee eee Ths ASKS STG (F216) c) een ce gn PEO lOO Si(each))) i eae ee POR O29" (each) Sus ee oe see oslo (each). eee EO Rel. 32m (each) eee eee eee I, Dy By WBS (CSAC) oaks eee eeeececen iL, D, @ IBA (ard) SO S3oM (each) oes. e ee ORE Sew OS6r (Keach). eee EOS al Si7aa (EAC ny) eee eee eee We Dy Bi, IWR) (RVC) eae rece Wy Dy Bh IGRI): (CRON) tect eee ce eestcss Sep GA Opener ae ece uate he ee ea ey PO SPeLO AT (each) ee enon ay ess EO ONO OAD (each) ene ssc es OS OAS aN (each hee Sy ee ele re O44 (each) a a ee 2 Sel O4 Se each) seen eee aera POR eel O4 Gin(eac hi) eee es VRE uel O47 (au Ceachy) temeeeecenysenee eee 1, DB By WO ( CACM) cede nerereersasseeie ON nll 94 9a ((each)) ese enn 1D. Be NORD). (GROIN) ooo rrceserneracsscosons WD, By MGI (Sean) 5h secceeesetanecence: eS tnl O52 Geach) se eeeee ae ee ESO Sel 5 Sm (eac li) eee een (Continued on next page) 125 To To Non- Members Members $ .50 1.00 eae: 50 1.00 00 1.00 1.50 3.00 1.00 2.00 5S) 1.50 1.50 3.00 eee 2.00 4.00 ofits) 1.50 1.50 8.00 50 1.00 eens 50 1.00 1.00 2.00 anes 00 HD pat! 3D ahs) 30 suite) 35 allt) 05) aD 35 aiits) ee 3D oUt 35 75 oD 75 Dee Ret) se 85 athe) Piast, 80 SUS) 30 Mo oD su) eee 35 75 5) 75 35 SU) iN) 05 sete) U5) Bien 35 UD 30 TO) 89 75 ees 35 sD 38 50D) 35 sue sOt5) UD .60 1.25 ee .60 1.25 60 1.25 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 2, 1954 PUBLICATIONS (continued) To To Non: MEMOIRS Members Members Vol. 1, 1988=paper \coveris..23232 eee $2.00 $4.00 > boundtin: black’ fabukoid:= 2s 3.00 5.00 “ “printed on one side of papet.................. 3.00 5.00 a printed on one side of page (bound)..... 4.00 6.00 Vol. 2, No. 1, 1989—paper (cover = 1EQ5 2.50 Uae ee “bound in black fabrikoid.............. D5 3.50 “sss “printed on one side of page.......... tS 8.50 17.50. 20:25 "24.75 4 28:50). 33 00i, Sao 1/0) a ees feoO) 14.50 19.75. 22.95) \'28.00)) 32:25. Si Zoe 3 er30 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1 Yac each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. Che Commonwealth Press, Jue. Est. 1906 oe @ PUBLICATIONS @ CATALOGS @ FOREIGN LANGUAGE TEXTS @ COMPLETE GRAPHIC ARTS SERVICE oe PRospect 2233 1507 DeLong Street, Los Angeles 15, California ner. BULLETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Issued December 31, 1954 VoL. 53 SEPTEMBER-DECEMBER, 1954 Part 3 CONTENTS A New Species of Microjassa (Amphipoda) from Los Angeles Harbor. J. Laurens Barnard.................-.0..0--0--- 127 A New Frog of the Genus Rana From Western Mexico With a Key to the Mexican Species of the Genus. eran Gu PAVE CM eek, ESN he Rn Ms Lp 131 Fossil Arthropods of California. No. 20. The Tenebrionidae- Coniontinae of the Asphalt Deposits. W. Dwight Pierce........ 142 Notes on the Genus Philotes (Lycaenidae: Lepidoptera) 1. Descriptions of Three New Subspecies and a SYNOD CG ist, ua el) ie MGTLOni ok Wee hs Sa Se 157 Notes on the Early Stages of Forsebia perlaeta (Hy.Edw.) Lepidoptera: Phalaenidae. John Adams Comstock.............----- 166 New Record for Calosoma Galapageium Hope (Coleoptera: Carabidae), Charles 8. Papp.......22...222..22000200-2--- 169 Experimental Destruction of the Cone-Nose Bug (Triatoma) by the Assasin Bugs, Reduvius Personatus and R. Senilus (Hemiptera, Reduviidae). Sherwin F. Wood................--..---- 174 Bae LETTIN SY INIC WS oe trer OL eee ee LP DSS ILE a Ot age or aan 177 PRAM SACOM ST wee eh Ne ONG hae AY Se CTE BAS AN RIEL Aa PREM 179 Semmes Gharlwood > Marsh... Mls ch a Gs a Ok ee as, 180 Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS Dr4 Sherwin FS Woods 200 ee President MrsKenneth; Bi stager sss cee. a RN eee ee eee First Vice-President Wr ibldesardestlowaredlnsi i eri Tae SUS ee BS Te Ne Deki tet Second Vice President Miss,Gretchen Sibley .-2: 000 oe ee Secretary Mir loved Mie Martim te 5 oe Go es ee at ee eee Assistant to Secretary Drew Dwight,-Pierce:. 2.00 S es ee Treasurer Dr.John: A. Gomstocks: 3.3 Se Editor Dr. A. Weir Bell Mr. Lloyd M. Martin Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. W. Dwight Pierce Dr. Hildegarde Howard Miss Gretchen Sibley Dr. Homer P. King Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. Carroll L. Lang Dr. Louis C. Wheeler Dr. Sherwin F. Wood ADVISORY BOARD Mr. J. Stanley Brode Mr. Theodore Payne Dr. Thomas Clements Miss Ruth D. Simpson Dr. Theodore Downs Dr. R. H. Swift Dr. Howard R. Hill Dr. Fred S. Truxal Mr. Russell S. Woglum SCIENCE SECTIONS Section of Agricultural Sciences Section of Health and Sanitation Dr. Fred S. Truxal, Chairman Dr. Floyd R. Parks, Chairman Anthropological Section Section of Junior Scientists Miss Ruth D. Simpson, Chairman Dr. Theodore Downs, Chairman Botanical Section Section of Physical Sciences Dr. George R. Johnstone, Chairman Dr. Preston Kline Caye, Chairman Section of Conservation Section of Zoological Sciences Dr. Carroll L. Lang, Chairman Dr. William V. Mayer, Chairman Section of Earth Sciences Dr. Thomas Clements, Chairman STANDING COMMITTEES Finance Publication Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman Mr. Allen Steuart, Auditor De ACWeRell Dr. John A. Comstoc d Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. Hildegarde Howard Mr. John R. Pemberton Dr. George R. Johnstone Mr. Russell S. Woglum ‘ Program Membership Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman Dr. Homer P. King Hospitality Library Mr. Donald Drake Mrs. Lloyd M. Martin, Chairman OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, California Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOLUME 53 : = = = - > Part 3, 1954 A NEW SPECIES OF MICROJASSA (AMPHIPODA ) FROM LOS ANGELES HARBOR* By J. Laurens BARNARD In the course of studying amphipods which settle on submerged wooden test blocks in Los Angeles Harbor, California, specimens of a very small species, new to science, were isolated. This is the third species of the genus Microjassa to be discovered. The others are M. cumbrensis (Stebbing and Robertson, 1891, p. 38), from England and France, and M. macrocoxa Shoemaker (1942, p. 44), from Lower California. This genus is quite remark- able in its general resemblance to members of the family Photidae but the structure of the antennae and third uropods places it in the family Ischyroceridae. Microjassa litotes, new species (Plates 35 and 36) DescrirpTION OF Mate.—Head with lateral lobes subacute, eyes large, lower part of head deeply incised at base of second antenna. Antennae rather stout, equal in length. Mouthparts figured: upper lip bilobed; palp article 3 of mandible short, blunt, strongly setose; inner plate of first maxilla small, slender, coniform, un- armed; palp article 4 of maxilliped with 2-4 short, setal spines. Gnathopod 1: article 5 short, produced behind into a setose lobe, article 6 with oblique palm, posterior edge short, palm defined by 2 spines, article 7 long, curved, fitting palm. Gnathopod 2: article 5 very small, not produced behind, article 6 very large, anterior edge produced into a short lobe bearing 2 spines; palm very oblique in adult, not defined from posterior margin of article 6, near base of article 7 produced into a subconical, setose lobe; article 7 longer than palm. In juvenile males the palm is shorter, with the posterior limit defined by a spine; the process of the palm is poorly developed and article 7 is shorter than the palm. Coxae 1-3 with parallel edges, coxa 4 excavated behind, coxae 5-7 similar in size and much smaller than coxa 4. Peraeopods 3-5 short but successively slightly longer, article 2 dilated and slightly lobed at posterodistal corner. *Contribution No. 144 from the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California. 127 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58. Part 3, 1954 PLATE 35 Microjassa litotes, n. sp. Male, 2.5 mm. Fig. a, pleon segments 1-3, right; b, head; c, telson, dorsal; d, uropod 3, enlarged; f, upper lip; g, uropod 1; h, uropod 2; i, uropod 3; j, maxilla 1; k, palp of maxilla 1, enlarged; 1, peraeopod 5; n, mandible; 0, maxilliped; p, part of lower lip; q, body of mandible. Female, 2.5 mm. Fig. e, telson, posterodorsal view; m, peraeopod 3. 128 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 PLATE 36 Microjassa litotes, n.sp. Male, 2.5 mm. Fig. a, gnathopod 2; c, gnathopod 1; g, coxae 4-6, left; h, antenna 2; i, antenna |. Male, 1.5 mm. Fig. b, gnathopod 2, articles 6, 7. Male, 3.0 mm. Fig. d, lobe on anterior surface of gnathopod 2, article 6. Male, 1.0 mm. Fig. e, gnathopod 1; j, gnathopod 2. Female, 2.5 mm. Fig. f, peraeopod 2; k, gnathopod 2. W129 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 538, Part 3, 1954 Uropods 1-2: inner rami shorter than outer, ventrodistal edge of peduncle of first uropod attenuated. Uropod 3: peduncle long, rami very short, subequal in size, outer ramus slightly curved outward, armed along distal edge with 3-5 minute processes, inner ramus armed with a short, apical setule. Telson entire, from dorsal view apex blunt, from posterior oblique view apex is subconical. FEMALE.—Gnathopods 1-2 small, similar in size, gnathopod 2 slightly larger; article 5 with posterior setose lobe, palm of article 6 oblique, slightly sinuous, defined by 2 spines, article 7 longer than palm. Hotorype.—AHF No. 509, male, 3 mm. TYPE LOCALITY.—Station L-2-550, Southern California Marine Borer Council Survey, Cabrillo Beach, outer harbor, San Pedro, California (Los Angeles Harbor), from a wooden block sub- merged for 28 days, April 28, 1950. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Stations L-2-550 (2); L-3-550 (1); M-2-550 (1); M-3-550 (8); N-3-450 (8). These stations were all in the outer harbor at Los Angeles. The animals were obtained from submerged wooden test blocks exposed for 28 day periods at depths of 10 or 20 feet below mean low water during the months of March and April, 1950. RemMarks.—This species differs from Microjassa cumbrensis by the lack of a proximal palmar process on the male second gnathopod and the anterior process on article 6. The second gnathopods of young males are very similar to young M. cum- brensis. Among many differences the new species differs from M. macrocoxa principally by the subequal antennae and the con- figuration of article 6 of the male second gnathopod. The new specific name refers to the plainness of the palm of the second gnathopods in the male. LITERATURE CITED Shoemaker, C. R. 1942. Amphipod crustaceans collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Smithson. Misc. Colls., vol. 101, no. 11, pp. 1-52, 17 text-figs. Stebbing, T. R. R., and D. Robertson 1891. On four new British Amphipoda. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 133 pp. ol-42. pls: 5.16: 130 BULLETIN, So. CALiF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 A New Frog of the Genus Rana from Western Mexico with a Key to the Mexican Species of the Genus By Ricuarp G. ZWEIFEL During the summer of 1953, Mr. William J. Riemer and the author spent several weeks in western Mexico collecting animals for the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. At two places along the Durango—Mazatlan highway on the western slope of the Sierra Madre Occidental in Sinaloa, individuals of what appeared to be an undescribed species of Rana were captured. Subsequent comparison with specimens of all other similar species of Rana known from Mexico confirmed the distinctness of the new form. It is proposed that the species be named Rana sinaloae sp. nov. Ho.otyre.—Adult female, Number 58962, Museum of Verte- brate Zoology, taken by R. G. Zweifel 14 miles by road southwest of El Batel, Sinaloa, Mexico, at an elevation of 4200 feet on July 12, 1953. El Batel is about 33 miles air line distance east and 15 miles north of Mazatlan. PaRATYPES.—Seven paratypes are available, numbers 58959- PEATE, 3% Type specimen of Rana sinaloae in dorsal aspect. Sw BULLETIN, So. CaLirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 58961 and 58963-58965, all juveniles collected by William Riemer and Richard Zweifel at the same time and place as the type specimen, and number 58966, an adult, found 10 miles by road northeast of El Batel, 6400 feet elevation, on the same day. Descrietion.—The following account holds true for both juveniles and adults, except where otherwise noted: Head as long as wide, snout relatively narrow. Eyes large, interorbital distance about width of upper eyelid. Tympanum distinct, about one- half the length of the eye, or a little more. A distinct fold of skin from the posterior corner of the eye over and behind the tym- panum, terminating behind the angle of the mouth above the insertion of the fore-limb; this fold is indistinct in the smallest specimens. A distinct though narrow dorsolateral glandular fold runs from above the tympanum and terminates short of the groin. This fold is indistinct in the juvenile specimens. The dorsal body surface is minutely pustulose. The first finger is longer than the second, and all have large sub-articular tubercles. The hind feet have extensive webbing, expanded toe tips and large, elongate sub-articular tubercles. A single elongate meta- tarsal tubercle, twice as long as wide, is present. The following measurements are given in millimeters. The first measurement of each pair represents the type specimen, number 58962, the second specimen number 58966: Snout-vent, 65.2, 58.1; head width (at angle of mouth) 24.2, 20.8; head length (tip of snout to angle of mouth) 24.0, 20.4; tibia length 32.8, 32.3; length of tympanum 4.8, 3.9. In life the dorsal coloration is brown. The dorsolateral folds are white, the side of the head and lateral surface of the body below the folds very dark brown, almost black. The dark lateral coloration terminates rather abruptly on a line connecting the lower edge of the eardrum and the middle of the upper surface of the femoral insertion. The light area below this line is separated from the white venter by a series of dark markings or an ill-defined dark band beginning at the axilla and passing posteriorly almost to the femoral insertion. There is a distinct light line beginning on the snout and passing along the upper lip, beneath the eardrum and over the foreleg and meeting the light lateral area described above. Numerous small and diffuse dark spots are present on the back. Dracnosis.—The relationships of this new species seem to lie with Rana palmipes, R. sierramadrensis and R. macroglossa. Rana sinaloae may be most easily distinguished from R. palmipes by the relative size of the tympanum, which is much larger in palmipes. The eardrum is about one-half the length of the eye in sinaloae and two-thirds to three-quarters the eye BuLLeETIN, So. CaAtmr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 length in palmipes. The prominent supra-and post-tympanic fold of sinaloae is lacking in palmipes. Leg length is similar in the two species, but palmipes has relatively smaller expansion of the toe tips. Some of the proportional characters discussed here and in subsequent paragraphs are presented in ratio form in Table I. Rana _ sierramadrensis has longer hind legs than sinaloae (Table I), and resembles palmipes in lacking a well developed tympanic fold. With respect to size of tympanum and toe pads, sinaloae and sierramadrensis are similar. The white color of the dorsolateral folds of sinaloae is not seen in sierramadrensis, and no mention of it is made in Taylor's original description (1939: 399). In sierramadrensis the dorsolateral folds are continuous past the groin, while in the two adult specimens of sinaloae, they become indistinct before reaching the groin. TABLE I Tibia length Tympanum length Species N Snout-vent length Head width sinaloae 2 0 18—.555 .18—.19 sierramadrensis 6 610+.008 (.575—.630 ) 169+.004 (.15—.18) macroglossa 4 .600 (.563—.646 ) .187 (.18—.20 ) palmipes 15 .523+,.005 (.479-.544) .247+=.004 (.22—.27) Some proportional characteristics of Rana sinaloae and related species. Juvenile specimens have been omitted from these calcu- lations. In sierramadrensis and palmipes the figures given are the mean, standard error of the mean, and range. Only Mexican speci- mens of palmipes are included here. Rana macroglossa (sensu Schmidt and Stuart, 1941: 239-241) must also be considered as a relative of R. sinaloae. At present, macroglossa is known from Guatemala, El Salvader and extreme western Honduras. The Museum of Vertebrate Zoology has speci- mens from several localities in E] Salvador. To judge from the four largest specimens in the MVZ collection, the hind limb of macroglossa is as long as that of sierramadrensis and thus differs from that of sinaloae. In tympanum size, these three species are similar and differ from palmipes. The toe tips of macroglossa are somewhat less expanded than those of sinaloae and sierramadren- sis, and the webbing of the hind feet is less extensive. According to descriptions given by both Mertens (1952:32) and by Schmidt and Stuart (op. cit., 240), R. macroglossa possesses considerable green coloration in life, resembling palmipes and differing from both sinaloae and sierramadrensis which in life are various shades of brown. 133 BULLETIN, So, CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 THE PALMIPES SPECIES GROUP Within any genus so large as Rana, it is generally possible to recognize groups of similar and apparently closely related species. When dealing with frogs, however, there arises some difficulty in finding objective characters to reenforce general impressions of similarity. The forms palmipes, sierramadrensis, macroglossa and sina- loae seem to constitute a species group. Stuart (1948:41) has stressed the closeness of macroglossa and palmipes while Taylor (1938:398 ) considers palmipes and sierramadrensis to belong to the same group. The similarity of Rana sinaloae to these species has been brought out in the foregoing account. All these species agree in the possession of dorsolateral glandular folds, some expansion of the toe tips, extensive webbing of the hind feet, and all have similar head shape, the head relatively narrow and about as broad as long. Varying degrees of development of a black face mask bordered below by a light line along the upper lip is present in these forms, and lends a similarity to the woodfrog, Rana sylvatica, and its American and Eurasian relatives. The use of larval characters as an aid in defining species groups deserves and should receive more attention as larvae be- come better known (Orton, 1952: 389-390). Unfortunately, the larvae of sierramadrensis and sinaloae are as yet unknown. When sufficient skeletal material becomes available, similari- ties and differences in skeletal structure may be expected to further clarify species group relationships. A skeleton of Rana sinaloae has been available, but the specimen was unfortunately immature and the skull not well ossified. Characteristics of the frontoparietal region of the skull, particularly the configuration of the dorsal surfaces of the frontoparietal benes, will possibly be usable in the definition of species groups. It should be em- phasized that skeletal structures, just as most other structures used in classification, are individually variable; a large series of specimens is usually needed here just as in a study of external morphology. As it is considered here, the palmipes species group consists of the forms Rana palmipes, R. sinaloae, R. sierramadrensis and R. macroglossa, and possibly other Central American forms which I have not investigated. Rana palmipes is a species which occurs mainly at relatively low elevations from central Veracruz and the Tehuantepec region of Oaxaca in Mexico south into northern South America, being the only Rana known from that continent. A record for palmipes from Cuernevaca, Morelos (Kellogg, 1930: 202) will require further substantiation. Some of the records for the Pacific slopes of Oaxaca and Chiapas as indicated on the 134 BULLETIN, So, CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 range map (Plate 39) represent literature records for which I have seen no specimens. Some of these may represent species other than palmipes. However, I have examined a palmipes (EHT-HMS 3155) from Asuncion, Chiapas, a locality on the Pacific slope. PLATE 38 Type specimen of Rana sinaloae, lateral aspect. From a kodachrome by William J. Riemer. The other three species of the group seem to be montane or at least foothill forms. Rana sinaloae is known at present only from two nearby localities on the western slope of the Sierra Madre Occidental! in Sinaloa. A specimen, No. 34404 in the col- lection of the United States National Museum, possibly represents this species. It bears the data Mazatlan, Mexico, November 1921, J. M. Gallegos and has been catalogued in the Museum as Rana pustulosa. The specimen is in poor condition, having been con- siderably broken up by shot and preserved in a somewhat con- torted position. These features, combined with fading of import- ant characters of color and pattern, make it inadvisable to give a specific identification to the specimen. In any event, it is not 135 BULLETiN, SO. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 3, 1954 Rana pipiens, the only Rana known from the coastal region of Sinaloa (presuming that the Mazatlan referred to is the one in Sinaloa). The town of Mazatlan itself would seem an unlikely place for either sinaloae or pustulosa, unless washed down from the mountains by flood waters. ke RANA SINALOAE RANA SIERRAMADRENSIS RANA PALMIPES BEep10-*. A complexity in the populations of this subspecies thus far sampled is a sympatric occurrence with a P. battoides subspecies. I have only a small series of these. Except for an aurora on the upper surfaces of three out of seven males of the latter, they are indistinguishable. They appear to have a generally smaller size, but this may be an artifact of the small sample. However, geni- 163 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 talic differences of both sexes serves to differentiate them; the males having distinct bifurcate valves, and the females differently shaped genitalic plates. The latter character in the enoptes com- plex is a caudally curved complex subquadrate structure in lateral aspect. In the P. battoides subspecies this structure is crudely T shaped in lateral aspect, with the leg of the T greatly compressed and directed caudad and ventrad. This battoides form appears close to P. battoides glaucon. P. enoptes columbiae is named for the geographic area in which it is found. Illustrated. Plate 43, fig. 7: male, Holotype, upper surface; fig. 11: male, Paratype, under surface. For comparison the following are also represented, figs. 5 and 6: P. enoptes enoptes; fig. 10: P. enoptes dammersi, Paratype; fig. 12: P. enoptes ancilla. The Holotypes and Allotypes of the above forms are in the U.S.N.M.; the paratypes, figured specimens, and their dissections are in the Los Angeles County Museum. The following synoptic list is submitted outlining my present concept of the genus Philotes as it occurs in North America. In addition to the morphological diagnostic characters mentioned under the new subspecies, that of geographic distribution is added for all the forms considered below. PHILOTES Scudder 1. battoides a. battoides (Behr). Calif.: Sierra Nevada Mts.: Arctic Alpine. b. oregonensis B. & McD. Oregon: Cascades, vic. Crater Lake. c. intermedia B & McD. Calif.: No. Counties to Kern, west slopes of Sierras. malcolmi Gund. d. glaucon (Edw.) Calif.: Modoc Co. to Inyo Co. east slopes of Sierra; mid altitude. e. bernardino B. & McD. Calif.: So. Sierras, western Mo- have desert to coast. Baja Calif.: So. to Cedros Island. baldyensis Gund. f. martini n. subsp. Calif.: eastern Mohave. Ariz.; all western Co. g. centralis B. & McD. Utah, Colorado. Arizona. New Mexico.; Rocky Mountains. 164 BULLETIN, So. CALtirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 2. enoptes a. enoptes (Bvd.) Calif.: Sierra Nevada Mts. Trinity to Kern Cos. Nevada: Sierra Nevada region. b. columbiae n. subsp. Wash.; Columbia River Basin. c. dammersi Comst. & Henne. Calif.: Colorado and Mo- have deserts. Ariz.: west to central, deserts. d. smithin. subsp. Calif.: Cismontane central coast ranges. ancilla B. & McD. Wyoming. Idaho. Colorado. Utah. New Mexico. mohave Wats. & W.P.Comst. Calif.: Colorado and Central Mohave deserts. rita B. & McD. Calif.: everywhere east of Sierras. Ariz.: southern counties. spaldingi B. & McD. Utah: Central and Eastern Rockies. Colo.: Rockies. Ariz.: Kaibab. New Mexico: Northeast areas. speciosa (Hy. Edws.) Calif.: Northwest Mohave desert, south San Joaquin Valley. sonorensis (F. & F.) Calif. Coast Ranges from Santa Clara to San Diego. Baja Calif.: south to Ensenada. regia ( Bvd. ) sonoralba Wats. & W. P. Comst. comstocki Gund. San Gabriel Wash, L.A. Co., Calif. Occurs in 1 to 3% of the population, possibly a single gene differ- ence maintained by a balanced polymorphism. Noted since this locality has been collected. BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 3, 1954 NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF FORSEBIA PERLAETA (Hy.Edw.) Lepidoptera: Phalaenidae By Joun ADAMS CoMSTOCK During a recent collecting trip in southern Arizona a number of larvae of the Phalaenid moth, Forsebia perlaeta (Hy. Edw.) were secured on Palo Verde, (Cercidium torreyanum Wats. ) These were taken in the Picacho State Park, forty-eight miles northwest of Tucson, on August 20, 1954. The dominant vegetation in this area is the Giant Cactus, Cereus gigantea Engelm., Creosote Bush, Larrea tridentata (DC), and Palo Verde. Larvae of Forsebia were abundant on the latter, but difficult to see on account of their protective color and form, and _ their quiescence during the day. Beating the Palo Verde that grew along the dry washes brought them down in quantity. Mature examples were selected, and these soon went under- ground to spin their fragile earth-covered cocoons. Apparently no description of any portion of the life cycle of this species is on record. The following brief notes will in part make up for that deficiency. MATURE LARVA: long, (averaging 35 mm.), and narrow; cylin- drical, except for the last three segments, which taper to a narrow cauda. The head is slightly narrower than the first segment. On the eleventh segment there is an extension dorso-caudally of a pyra- miform process which is topped by two small tubercles. There are four pairs of prolegs and a pair of anal prolegs. The first two pairs are small and barely functional; the last two and the anal pair are large. Ground color of head and body, dull yellow, which on some examples has an olive tinge. The markings consist of numerous dots, dashes and short sinu- ous lines which in some examples are heavy and give the larva a blackish appearance. In others the markings are so reduced that the color seems to be predominantly a dull ivory. Every grada- tion between these two extremes is present. These markings are disposed with a certain degree of regular- ity, suggesting longitudinal wavy lines, accented by heavier spots at the segmental junctures. The head is marked as is the body surface, except that the dots and dashes are predominantly reddish brown. This same color and pattern extends onto the first segment. Posterior to this the black markings are heavier, and the reddish brown somewhat reduced. - 166 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 3, 1954 PLATE 44 Larva and pupa of Forsebia perlaeta (Hy.Edw. ) A. Larva, dorsal aspect. B. Pupa, ventral aspect. C. Pupa, lateral aspect. All figures enlarged approximately x 3%. Drawing by the author Legs, ivory, with reddish brown spots and blotches. Spir- acles, orange centered, wiih black rims. Ocelli, black; mouth parts, ivory; antennae, white. A few barely discernible gray hairs are distributed along the body and about the head. We have not attempted to map the exact setal pattern. The larva is a nocturnal feeder. ol 67, BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 Our illustration of the larva, Plate 44, figure A, shows an exam- ple that is intermediate between the dark and light forms. Pura: length, 18 mm. Greatest width, 4.5 mm. Subfusiform, the cephalic end rounded, and the caudal end tapering regularly to the cremaster. The anterior portion is dark brown, and the posterior reddish brown. The contrast of the two shades is most noticeable on the ventral surface, where the wing cases are dark and the abdominal segments red-brown. There are apparently no setae on any portion of the body. The cremaster consists of four spines, the middle two being relatively long and slightly recurved, and the lateral pair short. The antennae reach to the edge of the wing cases. Other structural features are adequately shown on the two figures, B. and C. of Plate 44. The pupae gave forth imagos in approximately two weeks from the time that the larvae went underground. In a state of nature their emergence is probably dependent on favorable rain- fall, and may be suppressed or retarded over long periods of drought. A colored figure of the female of this moth is pictured in Holland’s “Moth Book”. Plate 30, fig. 26. Richards shows a black and white figure of both sexes in his revision of the groups. These figures illustrate the marked difference between the sexes. There is also wide variation in individuals, which may account for the several synonyms, i.e. aegrotata (Hy. Edw.) and flavofasciata (Stk) The moth has heretofore been assigned to the genera Syneda, Synedoida or Melipotis by various authors, prior to Richards’ pub- lication of the genus Forsebia‘t of which perlaeta is the genotype and sole species. The range of Forsebia perlaeta is apparently limited to certain desert areas of Texas, Arizona and California. The 47 specimens in the collection of the Los Angeles County Museum show cap- tures in the months of February, March, July, August, Septem- ber and October. 'Hntomologica Americana. XIX; 1. Plate 1, Figs. 32, 33. 1939. “Papilio. 4:47. 1884. ’Lepid. Rhop. Het. Suppl. 1. p. 12. 1898. 4Can, Ent. LXVII, 12, p. 264. 1935. 168 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 NEW RECORD FOR CALOSOMA GALAPAGEIUM Hope (Coleoptera: Carabidae ) By CuHartes S. Papp® This is a historic species which not every coleopterist may know. Charles Darwin during his historical Beagle Expedition (1835) collected some 29 species of Coleoptera in the Galapagos Islands, which material was referred to specialists for study. One specimen was named and described as Calosoma galapageium by Hope in 1838 (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, I, p. 130), as the first described beetle from the Galapagos Islands. Since that time it has remained a problem. Van Dyke listed it in his recent paper (Occasional Papers of the Calif. Acad. Sci., No. XXII, 1953, 181 pp., with 7 plates) 25 species of Carabidae including 4 of the genus Calosoma. During more than half a century Calosoma galapageium Hope was a taxonomic problem for students of this genus. L. O. Howard in his list (by Linell: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XII, 1889, p. 191) placed the species as a synonym of C. howardi Linell (1898! pri- ority?), later Dr. S. Breuning listed the C. howardi Linell as syn- onymic to C. galapageium Hope (Koleopt. Rundschau, 1927, Vol. 13, p. 140). Roeschke in his paper (Entom. Nachrichten 1900, Vol. 26, p. 57) mentioned C. galapageium as a good species, so also did E. Csiki (Coleopt. Catalogus, pars 91, p. 12) and, recently, Van Dyke (l.c., p. 11, plate 1, fig. 6). The type of this species is now in the British Museum of Natu- ral History and was examined by Van Dyke during his visit to the Museum in 1932-33. While studying the alcoholic specimens of the islands he found a second and typical specimen which was collected by F. X. Williams between 12.24.1905 and 1.5.1906. The “third” specimen, as I designate it, was collected on “He Chatam” (as labeled) by an unknown collector at an unknown date. The locality label is written with pen, and its writer will never be known. This specimen was in a European collection, which was purchased by Dr. E. Reitter (Munich, Germany ) and transferred for “checking identification” to Dr. S. Breuning, a well- known specialist for this genus, at this time in Paris, France. The specimen was sent back to Reitter and on January 25, 1954 I pur- chased it with other material for my reference collection of Ameri- can Coleoptera. As a scientific specimen it was subject to duty, *Pan-Pacific Entomological Laboratory and Supply House, 613 E. Orange Grove, Pasadena 6, California. 169 BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 and the Bureau of Customs at the Port of Los Angeles charged me $5.00 as duty (receipt No. 249183). The first illustration of this rare species was published in Van Dyke's paper (l.c., plate 1, fig. 6) which was a very careful draw- ing from the type specimen by Miss O. F. Tassart, artist at the British Museum of Natural History. My perfect specimen, which is the subject of this paper, gives the opportunity to have a good photograph. This was taken with the kind assistance of Dr. F. Truxal and Mr. L. Martin in the Los Angeles County Museum, Department of Entomology In the following lines I give the original descriptions of all the four known species of the genus Calosoma known from the Gala- pagos Islands, as an aid to students who may be interested in similar problems. Calosoma darwinia Van Dyke (1953 ) Van Dyke, in Occasional Papers of the California Acad. Sci., No. XXII, 1953, p. 10 and 11, Plate 10, fig. 3. Somewhat smaller and narrower than C. howardi, with the elytra more narrowed towards the base, and the humeral area less developed or angulated but more rounded, the upper surface faintly bronzed, the greenish areas more limited to the depressions such as the elytral striae, and the appendages lighter in color, rufous with the femora rufopiceus, and the general body color piceous rather than black, the wings normal size and not func- tional. Head across eyes slightly more than two-thirds breadth of prothorax; front finely, sparsely punctured and rugose, strigose near eyes; eyes prominent; mandibles well developed and coarsely strigose on upper face; antennae reaching to middle third of elytra. Prothorax with breadth two-fifths greater than length, subcordate, widest in front of middle, sides arcuate, somewhat broadly so in the front, more shallowly behind as well as oblique and convergently narrowed posteriorly, base feebly and broadly arcuate at middle, sinuate near hind angles which are rectangu- lar, disc moderately convex, not depressed at sides, median longi- tudinal depression fine and well impressed, apical and basal trans- verse impressions more or less obsolete, the general surface some- what smooth. Elytra considerably more than one-third broader than prothorax, humeral area rounded and narrowed, the elytra gradually widening to posterior third, then evenly rounding to apices; the disc convex, finely and moderately striate with fine, rather close and distinct punctures in the striae, the intervals con- vex, with the fourth, eighth and twelfth interrupted as in C. how- ardi. Ventral surface smooth, sides of metasternum and first ventral segment with a number of coarse punctures. Legs as in C. howardi. Length 17 mm., breadth 12.5 mm. 170 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 Albemarle Island, near Villamil, altitude 1300 feet. Types with 75 specimens, in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Paratypes in the collections of the Amer- ican Museum of Natural History, United States National Museum and in the British Museum of Natural History, London. Calosoma howardi Linell (1898 ) Linell: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 21, 1898, No. 1143, p. 251.—Mutchler: Zoologica, 5, 1925, No. 20, p. 223.—Breuning: Koleopt. Rundschau, 13, 1927, p. 140.—Blair: Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. London, ser. 10, vol. IJ, p. 472.—Van Dyke: Occ. Paper Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 12, 1953, p. 7-9, Plate 1, fig 2. Synonym: C. galapagoum Hope, by Linell in Annot. Cat. by L. O. Howard, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 12, p. 191. Further notes: C. galapageium Hope has priority and C. howardi Linell listed as synonym to it by Dr. S. Breuning, 1.c.p. 140; and listed as good species by Blair, 1.c.p. 472. Ovate, bluish green above, slightly shining, winged. Head obso- letely sparsely punctate, slightly strigose at the eyes; labrum and mandibles black; palpi piceous. Antennae reaching to about one third the length of the elytra, piceous at base, the hairy joints brown. Thorax one half broader than the head, one half broader than long, subcordate, widest before the middle, imperceptibly sinuate behind; posterior angles not prolonged, subacute, forming an acute angle with the humeral margin of elytra; lateral margin narrowly reflexed; base broadly sinuate each side near the angles; disk feebly convex, not depressed at the sides, smooth or obso- letely finely strigose; median line distinctly impressed; the trans- verse basal impression obsolete, more or less punctate, basal foveae near the hind angles large, rounded, sparsely punctate. Elytra one-half longer than broad, subparallel or slightly wider be- hind (in the female ); striate regular, feebly impressed at the base, deeper behind, with small but deep punctures, submarginal striae more obsolete, marginal stria with muricate punctures; in- tervals of the disk slightly convex, obsoletely transversely rugose toward the sides; the third, seventh, and eleventh intervals inter- ruptd by numerous small shallow foveae for their whole length. Ventral surface black, smooth; episterna of prothorax violaceus; sides of metasternum and first ventral with more or less numerous coarse punctures. Posterior trochanters oval, alike in the sexes. Legs black; tibiae finely spinose, the intermediate ones arcuate (slightly in the female), with coarse and dense yellow pubescence along the exterior groove below the middle.—Length 16-21 mm.; width 7.5-10.5 mm.—Type: No 1311 in U.S.N.M. 171 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 3, 1954 Calosoma galapageium Hope (1838 ) Hope: Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 2, 1838, p. 130. — Roeschke: Entom. Nachr., 26, 1900, p. 57. — Breuning: Koleopt. Rund- schau, 13, 1927, p. 140 and p. 149. AP PLATE 45 Calosoma galapageium Hope, dorsal aspect, enlarged x 4.3. Atrum; antennis basi pedibusque rufo-piceis. Long. lin. 7; lat. lin 3. — Habitat in insulis Galapageis. In Museo Dom. Darwin. — Atrum, laeve, nitidum, elytris substriatis, punctisque elevatis trip- lici serie dispositis. Antennae quatuor primis articulis rufo-piceis, reliquis fusco pubescentibus. Thorax laevis, postice fossula utrinque impressa. Elytra obsolete striata, tribus lineis punctorum elevatorum convexorum; marginibus subviolaceis. Corpus subtus atrum; pedibus rufo-piceis, tibiis intermediis incurvis. — Type: in the British Museum of Natural History, in London. 172 BULLETIN, So. CALtirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 PLATE 46 Calosoma galapageium Hope, lateral aspect, enlarged x 4.5. Calosoma linelli Mutchler (1925 ) Mutchler: Zoologica (Publ. by the Soc. the Zoological Park, New Moree NEY), 0, 1925, p. 221. — Van Dyke: Occ. Papers Calif. mcadssci., 22, 1953, p. 12-13. Form and size of Cychrus stenostomus, apterous, smooth and very shining. Head black, impunctate, mandibles piceous, labrum and palpi ferruginous. Antennae ferrugineus, slightly darker out- ward, finely rufo-pubescent from the fifth joint, reaching the elytra to one-fourth the length from the base. Thorax black, aeneous at the base, entirely impunctate, slightly wider than long, sub- cordate, somewhat wider at apex than at base; disk feebly con- vex, not depressed at the sides; median line distinctly impressed; basal fovae rounded, deep, approximate to the sides; base trun- cate; posterior angles prolonged and deflexed. Elytra at the base slightly wider than the thorax at middle, ovate, one-half longer than broad, dark cupreous green; humeri rounded; disk slightly convex, feebly (at sides and apex obsoletely) punctato-striate; intervals nearly flat, smooth; the third, seventh and eleventh with feebly convex, elongate elevations, separated by rounded very shallow fovae, each fovae with a couple of punctures. Epipleura and ventral surface reddish brown, smooth. Legs ferruginous; tibiae sparsely and finely spinose, the intermediate ones strongly arcuate (male), expanded at apex, pubescent beneath and pro- longed into a spine as long as the spurs; anterior tarsi (male) with the first three joints strongly dilated and densely spongy eels BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 beneath, the first joint companulate, the second widest, quadrate, the third strongly transverse, the fourth short, emarginate, two- thirds as broad as the third, with a few small spines and a trace of sponginess beneath, fifth joint narrow, cylindrical. Posterior coxae oval obtuse. — Length 12,5 mm., width 5 mm. — Chatam Island, collected by Dr. G. Baur.—Type in U.S. National Museum. The specimen of Calosoma (Subgen. Callistriga Motsch.) gal- apageium Hope here discussed was transferred from my collec- tion to that of the Los Angeles County Museum, Department of Entomology, and is now under the custody of Dr. F. Truxal. “Sy EXPERIMENTAL DESTRUCTION OF THE CONE- NOSE BUG, Triatoma, BY THE ASSASSIN BUGS, Reduvius personatus and R. senilus (HEMIPTERA, REDUVIIDAE) By SHERwIN F. Woop? Life Sciences Department, Los Angeles City College, Los Angeles 29, California Wood (1954) mentioned briefly that the brown assassin bug, Reduvius personatus (Linnaeus ), and the tan assassin bug, Redu- vius senilus Van Duzee, killed Triatoma protracta (Uhler) under laboratory conditions. During extensive field collecting in the southwest, only 12 personatus was found by the writer on 26- VII-36 at Watrous, Mora County, New Mexico as it alighted on a portable camp table at night. A live ¢ personatus was received June 30, 1953 from Bandelier National Monument. It was placed in a 175 ml. glass jar with one 5th nymph of Triatoma protracta which was found dead the next day. Another well fed 5th nymph placed in the jar on July Ist was alive when checked on July 3rd but was found dead on July 6th with the abdomen very flat in contrast to the distinct, firm roundness of the recently fed appearance. Although at no time did the writer observe persona- tus feeding, this bug killed these two Triatoma. The brown assassin bug died July 9th. 1The writer wishes to thank Naturalist L. P. Arnberger, Southwestern National Monuments and Superintendent F. W. Binnewies of Bandelier National Monument for the live specimen of Reduvius personatus and the California Forest and Range Experiment Station and the Department of Zoology at Davis, University of California, for use of facilities at the San Joaquin Experimental Range, O’Neals, California. 174 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 8, 1954 Three & Reduvius senilus were taken on 30-V-40 at the Alvarado Mine, Yavapai County, Arizona while collecting Tri- atoma (Wood, 1941) trom the surface of miner's houses at night. In 1953, one @ senilus was sent to the writer from Bandelier National Monument (Wood, 1954). One ¢ and 1 2 were taken in dwellings of man at the San Joaquin Experimental Range, the ds collected by Kenneth A. Wagnon on 8-VIII-53. Ryckman (1954) has recently called attention to this tan assassin bug from wood rat dens. On July 19, 1953 the writer captured one 2 senilus crawling from a briefcase in the guest bedroom in the headquarter’s building at the San Joaquin Experimental Range. The bug was successfully transported alive to Los Angeles in an insect cooler (Wood and Wood, 1952) and placed in a 175 ml. glass jar with a & Triatoma protracta. From July 20th to September 11th, 1953, this tan assassin bug destroyed 3 3o, 42, eight 5th and one 4th instar nymphs of T. protracta whieh were placed in the culture at intervals. On the morning of September 10th, the writer fed 1 @ and one 5th nymph of Triatoma protracta on a guinea pig then placed them in the culture jar with Reduvius. The tan assassin bug immediately began waving its antennae and moving about. At 1532 the Reduvius had seized the recently engorged 5th nymph and had inserted its proboscis on the conjunctival mem- brane covering the coxal cavity on the posterior side of the 3rd left leg. The Reduvius stood on its two hind legs, one propped against the glass sidewall and the other resting on the paper toweling over the bottom, firmly clutching the struggling Triatoma with the other 4 legs. The ‘Triatoma was in a walking position and continued struggling until 1536 when pushed firmly over against the sidewall at an angle of about 45° with head against glass and tip of abdomen on the paper, firmly held by the tan assassin bug. At 1538 the Triatoma waved al! free legs wildly in the air but Redwvius now held the conenose bug up away from the glass wall. At 1553 the Triatoma was resting on its right side on the jar bottom with the Reduvius clutching it firmly and a drop of reddish fluid was welling up beside the point of contact with the proboscis. The light tan abdomen of the Redu- vius appeared darker indicating distension of the stomach wall. At 1627 the Reduvius had shifted its proboscis to the conjunctiva of the antennal socket leaving a large drop of reddish liquid at the site of the previous puncture. The Triatoma extended its proboscis but made no other movement. At 1704 the Reduvius had moved to the conjunctival membrane at the 2nd left coxal cavity, its wings were elevating from the surface of the abdomen as a result of the rounding of the dorsal abdominal wall. The following morning the adult ? Triatoma was also found dead Olde BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 in the culture jar showing that both were used for food by Reduvius senilus. The 5th instar nymph of Triatoma mentioned above had fed to capacity so was well rounded when attacked by Reduvius. After 2% hours the body of the Triatoma was still rounded in appearance indicating that the food of the tan assassin bug was probably the insect body lymph and not the recently ingested mammal blood. The Reduvius senilus died September 24th leav- ing in the culture jar 27 eggs of which only two hatched. These assassin bugs are undoubtedly much more important than is at present known as natural control agents of other insects and their appearance in association with Triatoma as at the Alvarado Mine (Wood, 1941) and in wood rat dens (Ryckman, 1954) would indicate some importance as controlling agents of Triatoma. However, larger species as Zelurus and Rhiginia, if attracted to Triatoma or dwellings of man where Triatoma are found as in Southwestern National Monuments (Wood, 1953, 1954), would be of greater value in natural control of the annoy- ing blood sucking bugs of man. BIBLIOGRAPHY Ryckman, R. E. 1954. Reduvius senilus Van Duzee from the lodges of Neotoma in San Juan County, Utah (Hemiptera, Reduviidae). Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 53(2):88. Wood, S. F. 1941. Notes on the distribution and habits of Reduviid vectors of Chagas’ disease in the Southwestern United States (Hemiptera, Reduviidae ). Pan-Pacific Entomologist 17:85-94, 115-118. 1958. Conenose bug (Triatoma) annoyance and Trypanosoma cruzi in Southwestern National Monuments. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 52(2):57-60. 1954. Additional bug (Hemiptera, Reduviidae) annoyance and Trypa- nosoma cruzi in Southwestern National Monuments. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5.3(1) :52-56. Wood, S. F. and Wood, F. D. 1952. A water cooler for transporting heat sensitive animals, especially Insects. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 51(3): 108-111. 176 BuLLeTiIn, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 NOTES AND NEWS The Directors of the Southern California Academy of Sciences have approved the inclusion in our “Bulletin” of two departments carrying the titles “Academy News” and “Research Notes.” These are designed primarily for short scientific papers, and current Academy news items that will be of particular interest to our members, subscribers and correspondents. The editor solicits items of this character from the readers of the “Bulletin”. A GENEROUS GIFT FOR TWO CALIFORNIA MUSEUMS The late John Lovell Sperry, during the years of his active research in entomology, built up a highly specialized library which was particularly strong in the rare books and serials dealing with the Lepidoptera of the world. His widow, Bertha R. M. Sperry wes desirous of placing this library where it would be of greatest usefulness and value to science. In further- ance of this desire, she sought the counsel of a member of our Board of Directors of the Academy. A plan of distribution resulted which seems fully to have met the re- quirement, and which should be of interest to other scientific institutions, and to bibliophiles. The factors that had to be considered in planning this gift were these: valuable books of this nature should be placed only in reference libraries specializing in the natural sciences; if the entire library went to a single institution there would result a considerable amount of duplication; this duplication would be greatest in the older and wealthier libraries of the eastern states. , The plan which was put into effect, and which has been approved by all parties concerned, was as follows: A complete list of all the titles contained in the Sperry Library would be compiled, and submitted first to the Librarian of the Los Angeles County Museum Library. All items that were not represented in that library were to be checked, and these items only would be segregated, and given to that library. A second list of the remaining items would then be prepared, and sub- mitted to the Librarian of the San Diego Museum of Natural History for a similar check of those items not represented in their library. The checked items would be segregated, and made a gift to the San Diego Society of Natural History, for their museum. All items remaining, after this double gift had been consummated, would be sold through a reliable dealer, and the fund resulting from the sales would be held in trust by the Southern California Academy of Sciences, in a special acount, to be known as the John Lovell Sperry Memorial fund, the earnings therefrom to be used in publishing scientific papers. The major portion of this plan has been put into effect. The first list of the Sperry library included 213 titles, which represented a great many 177 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 volumes, since many titles were of journals in long runs, or multiple volume works. Excluded from this list were a large number of separates, reprints and pamphlets that are to be sold separately for the Sperry Memorial fund. The Los Angeles Museum Library needed 109 out of 213 titles listed which is a very good indication of the rarity of these items, since the Museum library was presumed to have had an excellent collection of entomological works. Their selected share of this gift has already been delivered to the Los Angeles County Museum. A bookplate was specially designed for use in each volume of the gift, which reads: Gift of John Lovell Sperry and Bertha R. M. Sperry, through the agency of the Southern California Acad- emy of Sciences, to the Los Angeles County Museum Library. The second list, submitted to the San Diego Museum of Natural History, contained 95 titles. The librarian checked 34 that were not represented in their library and these have been delivered to the Director of the San Diego Museum. The remaining items, together with the separates, reprints, and scientific pamphlets will shortly be placed in the hands of a reliable dealer, already selected, and the proceeds will be added to the John Lovell Sperry Memorial trust, already set up by the Treasurer of the Academy. There are doubtless many friends of John Sperry who would like to add their donation to this trust as a fitting and self perpetuating memorial to a much beloved scientist. Jods, Ce THE ACADEMY MEMORIAL FUND On March 19, 1954, the Board of Directors established a Permanent Memorial Fund in honor of those members who have rendered, or in the future will render services to the cause of science. This fund will be invested and the income therefrom will be used in support of research, publication, or any scientific endeavor in keeping with the aims and purposes of the Academy. Since its founding contributions have been received honoring the memory of Dr. Robert A. Millikan, physicist; Dr. Chester Stock. geologist-paleontolo- gist; Dr. H. J. Andrews, physician and surgeon; Dr. William L. Lloyd, marine biologist; Mr. Fred Burlew, attorney and Academy legal advisor; Mr. John L. Sperry, entomologist; Mr. James C. Marsh, paleontologist, and philosopher. While the fund is small at present it will grow in so far as the friends and relatives of those who have passed, wish to commemorate their lives by encouraging others to carry on the study of the great problems of science. The fund on November 1, 1954, stands at $238.18. This is entirely dis- tinct from the invested working capital of the Academy, which had a value on May 1, 1954, of $38,281.96. W. Dwicur Pierce, Treasurer. 178 BULLETIN, So. CAuir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 TRANSACTIONS Abstracts of lectures given at the meetings of the Southern California Academy of Sciences in October and November, 1954. October 15, 1954. Section on Health and Sanitation. Dr. Floyd R. Parks, Chairman. A SEROFLOCCULATION REACTION IN HEALTH AND DISEASE Presented by ANDREW H. Dowpy, M.D. A seroflocculation reaction has been developed by Dr. H. S. Penn and Associates which gives a positive reaction in a high percentage of the sera of patients with untreated invasive cancer and a low percentage of positive reactions in the sera of “normal” individuals. Sera from patients aftlicted with certain acute and chronic diseases result in a variable percentage of positive reactions, depending upon the type and the stage of activity of the disease in question. Therefore the reaction is not considered to be a diagnostic test for cancer. The active principle or “antigen” is considered to be ethyl choladienate, though other choladienates or modifications of the basic molecule may work equally as well as “antigen.” The Penn seroflocculation reaction measures a difference between the sera of most “normal” individuals and the sera of most patients with un- treated invasive cancer and certain other diseases. This difference can be quantitated. Its nature is yet to be determined, although it is presently con- sidered to represent some alteration in steroid metabolism. Further elucidation of this reaction may throw new light on those condi- tions which result in a positive reaction. = So & November 19, 1954. Section on Agriculture. Dr. Fred S. Truxal, Chairman. THE ROLE OF AN ENTOMOLOGICAL CONSULTANT IN PERU Presented by Dr. WALTER EBELING, Division of Entomology, University of California. By invitation from the Peruvian Government, Dr. Walter Ebeling, Pro- fessor of Entomology at the University of California at Los Angeles, accom- panied by his wife, spent two months, beginning December 14. 1953, as an entomological consultant in the cotton-growing valleys of Peru. The trip was financially sponsored by Mr. Emilio Guimoye, one of the largest cotton growers of Peru and Minister of Commerce in that country. The invitation was prompted by the great losses suffered from insect attack in Peru, accentu- ated by the long growing season for cotton in that country. Cotton is the chief export commodity of Peru, exceeding even minerals in importance. The pest control techniques in the larger cotton plantations of Peru are highly advanced, due to the influence of Professor Dwight Isely of the Uni- versity of Arkansas, who spent some time as a consultant in Peru about five years ago. In view of this fact, Dr. Ebeling confined his efforts to initiating a series of field experiments in the principal cotton-growing valleys, using some new insecticides and insecticide combinations as well as further evalu- ating presently used materials and methods. Enthusiastic cooperation was received from cotton growers and ento- mologists, and it is believed that the experiments will be brought to a success- ful conclusion through the cooperation of the interested parties. Peru was found to be a country of great interest to the tourist and the limitless natural resources awaiting exploitation are very evident. The Peru- vians are very friendly toward the United States and its citizens. 179 BULLETIN, So. CaLtirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 JAMES CHARLWOOD MARSH 1867-1954 James C. Marsh, good friend and loyal member of the Acad- emy, passed away at his home in Hyde Park, Los Angeles, on July 31, 1954. “Jim” had been a member of the Academy since May, 1937, and until his health prevented, had been in regular attendance at the monthly meetings. For many years he generous- ly printed the programs for the Academy on his hand press. Mr. Marsh was English born. His mother was a public school teacher, his father a choir master. His uncle, the Reverend George Marsh, was a City Missionary, and young Jim often helped his uncle in visiting the unfortunate in the slums of London. Jim, himself, has said that he was born to be a minister 180 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 of the Episcopalian Church, but owing to a dare-devil spirit and roaming nature, he could not settle down to the studies necessary to achieve this calling. His father, therefore, deciding that the boy should learn a trade, apprenticed him, at the age of thirteen, to a printer. Following a seven years apprenticeship, Jim found work as a printer, and married. Around the turn of the century, as work was slack in England, he contacted an uncle in Missouri who encouraged him to come to the United States. Here, and in Canada (where he spent some nine years of his life), he raised a family of eight children, before his wife passed away. Shortly before he came to California, where he settled for the rest of his life, he was remarried to Edna Ernestine Stinson, who survives him. “Jim” and “Edna” took up their residence in the Hyde Park area of Los Angeles thirty-two years ago. Here Jim set up, for the 4th time in his life, his own printing plant. Settled at last after twenty years of travelling, he began to indulge the “col- lector’s spirit” and amassed a quantity of specimens of shells, fossils, and minerals. He also planted a cactus garden, and through his own generosity of bestowing on his friends specimens from his collection and plants from his garden, he began to ac- quire plants and shells and rocks from all over the world. The Los Angeles County Museum and many Academy members have benefited by his generosity in sharing the rarer and more inter- esting specimens which came his way. Through Mrs. Marsh, we have received a tribute to “Jim” written by his brother, in London, John Richard Marsh, Esquire. As this so genuinely captures the spirit of our friend, we have asked, and been granted permission to quote from it here. It opens with the parting of the brothers 54 years ago when James left England for the United States: “It was in 1900 ... that I bade my brother goodbye at Euston Station, London. “He and I had always been ‘chums’ at home and his dare- devil pursuits ... diving off a bridge into the Surrey Canal in scorn of the Keeper at the Toll Gate, climbing trees in private orchards in defiance of the Sixth Commandment — these and other youthful escapades, linked with a consistent generosity with regard to his piratical gains, ... made him for me, his junior by about nine years, something of a hero. “Perhaps it was his passionate love of freedom which com- pelled him so often to kick over the traces. Perhaps it was some- thing in his blood inherited from age-long ancestors. Our mother on her mother’s side was a Charlwood of Charlwood, Surrey, a charming village, the records of which date back to the early 12th Century. A John and Richard Charlwood were Gentlemen 181 BULLETIN, So. CaLirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 Ushers to King Henry VIII, and their Armorial Bearings are recorded in some old volumes in the British Museum. “Not until he was settled in California, did he really find the right atmosphere for his lively temperament in which he could give expression to his ever-active imagination and pursue those studies with which his name has been associated in Los Angeles for many years. “His founding of the “I Can’t Worry Club” nine years ago, in which he enlisted members virtually all over the world, i typical of his dogged independent spirit and his vivid and some- times rugged sense of humor. “His interest in Conchology and other scientific pursuits is well known to his many friends in Los Angeles, and often the pages of his monthly “Club” brochure contained interesting contributions on these subjects from his pen or perhaps, one should more correctly say from his “Old Pal” as he loved to term his rather ancient Printing Press. “His attitude to life in general was entirely devoid of fear. As regards his views on religion, these were certainly not orthodox and doubtless some ... would have affixed to him an uncompli- mentary label implying a rejection of all religious beliefs. This, however, would have been not only an uncharitable assessment, but an entirely erroneous one ... If religion implies a man who embraces and practises in his life the cardinal virtues of human- ity ... then my brother could truly claim to have nurtured an innate religion which was manifested in generosity, affection, courage and goodwill for his fellow men. “He had a deep and genuine sense of gratitude for any kind- ness shown him. In one of his last letters to me he expressed thankfulness for a long life and a not unhappy one, and gratitude to all who had contributed to his enjoyment thereof. His varied and often unique correspondence which he maintained for many years, even to within a few days of his death, will be sadly missed . but we have the consolation to know that in California he found a real home with the ineffable blessings of a good devoted wife and staunch and faithful friends.” 182 BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$3.50 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908 — one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March- April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1954, including volumes XXIV to 53, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1. 1947. Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. 183 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 53, Part 3, 1954 Publications of fhe: Southend. Califorees Academy of Sciences For Sale at the Appended Prices To To Non- BULLETIN Members Members VoleSs NOC 19048 so Se $ 50 1.00 Si Ae Seely ol OE) (eres cho. MOLE, Se aa can ee ee 50 1.00 SO ey Dall OO as a ae AEE a ie 50 1.00 Mesos, lk NOO( Syl wok bole ee eee ee 1.50 3.00 to eects) Lael 1°) 0)° VMPC t er ae 1.00 2.00 Pee on SLO TOS, ae sue res chee eRe Re eh Ue 75 1.50 TQ eee TOA rk sola cc eat ae ee 1.50 3.00 SMO 3D ROG Nie a NG Se Rs ee 5 2.00 4.00 Pod yee. Se De GT Sa tle ee ea cl NNR le Sa 75 1.50 aired) Lee conte US) Come a eater eae Meee a 1.50 3.00 hic ev Te TOD (QMO lia ts Re elie Aes eI 50 1.00 Phe oS Ay NOOO is se 2 ive 2 ee eaten oe 00 1.00 Dee Se OS OO Os timate Waele, Seton tani as ee 1.00 2.00 P28 128. A 69240 (each) a ee 35 75 QA sD Stal OD 5s '((eachi) secs ieee meee ea 385 She) Dou SB NOD GN sa et oot rae SI cele eee 35 sts) EP IQ6 ee UD OTs (each) seers: oe ee a 35 75 Ot, Lh 8e 1928 each) ta 85 75 128.0.) V9. 1999) (each) p42. ee 5) 5 80 ee Se 9 Sie (each) eas 35 athe) SOU? MEtOS SOS 98 (each) tia aaa eee 35 505) Too TsO 3 TOSS r(Eachi)itees wie wane en ea 85 Ao) aaa, 19119) 1OS4(cachian ae 35 1 SGA) AONB MO 35 nea lag ee nt eee eae 35 ome 35 dh 72. 35 1936" (each) nee eee 5855 55 SSE 5 ME 2 Se OSs CS ae ni) ie ernie de as ee 139 st) Sei ONS. 19388 Geach es 35 fhe) 88s Clee 2 3 e989) (each) eer ae cou 3 75 BEB OU 5: SeMOA Qe tuke sy eal SL ee Wine ee 30) 15 VAs |e AOS 5 94a (each) Reese ee 35 ake TAT clog. 1949 i Ceach) see ooh a SYD) 75 rad, 1D 8 1943 Geach) aa ee 35 75 A Snn "12.8; 1944 (each) ern Ss ee ‘S 15 AAS D3 11945 (each) ee a ee 25) We 45° A908. 1946 (each) 20. a eee coo) he AGB NCO SOA. (Gach) bee .30 75 “al; 2) 3: 1948 s(each) i252 ee 35 75 “ 48, 123.949 each) ee 30 SUD AQ. 1 O SeN950" Geach). ee BS) SUS 50, Oo Su 9 Dill (eae lat) eee ee .60 25 mails 1, 2:8 1952 (each) =... 425 .60 1.25 OD) MONGWTO 531 (ea lay meee ena tee cal nee 69 1.25 + iB}. OS MO5Sn (each) pe ee 60 1.25 (Continued on next page ) 184 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 58, Part 3, 1954 PUBLICATIONS (continued) To To Non- MEMOIRS Members Members Woltpleal938— paper COVEN -.2--2.2/2.¢.c2sc--2sessesecd-cesescccceseees $2.00 $4.00 eeemebound sin black! tabrikoidss. 3.00 5.00 “ “printed on one side of papet................-- 3.00 5.00 pis printed on one side of page (bound)... 4.00 6.00 Violen Nowla939—paper COVER -..-2.l-<:le-.-cs--seccceess0seee 1.25 2.50 Pee obound in black tabrikoide-.---- 2.25 8.50 “ “«" printed on one side of page.......... 1.75 8.50 erm OM OAA 1) aMer (COVER 2s-2:-c2<2--c--nc-calececeees lee 75 1.50 OEM O47 (Dapper COVER -.1:.-c.s--ccses-s so ceeee tees 1.00 2.00 amen 81 949-“ane4n COVED <-ce2icoese-accouceetoeceencocess 1.00 2.00 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published ).......... bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES ENR OWAKESs Ro ti. Hille 2 ee ee bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chieiyabmtomologieals color plates..--<.csesce-2o cess nce eee 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall................ 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther Davidson ancmGeorgevli., Moxley, 452 pp.,, 1928.2 o. occ coco cece cece scecseoee=e. 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfamilies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes anceuosten des benjamin, JO2/2 2 ee $ .50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, New Mlexi compl Siler He SRep EOS DOLE ois 5c cere nee eee ee eee ees cee 25 Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United State of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-members.... 3.00 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes of their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis.............. .50 A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA, 32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm. M. UG PEDTTD, eye aes ae RE SE ee a ee ee ere .50 Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum — CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 33. Bound... 3.00 AvprREss ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. 185 i : eae Gr: # : = ‘ £0 \ ) ' = t = \ Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences Vol Enos INDEX OF SUBJECTS A New Frog of the Genus Rana from Western Mexico.............. ilgjil A New Giant Skipper _.............. 75 A New Kelletia from the Plio- cene of California__.................... 114 A New Species of Microjassa (Amphipoda) from Los An- Ole Slam ON a.--2ec! eens eet ee 127 Academy News ...........-...--------------- We Additional Bug Annoyance and Trypanosoma cruzi in South- western National Monuments 52 Additional Records of Oliarces ZT lee ee ao ce 65 Amphibians and Reptiles from Gypsum Cave, Nevada __....... 8 An Undescribed Metrobates Uhler from Brasil _................. 50 Apsena labreae __..........-..----.-.. 98 arizonae, Megathymus yuccae...... 81 Ascia monuste crameri.....-..----------- 46 Asphalt Deposits.................. 35-93-142 Beauty and the Beetle.................. 118 Calosoma galapageium Hope, New Recond sion 222 3 es: 169 Casbia schachovskoyi _................ 72 Coniontis abdominalis caseyi........ 145 Coniontis abdominalis fragmans.. 148 Coniontis abdominalis |abreae...... 146 Coniontis blissi -............-222002........ 149 Coniontis pectoralis interrupta...... 154 Coniontis pectoralis paraelliptica 153 Coniontis remnans ___.............. 155 Coniontis tristis alpha__-.-................. 148 Coniontis tristis asphalti_.........__.. 149 Coniontis tristis latigula __......._... 149 Elasmobranchs, The Brain Chorioid Plexuses of................ 107 Experimental Destruction of the Cone-Nose Bug (Triatoma) by the Assassin Bugs, Reduvius personatus and R. senilus.......--- 174 Forsebia perleta, Notes on the Hanlye stake SiO lessen 166 Fossil Arthropods of Califor- TD yo 2 a eee 35-93-142 galapageium, Calosoma .........-..---- 169 herbuloti, Lithostege —............. 69 Kelletia viadimiri ......-. 114 labrezee, Apsena —.. 98 Life History Notes on Ascia monusteé cramefi. ...--.------------------ 46 Lithostege herbuloti —......... 69 Lloyd, William Llewellyn............ 122 margaretz, Pachrophylla ......... 70 Marsh, James Charlwood.......... 180 mekittricki, Parasida —.............. 43 Megathymus yucce arizonee....... 81 Metrobates lztus —.....00.. 50 Microclysia piersone _............... 73 Microjassa litotes 0... 127 Millikan, Dr. Robert Andrews. 57 col ot ihe - ii a “ a 7 , F - 5 r Gr « , j 5 ee he J t ri : m i ‘ 5 i i oe 1 f re ys . Neotropical Geometridze Appar- ently Undescribed ...................- 69 Nereis enubei —---.----.-----2----------2---<-- 99 Nereis callaona .---------------+--------------- 104 New Record for Calosoma gala- (BY GIU TID, cacerncoseeceo-cec eee e 169 Nomenclatural Changes and Re- description of Two Nereids from the Eastern Pacific_....... 99 Notes and News...................--------- 177 Notes on the Early Stages of Forsebia perlzvta ......------------------ 166 Notes on the Genus Philotes (Lyceenidze: Lepidoptera) 1. Descriptions of Three New Subspecies and a Synoptic TLAUSRE cacbesss Seca eee eee 157 Notes on Tropical Pacific Ma- Teg Ne): He Ss) ee eee 1 OUGRCOS. GIG. pee ee 65 Pachrophylla margaretz _.......... 70 Parasida mckittricki ___--.......... 43 Philotes battoides martini _.___. 157 Philotes enoptes columbiz ____.. 162 Philotes enoptes smithi -........... 160 piersoneze, Microclysia _............ fees 73 Post-Larval Development in Re- lation to the Classification of the Bryozoa Ctenostomata.... 13 New varieties and species indicated in bold face type. INDEX OF AUTHORS Barnard, J. Laurens..........-.....-..... 127 Belkiny John Win 65 Brattstrom, Bayard H....._............. 8 Comstock, John Adams......46-118-166 Dawson, HE. Yale............................ 1 Drake Carl J... 50 Hilton, William A......- 0... 107 Kanakoff, George P.................--.... 114 Matron Re Ey ee 157 Rana of Mexico, Key to................ 138 Rana sinaloge ___.............--eee-e 131 Reduvius senilus VanDuzee from the Lodges of Neotoma in San Juan County, Utah... 88 schachovskoyi, Casbia _............... 72 Sperry, John Lovell...................... 59 The Biology and Description of a New Giant Skipper from ENUGAZ, OW eee Ce eee 75 The Brain Chorioid Plexuses of Elasmobranchs __...W............-. 107 The Tenebrionide — Conion- tinze of the Asphalt Deposits... 142 The Tenebrionide — Scaurine of the Asphalt Beds._...........__ 93 The Tenebrionide—Tentyriinze of the Asphalt Deposits_........ 35 (rans alCtlON see iy) TER GEOMMG Rs Be a eee Ee 52-174 Tropical Marine Alge.. 1 TU PONOSOMONCH UZ perenne 52 Two New Mites in the Genus Typhlodromus _._._.....--....... 89 Typhlodromus californicus _.._. 89 Typhlodromus mungeri _.......... 92 viadimiri, Kelletia 114 McGregor)! Awe 89 Rapp ChiairlesySpecce nena 169 Pierce, W. Dwight................ 35-93-142 Reish, Donald J...........0. 99 Ryckman, Raymond H................. 88 Souley Johns) eee sae 13 SSHOSIPTAY, HOU. Mees serctosnoccersanseseses 69 Tinkham, Ernest R................. 75 Wood, Sherwin F._................ 52-174 See ee ae 131 } I ) 5 “ A ~ non — Sf PULELETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Von, 54 JanuaRy-ApRIL, 1955 Part 1 CONTENTS Records of Some Pliocene and Pleistocene Reptiles and Amphibians from Mexico. Bayard H. Brattstrom...................... 1 A New Species of Aplysia on the Southern California Coast. TUPELO PA REET] ICL RNAS, PRC Se ME ee ede A oN) A OEE 0 5 Studies on the Opisthobranchiata. 1. A New Species of the Genus Tritoniopsis from Southern California. N. T. Mattox...... 8 A New Sierran Pulmonate of the Genus Monadenia. S. Stillman Berry...........2...2.---..---0----2-0----+ 14 An Important New Land Snail from the Mission Range, Montana. S. Stillman Berry................--2...-.------ 17 A Note on Several Species of Aquatic Hemiptera ’ from Santa Catalina Island, California. Robert D. Lee, Raymond and E. Ryckman and Onmstiin ibe Cnt siimsange: Stic) NOs ME ka, Na Dea 20 Some Microvelia from Southern Brazil. Gul j:, Drake and ornte Plaumann... Joo De N 22 A New Species of Philotes from Utah. Vawkiden andi. Ck Downeyse 028) on. ea ihe Genet BIS) Miscellaneous Notes on North American Lepidoptera. MONTAG S COMSTOCK ©. ace et eine” AON sa. Ry aT 80 Records of Fleas from the Pacific Coast. G. F. Augustson.............- 86 BCPC RTH CE NOLCS, 2 cast asuee INS aena 3! ARUN ONE ONL SRI OTM) lM we AO PAC ACE MV EEOCCECITIGS sue) lL) Nua A ALI eA i ten Me Th 44 re Ola OMICeXteR | MME Ut Re scale delete Nee i 7 Rs ied Sed 45 Issued May 4, 1955 Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS Dr. Sherwin F. Wood.............-... Mr. Kenneth E. Stager...............-- Dr. Hildegarde Howard............... Miss Gretchen Sibley.............-..--- Mr. Lloyd M. Martin..................-. Dr. W. Dwight Pierce ..............-.. Dr. John A. Comstock................- Dr. A. Weir Bell Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. Homer P. King Dr. Carroll L. Lang Mr. J. Stanley Brode Dr. Thomas Clements Dr. Theodore Downs Dr. Howard R. Hill Section of Agricultural Sciences Dr. Fred S. Truxal, Chairman Anthropological Section Miss Ruth D. Simpson, Chairman Botanical Section Dr. George R. Johnstone, Chairman Section of Conservation Dr. Carroll L. Lang, Chairman Section of Earth Sciences Mr. Lloyd M. Martin Dr. W. Dwight Pierce Miss Gretchen Sibley Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. Louis C. Wheeler Dr. Sherwin F. Wood ADVISORY BOARD Mr. Theodore Payne Miss Ruth D. Simpson Dr. R. H. Swift Dr. Fred S. Truxal Mr. Russell S. Woglum SCIENCE SECTIONS Section of Health and Sanitation Dr. Floyd R. Parks, Chairman Section of Junior Scientists Dr. Theodore Downs, Chairman Section of Physical Sciences Section of Zoological Sciences Dr. William V. Mayer, Chairman Dr. Thomas Clements, Chairman STANDING COMMITTEES Finance Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Mr. Allen Steuart, Auditor Dr. John A. Comstock Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Mr. John R. Pemberton Mr. Russell S. Woglum Program Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman Hospitality Mr. Donald Drake Publication Dr. A. W. Bell Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. George R. Johnstone Membership Dr. Homer P. King Library Mrs. Lloyd M. Martin, Chairman OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, California President First Vice-President Second Vice President Secretary Assistant to Secretary Treasurer Dr. Preston Kline Caye, Chairman Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOLUME 54 = - - - - - - Part 1, 1955 RECORDS OF SOME PLIOCENE AND PLEISTOCENE REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS FROM MEXICO By Bayarp H. BratrstRoM* A considerable number of fossil vertebrates from Pliocene and Pleistocene localities in Mexico have accumulated in the collec- tions of the California Institute of Technology. A few of the fossil species from these deposits have been described, but the bulk of the material is still unexamined. In addition to the lizards from the San Josecito Cavern deposits already discussed (Brattstrom, 1955b ), reptiles and amphibians have been found in this Mexican material from three major areas. These are: The Pliocene Yepo- mera formation of Chihuahua, the Pliocene Goleta formation of Michoacan, and the Pleistocene deposits of Zumpango, México, Mexico. Though most of the material is quite fragmentary and can only be identified to genus, the identifiable material is of considerable interest as our knowledge of late Cenozoic zoo- geography of Mexico is little known and any information is useful. YEPOMERA FORMATION, CHIHUAHUA Fossil vertebrates have been obtained by the California Insti- tute of Technology from continental deposits exposed in the drainage basin of the Rio Papigochic in western Chihuahua, Mex- ico. Quarries in fossiliferous outcrops have been opened in the vicinity of Matachic, Yepomera, and to the north of Yepomera in the general area called Rincon. The relative ages of the various quarry sites have not been determined in detail, but the faunas are of Hemphillian age. The described mammals from the Yepo- mera or Rincon area include a rabbit, Notolagus velox (Wilson, 1937); a badger, Taxidea mexicana (Drescher, 1939); an anti- locarprid, Hexobelomerix fricki (Furlong, 1941); a marmot, Mar- mota mexicana and two ground squirrels, Citellus pattersoni and C. matachicensis (Wilson, 1949); a bear, Hyaenarctos schneideri (Stock, 1950); and the horses Pliohipous (A.) stockii, P. (P.) mexicanus, Nannipus cf. minor, and Neohipparion cf. phosphor- um (Lance, 1950). The only herpetological material thus far found in these deposits is a toad which is described here as new: *Contribution No. 718, Division of Geological Sciences, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena 4, California. BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 Bufo campi new species Type: California Institute of Technology number 276/5120 consisting of a left tibia-fibula. Type Locatiry anp AcE: C.I.T. Locality 276, Pliocene, Yepo- mera Formation, Petterson field locality: Arroyo de Los Burros, Rincon, Chihuahua, Mexico. Dracnosis: A Bufo characterized by having a thin, wide, median ridge on the side of the tibia-fibula lateral to the central foramen on the face of the tibia-fibula. DescripTION OF Type: The holotype (Fig. 1) consists of a tibia-fibula of a large Bufo (almost as large as B. alvarius) with a thin, lateral, wide (or high, ie. up from main part of bone) ridge on the median side lateral to the foramen on the dorsal surface of the bone. The distal end of the bone consists of the typical two circular projections separated “at their tips by .6 mm. The dorsal median foramen is the most distal and is posteriorly projecting. Lateral to the edge of this foramen there is a medial ridge running distally and finally joining the lateral ridge at a point where the dorsal distal groove ends. On the proximal end of the bone the same type of processes are present, but they are not separated at their tips. There is a ridge-like process on the dorsal side of the lateral one of these tips. The tibia-fibula measures 35.5 mm. long. The length and width of the proximal end is 5.9 and 3.5 mm. and the length and width of the distal end is 6.4 and 3.3 mm. respectively. Discussion: In size the tibia-fibula of Bufo campi is almost the same as a good-sized B. alvarius or slightly smaller, and is less robust than in a very large B. marinus. The only North or Central American species of Bufo having a lateral spine or ridge on the tibia- fibula are B. simus (where the ridge is just barely discernible) and B. valliceps (where there is a small ridge even less evident than in simus). In neither of these species is the ridge as well de- veloped as in campi where it is about one-fourth the width of the tibia-fibula. B. campi also differs from B. simus and valliceps in having a longer tibia-fibula and in having the most distal foramen separated PLATE 1 from the proximal end of the distal groove by a Dorsal view space almost as long as the length of the groove of holotype itself (6.5 mm.). In B. simus the most distal fora- (CLT. 5120) ten is at the end of the groove between the two of Bufo campi ; ; ar eae processes of the distal end of the bone. 2 BULLETIN, So. CaLtirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 In general it is not wise to describe new fossil anurans on the basis of limb elements alone. In the case of greatly different and distinct forms, where confusion will probably not occur, it seems a valid practice however. This species is named for Dr. Charles L. Camp, Museum of Paleontology, University of California, Berkeley, who was the first to identify fossil toads from the Pleistocene of Rancho La Brea and who has also contributed greatly to the early taxonomy of the recent amphibians of western North America. GOLETA FORMATION, MICHOACAN Very little work has been done on the vertebrates from the Pliocene Goleta Formation, Morelia, Michoacan, Mexico. In the California Institute of Technology collection there are fragments of bones of the turtles Testudo and Kinosternon which are too fragmentary for specific identification. The only identifiable snake is the following: Lampropeltis intermedius Brattstrom One vertebra was collected at C. I. T. Locality 505, Pliocene, Goleta Formation, Morelia, Michoacan, Mexico, in the most northern barranca on the west side of the north drainage basin, 4 miles S. W. of Colonia Miguel Hidalgo in clays in badland exposures. This specimen was discussed previously (Brattstrom, 1955a ) when the species was described. ZUMPANGO AREA, MEXICO Reptiles and amphibians in Pleistocene collections from Muni- cipal de Texuixquiac, District of Zumpango, México, Mexico in the California Institute of Technology come from three localities, C.I.T. 309 (Barranca de Rio Grande), 310 (Kilo 61 del Gran Canal), and 311 (Cantera Vieja). The vertebrates of these de- posits and notes on their stratigraphy and location have been mentioned by Furlong (1925) and Maldonaldo-Koerdell (1947, 1948). Late Pleistocene vertebrates from the Zumpango area include: Equus, Capromeryx mexicana, Platygonus, Canis dirus, Camelops, Bisons, and Elephas (Furlong, 1925). The herpeto- logical material is all quite small and fragmentary. Of the forms present, only two can be identified to species. Bufo sp. Toad bones come from locality 310 (4 vertebrae, a tibia- fibula, fragments of the cranium and various leg bones) and locality 311 (lower jaws, astragalus and calcanium, and fragments of bones). The bones from these two localities differ from each other, but none of the diagnostic bones for specific determination of toads are present. Rana sp. A tibia-fibula and a radio-ulna from locality 310 can not be referred to species due to the lack of comparative material and of diagnostic bones. BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 Ambystoma sp. One atlas from locality 310, is referred to this genus on the basis of size and shape. It differs from Siredon mexicanum in being wider, the neural canal is rounder, and the shape of the postzygosphene arch posteriorly is different. It differs from speci- mens of Ambystoma tigrinum in being larger, wider, and in hav- ing the anterior condyles extending laterally so that they are horizontal ellipses and are not round as in A. tigrinum. No ver- tebrae have been seen of the possibly extinct Bathysiredon and the fossil may agree with that form. Sceloporus jarrovi Cope Ten small thoracic vertebrae from locality 309 do not differ from recent skeletons of this scaly lizard. Crotalus scutulatus (Kennicott ) Two mid-thoracic vertebrae from locality 310 do not differ from recent specimens of this species. Width and length (at centrum ) of the vertebrae are 6.3-8.1 and 6.5-6.4 mm. respectively; centrum height and width are 3.6-4.1 and 3.0-3.4, and zygosphene height (from top of cup) and width are 2.9-4.6 and 3.5-4.5 mm. respectively. LITERATURE CITED Brattstrom, Bayard H. 1955a. Pliocene and Pleistocene amphibians and reptiles from Southeastern Arizona. Journal of Paleontology. 1955b. Pleistocene lizards from San Josecito Cavern, Mexico, with the de- scription of a new species. Copeia 2: Drescher, A. B. 1939. A new Pliocene badger from Mexico. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 38 (2) :57-62. Furlong, E. L. 1925. Notes on the occurrence of Mammalian remains in the Pleistocene of Mexico, with a description of a new species, Capromeryx mexi- cana, Univ. Calif. Publ. Dept. Geol. Sci. Bull. 15 (5) :137-152. 1941. A new Pliocene antelope from Mexico; with remarks on some known antilocaprids. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 530: (2) :25-38. Lance, John F. 1950. Paleontologia y estratigrafia del Plioceno de Yepomera, Estado de Chihuahua, Ia. Parte. Equidos, excepto Neohipparion. Univ. Nac. Aut. Mex. Inst. Geol. Bull. 54:1-81. Maldonaldo-Koerdell, M. 1947. Nota preliminar sobre una fauna subfosil de pequenos vertebrados en un antiquo delta de la region de Zumpango, Mex. Rev. Soc. Mexicana Hist. Nat. 8:243-250. ai Los Vertebrados fosiles del Cuarternario en Mexico. Ibid. 9:1-35. Stock, C. 1935. New type of ground sloth from the later Cenozoic of Mexico. Pan Amer. Geol. 64:78. 1950. Note on a Hyaenarctid bear from the Middle Pliocene of Chihuahua, Mexico. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 59 (1) :1-2. Wilson, Robert W. 1937. A new genus of Lagomorph from the Pliocene of Mexico. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 36:98-104. 1949. Rodents of the Rincon Fauna, Western Chihuahua, Mexico, Car- negie Inst. Wash. Publ. 584 (4) :167-176. 4 BULLETIN, So. CALtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 A NEW SPECIES OF APLYSIA ON THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA COAST Linpsay R. WINKLER University of Southern California* During investigations of marine invertebrates for laboratory observation, the here described species was collected and two in- dividuals were maintained in an aquarium for approximately a month. During this period notes were made on its habits and embryological material for further study was obtained. It was noted that this was a species which has apparently escaped de- scription despite over a hundred years of collecting in this area. The name Aplysia vaccaria (the cow-like aplysia) is given to perpetuate the common name that arose spontaneously in the laboratory due to their cow-like grazing on Egregia, their princi- pal food while in shallow water. Aplysia vaccaria n. sp. This is a large, stout, firm bodied aplysid, apparently from deep water off San Pedro and Palos Verdes, which spawns under rocks in shallow water during the month of February and early Aplysia vaccaria in a characteristic browsing position. The scale indicates 6 cm. *Allan Hancock Foundation contribution number 152. 3 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 March. The entire animal is a deep purplish black with fine grey to white maculations, most conspicuous and numerous around the posterior margin of the foot, though still present on the sides, head and parapodia (Plate 2). The sole of the foot is a deep blue- black. The skin is smooth and the body is firmly muscular as compared with A. californica (Cooper). The broad, folded, solid black tentacles are a conspicuous part of the head. The rhino- phores are placed about 4 cm. caudad and are 2 cm. high on the living animal. The parapodial lobes are separated by 6 cm. in front, are united behind, forming a wall about 5 cm. high around PLATE 38 The shells of two paratypes, illustrating shell variation. The larger illus- trated in c and d were taken from an animal of the same size as the holotype. a and c show the outer surface of the shells, b and d the internal. The scale indicates 1 cm. BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Woll, B44, larte il, ees a horseshoe-shaped area containing the shell, mantle, and gills. The parapodial wall is united behind the siphon, 12 cm. caudad from the point of origin, at which point it is 5 cm. high. The mantle covers the shell completely except for an area about 1 cm. in diameter at its dorsal center. The mantle is recessed at the right posterior margin where it possesses an up-turned extension, the lateral margins of which curl posteriorly to form a tubular, crested excurrent siphon 1.6 cm, in diameter and normally pro- truding 1-1.5 cm. above the body surface. The shell is large, concave and elongantly shield-shaped, with an extended apex (Plate 3). It possesses only a very slight, broad depression, the subapical sinus which borders the anterior margin of the siphon. The shell is chitonous with a calcerous area, gen- erally thin, but thickened (0.2 mm.) and brittle from the point of greatest concavity to the apex. This calcified area on the shell measuring 6x7x2.5 cm., extends to about 0.5-1.5 cm. from the margin on all except the apical end. Extending from the apex are two dorsal, slightly elevated ridges radiating over the surface of the calcerous area of the shell. On either side of the right margin of the calcerous area the chitonous material is considera- bly thickened. The holotype is deposited at the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California, No. 983, and measured: length, 25.5 cm.; foot width, 10 cm.; body width in the abdominal region, 13.5 em.; height 11 cm. All these measurements were made while the living animal was in one position in the aquarium. The type locality is Point Fermin, San Pedro, Los Angeles county, California. The species most closely resembling A. vaccaria is A. cedro- sensis Bartsch, which was described from alcoholic specimens taken on the west coast of central Baja, California. The color pattern bears no resemblance to the present form, being irregu- larly mottled with grey and black patches. The mantle as viewed in the photographs appears much shorter, especially in the pos- terior area. The shell of A. vaccaria has a shallower sinus, a sharper apex and ridges fanning out from the apex, which appears not to be the case in the other form, neither being mentioned nor appearing in the photographs. It will be noted from Fig. 2, how- ever, that there is some variation in the shells from different individuals of the present species. Further study on the anatomy, embryology and development of this species and other aplysids of the Eastern Pacific is now in progress. ~I BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 STUDIES ON THE OPISTHOBRANCHIATA: I. A New Species of the Genus Tritoniopsis from Southern California’ By N. T. Matrox Department of Biology, Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California, Los Angeles During the course of biological investigations near Santa Cata- lina Island a number of interesting opisthobranch mollusks have been encountered. On two occasions an extremely large, orange colored nudibranch was dredged from 40 to 47 fathoms off Long Point, Catalina. Attempts to identify this animal resulted in the determination that it is a member of that very unusual family, the Duvauceliidae, and an undescribed species of the genus Tritoniop- sis. This form is here designated as Tritoniopsis aurantia. Tritoniopsis aurantia n.sp. Description: The body is limaciform, elongately quadrilateral in outline, and is flattened dorso-ventrally when expanded (Fig. 1 and 2). This is one of the largest members of the family. The holotype, preserved, measures 165 mm in length and 100 mm in width; a more contracted second specimen (paratype) measures 180 by 90 mm. The dorsum is covered by numerous large mam- milated papillae varying from 9 mm to 2 mm in diameter. The general body color is orange with a darker brown-orange outlin- ing the papillae on the dorsum. Ventrally the foot is a more yellow-orange with a deeper orange on the sides of the foot. The entire outer edge of the rather thick dorsum is fringed by small, pinnate, cream colored branchiae. They vary in size from 8 mm to 2 mm in extent, there are approximately 300 branchiae on the holotype. The head is inflected, sub-inferior, and indistinct from the dorsal side; the anterior extensions of the dorsum cover the lateral portions of the head. Ventrally the head is more distinct, the smooth-margined, lateral extensions of the head veil are 65 mm wide in the holotype (Fig. 2). A pronounced cervical groove, 30mm posterior from anterior margin, separates the head from the foot. The rhinophores arise from pits formed by the recurved anterio- median edges of the dorsum; the sheaths thus formed have a smooth edge. The rhinophores when extended are thick and fleshy, approximately 20 mm in length by 15 mm in diameter at t Allan Hancock Foundation Contribution No. 153. 8 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 TE se CSS a SS ee PLATE 4 1. Photograph of dorsal view of Tritoniopsis aurantia ( Holotype). 2. Ventral view of T. aurantia. Note anal tube on right side of the foot. 3. Photograph of the jaws of T. aurantia. BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 the base. From the middle portion there arise approximately 12 pinnate plumes which surround the conical termination of the rhinophores. No tentacles are evident. The foot is conspicuous and very muscular, in the holotype 125 mm in length by 60 mm in greatest width. The lateral surfaces of the foot bear numerous pointed tubercles. On the right side of the body, 15 mm posterior from the cervical groove, is located the genital aperture. Also on the right side, 67 mm posterior from the cervical groove, is located the conspicuous anal tybe (Fig. 2). The nephroproct lies 8 mm immediately anterior to the anus (Fig. 3). The internal anatomy is unique in several respects. The pharynx, or buccal mass, is located immediately posterior to the mouth opening and consists of a solid, spherical, muscular body (Fig. 3). The corneous jaws lie on the inner, anterior half of the pharynx. They are semicircular in profile, measure (on paratype ) 23 mm in length by 13 mm wide. The inner cutting edge is smooth and thicker than the lateral portions. The color of the jaws is amber on the outer edge, darker brown on the cutting edge. The radula when removed and flattened is 22 mm in greatest width by 19 mm in length. The radula, of the paratype, is com- posed of approximately 125 rows of denticles with a formulae, near the middle of the radula, of 270-1-1-1-270. The central tooth is unicuspid, 0.1 mm in width by 0.15 mm in length. The single lateral tooth is unmodified except for the small, posteriorly located cusp. The marginals bear anteriorly located cusps; progressively larger from the first laterally. The cusps on the median laterals are sickle shaped and approximately 0.25 mm in length (Fig. 6). Located immediately posterior and lateral to the pharynx lie two large compact salivary glands. Posterior to the pharynx the thin-walled oesophagus extends posteriorly and ventral to the base of the right lobe of the liver where it passes dorsally up through the liver (Fig. 4). The stomach extends obliquely toward the anterior extremity of the large left liver; there are no stomach plates. The intestine completes the loop of the gut by passing across the anterior edge of the liver and then posteriorly to the anal opening. The large liver, which is covered by the gonad tissue, is very compact with the large left lobe comprising the major bulk of the organ. The hepatic ducts enter the pyloric region of the stomach and the anterior portion of the intestine. The reproductive complex is relatively small. The hermaphro- ditic duct leaves the gonad from the anterior surface of the right liver-gonad mass and enters the nidamental mass (Fig. 5). The 10 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 flattened and rounded nidamental (albumen) gland seems to be the glandular extension of the greatly convoluted hermaphroditic duct. Near the base of the nidamental gland the sperm duct passes anteriorly to the base of the sac-like sheath of the conical intromittent organ. The seminal receptacle is an elongated, pyri- form shaped organ extending mediad from the female portion of the genital aperture. GA A _NP GaeS, Yan 1 —A “yy, GARY , 70) ——-G+L \d PLATE 5 4. Diagram of dorsal aspect of general internal organs of T. aurantia (scale equals 1 cm). 5. Diagram of dorsal aspect of genital complex organs of T. aurantia (scale lcm). 6. Radular teeth of T. aurantia; a. central tooth, b. lateral, c. first marginal, d. 20th marginal, e. last margin (scale 0.1 mm). Symbols used: A—anus; GA—genital aperture; G-L—gonad covering liver; H—heart; HD—hermaphroditic duct; IN—intestine; K—kidney; NG —nida- mental gland; NP—nephridopore; OE—oesophagus; P—pharynx; PE—penis, SG—salivary gland; SR—seminal receptacle; ST—stomach; male and female signs indicate respective openings. Jt BULLETIN, So. CaLtiF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 The holotype, Hancock catalogue number 985, was taken in 40 fathoms of water, 1.3 miles south-east of Long Point, Catalina Island, California, on June 26, 1954, Velero station no. 2858-54. Remarks: Tritoniopsis aurantia belongs to a family, the Duvau- celiidae, about which there has been much taxonomic confusion. The type species of the group, Duvaucelia hombergi (Cuvier), was described as a member of the genus Tritonia, Cuvier 1798. However, as pointed out by Iredale (1918), before the genus was established by Cuvier in 1803 the name Tritonia had been used for an insect, Meigen, 1800. Iredale suggested that the name Sphaerostoma, Macgillivray (1843), should be used instead of Tritonia. A number of species have been described using the generic name Sphaerostoma. Later it was shown that the generic name Duvaucelia was applied by Risso in 1826, hence this must be the type genus and the family name Duvauceliidae used in- stead of the older name Tritoniidae. The name Sphaerostoma has been used (Thiele, 1935) as a subgeneric name, however, on strict application of priority, this name also becomes a junior synonym as Sphaerostoma was used for a genus of trematoda by C. Rudolphi in 1809. In an excellent review Odhner (1935) outlined the characters of all genera in the family Duvauceliidae and used the names Tritoniella, Tritoniopsilla, Duvaucelia, Marioniopsis, and Marionia as member genera. In the opinion of the present writer the name Tritoniopsis Eliot, 1905, must be used instead of Tritoniopsilla Pruvot-Fol, 1933. Pruvot-Fol made the change of names on the basis of an untenable premise that the name was preoccupied by the name Tritonopsis Conrad, 1865, His premise was based on Article 36 of the International Code governing the interchange of single letters or diphthongs in generic names. However, in the case of the two names in question there is no interchange of letters; rather the addition of an extra letter in the more recent name. In this connection the Recommendation, under Art. 36, states the inadvisability of using new names with such slight difference, but also states, “But when once introduced, such names are not to be rejected on this account.” Also, in favor of maintaining Tritoniop- sis, there is the point of origin of the two generic names concerned; Tritonopsis Conrad was used to indicate “Triton-like,” while Tritoniopsis Eliot indicates “Tritonia-like.” The genus Tritoniopsis is separated on the basis of the follow- ing characters: the central radula tooth unicuspidate; lateral tooth undifferentiated, marginals sickle-shaped; gills of alternating size; no stomachal plates; jaws smooth. The type species is Tritoniopsis brucei Eliot, 1905 from the antarctic. Other previously described members of the genus are Tritoniopsis elegans (Savigny) 1826 (syn. T. glauca, T. glama, and T. gravieri) from European waters, 12 BULLETIN, So. CAautir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 and Tritoniopsis tetraquetra (Pallas) 1788 (syn. T. gigantea) from Alaska and British Columbia. Tritoniopsis aurantia seems to be nearest to T. tetraquetra which is reported to be up to 290 mm in length when alive but is brick-red in color (O’Donoughue, 1922), instead of orange as in aurantia. The radula of T. tetraquetra possesses 57 rows of teeth instead of 125 as in aurantia, and the formula of tetraquetra is 232-1-1-1-232 instead of 270-1-1-1-270 as in aurantia. The form of the teeth in aurantia is similar to that of tetraquetra with the laterals shorter and the marginals more curved. The jaws seem to be of different proportion, those of aurantia are much broader, judging by the drawings of O’Donoughue and Bergh (1879). Neither the eyes or otocysts, as described by Bergh for tetraquetra, have been observed in aurantia. Bergh also describes the sides of the foot of tetraquetra as being “scaley,” while in aurantia they are tuberculate. Tritoniopsis aurantia seems to be unique for this geographic area. REFERENCES Bergh, R. 1879. On the nudibranchiate Gastropod Mollusca of the North Pacific Ocean, with special reference to those of Alaska. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. vol. 31:71-136. Cuvier, G. 1798. Tableau Elem. de L’Hist. Nat. des Animaux: 387. 1802. Sur le genre Tritonia, avec la description et !anatomie d’une espece nuvelle, Tritonia Hombergii. Ann. du Mus. Nation. D’Hist. Natur. vol. 1:480-496. Eliot, Ch. 1905. The Nudibranchiata of ‘the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Trans. Roy. Soc. Eding: vol. 41 (3). Iredale, T. 1918. Molluscan nomenclatural problems and solution, No. 1. Proc. Malcol. Soc. vol. 13 (1): 28-40. Macgillivray, W. 1843. A History of the Molluscous Animals of Aberdeen. Aberdeen and London: 335. Odhner, N. H. 1935. Nudibranchia Dendronotacea. A revision of the system. Mem. Mus. Roy D’Hist. Nat. de Bel. Ser. 2, (3) :1057-1128. O'Donoghue, C. H. 1922. Notes on the nudibranchiate Mollusca from the Vancouver Island Region. III. Records of species and distribution. Trans. Roy. Canad. Inst. vol. 14 (1):145-169. Pruvot-Fol, A. 1933. Opisthobranchiata. Mission Robert-Ph. Dollfus en Egypte. Mem. Inst. Egypte. vol. 21. Thiele, J. 1931. Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunde vol. 1:420. 13 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 A NEW SIERRAN PULMONATE OF THE GENUS MONADENIA By S. STILLMAN BERRY Redlands, California Any new snail belonging to so small and taxonomically isolated a genus as Monadenia is bound to be noteworthy and the one now to be described constitutes no exception to the rule. Although the lack of mature living examples has thus far precluded any investigation of the anatomy, the shell characters clearly indicate its generic affinity, while it may be quite as definitely placed in the subgenus Corynadenia both by reason of its evident close relationship to species of known systematic position and the geo- graphic area which it occupies. Monadenia (Corynadenia) tuolumneana new species (Plate 6, Figs. 1-3) Description: Shell of moderate size, thin, strongly depressed, carinate, the carina moderately acute yet not pinched, and per- sistent to the groove behind the peristome. Spire barely elevated. Whorls ca. 5, weakly convex above the suture, more tumid and more capacious below than above the periphery at all stages seen, the last whorl very slightly descending at the aperture; suture distinct, almost channeled; base moderately tumid. Um- bilicus moderate, open, steep-walled, permeable to apex, its dia- meter contained about 6.3 to 7 times in the major diameter of the shell. Aperture somewhat flattened, transversely ovate; outer lip simple and rather thin above, thicker below the periphery and strongly everted there; columellar flare short and little empha- sized, the umbilical encroachment slight. Embryonic shell with a close, quite regularly disposed, minute, file-like decurrent papillation of spirally lengthened granules, all this giving way on the later whorls to a similar but rougher and coarser papillation of rounded but on parts of the base sometimes hyphen-shaped granules. Growth-lines irregular and_ rather coarse, especially on the last whorl, on the base of which they often almost attain the strength of low ribs as they sometimes similarly do on portions of the upper surface as well. Periostracal surface rather lustrous, sometimes almost silky. Spire with an obscure undertone of Avellaneous, heavily shaded Sepia, and 14 BuLueETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol: 54, Part 1, 1955 with a rather sharply marked zone of Fawn Color to Wood Brown on the anterior portion of the last whorl, bordered by narrower zones of Avellaneous, the carina marked by a narrow band of Clove Brown; base near Army Brown. MEASUREMENTS of holotype: alt. 8.3, max. diam. 22.0, min. diam. 18.1, diam. umbilicus 3.2 mm.; of largest paratype: alt. 9.6, max. diam, 23.4, min. diam. 20.0, diam. umbilicus 3.7 mm. Hotoryre: Cat. No. 15,602 Berry Collection. ParatryprEs: Cat. No. 15,601 Berry Collection; others to be deposited in the United States National Museum and the private collections of Allyn G. Smith, W. O. Gregg, and E. P. Chace. 8 | RERUNS ONS PLATE 6 Figs. 1-3. Monadenia (Corynadenia) tuolumneana n.sp. Front, upper, and basal views of holotype from near Crystal Cave, Tuolumne Co., Cali- fornia; x ca. 2%. 15 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 Type-Locatiry: Among limestone rocks at top of cliff above Crystal Cave, Baker Ranch, near Tuolumne City, Tuolumne County, California; Mary E. Long et al., 10 May 1949.1 CoMMENTARY: Although no mature living examples have yet been obtained, several of the shells are sufficiently fresh to show that the species they represent is a member of the hillebrandi- circumcarinata group of the genus. The shells are more depressed, more finely and closely granulose, and much more strongly cari- nate than those of M. hiliebrandi. A closer relative may well be the still incompletely known M. yosemitensis Lowe, which has somewhat similar periostracal ornamentation, but here again the present species differs in its greater compression and carination as well as in its tighter trimmer coiling, narrower, more well-like umbilicus, and the much finer embryonic sculpture. In its extreme lenticulation and incipient ribbing the species suggests an ap- proach to the aberrant M. circumcarinata (Stearns), which only recently, after lo, these many years, has been rediscovered in the same general area (Hanna & Smith, 1954); but it is only an ap- proach, and the two in these as well as other respects are suffi- ciently distinct. I am indebted to Mr. Ellis Rich of the Department of Visual Education, College of Medical Evangelists, Loma Linda, Calif., for the accompanying photographs. REFERENCES Hanna, G. D., and Smith, A. G. 1954. Rediscovery of two Californian land snails. Nautilus, 67 (3): 69-76, pl. 8, figs. 5-7, Jan. (Feb. ) 1954. Stearns, R. E. C. 1879. Description of a new species or variety of land snail from California. Annals New York Academy Sciences, 1: 316-317, 3 figs., Nov. 1879. ‘Miss Long writes that the shells were ‘‘collected by overturning and pry- ing up limestone rocks... generally in the near horizontal ledges and crevices . with dirt or roots of ferns, etc. on the lower side.”’ 16 BULLETIN, So. Cautir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 AN IMPORTANT NEW LAND-SNAIL FROM THE MISSION RANGE, MONTANA By S. STILLMAN BERRY Redlands, California Amid one of the wildest and grandest of North American land- scapes nestles lovely McDonald Lake’ in the majestic Mission Range of western Montana. The steep slopes to the north of the lake are largely preoccupied by a great tumbling talus of sharp limestone fragments which is noted among malacologists as the type-locality of the beautiful Oreohelix elrodi (Pilsbry)?. From this selfsame magnificent setting now emerges another new and important snail, less spectacular indeed than that of Elrod, but in its way as unique, and like the former quite unknown from outside this one secluded canyon. Discus (Gonyodiscus?) brunsoni new species (Plates 7, 8) Description: Shell large for the genus, thin, depressed-conic, with low spire, its slopes weakly convex. Whorls about five and a half, decidedly compressed, moderately rounded both above RATE a Figs. 1-3. Discus (Gonyodiscus ?) brunsoni n.sp. Front, apical, and basal views of holotype from locality illustrated in Plate 8; x 3-4. 1This small lake is not to be confused with the not very distant and much larger Lake McDonald in Glacier National Park. 2See Elrod, 1902: 110-112, 114-117, pl. 29. 17 BuLLeTIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 and below the strongly but not acutely carinate periphery, the keel thus produced continuing to the lip; base flattened, the widely open vorticiform umbilicus contained about three times in the major diameter of the shell; suture deeply cut, almost channeled. Aperture transversely ovate, compressed, widest just below the columellar insertion; outer lip sharp, thin, though sometimes a little thicker in old specimens. Periostracum apt to be more or less roughened or abraded, but the nepionic shell of about two whorls mostly smooth, with a few low axial wrinkles developed on the last quarter-whorl; on the succeeding whorls these wrin- kles become abruptly strengthened into low, arcuate, strongly retractive riblets separated by interspaces which usually are at least twice as wide as the ribs; for about the first neanic whorl- and-a-half these riblets are fairly strong, but thereafter become weaker and more irregular as well as relatively thicker, until on the body-whorl they diminish greatly in strength and become almost obsolete on the base. Color near Olive-Brown, wearing rather streakily to near Wood Brown or Avellaneous, the basal surface and that of young shells tending to be a little brighter; no inherent variegation of color pattern evident. MEASUREMENTS Of holotype: Max. diam. 10:5, min. diam. 9.1, alt. 4.2, max. diam. umbilicus 3.5, alt. aperture 3.0, diam. aperture 4.1 mm. Ho.oryre: Berry Colln. No. 19,139. Pararypes: Berry Colln. Nos. 15,446 and 19,110; others to be deposited in the collections of PEATE S Portion of the great limestone talus on the north side of McDonald Lake, Mission Range, Lake County, Montana, looking up the trail to the eastward; photograph by the author, 26 Aug. 1948. This slide is the type-locality of both Oreohelix elrodi (Pilsbry) and Discus brunsoni n.sp. 18 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 the United States National Museum, Museum of Comparative Zoology of Harvard College, San Diego Museum of Natural History, and the private collection of Allyn G. Smith. Type-Locatitry: Limestone talus at alt. of ca. 3500 ft. on trail on north side of McDonald Lake, Mission Range, Lake Co., Mon- tana; one shell taken by S. S_ Berry, 26 Aug. 1948; 14, mostly living, taken by R. B. Brunson, 1950. CoMMENTARY: This very distinctive little snail was first ob- served by the writer when looking for Oreohelix elrodi in August of 1948, the same talus-slope being the type-locality of both. At that time the slide was quite dry and time was too limited for the necessary deep delving in more than one or two spots among the dangerously slipping rocks, so but a single fairly fresh shell was secured. Two years later Dr. Royal B. Brunson of nearby Missoula was able to work the slide more intensively, and the fourteen shells kindly supplied by him, one of which has sup- planted that first found as holotype (he has since collected others), have been invaluable in the preparation of this report. The species is so distinct that in the field it was thought pos- sible that an entirely new genus had been taken. However the texture, sculptural detail, and other features seem to indicate a reasonably safe reference to Discus Fitzinger, of which it becomes the largest known American species. Confirmation of this dis- position as well as affiliation with the proper subgenus must await adequate investigation of the anatomy, but it seems not unlikely that it will fall, along with the equally distinct D.mar- morensis H. B. Baker of western Idaho, in the section or sub- genus Gonyodiscus. These two species are readily distinguishable between themselves however by the elevated bee-hive shape of the latter, its flattened base, relatively heavy sculpture on the spire, and well-like umbilicus. From all other species of the group D.brunsoni may be recognized by its size (over 1 cm.), unmacu- lated brown ground-color, low patuloid form, and broadly open, vorticiform umbilicus. The species is named for its principal collector, Dr. Royal B. Brunson of the Department of Zoology, University of Montana. REFERENCES Baker, H. B. 1932. New land snails from Idaho and eastern Oregon. Nautilus, 45 (3): 82-87, pl. 5, Jan., 1932. Elrod, M. J. 1902. A biological reconnoissance in the vicinity of Flathead Lake. Bul- letin University Montana, no. 10 (Biol. Ser. no. 3): 89-182, text figs. 1-3, pls. 17-46, 1902. 19 BULLETIN, So. CaLiF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 A NOTE ON SEVERAL SPECIES OF AQUATIC HEMIPTERA FROM SANTA CATALINA ISLAND, CALIFORNIA Rosert D. LEE, RAYMOND E. RYCKMAN, CHRISTIAN P. CHRISTIANSON Department of Entomology School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine Loma Linda, California Very little collecting of aquatic Hemiptera has been done on Santa Catalina Island, one of the channel islands located 30 miles off the coast of California, in Los Angeles County; this relatively low, hilly island offers a number of types of habitats suitable to various kinds of hydrophilic insects. While on the island the au- thors had the opportunity of examining several spring-fed streams, stock ponds, fresh water seepages, and salt water pools. Numerous specimens of aquatic Hemiptera were taken from these habitats. Three specimens of Notonecta unifasciata unifasciata G.-M. were taken dead from a pool in Little Harbor on June 8, 1954. The pool, evidently occasioned by high tide, was separated from the Pacific Ocean by a low strip of sand. The temperature of the water at noon was 80° F.; the pH was 6. It is quite likely that the insects fell into the salt water and died because of its salinity. Plate 9 illustrates the small body of water from which the insects PLATE 9 From this pool, occasioned by high tide of the Pacific Ocean, three speci- mens of Notonecta unifasciata unifasciata G.-M. were taken on Santa Cata- lina Island. 20 BULLETIN, So. CAuir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 PLATE 10 A number of aquatic hemiptera were collected from this spring-fed pool on Santa Catalina Island. were taken. This is the first specific locality record for this sub- species in the United States; Dr. R. I. Sailer has pointed out (in litt.) that “the only published U. S. record for the typical sub- species is ‘some specimens from southern California’ based on specimens in the Uhler collection.” Dr. Sailers reference was to Hungerford’s (1933) revision of Notonecta. The three Notonec- tids have been deposited in the museum of the California Acad- emy of Sciences. On June 9, 1954, the authors made collections of many speci- mens of Gerris remigis Say and Microvelia beameri McK. from a slowly moving, turbid stream. A single female of Microvelia paludicola Champ. and one specimen of Saldula comatula Parsh- ley were also taken. Although these are all common species, Dr. C. J. Drake has said (in litt. ), “I believe that these are the first records for Catalina.” The spring-fed, shady stream had a temper- ature of 58° F. in the mid-morning and a pH of 6. Plate 10 shows one of the pools in the stream. The authors wish to express their thanks to Dr. R. J. Sailer, U.S. National Museum, for the identification of and information on the Notonectids and to Dr. C. J. Drake, University of Iowa, for his helpful suggestions and identifications of the other specimens. LITERATURE CITED Hungerford, H. B. 1933. The genus Notonecta of the World. The University of Kansas Science Bulletin. 21 (9); 5-195. 21 BULLETIN, So. CALir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 SOME MICROVELIA FROM SOUTHERN BRAZIL (Hemiptera: Veliidae ) By Car J. DRAKE’ AND FRITZ PLAUMANN® This paper is a report on a collection of waterstriders of the genus Microvelia Westwood from the vicinity of Nova Teutonia, Province of Santa Catharina, Brasil, taken by Plaumann. The col- lection contains 11 species, including two described herein as new to science. In addition to the two new forms, the collection in- cludes species as follows: M. longipes Uhler; M. incerta Kirby, M. stellata Kirkaldy, M. braziliensis McKinstry, M. venustatis Drake and Harris, M. inannana Drake, M. mimula B-White, M. minima Drake and M. limaiana Drake. The species, except stellata Kirk, were all netted in moderately large numbers. Microvelia novana, n. sp. APTEROUS FORM: Moderately long, slender (male), much broader (female), testaceous with blackish fuscous areas as described in structures; head, pronotum and tergites with some bluish bloom. Head moderately convex above, with two rows of punctures on median longitudinal line, brownish testaceous with sides (including dorsal surface bordering eyes) and apex black- fuscous; eyes large, blackish. Rostrum testaceous with tip black- fuscous and shining. Antennae rather long, rather densely pilose, dark fuscous with some testaceous on basal part of first segment, measurements (male) — I, 18; II, 13; III, 30; IV, 42 and (female ) — I, 16; II, 12; III, 22; IV, 36. Legs moderately long, unarmed in both sexes, femora (viewed from above) of nearly equal thickness, dark fuscous with coxae, trochanters, most of middle and fore femora and hind femora and tibae (most of dorsal sur- face fuscous) testaceous; hind femora (male) slightly bowed, with ventral surface strongly flattened (slightly convex) and rather densely fringed on both fore and hind margins with pale hairs, tibiae feebly bowed, with underside slightly convex. 1Towa State College, Ames, Iowa. “Santa Catharina, Brasil. BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 Pronotum large, broadly produced posteriorly, with hind mar- gin slowly rounded, concealing about two-thirds of mesonotum; front lobe demarcated behind by a transverse row of large dark punctures, about one-half as long as hind lobe. Abdomen above largely brownish testaceous with sutures separating segments of tergites and connexiva blackish fuscous, sometimes some of the tergites mostly blackish. Entire body beneath testaceous, the sides of thorax and abdomen with wide blackish fuscous bands. Male genital segments moderately large, dark fuscous, without lateral projections; first segment not widened posteriorly, with sides rounded, beneath deeply widely roundly incised on hind margin. Abdominal segments beneath without spines or tubercles. Anterior tibae widened apically, with a short apical comb. Length of middle femora 0.62 mm., the tibiae 0.55 mm.; hind femora 0.70 mm. long, the tibiae 0.75 mm. Tibiae of middle and hind legs with segment I a little shorter than II. Length, 2.25 mm.; width, 0.68 mm. Female: Stouter than male; con- nexiva wider, erect, neither widened nor reflexed behind. Last segment of venter nearly one-half longer than the preceding seg- ment. Legs without spines and unmodified. Length, 2.00 mm.; width, 0.75 mm. MACROPTEROUS FORM: Pronotum nearly pentagonal in shape, blackish fuscous with a short transverse flavous band in front, moderately convex, with humeral angles slightly elevated and moderately prominent, wider across humeri than median length (72:56). Hemelytra as long as abdomen, dark fuscous with two longitudinal basal stripes and three to five rounded spots beyond the middle silvery white, with only a few hairs on exterior basal margin. Length, 2.55 mm.; width, 0.80 mm. Type (male) and aLLorypr (female), both apterous, Nova Teutonia, Santa Catharina, Brasil, Nov., 1953, in Drake Collection. Paratypes: 32 specimens, apterous and macropterous, same data as type. Very much like the Brazilian M. costaiana Drake and Hussey in size and form, but easily distinguishable by the slightly bowed and strongly flattened inferior side of posterior femora of male, which is also fringed there on each outer edge with pale hairs. In the male of costaiana, the underside of the hind femora is rounded or convex beneath, also unarmed, and the venter is broadly flattened beneath on the median longitudinal line; female and winged forms unknown. Microvelia aemulana, n. sp. APTEROUS FORM: Small, rather slender (male) or broader (female), brownish testaceous with small fuscous areas or much larger fuscous areas, as described in structures; dorsal surface 28 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 with some bluish pruinose. Head slightly convex above, with median longitudinal line distinct and punctate. Antennae dark fuscous with basal part of first segment testaceous, shortly pilose, measurements—I, 16; II, 11; II, 20; IV, 32 (both sexes). Rostrum testaceous with last segment fuscous, nearly reaching to middle of mesosternum. Legs moderately long, rather slender, unarmed, dark brown with base of anterior femora above and all femora beneath testaceous; middle femora not quite as stout as hind, longer than tibae (40:32); length of hind femora and tibiae sub- equal (40:42). Pronotum brownish testaceous, sometimes dark fuscous in front, nearly flat, widely projected posteriorly, concealing about three-fifths of mesonotum, with posterior margin wide and a little concave at the middle, with scattered small punctures; front lobe not prominently set-off from hind lobe on account of small pits between lobes, about half as long as hind lobe. Mate: Abdomen slowly tapering posteriorly, with a large dark fuscous spot at the base; last tergite wide behind, about one- half longer than the preceding segment; entire body beneath testaceous, the inferior surface of abdomen without a tubercle or spine. First genital segment above dark brown, widened posteri- orly, widest and truncate on posterior margin, there as wide as last tergite; beneath very widely, deeply and roundly excavated on hind margin; second genital segment armed on each side (near hind margin) with a long, slender, straight, laterally-pro- jected, testaceous spine; without armature or modifications on femora or venter. Length, 1.65 mm.; with, 0.58 mm. FEMALE: Much broader, stouter and generally darker than male. Antennal and legs very similar to male. Connexiva wider, erect, not reflexed behind. Length, 1.85 mm.; width, 0.75 mm. Type (male) and aLLtotryPe (female) both apterous, San Paula, Brazil, July 22, 1952, E. J. Hambleton, Drake Collection. PARATYPES (26 specimens): Nova Teutonia, San Catharina, Nov. 1953; Buenos Aires, Arg., Nov. 23, 1938, C. J. Drake; and speci- mens taken with type. Very similar in size, color and general appearance to M. mi- mula B. -White, males each of both species have the same general type of genital segment with a long lateral spine on each side of the third segment. However, the male mimula has armed hind femora and the penultimate tergite of the venter bear a small tubercle on the median line just in front of the hind margin. These structures are not found in the male novana, n. sp. Mimula is very widely distributed and ranges from Puerto Rico and Trini- dad of the West Indies south as far as Buenos Aires, Arg. 24 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 A NEW SPECIES OF PHILOTES FROM UTAH (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae ) By J. W. TILDEN AND J. C. DowNEY Examination of the genitalia of specimens of the genus Philotes from Arizona has satisfied the authors as to the distribution and proper fixation of the binomen Philotes rita B. & McD. This de- termination was based on specimens collected in southern and central Arizona by Tilden and data furnished by Comstock (1953, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 52 (3): 127-136) concerning the var- ied distribution of specimens in the type series. Specimens taken in Tooele County, Utah, approximately four hundred miles north of the known range of Philotes rita, while showing similarities to the latter, are sufficiently distinct in alar and genitalic characters to warrant recognition as a separate species. Philotes pallescens, new species Hototyre Mate: Upper surface of both wings pale blue, with faint lilac reflections; dark margins very narrow; hind wings with marginal spots distinct in cells Cu,, Cu. and 2nd A, anterior three spots reduced; fringes white, darkened at end of vein Cu,, and at anal and posterior angle; fringes entirely white on hind wing. Lower surface of wings cinereus white; black borders narrow, projecting slightly into fringes at ends of veins; macules reduced in size; forewings with marginal row of spots almost obsolete, only four evident; submarginal row of six more conspicuous spots; postmedian row of seven distinct, subcircular spots, strongly ex- curved opposite discal cell, noticeably larger and darker than distal rows; sub-basal bar with a reduced macule below, basal bar entire. Hind wings with marginal row of six distinct, circular macules, most posterior macule elongate; aurora orange, lunulate, reduced, anterior lunula separate and obsolete; proximal edge of aurora with irregular touches of black scales; irregular postmed- ian row of eight small black spots, anterior two just above thin discal bar; sub-basal row of four black spots, most posterior spot extremely reduced and bordering on inner margin. All macules proximal to aurora minute but distinct. Thorax above, blue; abdomen dark gray obscurely ringed with white; palpi white, sparsely dark above; antennae annulated black and white, inner face of club rufous. GeniratiA: (See Plate II, figures 1 and 3.) Valva with distal one third (cucullus) abruptly widened laterally, when structure 25 BULLETIN, So. CALiF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 is flattened and viewed ventrally, so that the lateral margin de- scribes approximately a 90° angle (in P. rita the widening of the cucullus is gradual and the angle obtuse); terminal process of cucullus (digitus) armed with 26 spines, with length of distal spines approaching width of narrowest portion of valva; crista rather broad, edges angulate; tegumen and uncus in lateral view shorter and stouter than in P. rita (Plate I, figs. 3 and 4); proximal edge of aedeagus bilobate, with lobes extended laterally slightly more than width of aedeagus at its widest point; distal % of gna- thos sharply recurved. ALLOTYPE FEMALE: Upper surface of both wings pale brown; terminal line dull black, narrow; fringes white, darkened slightly at end of vein Cu,, and at anal and posterior angles; basal third of fore wings washed with mouse gray, this color especially con- spicuous in discal cell and cell Cu; a dark spot at apex of cell. Hind wings with aurora showing on upper surface, pale orange, wide; marginal spots dark, small, six in number, anterior two ob- solescent; auroral area infused with white scales. Lower surface of both wings as in male except all macules slightly larger; ground color with a slight brownish tint. Fringes, borders, palpi and antennae as in male; body gray above, dull white below. Type MatTeriaL: Holotype male, Little Granite Mountain, Dugway Proving Grounds, Tooele County, Utah, August 20, 1953, collected by H. E. Cott. Allotype, same data. Paratypes, twenty- two designated, 3 males and 7 females same data as type, 8 males, 2 females topotypical, collected August 16, 1954 by James L. Eastin, one male, Stansbury Mountains, Tooele County, Utah, August 17, 1953, one male, Dog Area, Dugway Proving Ground, Tooele County, Utah, July 16, 1953, both by H. E. Cott. All of the type material was taken in association with the plant Eriogo- num sp. Holotype, allotype, and one male and one female para- type deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California; one male and one female EXPLANATION OF FIGURES ON PLATE 11 Fig. 1, ventral view of flattened valva, Philotes pallescens, paratype; Fig. same view, P. rita B. & McD. from Cherry, Yavapai County, Arizona; Fig. lateral outline showing part of genital armature, P. pallescens, holotype; ig. 4, same view, P. rita B. & McD. from Cherry, Yavapai County, Arizona. ry 02 to cr—crista, cu—cucullus, g—gnathos, h—sclerotized protuberance, s—spines on digitus, t-tegumen, vi—vinculum, va—valva. Tilden & Downey — A New Species of Philotes from Utah. 26 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 PLATE 11 27 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 545 Parteleelo55 paratype each to the Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, California, and for the collection of Rudolph Mattoni of the Dept. of Genetics, University of California, Los Angeles. The remain- ing paratypes are in the collections of the authors and at Dugway Proving Grounds, Dugway, Utah. Variations in the type series are as follows: male upper surface with submarginal row of black macules on hind wing varying in PLATE 12 All figures enlarged x 2.2. Philotes rita B. & McD., male. Humboldt, Ariz., VIII .26 .53. . Ditto, female, same data. Ditto, female, underside. Cherry, Ariz., VIII .19, 53 All coll. J. W. T. Philotes pallescens Tilden & Downey, n.sp. holotype male. Dugway Prov- ing Ground, Tooele County, Utah, VIII .20 .53. 5. Ditto, paratype female, same data. 6. Ditto, allotype female, underside, same data. All coll. H. E. Cott. Bo be Tilden and Downey — A. New Species of Philotes from Utah. 28 BULLETIN, So. Caurr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 number from 3 to 6 the posterior spots tending to be more pro- nounced, the anterior 3 less so, or wanting; undersurface of fore- wing of both sexes with marginal row of 4 minute gray spots or none; submarginal row of 5 or 6 spots, either subcircular or partly fused, almost obsolete in one specimen; postmedian series may have reduced macule near costal margin or none; hind wing with macule at inner margin of wing in sub-basal series, or none; spines on digitus of male genitalia varying in number from 15 to 26; upper surface of both wings of female with basal mouse gray infusions present or indistinct, wanting in older specimens. Diacnosis: Superficially the male of pallescens bears little resemblance to the male of rita. On the dorsal surtace, the orange aurora, usually clearly marked in rita, is present in only one para- type of pallescens, and it is much reduced. The terminal border and dark pigmentation of pallescens are much reduced compared to those of rita, causing the Utah species to appear pale by com- parison. The pale appearance of the underside of pallescens is due largely to the small size of the macules and to the reduced aurora, emphasizing the pale ground color. The lighter ground color of both surfaces of the wings of female pallescens, and the exaggeration of the basal pale areas on the upper surface, give it a rather different facies from that of rita but nevertheless, close relationship is indicated. The genitalia of pallescens are remarkably similar to those of rita, yet can be separated easily from the latter by several struc- tures. Peculiar to the new species are the sharply angled lateral border of the valves, mentioned above, the long spines on the digitus, and the higher more angulate crista. In addition, rita possesses a rather marked spiny protuberance on the distal dorso- medial portion of the valve (Plate 1, fig. 4, h) which is best seen in lateral view and which is lacking in pallesc ens. The distal part of the aedeagus is bilobate in both species; in the latter, however, the lobes extend further laterally in relation to the width of the aedeagus, and the angle of the bifurcation is much more obtus?. The differences of the tegumen and uncus are seen in Plate [, figures 3 and 4. The gnathos is somewhat shorter, and distally it is more sharply curved in pallescens than in the longer more gradually recurved structure of rita. The genitalia of P. rita figured by Barnes and McDunnough (1917, Contr. Nat. Hist. Lepid. No. Amer., 3(4):213-216, pls. XVI, XVII [—pp. 262-265])), appear to be of two species. Figure 5 on plate XVII resembles pallescens, and figure 7 resembles nominate rita. The genitalia of P. pallescens differs from Philotes spaldingi B. & McD. more markedly than it does from rita. A single specimen of Philotes enoptes ancilla B. & McD. was taken earlier in the season in the same area as the new species. We are indebted to Mr. Lester Brubaker for the photograph. 29 BULLETIN, So. Carr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA By JoHN ADAMS COMSTOCK The egg of Heliconius charitonius vazquezae Comstock & Brown During a sojourn in southwestern Mexico in the winter of 1952-53 I noted in the district adjacent to Manzanillo, Colima, that four species of the fascinating long-winged butterflies, (Heli- coniidae ), were on the wing. The most abundant of these was Agraulis (Dione) juno Cr. The next in frequency was Heliconius charitonius, of the sub- species vazquezae, described in 1950 by William P. Comstock and F. Martin Brown. The third was Dryas julia, probably the form moderata Stichel. The most infrequent was Heliconius petiverana Dbl. & Hew. The first three were found in open sunny areas of the wooded hillsides, always in close proximity to their foodplant, Passiflora. The fourth was taken only in heavily shaded woodland where, however, it sought patches of sunlight. On January 5, 1953, I observed a female H. charitonius vaz- quezae in the act of ovipositing, and collected three eggs. A draw- ing was made of one, for future reference. On returning to the States, I was surprised to find that the re- corded literature on this species contained very little reference to the egg. Apparently the description by W. H. Edwards? is the only accurate word picture, and his illustration on Heliconia Plate 1 is the only graphic published record. Edwards studies were made with examples from Florida. These represent the race tuckeri, which was published in the paper by W. P. Comstock and F. Martin Brown previously re- ferred to.® The egg, as described and pictured by Edwards, differs in some particulars from the example which is shown on Plate 13. If it can be assumed that my specimen was typical of the ovum of H. charitonius vazquezae, rather than an individual variant, it 1 Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1467, p. 16. -W. H. Edwards, Butterf. N. Am. 2nd series, part 10. * Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1467, p. 15. 30 BULLETIN, So, Cautir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 PLATE 138 Egg of Heliconius charitonius vazquezae Comst. & Brown. Figure greatly enlarged. Reproduced from painting by John A. Comstock. can then be said that the egg of the Mexican race differs from the Floridian in the following particulars: FLORIDIAN RACE MEXICAN RACE Cylindrical. Barrel shaped. 9 horizontal ridges. 7 horizontal ridges. Yellow. Orange-yellow. Since the Mexican race ranges as far north as Texas it has special interest to students of North American lepidoptera. Col- lectors in Texas should take the opportunity of checking the above comparisons. It is gratifying to note that the Mexican butterfly has been named in honor of Dra. Leonila Vazquez G. Many American students are indebted to Dra. Vazquez, not only for the scholarly papers she has published, but also for the helpful cooperation she has given them. The egg of Euptoieta claudia Cr. The early stages of the Variegated Fritillary, Euptoieta claudia, have been many times described by various authors, but few of these have dealt with the egg. W. H. Edwards, in 1880, gave a good description in his paper on the life history, and Scudder, in his “Butterflies of New Eng- land” gives a comprehensive account, together with a figure taken from an original colored drawing by Konopicky. 4Can. Ent. Vol. 12, p. 231. 5 Scudder, S. H., Butterf. N. Eng. Vol. 1, p. 528, and Vol. 3, Pl. 64, fig. 23. 31 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54) iRarteleelo55 During a collecting trip made in late July and August of last year (1954) to southern Arizona, I was able to secure eggs of E. claudia in two localities, and on two different foodplants here- tofore unrecorded. The first lot of eggs was taken in Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, on July 30, where females were ovipositing on Borrha- via intermedia Jones. Thereafter, on August 15, in Ramsay Can- yon, Huachuca Mountains, I observed females laying on Meta- stelma arizonicum A. Gray. A drawing of the egg, together with notes, was made at the time. PLATE 14 Egg of Euptoieta claudia Cramer, enlarged x 27. Reproduced from painting by the author. Comparing these with previously published descriptions, and with Konopicky’s illustration on Scudder’s Plate 64, I note certain differences. Whether these represent regional variation or not, I have no way of determining. The eggs which I examined were considerably more robust than the figure on Scudder’s plate, and their color was light yellow rather than green. Measurements averaged .8 mm. wide by | mm. tall. There were approximately 30 longitudinal (vertical) ridges at the base of the egg rather than 40. These became fused with others or ended abruptly as they ascended, only nine or ten persisting to the edge of the micropyle. Our illustration, Plate 14, brings out the essential features. Euptoieta claudia was one of the first species that I experi- mented with, having reared numerous examples on garden pan- sies in Evanston, Illinois, forty-six years ago. I have yet to find larvae on pansies in California. There seems to be no accounting for the butterfly’s rarity in this state since many of its recorded foodplants are present. These include Viola, Passiflora, Sedum, Desmodium, Portulaca, Podophyllum, Borrhavia and Metastelma. I am indebted to Bonnie Templeton, Botanist of the Los An- 32 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 geles County Museum, for identification of the plants on which eggs of Euptoieta claudia were laid. Early stages of Neoterpes edwardsata Pack For some years past I have been taking a geometrid moth at light, in Del Mar, California, which has been identified by John Sperry and other specialists as Neoterpes edwardsata. My series contains fifty examples and represents captures in every month except November, December, and January. The species is exceedingly variable, ranging from very dark forms with brownish scales nearly obscuring the ground color of both wings, to examples almost devoid of any marks or spots on the yellow ground color of primaries and light creamy area of secondaries. Some of the lighter examples seem indistinguishable from specimens in the Los Angeles Museum collection labeled N. epheli- daria. It is interesting to note that Hulst, in describing kunzei of N. ephelidaria® from Arizona examples remarks that it — “may be a variety connecting’ — ephelidaria and edwardsata. Mr. Lloyd Martin of the Los Angeles Museum staff has ex- pressed (in litt) the opinion that ephelidaria is a desert form and edwardsata a coastal form of the same species. In the light of studies in the life histories of the group, I am inclined to concur in his opinion. The partial life history of Neoterpes ephelidaria Hulst was published in 1942* by Commander Dammers and the writer. The larva and pupa were illustrated on Plate 10. The specimens used in that study were collected on Chicalote or “Thistle Poppy,” Argemone platyceras v. hispida Prain, a plant characteristic of arid regions. The tarvae there pictured represented an intermediate ex- ample between two extremes of heavily mottled, and very light forms. During the past year I took numerous larvae of a very similar type in Del Mar, feeding on Matilijah Poppy, Romneya coulteri Harv. These were carried through to maturity, and emerged as typical Neoterpes edwardsata. Gravid females were collected, and in captivity produced quantities of eggs. From this material the following notes were prepared: Ecc: oval, the two ends equally rounded; .75 mm. long by .4 mm. wide. Color: light yellow, changing to orange before hatching. §Can. Ent. 30 (8) p. 215. 1898. “Bull. So. Calif. Academy of Sciences. 41 (2) pp. 44-45. 33 BuLLetin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1955 The surface of the egg is covered with a fine reticulation, made up apparently of delicate lines rather than raised walls, hence in- distinguishable except in favorable lighting. The eggs are laid singly on the leaves of the foodplant, the long diameter of the egg being in line with the leaf surface. In captivity, small clusters may occasionally be laid. The eggs hatch in approximately seven days. NEWLY EMERGED LARVA: length, 3 mm. Cylindrical; the head wider than the body segments. Color: light straw, with a mid-dorsal longitudinal band of gray. MATURE LARVA: length, 33 mm. Body cylindrical, tapering on last three caudal segments. The color and markings are exceedingly variable, no two ex- amples being exactly alike. The intermediate type is similar to that described and pictured for N. ephelidaria as illustrated on Plate 10, figure a, page 44 of Volume 41, Bulletin, So. Cal. Ac. Sciences. The range of variation runs from a light green form with faintly indicated longitudinal stripes, to a dark, heavily marked form that can be described as follows: Ground color of body, yellowish-tan, the head somewhat lighter. Head slightly narrower than the first segment; mouth parts and antennae nearly white; ocelli black. A few short white hairs occur on the head and body in a regular setal pattern that I have not attempted to map. On the body there is a narrow mid-dorsal light brown stripe, bordered by a light tan area. Lateral to this is a double gray- brown band, and latero-inferior thereto a yellow-tan area. Below this is a double brown stripe, edged inferiorly by a narrow yellow line, more or less broken and invaded by another irregular light brown band. The abdomen is yellow, with a few light brown longitudinal lines. Legs nearly white proximally, becoming yellowish on the distal segments. Stigmata, black, with narrow yellow slits. Pupation occurred on the ground, or slightly under the sur- face, a silken webbing intermixed with debris and particles of soil forming a fragile cocoon. The pupa varies slightly from that of ephelidaria if Commander Dammers’ drawing is typical. The ex- 34 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 tent of this divergence is, however, so slight as to be easily ac- counted for by individual variation. Pupa: length, 15 mm. Ground color light straw, overlaid with numerous dark brown spots and short wavy lines. Segmental lines, brown. Spiracles, black. The thorax is somewhat promi- nent, and the caudal segments arch slightly ventrally, to terminate in a small cluster of cremasteric hooks. The surface is covered with a whitish powdery bloom which rubs off readily. Our drawing (Plate 15), obviates the necessity of further description. The species is apparently multiple brooded in this district. Ex- amples were taken here long before the Matilijah Poppy was brought in as a garden plant. Its only close relative growing wild in the Del Mar area is the Bush Poppy, Dendromecon rigida Benth. This may be the foodplant in the wild, but I have not succeeded in finding larvae on it. PLATE 15 Pupa of Neoterpes edwardsata Packard, enlarged approx. x 4. A. Dorsal aspect. B. Lateral aspect. Reproduced from drawing by the author. 35 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 RECORDS OF FLEAS (SIPHONAPTERA) FROM THE PACIFIC SOUTHWEST’ By G. F. AuUGUSTSON* Several unpublished records of siphonaptera in the collections of the writer and the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California, seem worthy of consideration and review. The majority of these are post-war specimens collected by the writer, Dr. F. E. Durham, Research Associate, who identified most of the host animals, and L. C. Ryan, a graduate student, who prepared some of the material. The writer is indebted to the above and Dr. John S. Garth of the Allan Hancock Foundation for arranging laboratory space, and permission to study the siphonaptera under his care, and to the numerous collectors included below. FAMILY HECTOPSYLLID/& Echidnophaga gallinacea (West. ) ex Spilogale gracilis microrhini, collected by K. E. Stager, Inglewood, Los Angeles County, California. A.H.F. No. 47-75. ex Taxidea taxus neglecta, collected by H. E. Childs, Coarse- gold, Madera County, California. G.F.A. No. 58-25. ex Lynx rufus californicus, collected by D. Roden, Raymond, Madera County, California. G.F.A. No. 54-1. FAMILY PULICID: Ctenocephalides felis ( Bosc. ) ex Spilogale gracilis microrhini, (ibid). Hoplopsyllus affinus ( Baker ) ex Sylvilagus nuttalli, (F.E.D.), Rowes Well, Grand Canyon, Coconino County, Arizona. A.H.F. No. 48-13. Pulex irritans Linn ex Taxidea taxus neglecta, (ibid). FAMILY HYSTRICHOPSYLLID/A Atyphloceras felix Jordan! ex Neotoma fuscipes macrotis, (L.C.R.), Cayucos, San Luis Obispo County, California. A.H.F. No. 47-3. Atyphloceras multidentatus (C. Fox ) ex Eutamias merriami merriami, (G.F.A.), O’Neals, Madera C ounty, California. G.F.A. No. 54-4. ‘Allan Hancock Foundation Contribution No. 147. *Madera County Mosquito Abatement District, Madera, California. 36 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 Stenistomera alpina ( Baker ) ex Neotoma mexicana, (F.E.D.), Rowes Well, Grand Canyon, Coconino County, Arizona. A.H.F. No. 48-12. Epitedia stanfordi Traub ex Onychomys leucogaster melanophyus, collected by D. G. Constantine, Polacca, Navajo County, Arizona. A.H.F. No. 47-39. Meringis deserti Aug. ex Reithrodontomys megalotis megalotis, (G.F.A.), Tepoca, Sonora, Mexico. A.H.F. No. 40-31. ex Dipodomys merriami simiolus, (F.E.D.), Palm Canyon, Borego Valley, San Diego County, California. A.H.F. No. 47-24. Meringis dipodomys Kohls ex Dipodomys merriami merriami, collected by J. C. Couffer, Palo Verde Intake, Colorado River, Riverside County, California. A.H.F. No. 48-5. Micropsylla sectilis goodi Hubbard ex Thomomys perpallidus aureus, collected by D. G. Constan- tine, Polacca, Navajo County, Arizona. A.H.F. No. 47-38. The writer agrees with Holland’s arrangement for this flea, and as recorded here, extends its present known distribution. FAMILY CEROTOPHYLLID/ Thrassis howelli howelli (Jordan ) ex Mustela sp., collected by J. C. Couffer, Laurel Canyon, Mono County, California. A.H.F. No. 48-24. Thrassis arizonensis arizonensis ( Baker ) ex Citellus harrisi saxicola, (F. E. D.), Ehrenburg, Yuma County, Arizona, A.H.F. No. 47-39. Dactylopsyllus bluei (C. Fox ) ex Thomomys sp., (F.E.D.), Seven Oaks, San Bernardino County, California. A.H.F. No. 47-72. Foxella ignota coufferi Aug. ex Thomomys sp., collected by H. E. Childs, Kelty Meadows, Madera County, California. G.F.A. No. 53-26. These fleas (292 9°, 23 3 ) were compared with specimens of F’. i. albertensis (Kindly loaned to the writer by Dr. G. P. Holland) and F. i. recula (re- ceived from Dr. R. B. Eads). The writer is of the opinion this subspecies is valid, appearing apparently only on host animals in the high mountain meadows of California. In recent correspon- dence this opinion has been verified by Mr. F.S.A.M. Smit, of Tring, England, who examined a male and female from the above collection. Foxella ignota franciscana (Roths. ) ex Thomomys bottae pollescens, collected by J. C. Cauffer, Glendale, Los Angeles County, California. A.H.F. No. 48-6. 37 BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 Foxelli ignota utahensis Wagner ex Thomomys talpoides fossor, (F.E.D.), North Rim, Grand Canyon, Coconino County, Arizona. A.H.F. No’s. 47-40, 41, 49, 51. exThomomys bottae fulvus, (F.E.D.), Muay Trail, Grand Canyon, Cocano County, Arizona. A.H.F. No’s. 47, 57, 58, 59. A large series of this flea was available for study. One host lot contained seven females and five males. Of the seven females four exhibited four antepygidial bristles to a side, and three with three only. One male had three antepygidial bristles on one side four on the other. The other four males had three on each side, except one in which one bristle was vestigial on both sides. It is the writer’s opinion that Hubbard’s F. wu. arizonensis is merely an aberrant of F. i. utahensis. Foxella ignota omissa Prince ex Thomomys bottae subsp., (F.E.D.), Rowes Wells, Grand Canyon, Coconino County, Arizona. A.H.F. No, 48-16. Opisodasys nesiotus Aug. ex Reithrodontomys megalotis longicaudus. ex Peromyscus maniculatus subsp. ex Microtus californicus californicus. (L.C.R.) Cayucos, San Luis Obispo County, California. A.H.F. No’s. 47-2, 5, 6, 7, 8. Orchopeas sexdentatus sexdentatus ( Baker ) ex Neotoma fuscipes macrotis, (L.C.R.), Cayucos, San Luis Obispo County, California. A. H. F. No. 47-3, 4, 9, 11. ex Neotoma lepida intermedia, (F.E.D.), San Gabriel River, Los Angeles County, California. A.H.F. No. 47-71. Orchopeas sexdentatus nevadensis (Jordan ) ex Neotoma lepida subsp., (F.E.D.), Morongo Valley, San Bernardino County, California. A.H.F. 48-4. Orchopeas sexdentatus schisintus (Jordan ) ex Peromyscus guardia guardia, (G.F.A.), Angel de la Guar- dia Island, Gulf of California, Mexico. A.H.F. No. 40-15. ex Reithrodontomys megalotis megalotis, (G.F.A.), Tepoca Bay, Baja California, Mexico. A.H.F. No. 40-31. ex Pizonyx vivesi, (G.F.A.), Pond Island, Gulf of California, Mexico, A.H.F. No. 40-34. A stray on this small fish eating bat which inhabits the same rock areas frequented by mice. ~ Orchopeas leucopus ( Baker ) ex Peromyscus guardia guardia, (ibid ) ex Peromyscus maniculatus coolidgei, (G.F.A.), Gonzaga Bay, Baja California, Mexico. A.H.F. No. 40-22. ex Peromyscus stephani, (G.F.A.) San Estaban Island, Gulf of California, Mexico. A.H.F. No. 40-36. 38 BuLuLetTin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 Orchopeas caedens caedens ( Jordan ) ex Sciurus freemonti, (F.E.D.), Grand Canyon, Coconino County, Arizona. A.H.F. No. 47-47. This is a new southern dis- tributional record for this subspecies. The records published by the writer as O. c. caedens upon recent reexamination are actually aberrent forms of O. leucopus. Orchopeas nepos (Roths. ) ex Sciurus greisus greisus, (G.F.A.), San Joaquin Experimental Range, Madera County, California. G.F.A. No. 53-24. Orchopeas latens ( Jordan ) ex Sciurus greisus greisus, (F.E.D.), Julian, San Diego County, California. A.H.F. No. 47-21. Malaraeus telchinum ( Roths. ) ex Reithrodontomys megalotis longicaudus, (G.F.A.), Adobe Ranch, Madera County, California. G.F.A. No. 54-6. Megabothris abantis ( Roths. ) ex Microtus sp., (F.E.D.), Dollar Lake, San Bernardino, Cali- fornia. A.H.F. No. 48-46. Monopsyllus wagneri wagneri ( Baker ) ex Mustela sp., collected by J. C. Cauffer, Laurel Canyon. Mono County, California. A.H.F. No. 48-24. Monopsyllus wagneri ophidius Jordan ex Peromyscus californicus insignus, (G.F.A.), Banning Can- yon, Riverside County, California. A.H.F. No. 46-102, 103. Monopsyllus fornacis Jordan ex Eutamias merriami merriami, (G.F.A.), Raymond, Madera County, California. G.F.A. No. 54-7. Nosopsyllus fasciatus ( Bosc. ) ex Spilogale gracilis microrhini, (ibid). Peromyscopsylla ebrighti (C. Fox ) ex Peromyscus eremicus fraterculus, (F.E.D.), San Gabriel River, Azusa, Los Angeles County, California. A.H.F. No. 47-72. ex Reithrodontomys megalotis longicaudus, (G.F.A.), Adobe Ranch, Madera County, California. G. F. A. No. 54-6. Peromyscopsylla hesperomys haemisphaerium Stewart ex Peromyscus californicus insignis, (G.F.A.), Banning Can- yon, Riverside County, California. A.H.F. No’s. 46-102, 103. ex Peromyscus sp., (G.F.A.), Sugarpine, Madera County, California. G.F.A. No. 54-8. SUMMARY Thirty-four species of fleas are reported on here. Several new distributional records are established, and an analysis of some doubtful species given. 39 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 SCIENTIFIC NOTES NOTES ON THE USE OF THE GENERIC NAMES PAGURUS, EUPAGURUS, AND DARDANUS (CRUSTACEA: ANOMURA) By Bryce C. WaLTON' AND BELLE A. STEVENS? For a period of about one hundred years there has been a persistent lack of agreement as to the proper generic names of some of the common hermit crabs. This unfortunate situation arose from disagreement solely on nomen- clatural grounds. About fifty years ago the controversy involved the accep- tance or rejection of a designation of a type species by Latreille. In spite of a definite attempt at clarification on the part of the International Com- mission on Zoological Nomenclature, the confusion has persisted and the views of both groups of disputants have been perpetuated by various con- temporary workers. Regardless of the reasons for the original controversy, it is the feeling of the writers that the lack of agreement at the present time is a result of the obscurity of the facts concerned rather than a dispute regard- ing these facts. It is, therefore, the purpose of this paper to present a survey of the problem in an attempt to bring about the application of the proper names to the genera concerned. The family Paguridae, to which all of the typical marine hermit crabs belong, naturally falls into two groups, generally designated as sub-families. One has the third pair of maxillipeds approximated at the bases and the left cheliped usually the larger. For clarity, these will be referred to as the apposed-jawed or “syngnathous” group in this discussion. The other group has the maxillipeds separated at the bases by a broad sternum and the right cheliped is usually the larger. These will be called separate-jawed or “chorig- nathous”. At the present time the name Pagurus is used for a chorignathous genus by one group of taxonomists and for a syngnathous genus by others. Likewise, the subfamilial name, Pagurinae, is applied to both groups by the differing workers. This situation is a consequence of an attempt to correct an erroneous assignment of names when Pagurus of Fabricius was first divided by Brandt (1851) into Pagurus and Eupagurus. Since the type of the genus, Pagurus bernhardus (Linnaeus ), is chorignathous, Pagurus should have remained as the name of the group containing the type, and the new name applied to the syngnathous group. However, Brandt reversed this procedure and his arrangement was adopted by subsequent workers. The following step by step chronological outline of the salient nomenclatural changes is given to illustrate the sequence of events. 1798. Genus Pagurus erected by Fabricius to include both syngnathous and chorignathous forms, but no type was designated. 1810. Cancer bernhardus Linnaeus indicated by Latreille as the type species of the genus. 1851. Genus split into subgenera Pagurus and Eupagurus by Brandt, with the name Pagurus erroneously being assigned to the group (syng- nathous ) not containing the type species. * University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. * University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. 40 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 1852. Pagurus of Fabricius independently divided by Dana, also with the name Pagurus being assigned to a syngnathous genus, and the type placed in his new genus Bernhardus. 1856. Eupagurus of Brandt raised to generic rank by Stimpson. 1875. Dardanus split off from Pagurus of Brandt by Paulson. 1880. Kossman pointed out that Dardanus is not generically distinct from Pagurus Brandt. 1896. Benedict called attention to the erroneous assignment of the name Pagurus to the syngnathous group, and transferred it to the chorignathous, which contains the type. However, he proposed no name for the syngnathous group to replace it, in effect leaving this genus without a name for a period of six years. 1902. Benedict proposed the name Pagurias for the syngnathous genus. 1902. Rathbun pointed out that Paulson’s name Dardanus was valid and available for this genus and had priority over Pagurias. At the time of the papers by Benedict on this subject, several European carcinologists, among whom Stebbing was a principal spokesman, main- tained that Latreille’s designation of a “type” in 1810 did not constitute the designation of the type species because he did not use the term “type” in the sense that it later became accepted in zoological nomenclature, but merely as an illustration, or readily recognized example of the Pagurids. If this contention were accepted, the assignment of the names by Brandt could not be considered as being in error, since there would have been no require- ment for retaining Pagurus for the bernhardus group. To resolve this question, Miss Rathbun submitted the case to the Inter- national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature for a decision on the validity of the designation of types by Latreille. Some time between 1908 and the first half of 1910 (the records of the Commission for this period are lost) the Commission adopted Opinion 11, which ruled that the indica- tion of types by Latreille should be accepted as designation of type species. This Opinion was first published in July, 1910. When one considers that this question was decided by a Commission which had only recently become a permanent body, in an era when there existed many codes of nomenclature which had never become generally accepted, it is understandable how this decision was in some instances over- ridden by the strong personal feelings of certain highly respected workers, and the name Eupagurus was not allowed to die. No fundamental reason for a change in the status of the names con- cerned has appeared in literature since the decision was published in 1910. With universal acceptance of the International Rules of Zoological Nomen- clature and the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature goes the corollary of acceptance of Opinion 11. On this basis the writers maintain there is a clear cut case in favor of the use of the names Pagurus and Dardanus and for the suppression of the name Eupagurus. Use of the sub- familial names Pagurinae and Dardaninae will of course follow the proper generic applications. To state the matter simply, the Pagurus of authors using Eupagurus is now called Dardanus and Eupagurus is now called Pagurus. The elucidation of these facts was made possible largely through the helpful efforts and inspiration of the following persons, and to them the writers wish to express their appreciation: Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., United 4] BULLETIN, So. Cautir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 States National Museum; Dr. John S. Garth, Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California; and Dr. Paul L. Illg, Zoology Depart- ment, University of Washington. LITERATURE CITED Benedict, J. E. 1896. A question concerning a British pagurid. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 18, pp. 99-100. 1902. The Anomuran collections made by the Fish Hawk Expedition to Porto Rico. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 20, pt. 2, pp. 131-148. Brandt, F. 1851. Dr. A. T. von Middendorff’s Reise in den Aussersten norden und osten Sibiriens. Vol. 2, pt. 1, Krebse, 516 pp. Dana, J. D. 1852. Conspectus Crustaceorum quae in Orbis Terrarum circumnaviga- tione, Carolo Wilkes e classe Reipublicae Foederatae Duce, lexit et descripsit J. D. Dana. Paguridea. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, vol. 5, pp. 267-272. Fabricius, J. C. 1798. Supplementum Entomologia systematae, Hafniae. 572 pp. International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. 1910. Opinions. Smithsonian Publications 1938, pp. 17-18. 1945. Opinions and declarations rendered by the International Commis- sion on Zoological Nomenclature. Opinion 11. Vol. 1, pt. 20, pp. 179-190. Kossman, R. von 1880. Zoologische Ergebnisse einer . . . Reise . . . des Rothen Meeres, zweite halftee III (2). Latreille, P. A. 1810. Considerations generales sur l’ordre naturelle des Crustaces, des Arachnides, et des Insects. Paris, 444 pp. Paulson, O. M. 1875. Researches on the Crustacea of the Red Sea. (In Russian) Kiev, (xiv) 144 pp. Rathbun, M. J. 1902. Japanese stalk-eyed Crustacea. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 26, pp. pan Stimpson, W. 1856. Notices of New Species of Crustacea of Western North America ... Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. VI, pp. 84-89. BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volio4) Partagas CONENOSE BUG OBSERVATIONS FOR 1954 FROM SOUTHWESTERN NATIONAL MONUMENTS Cooperative collecting by Park Rangers and naturalists during 1954 revealed 62 Triatoma from the following sources: Montezuma Castle, 2 9? protracta; Tonto, 32 6 and 23 2 rubida uhleri and 2 6 longipes; Tumaca- cori, 1 6 rubida uhleri, and 2 ¢ longipes from Nogales. The protracta were collected on a bedroom floor and in a kitchen sink, the Tumacacori rubida from a baby’s crib, the Nogales longipes on the front porch and in the living room. Observations by Archaeologist Wenger from Tonto are as_ follows: Triatoma were found inside houses March 26th and April 7th and were especially active since May 12th. T. rubida uhleri was observed flying in mid and late afternoon with 3 adults entering the office as early as 3:30 P.M. On the evening of May 28th, an adult rubida was mouthed by a tree frog on a porch window sill and rejected, then the bug walked up the frog’s back and began to feed on the amphibian. Three rubida were taken from the body of a brick crushed white footed mouse, Peromyscus, while trying to feed at 4 P.M. on May 28th. On the evening of May 29th, 14 ¢ and 11 ? rubida were captured from outside masonry walls of a residence be- tween 8 and 9:30 P.M. Most specimens were found on the east wall which was wind sheltered and dark when no inside house lights were in use. There was a slight southwest wind. A side-blotch lizard, Uta, was observed to shake off a rubida that had crawled upon its back at 5:40 P.M. but made no effort to eat the insect. On May 3lst, sometime after dark, 2 ¢ longipes, 3 & and 4 92 rubida were collected in a few minutes from the dark sides of the residence under the eaves overhang. Specimens were observed flying to the walls and alighting under the overhang where the wall was darkest. From June 5th to 7th, 13 ¢ and 7 @ rubida were collected mostly from the north and east residence walls. When placed in a jar, these bugs proceeded to copulate. Before shipping these Triatoma, two bugs were killed by cannibalism and all seemed to go about wildly trying to pierce each others body under the prevailing high temperatures. On June 6th, only one bug was seen in 45 minutes searching of the outside walls of the house. No rodent dens were found nearby as possible source of these bugs. These observations indicate the tremendous hunger drive imposed chief- ly by environmental temperatures on Triatoma as evidenced by their appear- ance in daylight, their attempts to feed on a dead mouse and live frog, to eat each other and to seek residences of man. In addition to Triatoma, 1 ¢ Leptoglossus clypealis from a kitchen cup- board and 1 ¢ Sinea from a bathroom were forwarded from Casa Grande, 2 6 squash bugs, Anasa tristis, were sent from a residence at Tumacacori, and 2 $ Rhiginia conctiventris, one from an outside screen and one from an inside kitchen light, and 5 band legged assassin bugs, Castolus ferox, 4 col- lected in the kitchen and one found outside on the house wall, were re- ceived from Montezuma Castle. Mr. Barton Wright, Amerind Foundation at Dragoon, forwarded 8 ¢, 4 9 Anasa tristis and 1 @ red stainer, Euryop- thalmus convivus, from houses. The presence of red bordered assassin bugs, Rhiginia, band legged assassin bugs, Castolus, and soldier bug, Sinea, in association with Triatoma 43 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 would indicate possible natural control agents for these blood sucking bugs of man. The writer wishes to thank Naturalist L. P. Arnberger, Southwestern National Monuments, National Park Service, and the following contributors: Supt. A. T. Bicknell and Archaeol. F. R. Peck from Casa Grande, Supt. J. O. Cook and Archaeol. G. S. Cattanach, Jr. of Montezuma Castle, Supt. C. C. Sharp and Archaeol. G. R. Wenger of Tonto, Supt. R. B. Ringenbach and Ranger W. C. Bullard, Jr. of Tumacacori._Sherwin F. Wood, Life Sciences Department, Los Angeles City College, Los Angeles 29, California. ACADEMY PROCEEDINGS Meeting of February 18, 1955. Section on Phyical Sciences Dr. Preston Kline Gaye, Chairman DUST, ITS EFFECT ON MANKIND (Demonstration of Methods of Collection and Evaluation ) Presented by Joseph B. Ficklen HI Formerly Major U. S. Public Health Service The speaker, who has a background of a quarter of a century in the industrial health field, directed his opening remarks to the general health aspects of dusts found in industry. He touched on general effects such as silicosis, asbestosis, siderosis and radiation aspects of inhaled dusts. He then turned to a discussion of particle size of dust with respect to its retention in the lungs. Also he discussed the relation of size of particles and their number with respect to systemic poisoning effects. The demon- stration consisted of allowing the audience to operate a number of dust sampling instruments. Among these were the U.S. Public Health Service impinger (Standard and Midget), the cascade impactor, the membrane filter, the thermal precipitator, the electro-static precipitator, the Bausch and Lomb Dust Sampler, the General Electric Collector, and filter paper techni- ques. Results of several of these methods were observed microscopically as well as visually. THE JOHN LOVELL SPERRY MEMORIAL Supplementing our report on the disposition of the John L. Sperry lib- rary which was published in the last issue of the “Bulletin” (Vol. 53, pp. 177-178 it can now be stated that the remaining items, including reprints, separates and scientific pamphlets were placed with Mr. John Q. Burch. These will be sold, and the proceeds placed with the Treasurer of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, as a part of the John Lovell Sperry Memorial. A portion of the items have been sold, and the sum realized to date, amounting to $195.54 has been received by the Treasurer. JeZAnG: 44 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 DR. JOHN POINDEXTER December 18, 1916 — December 11, 1954 Dr. John Poindexter, Assistant Professor of Biology at Occi- dental, died suddenly on December 11, 1954, while on a field trip with his class in Ecology. Dr. Poindexter was born on December 18, 1916, in Pasadena, and graduated from Long Beach Polytechnic High School in 1934. While an undergraduate student at Stanford University he worked as a professional photographer in San Francisco making illustra- tions for advertisements. He obtained the A.B. and the Ph.D. in Botany from Stanford in 1939 and 1943. His doctorate thesis was on the “Morphology of the foliar appendages in the Opuntieae.” In 1942 he enlisted in the U. S. Army as a private. He was assigned as an Instructor in Camouflage to the 601st Engineers, then as Instructor in Training Management to the 605th Engineers at Ft. Belvoir, Virginia. During 1944 and 1945 he trained Chinese guerrillas behind the Japanese lines in Hunan Province, China. He was promoted to Captain in 1945 and received his discharge in 1946. After leaving the army, he settled in Carlsbad, California, where he developed a successful business as a grower and whole- saler of cacti and succulents. He joined the faculty of Occidental College in February of 1952. Dr. Poindexter was a prodigious worker. He carried a heavy teaching load, maintained a. tremendous, world-wide correspond- ence, was friendly, overly generous of his time and services and found time to do research on the “Megagametogenesis in Pereskia grandifolia,’ “Comparative Cytology of the Aizoaceae,” “Patro- clinous Embryogeny in Nicotiana glauca,” the latter two with Dr. Donald A. Johansen. With Ernest E. Polster he reported on the “Anatomical Changes in Tomato Plants Watered Through the Leaves.” He had underway in varying stages of completion four major research problems, including the Cytology of California Cylindropuntias, Wound Healing and Graft Unions in Cacti, and with Dr. Johansen a study of the Comparative Histology of Xero- phytic Leaves, and a cytological study of the Gametogenesis and Embryogeny of certain native species of flowering plants. He leaves his widow, Mrs. Mary Poindexter, and two small daughters, Susan 8, and Margaret 6. Our loss is indeed very great, but we are grateful that we were privileged to know him and to have been counted among his many friends. —Raymond M. Selle. January 24, 1955. 45 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$3.50 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1908, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908 — one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March- April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1954, including volumes XXIV to 53, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1989. Vol. 2, Part 2; 1944. Vols 3;sPartele 1347. Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. 46 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences For Sale at the Appended Prices To To Non- BULLETIN Members Members Well, BS IN, 7 TRL OY. se ane ete Oe $ 50 1.00 arene OOS) oe eo ee 50 1.00 Re OME MBLOO (i i ee 50 1.00 2, TL, SS ya eee ee 1.50 3.00 eee mame lem OOO) oe i eee 1.00 2.00 “GS TUG) 0 ae 75 1.50 come () Sema em TETAS a I 1.50 3.00 foal (Nemes eM res ae ea eer ee 2.00 4.00 lame Mamma aI Gp ee cu Se Ae 75 1.50 aly Peet es ee 1.50 3.00 PUG) 6 Ts TUG OX i aa er eye 50 1.00 TUG), GA TUG 0) a re rr ne 50 1.00 DAL SP GD TSA ae i mee es ce ee ere 1.00 2.00 a, ee eA Gul OAs (each) pees eee ot ole) at weno NODS \(eqeh ) tess een hos O) 70 ale MMT OPES) 2 er ed Of a PO GMEMBION TOOT (cach). 3 15 eae Pmt Oo O28 (each) oe ccoeccscceeceteceeeePecceecee B5) site) SDE SS TLS TUG SOAS I (Cre ct) eee renee tee ee nnn ee AS 7h) ear) amelen oul OSI) (each). = st ee ee BN) se) ean) Oommen sr N32, (each) -csc.-ccce eects nsec eeeece ee 35 he SBA, TORN RCI TE HM Geto) 0) eee ten ear ai no 8} ste ear Omer 51934) (each) ee. ook. eee cel 35 5S eee lemme 31935) (each... 5.2 0t eee cee se35) wie mo oMmuepr oS, 1936 (each) + 2.5 .2-2..2.4:cctetseonseaneh SD SD em OMmmemlnr oS 1937 (each)... he es el OD io © Bi7f, STL OARS Pas) ISLEY a Ger 0) 01) nee a 35 75 ae Mmmm eno 19.39) (Gach) ec. s-oee encase soesscteseseecs B15) se) mn Meme OAQ) cee eee alt heh UO 2 ae hemes se) sum el (Naaman TOA T(Ceachy) i... ee oes ccs 585) nD ae leer Oe OAD a eqchae ote ee 35 su) SA. ST LRT LOH Reta (ez Ye) 0) eee ee Sen ee 35 SU eer Mmmm So LOAD (each, ie tea. eet cee cece eee 85 5D earl meee See OAS) (Gach) -.c.. eee sea ce cents cose 30 Bris) mae emma 3 NOAG (each) ceeen eset sco cecessacbocacsseneees B35) aS earl Ohl On Se OAT) (Gach) eee se ea £00 SUD AY, Th, DAS BR, TUG VARSS ((GRNGIIN) ace aeeeserceecccesecoa Hoses 35 US ae Mmmm OS) GAO (each) ee weer On nus) wads oe 3815) 5 ear eae Shull Ou Ceachy eeeereese eae een OD 75 oan Mle Oe Se NOSNe leachi)s 2 seo ee .60 1255 am lien wl Do) NO5O. (Gach) is..-.-. ccc cce-cee-ccces seeds .60 1.25 Reo MO SLOSS: (each an weer te er .60 in25 SED OM ET SO tO (Ceachy)oe sss wires test .60 1.2. (Continued on next page ) AT BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 1, 1955 PUBLICATIONS (continued) To To Non- MEMOIRS Members Members Vol. 1, 1938—paper COVEL .....--.--.---.a---n2e0e-n--enesceeeneeneeanes $2.00 $4.00 = =*bound:in black fabrikoid!.2 3.00 5.00 = printed on one side of papet.................. 3.00 5.00 “ «printed on one side of page (bound).... 4.00 6.00 Vol. 2, No. 1, 1939—paper COVE ......-...---.----2--0-eeneenenee 1.25 2.50 se Tea “bound in black fabrikoid.............. 25 3.50 pe lad > printed on one side of page.......... 1.75 3.50 25 1'944—naper (Cover 2: 75 1.50 3, 1, 1947—paper ‘cover :i.....2c...2.. tee 1.00 2.00 ‘= > ©2.1949—paper ‘cOVer -..23.:6 1.00 2.00 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published ).......... bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES EARTHQUAKES: Ri VT. Hill. eee bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly Entomological, 1 color plate... 2s 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall... 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther Davidson and: George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923...........2 eee 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfamilies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster Hi Benjamin, 19272... $ .50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, New Mexico, 1931. KF. R. Fosbere. 2)... ee 25 Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United State of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-members.... 3.00 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes of their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis........... 50 A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA, 82 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm. M. Tn gt am <...2-2-c.cc.sesesessocecsec$tctsscscectene desc oceende-e 50 Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum — CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 33. Bound... 3.00 AppREss ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. 48 REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the Editor at the following rates, from the Commonwealth Press, 1507 DeLong Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. PRIGEVEIST “OF REPRINTS (WITHOUT COVERS) 4pp. S8pp. 12pp. 16pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 50 copies ..-..--- $5.00 $ 7.00 $10.25 $12.50 $14.25 $16.25 $19.25 $21.00 ‘00h sede eas Poon On siz so so lo-DO Ta) 20.50) 24:00" 226.25) | SIO) ie, i aa aOle hl OOM a 25 ValeraO, 22:25 . 24.75! 28.7503. 50 20) al ee eas OO) ioe a2 liesOi. Za 5, 29,00) 33-50),036.1 5 SC ie ene Sao ea OO @ 20:25) (24-50 \2925.. 33,25 38.25) 42:00 310100 eee eae BD 00) s22.1>) 27.90. 32.75 931-50", 43:00) 47:25 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1 Y2c each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. Che Commonwealth Press, Inc. Est. 1906 a SA @ PUBLICATIONS @ CATALOGS @ FOREIGN LANGUAGE TEXTS @ COMPLETE GRAPHIC ARTS SERVICE OZ PRospect 2233 1507 DeLong Street, Los Angeles 15, California NEW YO! So os BOTANIC, GARDEN EW LIE TIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA VoL. 54 Parr 2 CONTENTS A Fossil Sea Lion from the Miocene of the San Joaquin Hills, Orange County, California. Theodore Downs A Partial Life History of a California Butterfly. John Adams Comstock Brief Notes on the Life Histories of Six California Moths. John Adams Comstock A Revision of Tharsalea Scud. (S. Str.) with Description of a New Subspecies. J. W. Tilden. Three New Tingidae. Carl J. Drake A Population of Corethrella lineana from Death Valley with Descriptions of All Stages and Discussion of the Corethrellini. John N. Belkin and William A. McDonald 82 Notes on the Amphipod Genus Aruga with the Description of a New Species. J. Laurens Barnard. Scientific Notes Academy Proceedings Fred Everts Burlew Issued October 5, 1955 Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS Mr. Kenneth’ E.. Stager:=.2 3 ee ee President Drs Bred 5 Eruiwal eS oe Se eee ee First Vice-President Dr. Hildewarde Howard... eee ee ee eee Second Vice President Miss Gretchen Sibley...) 32.0244 eee Secretary Mir cDloyd M05 Mian tire as oe 9 SUR ee ner ee Assistant to Secretary Dr: W. -Dwicht ‘Pierce... G2) 2 ee ee Treasurer Dr. John A. Comstock. 22.2.0). eee Editor Dr. A. Weir Bell Dr. W. Dwight Pierce Dr. John A. Comstock Miss Gretchen Sibley Dr. Theodore Downs Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. Fred S. Truxal Dr. Homer P. King Dr. Louis C. Wheeler Dr. Sherwin F. Wood ADVISORY BOARD Mr. J. Stanley Brode Mr. Lloyd M. Martin Dr. Thomas Clements Mr. Theodore Payne Dr. Howard R. Hill Miss Ruth D. Simpson Dr. Carroll L. Lang Dr. R. H. Swift Miss Bonnie Templeton SCIENCE SECTIONS Section of Agricultural Sciences Section of Health and Sanitation Mr. Lloyd M. Martin, Chairman Dr. Irving Rehman, Chairman Anthropological Section Section of Junior Scientists Miss Ruth D. Simpson, Chairman Miss Bess Reed Peacock, Chairman Botanical Section Section of Physical Sciences Dr. Lyman Benson, Chairman Dr. Julius Sumner Miller, Chairman Section of Conservation Section of Zoological Sciences Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman Dr. William V. Mayer, Chairman Section of Earth Sciences Dr. William Eastor, Chairman STANDING COMMITTEES Finance Publication Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman a ee nes Dr. A. W. Bell r. John A. Comstock : Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. Hildegarde Howard Mr. John R. Pemberton Dr. George R. Johnstone \fr. Russell S. Woglum Program Membership Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman Dr. William V. Mayer llospitality Library Mr. Donald Drake Mrs. Lloyd M. Martin, Chairman OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, California Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOLUME 54 - - - - = - 2 RAR 2 eL955 A FOSSIL SEA LION FROM THE MIOCENE OF THE SAN JOAQUIN HILLS, ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA By THEoporRE Downs It is significant to report another new record of an eared seal, closely related to the genus Allodesmus from the Temblor Mio- cene of Kern County (Kellogg 1922 and 1931). This new ma- terial was collected west of Aliso Creek, San Joaquin Hills, Orange County, California, about 140 miles southeast of the previously known range of Allodesmus (U. S. Geological Survey San Juan Capistrano Quadrangle, 1949 ed., W47° S of hill 384, E33° S of hill 541). Mr. John G. Vedder, geologist for the United States Geological Survey, Fuels Branch, Claremont, California, was kind enough to report the occurrence of this specimen to the Los Angeles County Museum in the fall of 1953. The location is now recorded as Los Angeles County Museum, Vertebrate Paleontology locality num- ber 1101. The material represents one individual, L.A.C.M. no. 1404. As mapped by Vedder (oral communication) the formation containing this material is the Monterey. In general, the Monterey in this region is a series of siliceous and diatomaceous white silt- stone and shales. However, the rocks at the locality where the pinniped was found are light gray, massive, very fine sandstone; showing limonitic stains along the partings, interbedded with punky diatomaceous siltstone and shale. These sandstone inter- vals range in thickness of approximately ten inches to five feet. Typical Monterey overlies and underlies the sandstone. The en- tire sequence is about twenty-five feet thick in this area. Age designation of this locality has been dependent upon evi- dence derived from the study of the fossil sea lion material, foram- iniferal remains and geologic relationships. Mr. Vedder has in- formed me that ten feet below the pinniped horizon the following fossils occur: Bolivina spissa, Bolivina vaughni, Epistominella capitanensis, radiolaria and diatoms. These occurrences indicate late, middle Miocene age or the Luisian stage in the foraminiferal time classification. The fossil otariid from this area is in many respects morphologically similar to Allodesmus kernensis from Kern County; A. kernensis has been dated as late middle or early upper Miocene age (see Downs, 1953). In addition, the new specimen (no. 1404) possesses characters common to other Mio- 49 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2 » 1955 cene oOtariids, for example: in the humerus the straight shaft, the reduced head and deltoid; and the angular coracovertebral border and wide anteroposterior diameter of the neck of the scapula (Downs, 1954). The combined evidence at hand indicates late middle or early upper Miocene age for the rocks containing this fossil. Description and Comparisons The Material.—L.A.C.M. vert. paleo. no. 1404: a nearly com- plete right scapula and articulating right humerus, partial right ulna, ten partial dorsal vertebrae, eleven fragmentary ribs and miscellaneous unidentifiable fragments. The fossil suffered con- siderable damage due to compression during preservation; this is especially true of the scapula, ulna, vertebrae and ribs. The relationship to the family Otariidae is indicated by the following characters (see Howell, 1928): (1) The humerus has no entepicondylar foramen and the greater tuberosity is slightly higher (proximally) than the lesser, (2) the scapula is sub- triangular, (3) the vertebral spines of the anterior thoracic verte- brae are well developed. Description as compared with female Eumetopias: For de- tailed measurements of the fossil see table 1. Eumetopias jubata (Schreber) is selected among Recent spe- cies for comparison so that contrasts between the structures of this Miocene form and a distinctive, yet well known living species may be revealed. Comparisons are made with a female specimen (L.A.C.M. no. M551). Scapula.—Most of the acromion is absent, the anterior portion of the coracovertebral angle is destroyed and the posterior half of the vertebral border is missing (see pl. 16). As compared with Eumetopias the fossil has: Greater development of the coronoid process; greater anteroposterior diameter of the neck; more angu- lar coracovertebral area (the border approaching the angle. is nearly parallel to the anteroposterior axis of the glenoid, as com- pared to the broadly rounded coracovertebral angle in Eume- topias ); somewhat wider postscapular fossa; axillary border with rounded internal edge, narrow external edge, and narrower trans- verse diameter; the entire axillary border ascends in a straighter line from the base of the neck than in Eumetopias; the glenoid facet is more elongate. The mesial surface of the scapula is much like Eumetopias in the development of prominent, broad ridges near the prescapular border, toward the center of the prescapular area and near the superior border. Humerus.—The best preserved element (pl. 17); it is complete except for partial absence of the deltoid and greater tuberosity, a small part of the head, and a portion of the medial condyle (het the extreme edge). As compared with this element in Eume- topias, the fossil humerus has slimmer, more elongate form, with 50 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 PLATE 16 cf. Allodesmus kernensis Kellogg. L.A.C.M. no. 1404; external view of right scapula; x 7%, or .3632. gently curving posterior border of the shaft (especially proximal portion ); viewed from behind, the posterior border of the shaft is much narrower transversely and with more convex transverse curvature. The greater tuberosity is not complete but the gradual slope of the junction between the head and the missing proximal part of the tuberosity indicates that it was less developed than in Eumetopias and probably did not extend beyond the head proxi- mally. The lesser tuberosity is well developed. The deltoid crest has its external and posterior surfaces partially eroded away, yet compared to Eumetopias it has a less rugose, narrower deltoid with only slight overhang; and it ascends nearer the coronoid area 51 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54.5 Parte21955 PLATE 17 cf. Allodesmus kernensis Kellogg. L.A.C.M. no. 1404; A, external view of right humerus; B, posterior view; x?. in more gradual incline, with the proximal posterior portion directed more externally than is the distal portion. The supra- condylar process is about as in Eumetopias, but the margin of the shaft is much narrower in this region. The head of the humerus is relatively smaller and the anteroposterior axis forms a 35° angle relative to the long axis of the shaft. The medial 52 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 TABLE 1 MEASUREMENTS OF CF. ALLODESMUS KERNENSIS L. A. Co. Mus. No. 1404 (in millimeters ) Scapula Greatest diameter, anterior edge glenoid to vertebral border...... 279.4 Slims WeTSeMCaIMeter 1CCK 2.220 eee eee ntecctesencstcn ei saceccesccedseneececce DOR Weasteantenopostenion Giameter Necks. 2c. cee eecec ese cseseee eee eeeeeseee 76.8 Anterior edge coronoid process to posterior edge glenoid............ 76.0 Anteroposterior diameter glenoid cavity.............-.-22--2.:2::02:s000000+- 60.7 Minansversediameter @lenoid Cavity. --.--:-..----cc<--------2---esseccesnceosne= (41.0)* Bascotmactomion to.edge of @lenoid..-..------2...----- ce. cocceeneee ee 21.6 Humerus Length, tip of head to external edge trochlea........................... 253.7 Greatest distal, anteroposterior diameter.........................-2.....2----- 50.8 Greatest distal, transverse diameter.............-.....-...22000000---2e2e0000---- 85.0 Greatest anteroposterior diameter head......................2..-..22220-2----- 60.4 Greatest) proximodistal diameter head..................------2-2c---1c0.22----- 27.6 Createstmimansverse) diameter head _-2- 2c eee (66.7 ) Greatest anteroposterior diameter coronoid fossa......................-- 29.0 Distal transverse diameter deltoid crest..........2........2.2.2-2200000-------- (18.0) Transverse diameter posterior trochlea......................22-0.00.--.-0----- 51.7 Mxansverse diameter anterior trochlea:...22)-.----2--c.e-2se ese 62.5 Anteroposterior diameter lesser tuberosity (extreme )................ 33.0 Weastetmansverse diameter shaft: <2. 0s. ecee ec eeeceeceecees cee beeee 35.8 Ulna Least anteroposterior diameter shaft (some lateral crushing).... 35.7 Greatest proximodistal diameter semilunar notch (lateral) _....... 38.0 Greatest transverse diameter semilumar notch ...............--........ 44.5 Greatest proximodistal diameter semilunar notch (medial )........ (50.5 ) Ribs (Two thoracic ribs relatively undistorted at proximal end) Distance mcapituluml to) tuberculin: ee eee BED Dorsoventrall diameter Capitulo scence 25.5 Vertebrae Anterior Dorsals a b c d e fi s h i j Length centrum ....... .. 70.5 60.0 65.0 a .. 68.7 50.0 55.0 65.5 Anterior edge pre- zygapophysis to pos- terior edge post. zg... 97.7 96.0 91.7 Transverse diam. across pre- zygapophysis ........ TOS Hos Posterior length, dorsal spine ......... 71.0 70.4 ae en (6950) eo * ( ) indicates approximation. 53 BuLLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2991955 condyle is slightly heavier than in Eumetopias; the posterior trochlea is narrower; the area of the olecranon fossa is much more reduced, with a deep pit. The coronoid fossa is obscure. The anterior trochlea is distinctive in the presence of a prominent, bulbous median ridge adjacent to the narrow groove. The ridge rises gradually toward the angular external border. In addition, the surface of the posterior trochlea extends much more proximally and has greater articulating surface than in Eumetopias. Ulna.—Much of the element is laterally compressed and most of olecranon process, proximal radial process, all of ulnar process and distal end of the element are missing (pl. 18). Compared with Eumetopias, the radial process area near the semilunar notch is much narrower transversely, with narrower internal margin and more broadly convex, flattened external sur- face; this external surface gradually merges with the extensor metacarpi policis area. The radial notch is more reduced with possibly shorter proximodistal diameter of the semilunar surfaces. The shaft is more massive and has less posterior curvature of the margin. The proximal surfaces, mesial and posterior to the semilunar notch, are apparently smoothly convex although com- pression may have distorted them slightly. Ribs.—Compression has somewhat destroyed the true shape of the rib surfaces. However, it is apparent they were more massive, stouter structures than in Eumetopias. The articulat- ing end is stouter with a wider neck and heavier capitulum. A distinctive feature is the proximal and internal grooving of the shafts; this begins opposite the tuberculum and continues for about a third of the length of the shaft (see pl. 18). The proxi- mal portions of the ribs are more compressed laterally than in Eumetopias. Vertebrae.—In ten available thoracic vertebrae, there seems to be little difference from Eumeiopias except in greater size and possibly more elongate dorsal spines. The size of the various elements indicates this was a large sea lion, near the dimensions of a male Steller Sea Lion, Eume- topias jubata, and possibly represented a male fossil form. Generic Affinity On the basis of available evidence it is not possible to assign this material definitely to a known genus, nor is it considered wise to establish a new genus from such limited material. The fossil shows apparent distinction from all other known genera in the broad median ridge on the anterior surface of the trochlea of the humerus and the deep proximointernal grooving of the ribs. More material must be collected in order to determine the taxonomic importance of these characters. Of known fossil pin- nipeds only Allodesmus. kernensis and Pliopedia pacifica are sufficiently similar to suggest relationship. 54 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2), 1955 PEA eS cf. Allodesmus kernensis Kellogg. L.A.C.M. no. 1404; A, internal view of right thoracic rib; B, external view of right ulna; x%. 55 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2) 1955 Pliopedia pacifica Kellogg (1921), from the supposed upper Pliocene of California, is as large, if not larger than specimen no. 1404, and resembles it in the slim straightness of the shaft and reduced deltoid of the humerus. It also suggests relation- ship in the narrow radial notch of the ulna. However, the humerus in Pliopedia is apparently distinct from no. 1404 in the broad, shallow groove in the posterior and anterior trochlear surfaces, and extreme internal extension of the medial condyle. Allodesmus kernensis Kellogg shows resemblance to the fossil in the following traits: (1) Nearly equal size; (2) the scapula— angular shape of the coracovertebral area, wide anteroposterior diameter of the neck, well-developed coronoid process, and elongate glenoid cavity; (3) the humerus—straightness of the shaft, narrow posterior shaft region, and narrow posterior troch- lea surface; (4) the ulna—narrow, rounded surface of the radial process and probably reduced radial notch. For the present, there- fore, L.A.C.M. no. 1404 shall be designated cf. Allodesmus kernen- sis Kellogg, until more accurately identifiable material is found. The writer is particularly indebted to Dr. Hildegarde Howard for criticism of the manuscript. Dr. L. G. Hertlein of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences made possible the comparison of original specimens of Allodesmus in the academy collection. The photographs are by Lewis H. Athon. LITERATURE CITED Downs, T. 1953. A Mandible of the Seal Allodesmus kernensis from the Kern River Miocene of California: Bull., So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 52, pt. 3, pp. 93-102. 1954. Eared Seals of the Family Otariidae from the Miocene of the Pacific Coast (abstract): Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 65, no. 12, pt. 2, pp. 1246-1247. Howell, A. B. 1928. Contribution to the Comparative Anatomy of the Eared and Ear- less Seals (Genera Zalophus and Phoca): Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 2736, vol. 73, art. 15, pp. 1-142. Kellogg, R. 1921. A New Pinniped from the Upper Pliocene of California: Jour. Mam., vol. 2, no. 4, pp. 212-226. 1922. Pinnipeds from Miocene and Pleistocene Deposits of California: Univ. Calif. Publ. Dept. Geol. Sci., vol. 13, no. 4, pp. 23-132. 1931. Pelagic Mammals from the Temblor Formation of the Kern River Region, California: Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, vol. 19, pp. 217- 397. Los Angeles County Museum, Jan. 21, 1955. BULLETIN, So. CALtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 11955 A PARTIAL LIFE HISTORY OF A CALIFORNIA BUTTERFLY By Joun ApamMs Comstock One of the southern California butterflies that has defied all our efforts to complete its life history is the Hilda Blue, Plebeius icarioides hilda Grinnell & Grinnell. : This is a mountain species, frequenting moist flat areas along the margins of streams. One such area is Barton Flats, on the Santa Ana River, near the South Fork Public Camp in the San Bernardino Mountains. At this point the stream is less boisterous and several marshy flats, thickly covered with Cow Clover occur. Water cress grows in the quieter runs, with Mimulus tilingii sharing the moisture and Wire Rush nodding approvingly along the banks. In the more rapid flows Equisetum kansanum swings back and forth with the current. Willows surround these minia- ture meadows and partially veil the precipitous pine covered hills. In June and early July the Hilda Blue sports its azure wings over the clover, and occasional Skippers flit erratically about. Here is a sylvan haven, set to lure the city-sated nature lover. Doubtless this beauty spot was a factor in deciding John L. Sperry to locate his mountain’ cabin nearby, and to equip it with the gadgets and conveniences that satisfy the requirements of an entomologist. It was in this cabin that a friend, Judge Ira Ratner, and I spent a delightful week, in June of this year, thanks to the courtesy of Mrs. Sperry. Under the pines, and along the water courses I had the pleasure of initiating the judge into the mysteries of netting the wily lepidoptera by day, and luring the heterocera by means of a battery of Coleman lamps at night. On June 6 Hilda was on the wing in numbers, particularly the conspicuous males. The females, which are not blue, but brown, were scarce, and hard to follow. They were busy ovipositing in the clover heads, with pauses in between the operations to sip nectar, or lazily sun their wings. I trailed several, and after each egg was laid, picked the clover head. Later I examined these with a lens, but could not locate a single ovum. 57 BULLETIN, So. CALirF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Then I resorted to transmitted light and discovered the secret. Each egg had been meticulously tucked down into the tubular portion of a corolla, thus effectively hiding and protecting it. The following day I placed several females in a glass rearing cage containing a block or pad of succulent clover, and watched the process. In the crowded condition of the cage, and with relatively few of the clover heads to work over, the insertion of the egg into the corolla was not always successful, and a number of eggs were laid in more exposed locations within the blossom, but none on leaves or stems. With this long vigil I was able to make a drawing of the female in the act of ovipositing. Later, under magnification, I drew the egg. These are illustrated on Plate 19, figures 1 and 2. I was then under the impression that this phenomenon had not previously been observed by others, but in a subsequent review of field notes made in 1931, I found a letter from Com- mander Charles M. Dammers of Riverside, in which he recorded a trip to Bluff Lake in the San Bernardino Mountains, where, on July 6, 1931, he saw P. saepiolus hilda going through the same performance. He also reported that the females were laying on a species of Lotus in addition to clover, which was something I had not observed. I did see them sipping nectar from the blos- soms of water cress, but not ovipositing thereon. The egg and young larva can be described as follows: Ecce; echinoid; the micropyle small, at the bottom of a relatively large deep depression. Size; .5 mm. wide X .275 mm. tall. Color; lustrous green. The surface is covered with a reticulated network, made up of slightly raised walls, enclosing shallow hexagonal depressions. The hexagonal spaces are largest around the circumference of the egg, and become smaller and less regular as the micropyle is approached, They also decrease in size and regularity as they approach the base. Eggs laid June 7 hatched June 15. Larva; first instar. Length, approximately 1.25 mm., stout, cylindrical, except for a slight tapering near the cauda. Head, jet black; slightly narrower than the first segment. The body is creamy white, and bears the usual rows of short, simple, colorless setae that are characteristic of the genus. Each seta arises from a black papillus. A light gray, glistening scutellum of triangular shape is present on the first segment, and a small spot of the same character is placed medially near the cauda. Legs; slightly tinged with light yellow-brown, Prolegs; concol- orous with body. 58 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 PLATE 19 Fig. 1. Female of Plebeius saepiolus hilda in the act of ovipositing on clover. Natural size. Fig.2 Egg of P. sacpiolus hilda enlarged 5 te The larvae were active for about two days, but I could see no evidence of their feeding. Thereafter they became shorter and stouter, and passed into the hibernation stupor. Whether they survive the winter at lower altitudes remains to be seen. Foodplant of choice, Cow clover, (Trifolium involucratum Ort). Plebeius saepiolus hilda is limited in its range to the Southern Sierras of California. It has been shifted about considerably by the systematists since its discovery and description in 1907! by Fordyce Grinnell and his brother Joseph. In 1911 Coolidge? placed it in the Genus Lycaena, but called it a synonym of L. daedalus. He made no mention of foodplant or early stages. 1J. & F. Grinnell. Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 15: pp. 46-47. 1907. “Coolidge, Karl R. Pomona Coll. Jn. Ent. Ill (2) p. 512. 1911. 59 BULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54; Part: 231955 Dr. W. J. Holland, in the latest revision of the “Butterfly Book” placed it under Lycaena, and stated that the life history was unknown. He listed it as a distinct species. We follow Dr. McDunnough’s list of 1938*, in placing it under Plebeius, as a subspecies or race of saepiolus. Even the life history of the parent species, Plebeius saepiolus saepiolus has been only briefly hinted at, though it is a widely distributed butterfly. Dr. John Garth, in his “Butterflies of Yosemite National Park”’ records it feeding on Alpine Clover, and Dr. Klots® states that it is single brooded, hibernating as a larva, and lists Alsike Clover as the foodplant. I know of no other references in the literature. It will doubtless be found that the life histories of both the species and subspecies are very similar. %Holland, W. J., ‘‘Butterfly Book’’, p. 262. 1930. *McDunnough, J. H., Mem. So. Cal. Acad. Sei. 1: p. 27, 19388. 5Garth, John S., Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 34: (1) p. 67. 1935. ®Klots, A. B., “Field Guide to the Butterflies’’, p. 167. 1951. BRIEF NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF SIX CALIFORNIA MOTHS By JoHN AbAMS COMSTOCK Aseptis characta (Grt. ) While collecting in the Argus Mountains, south of Darwin, California, in May of 1936, a trial was made of hunting lepidop- terous larvae at night with the aid of Coleman lamps. On the night of May 16 a number of larvae were found on a species of Artemisia. No specimens were observed on subsequent days. Several examples were carried through to maturity, and proved to be Aseptis characta. Brief notes were made of the larva in the field, but in the press of other matters we neglected to record the pupa, or make illus- trations of any stage. In view of the fact that no published record of the metamor- phosis of this species exists, it seems justifiable to give the scanty data recorded in our field book. Mature Larva. Length, 15 mm. Head, glistening gray-green. Ocelli, blackish brown. Body ground color, gray-green. There are five longitudinal pure white stripes, one of which is mid dorsal, two lateral, and two stigmatal. 60 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 The spiracles are green, with very narrow black rims. Abdomen, legs, and prolegs, concolorous with the remainder of the body. A few colorless setae are scattered over the head and anal regions, and more sparsely distributed on the body. (No setal maps of these were made). All roads in this isolated area are now closed to civilian travel on account of military restrictions. Andropolia lichena B. & McD. In the Subfamily Amphipyrinae, the Genus Andropolia is credited in the McDunnough List of 1938, with twelve species as occurring in the United States. Apparently nothing concerning the life history of any of these twelve moths is known. The following notes on foodplant and chrysalis of Andropolia lichena B. & McD., though brief, will serve as a starting point. PLATE 20 Pupa of Andropolia lichena Fig. A. Dorsal aspect. B. Ventral aspect. C. Lateral aspect. Enlarged x3. (Drawing by the author. ) 1Check List of the Lepid. of Canada and the U. S. of America, Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1, pp. 93-94, 1938. 61 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 545) Rartize 1955 On December 8, 1946, Mr. Chris Henne brought me a larva which he had taken on Ribes malvaceum Sm., in Woodwardia Canyon (East Fork), San Gabriel Mountains, California, at an elevation of 2500 ft. The larva was preparing for pupation and there was not sufficient time for making a drawing or preparing a description, but after it had pupated the accompanying illus- tration and description were drawn up. Subsequently, a perfect specimen of Andropolia lichena emerged. Pura. Length, 15 mm. Greatest width, 5 mm. Color, rich cinnamon brown, darker over the eyes. Fusiform; rounded at the cephalic end and regularly tapering toward the cauda. The cremaster is a round rugose black button, and bears three pairs of cremasteric hooks. The central pair are longest, with only a suggestion of a terminal hook. The next lateral pair are only half as long, and end in a distinct hook. The third pair are still shorter, and are markedly recurved. All are jet black. The surface of the chrysalis is smooth, and free of appendages. The antennae extend to less than 1 mm. from the edge of wings. Spiracles concolorous with body. Other features are adequately shown in the figures on Plate 20. Palada scarletina Sim. Larvae of this species were collected by Joseph Roberts on August 15, 1948, at North Redondo, California. They were feed- ing at the bases of the buds of Stephanomeria virgata Benth. Several were reared to maturity. A single example was turned over to me for description. It measured 11 mm. and was probably in its penultimate instar. Not having fresh foodplant on hand, it did not survive. The following brief notes were recorded at the time. Larva; cylindrical, robust, the head relatively large, with mottled brown cheeks and soiled ivory front. The labrum was white; mouth parts brown, edged with black; antennae white at base; ocelli brown. White setae occurred on the head. Body: The dorsal and lateral surfaces are dark maroon, with an indistinct narrow cream colored mid-dorsal stripe running for only two or three segments, and lateral to this another creamy stripe which becomes obsolescent on about the 4th segment. The spiracles are black, and each is placed in the center of a prominent triangular yellow spot. The infrastigmatal fold is yellow, and the bases of the triangles above mentioned rest on it. Below the infrastigmatal fold is a narrow pinkish area, which fades into the light gray-green of the abdominal surface. Legs, black; prolegs, pinkish maroon on proximal segments and gray-green on distal portions. 62 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 7 VOle D4 barteo alo a> Heteranassa minor Sm. _ Of the three species of Heteranassa occurring north of the Mexican border, the life histories are all unknown. Several examples of the mature larvae of this species were taken on Honey Mesquite, Prosopis juliflora DC., June 19, 1943, in the San Felipe Valley, San Diego County, above the Gorge. All had pupated before we were able to illustrate the larva. The larva spins a fragile cocoon into which ground debris is incorporated. Pura. Length, 13 mm. Subfusiform, the cephalic end rounded and the caudal end tapering somewhat abruptly. The thorax is unusually short as compared to the total length. The segments caudal thereto are markedly punctate over the dorsal surface but are smooth on the ventral aspect. The eyes are not prominent, and the antennae extend to the wing cases. The cremaster is a triangulate plate, topped by eight short recurved hooklets of varying length. The spiracles show prominently, their centers being of a lighter shade than the brown body color. The chrysalis is covered by a bluish-white bloom, which easily rubs off. There are apparently no setae on any portion of the pupa. The pupa is illustrated on Plate 21. PLATE 21 Pupa of Heteranassa minor Sm. Left fig., dorsal aspect. Center, lateral aspect. Right, ventral aspect. Enlarged x3. (Drawing by the author. ) 63 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Drasteria howlandi (Grt. ) This moth, formerly placed in the Genus Syneda by various authors, and now assigned to the Subgenus Drasteria by Richards‘ apparently has a wide distribution in the western states. The egg, and all larval instars were described by Dyar in 1902? but no illustrations were included. We figure the larva in Plate 22, and for convenient association PLATE 22 Larva of Drasteria howlandi ( Grt. ) Left, dorsal aspect. Right, lateral aspect. Enlarged x1%. (Photo, courtesy of Los Angeles County Museum. ) include a brief description. The pupa has not heretofore been described or illustrated. Mature Larva. Length, 41 mm. Cylindrical except for the tapering caudal segments. The head is slightly narrower than the first thoracic segment, and is somewhat flattened. Its ground color is ivory. There are three wide dark brown longitudinal bands on each cheek. These are formed of two or three fine wavy lines with lighter brown between. The lowermost band is in line with the ocelli. The latter are brownish black. 1Entomologica Americana, XIX (n. ser.) 1; pp. 1-100. 1939. *Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 25; 382-384. 1902. 64 BULLETIN, So. CAuir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 be . % i ae 6 LS. i; & ® PLATE 23 Pupa of Drasteria howlandi ( Grt. ) Left, lateral aspect. Center, ventral aspect. Right, dorsal aspect. Enlarged x2}. (Photo, courtesy Los Angeles County Museum. ) - The body ground color is ivory. There is a broad middorsal longitudinal band of slaty gray which is made up of two outer dark stripes and a central lighter element. The edges of these bands are accented by narrower darker stripes. These, and all other longitudinal stripes are composed of minute dots, placed close together in wavy rows, some of which are fused for short distances. Dorso-laterally there is a white or ivory area running longitud- inally the entire length of the larva, which is slightly over a millimeter in width. This has a number of wavy rows of pinkish brown dots superimposed on it. Below this area occurs a stigmatal dark line of about .5 mm. width, the edges of which are accented by narrow chocolate- brown stripes. The area inferior to this, and the entire abdominal surface is. ivory, striped longitudinally by fine rows of dots. Legs and prolegs concolorous with body. Spiracles; large, conspicuous, and velvety black. Setae; very short, scant, and light colored. There are two pairs of functional prolegs in addition to the anal pair, and a non-functional minute third pair. ~The larva remains quiescent during most of the day. The example from which this description was prepared was one of a series raised from. ova, obtained by Chris Henne at Kingman, Arizona, on May 8, 1937. Pupa. Length, 18 mm. Greatest width, 5 mm. Regularly fusi- 65 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 form, and surface texture smooth and glistening. The color is dark brown, with slightly darker wing cases. The cremaster is composed of two long tapering processes, slightly curved at their tips but not sufficiently to produce hooks. There are no prominences, tubercles, or other distinctive struc- tures on the body. A few minute colorless setae are sparsely scattered over the dorsum. The pupa is illustrated on Plate 23. Glaucina golgolata (Stkr. ) This moth was reared from larvae collected by the writer in Mint Canyon, Los Angeles County, in late April, 1932, which were placed with Commander Dammers, of Riverside, and gave forth imagos in September of 1933. A second lot of larvae were taken in La Tuna Canyon, Los Angeles County, by William Evans, in November, 1947. These produced imagos in April of 1948. All examples were taken on Eriogonum fasciculatum Benth, (False Buckwheat ). Mature LARVA. Length, 26 mm. Regularly cylindrical from the head to last two caudal segments, thence tapering to the cauda. Head, predominantly dull rose, slightly mottled over the cheeks; clypeus dull yellow or whitish; antennae white on the basal segments and pink on the tips; ocelli black on a white field. Two of the white lines developed on the body extend for a short distance onto the head. Body color, dull rose, of a shade that matches the branches of the foodplant. The body is striped with numerous longitudinal creamy white lines. The dorsal area has three such narrow lines on each side of a darker middorsal band. The most laterally placed of these is the lightest and most conspicuous. This is - the line that extends onto the head. Lateral to this is a wider dark band, and latero-inferior thereto a wider stigmatal band of mottled white and dull red, the lower edge of which forms the substigmatal fold. The abdominal area is somewhat darker than the dorsum, and is longitudinally striped with a series of more or less broken faint dashes. Spiracles, black rimmed, with dull red centers. Legs and pro- legs, concolorous with body. Crochets, dark brown. A number of short dark setae occur on the body, each of which arises from a brown papillus. The larvae feed only at night, and rest during the daytime, closely appressed to the branches. Pupation occurs under the soil. 66 BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol 54. bart ehO55 A REVISION OF THARSALEA SCUD. (S. STR.), WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES (Lepid., Lyc.) By J. W. TILDEN In 1936 two workers, A. Klots and T. N. Freeman, both published papers on the generic and grouping assignments of the Lycaeninae. Klots’ paper came out in October, Freeman’s in December, The Klots paper includes a survey from a world- wide view-point; Freeman deals with the north american species only. When Scudder (1876) proposed the genus Tharsalea he stressed the tailed condition of the hind wings and the general thecloid appearance. As shown by both Klots and Freeman, these characters are not trustworthy. Hermes Edwards has gen- italia unlike arota Boisduval and should not be associated with it. Klots includes hermes in his concept of the subgenus Thar- sdlea, though not in his arota-group. Freeman suggests that hermes be removed to Lycaena, where McDunnough places it in his Check-list (1938). The genitalia of hermes and arota are very dissimilar, as indeed these species are in most of their gen- eral appearance. The tailed secondary is the principal character that led Scudder to associate them. Klots treats Tharsalea as a subgenus of Lycaena. Although this usage has not become general, it is justified and is adopted here. I feel, however, that more than two subgenera are needed to express the relationships in the genus Lycaena. I prefer to regard Tharsalea in the sense of Scudder, but minus hermes. This restricts Tharsalea to arota Bdy. and its subspecies, as here- inafter considered. Tharsalea differs from closely related mem- bers of the Lycaeninae mostly in the form of the male genitalia, which are characterized by the sharply incurved and _ slender falces and by the simple slender valves ( gonocoxites ). Additional characters of value are the shape of the wings, which are more trigonate and thecloid in outline than in other amercian Lycaeninae, and in the choice of food plants. Arota and its sub- species are apparently restricted to Ribes and Grossularia (cur- rant and gooseberry ). Klots appears to be the first to suggest that virginiensis Edw. is a subspecies of arota Bdv. With this I agree completely and have treated it as such in this paper. 67 BULLETIN, So. Catir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 The conclusions in this paper are based on the study of more than four hundred specimens from a large number of localities that include all of the known range of the species. These speci- mens came from the following states: Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah and California. About one half of the total number examined were from California. I believe that this is due to more thorough collecting rather than to a more general abundance of the species in California. THARSALEA Scudder 1876 Bull. Buff. Soc., II:125:1876 Type, Polyommatus arota Boisduval Ann. Ent: Soe. Fr., (2) X 293:1852 Arota was described from material collected by Lorquin. The type locality is not stated in modern terms. Boisduval says: “Montagnes de la Juba, en mai et juin.” As nearly as can be ascertained, the name Juba was used for a portion of the mining country of the Sierra Nevada, north and east of Sacramento, and the area involved was somewhat larger than merely the imme- diate environs of the Juba River. An obituary of Lorquin, read by Boisduval before the Entomological Society of France, indi- cates that Lorquin was in this mining region in 1852 and perhaps before. This information is obtained from a translation of Boisduval’s paper, as it appears in a booklet copyrighted 1938 by Lorquin’s granddaughter, Estelle H. Lorquin. It seems reasonable to consider that the Sierra Nevada at lower elevations, in the old mining region, is the type locality of Polyommatus arota Bdy., and it is suggested that this region be regarded as the type locality of this species at least until such time as more exact information can be obtained. It is interesting to note that the type locality of virginiensis Edwards (Virginia City, Nevada), is in approximately the same latitude but east of the Sierra Nevada. Tharsalea occurs entirely across the sierran crest where the divide is relatively low. At Echo Summit, Eldorado County, for instance, there is no barrier between the Tharsalea populations on the east and west slopes of the Sierra. One can collect at Strawberry, on the west slope, across the summit and down to Meyers on the east slope and on. into -Alpine County and the declivity into Nevada, finding Tharsalea here and there all along the way. Thus the isolation 68 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vole a4 Rarti2 lo 55 of arota from virginiensis is much more apparent than real, and this is borne out by examination of long series of specimens from areas of intergradation. These specimens show every transition from arota to virginiensis. The range of Tharsalea arota (Bdv. ), including its subspecies, is from southern Oregon to southern California, and from the coastal strip of California eastward to southern Idaho, Utah, Colorado, Arizona and New Mexico. In this extensive range it shows very considerable variation. Three subspecies have pre- viously been described. A fourth is described in this paper. Still other variants might be recognized, but for the present, four names are enough to express the present author’s opinions of the variational tendencies. The most constant and dependable characteristic of color seems to be the shade of the under surfaces of the wings.. This is brown with grayish tones in nominate arota. It is a dull buffy brown in fresh specimens of nubila, quite pale in virgini- ensis and dark in the previously unrecognized subspecies from the Rocky Mountain region. Such statements as that of Edwards, that “the black spots on the undersides are much heavier than in arota,’ which he makes in the description of virginiensis, do not hold true for all specimens. I regard the size of these spots as a character of limited value. It is true that there is an average difference in the size of the spots, but there is great variation. a. arota arota (Boisduval) 1852 Type locality: “Montagnes de la Juba” Boisduval, Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr., (2)X:293 (Polyommatus) Wright, Butt. West Coast, Pl. XXVIII, figs. 238, b, c, 1907 Dyar, List N. A. Lepid., p. 40, No. 386 Seitz, Macrolep. World, Vol. V, p. 812, Pl. 145, figs. a-1, a-2, a-8, 1924 G@omstack)|, A, Butt. Calif, p: 170, Pl. ol, figs. 14, 1927 Holland, Butt. Book, rev. ed., pp. 246-247 Pl. XXIX, figs. 2930 Klots, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., XXXI:154-171, Pl. VIII, fig. 13, 1936 reemany a. N. Can Bnt. UXVII:277-279, Pl. 17, ae McDunnough, Checklist Lepid. Can. & U.S.A., Part I, p. 26, No. 420 The color of the lower surfaces of the wings in this subspecies tends to be brown, often a dark grayish brown. Fresh specimens may show light overscaling; flown specimens tend to appear 69 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 duller due to the rubbing off of the overscaling. The spots are often smaller and more numerous than in virginiensis, but this character is variable. The specimens of this subspecies are mod- erate to small compared to specimens representing the other sub- species. The length of the forewing averages about 14 mm. Specimens from northern California and southern Oregon tend to be somewhat smaller and a bit more contrastingly marked, but there seems to be no reason, at least at present, to consider them as other than the extreme northern extension of nominate arota. Specimens from the coast ranges of California, especially from south of San Francisco Bay, are browner and more suffused below than those from the Sierra Nevada. It is this material that has been widely distributed to collections and upon which many collectors base their concept of arota. Here again, the differences, while recognizable, seem well within the limits of one subspecies. The range of nominate arota, as here considered, is from southern Oregon (apparently the northern limit of the range of the species ) south to the Tehachapi Mountains in Kern County, California, and from the coast of California east into the Sierra Nevada. It intergrades with virginiensis along the eastern edge of its range and apparently also with nubila J. A. Comstock in the Tehachapi Mountain area. One hundred seventy-one specimens were examined that seemed referable to arota arota; some of these however represent intergrades with other subspecies, and their position might well be considered a matter of opinion. b. arota virginiensis (Edwards 1870) Klots 1936 Type locality: Virginia City, Nevada Edwards, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., II1:21:1870(Chrysophanus) Wright, Butt. West Coast, Pl. XXVIII, figs. 239, b, c, 1907 Dyar, List N.A. Lepid., p. 40, No. 387, 1908 Seitz, Macrolep. World, Vol. V, p. 812, PI. 145, fig. a-4, 1924 Comstock, J. A., Butt. Calif., pp. 171-172, Pl. 51, figs. 6, 7, 8, 1927 Holland, Butt. Book, rev. ed., p. 247, Pl. XXVIII, figs. 28, 24, 1930 Klots, Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc., Vol. XXXI, p. 164, Pl. VIII, fig. 14, 1936 McDunnough, Checklist Lepid. Can. & U. S. A., Part I, p. 26, No. 421, 1938 _ If Edwards description of virginiensis is compared line by line with Boisduval’s description of arota, it will be seen that they are remarkably similar in content, and that the differences are not great. Edwards sums up by saying, “The black spots on the under 70 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 side are much heavier than in arota, and the orange band a marked feature.” In the most extreme examples of virginiensis, the spots of the underside are actually more conspicuous and larger, but other specimens from the type locality show this tendency to a much smaller degree. The orange band, at the anal angle of the hind wing, varies also, and while usually better developed in virginiensis, is not dependable alone in recognizing this subspecies. The only diagnostic point that seems dependable is that of color. Typical virginiensis is lighter below than arota. In worn specimens, however, this character is much less evident, since the wearing off of the overscaling causes the surface to appear darker. Nominate arota and virginiensis tend to intergrade where their ranges meet along the east slope of the Sierra Nevada, and speci- mens occur plentifully that cannot with certainty be placed. This has lead to differences in opinion as to the proper disposition of material from the Sierra. Some collectors call all this Sierran material virginiensis, others call it arota, and I have seen speci- mens that might equally well be referred to either. This seems to indicate that virginiensis is a rather weakly differentiated sub- species, and whether or not the name is to be retained at all is a matter of opinion. The Holland figures are not distinguishable from arota, being of the upper surfaces. The Comstock figures are of topotypes, and are good, Wright's figures appear to be of worn specimens, and it is not clear whether they are actually virginiensis. (The Wright figures of arota may represent nubila Comstock. ) At hand are several topotypes of virginiensis which are not noticeably different from certain specimens taken in Mono County, Calif. The genitalic figure in the Klots paper would indicate a rather marked difference between the genitalia of nominate arota and virginiensis. I have seen no specimens with genitalia like that figured by Klots, and have found no indication that there is any difference at all between the genitalia of these two forms. Klots’ figure is, as he states, made from an extreme example. I fear that the result in this case is to suggest a difference that does not in fact exist. It is of course very possible that the position of the parts in the drawing adds to this appearance of difference. Before me are thirty-five specimens of what I regard as true virginiensis, topotypes and material from closely adjacent local- ities. Without at least one topotype for comparison, determina- tion of this subspecies would be very uncertain. It is not clear who first stated that arota and virginiensis can be separated by the lunulation of the submarginal band. Holland makes this statement in the Butterfly Book (page 257) and others have spoken similarly. Nominate arota and topotypical virginiensis (al BULLETIN, So. CAaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 differ little in this respect, although arota may often have the sub- marginal band wider than does virginiensis. Few specimens have the band truly continuous; a tendency for the band to break up into crescents is present in most specimens. Rocky Mountain material, described below, tends to have the submarginal band broken into widely separated lunules on a dark background, but Rocky Mountain material cannot be referred to virginiensis because it differs so greatly from topotypical material of Ed- ward's subspecies. Comstock, Butt. Calif., p. 171, 51, figs. 2, 3, 5, 1927 c. arota nu bila J. A. Comstock 1926 Type locality:Los Angeles, California Comstock, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci., XXV, p. 34, 1926 Comstock, Butt. Calif., p. 171, 1. 51, figs. 2, 3; 5; 1927 Holland, Butterfly Book, rev. ed., p. 247, 1930 McDunnough, Checklist Lepid. Can & U. S. A., Part I, p. 26, No. 420a, 1938 This representative of the species in southern California is consistently darker above and duller below than arota arota. The dark margins are wide above and the orange bar at the anal angle of the hind wing is reduced or obscured. The female is duller above than the female of arota, and the extent of the pale areas is restricted. Both sexes tend to be duller and more suffused below than are any other of the subspecies. Nubila seems to be restricted to California south of the Tehachapi Mountains. Some of the tendencies to dull coloration extend north along the coast and into the Tehachapi area, where occasional! specimens are intermediate. Series from the type locality show relatively little variation. The above statements are based on an examination of forty-five specimens from southern California, including a pair of Dr. Comstock’s paratypes. A long series from the Tejon-Te- hachapi area show some tendency to grade towards nubila, but are referable to arota. From this I tend to place the northern limit of the range of nubila not further north than Fort Tejon. Coastal specimens from Santa Barbara County and northward, that approach nubila in the dullness of the inferior surfaces, do not as a rule show the tendency to dull and restricted coloration above, and are at least for the present referred to nomiate arota. Material from Arizona, Utah, New Mexico and Colorado is very different from any of the three subspecies treated above, and for this previously unrecognized subspecies | propose the name Lycaena (Tharsalea) arota schellbachi, subsp. nov. Type locality, North Rim, Grand Canyon National Park, Arizona Garth, John S., Butt. Gr. Can. Nat. Park, p. 38, fig. 20591950 (as virginiensis) - 72 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2,.1955 PLATE 24 1. Lycaena (Tharsalea) arota arota (Bdv.), Deerpark, Placer County, Cali- fornia, E. J. Newcomer, Coll. August 6, 1909. 1G 2. Lycaena (Tharsalea) arota virginiensis (Edw.), Virginia City, Nevada, July 27, 1923, J. A. Comstock, Coll. 83. Lycaena (Tharsalea) arota nubila J. A. Comstock, Paratype #3, Los An- geles, (Griffith Park), Calif., July 2, 1922, J. A. Comstock, Coll. 4. Lycaena (Tharsalea) arota schellbachi, subsp. nov., Holotype male, Bright Angel Trail, North Rim, Grand Canyon, Arizona, June 11, 1943, L. Schellbach, Coll. Fis § Hotorypr MALE:Costa of forewing 16 mm., upper surface bronzy copper with faint lilac reflections, the dark markings of the lower surface showing through faintly; terminal line narrow; dark borders about 2 mm., gradually merging with the ground color; fringes pale, becoming white at anal angle of hind wings; this angle with two dark spots outlined by a dull red band that extends into the single white-tipped tail. 73 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Below, ground color of fore wings olive gray; terminal line white, narrow; marginal band of dark oblong spots; spots of sub- marginal band heavy and squarish, outlined by white; spots of median band, as well as the discal and basal spots, black and distinct, narrowly outlined in pale gray; three dull orange spots between submarginal and median bands, in interspaces M;, Cu, and Cu,. Hind wings, Ground color dark, but with profuse over- scaling of ashy gray; marginal band of 4 or 5 thin pale crescents; submarginal band tortuous, of pale lunules against a dark ground; spots of basal two-thirds of wing black, outlined in white; ver- million band of anal area extensive, from cell Cu, to anal angle, enclosing in cell Cu, ablack spot and in the anal cells, dark gray shades; tail vermillion centrally, outlined in black and tipped with white. ALLOTYPE FEMALE: Costa of forewing 16.5 mm.; upper sur- face dark brown with extensive orange-rufous areas; costa of forewing dark; discal bar of three spots, and the sub-basal and basal spots, nearly black; median band of one large spot each in cells M, and Cu, and a much smaller spot in cell Cu,, of the ground color of the wings; veins dark, contrasting. Hind wings, light areas more restricted, reduced to a broad submarginal band and three light rays extending from the submarginal band basad into cells M;, Cu, and Cu.,, the veins in this area dark; tail orange, margined with black and tipped with white and with a marginal black spot on either side; fringes pale, becoming white on hind wings. Below: as in male, except that the disc of the forewings is extensively orange, against which the dark markings stand ont boldly. Both sexes: Body dark above; legs and lower surfaces of body light; palpi light below and dark above; antennae annulated black and white. Type material: Holotype male, Bright Angel Trail, Grand Canyon, Ariz., VI.11.43 (Schellbach); allotype female, same locality, VI.22.43 (Schellbach), bearing identification label read- ing “Tharsalea virginiensis (Edw.) pos. dist. sub. sp det. W. D. Field”; twenty-three designated paratypes as follows: four males, same data as holotype; two males and two females, same data as allotype; one male, North Rim, Grand Canyon, Ariz., VII.18.34 (Lutz); three males, same locality, VIII 18.38 (E. L. Bell); one male and one female, same locality, VIII.18.46 (J. S. Garth); one male, Kaibab Trail, North Rim, Grand Canyon, Ariz., VII.9.47 (Garth); six males, same locality, VII.19.47 (Garth); one female, River View, North Rim, Grand Canyon, Ariz., VII.14.52 (Chris- tensen ); one female, Neal’s Spring, North Rim, Grand Canyon, VII.9.53 (Tilden). 74 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Type material distributed as follows: Holotype male and allo- type female deposited in the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.; Six males and one female in the collection of the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern Cali- fornia, Los Angeles; one male and one female in the collection of the author; three males in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History; eight males and three females in the collection of the Naturalist’s Work Shop, Grand Canyon, Ariz. I take pleasure in dedicating this subspecies to Mr. Louis Schellbach, Park Naturalist, Grand Canyon National Park. In addition to the designated type material, there has been examined the following additional material referable to this new subspecies: one male, Navajo, Arizona; ten males and three females from various localities in Utah; thirty males and thirty- five females from various localities in New Mexico; thirty-eight males and twenty-six females from various localities in Colorado. A total of one hundred sixty-eight specimens from widely sep- arated localities in four states, was examined. Variation in the type series: The length of the forewing of the male ranges from 14.5 to 18 mm.; that of the female from 14.5 to 17 mm. The males are remarkably alike in coloration but the females vary considerably in the extent and the intensity of the light markings. The allotype is lighter than the average in color- ation, but was selected for description because it is in better condition than the other available female specimens from the type locality. Variation in material from other localities: The material from Utah is slightly smaller (14 mm. to 16 mm. in length of forewing ), and averages somewhat lighter in color. It is difficult to be sure that this is not due to the wearing of flown insects, since the fresher ones are nearly as dark as the types. These trends to smaller size and possibly lighter coloration may show a tendency on the part of the Utah populations to grade toward virginiensis. However, the relatively few specimens of Utah material at hand make it unwise to draw any fixed conclusions on this point at present. The sixty-four specimens from New Mexico show little difference in size or color from the type material, except a tend- ency to reduction of the light areas on the upper surfaces of the females. This tendency seems to me to be within the limits of one subspecies. The Colorado material is very similar to the type material, but averages near the upper limits of size. This new subspecies has in each case been labelled as virgin- iensis in all the collections seen by me. This is somewhat sur- prising since virginiensis is the lightest of the subspecies of arota, while schellbachi is the darkest. 75 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 The range of schellbachi appears to be limited to the states of Arizona, New Mexico, Colorado and Utah, and seems to be the only subspecies of arota found in these states. Analysis of the described subspecies of Lycaena (Tharsalea) arota ( Boisduval) : l. arota arota (Boisduval ) Medium brown to grayish brown below; spots averaging small in size; type locality, probably in the Sierra Nevada at low elevations, north and east of Sacramento; range, from southern Oregon south to the Tehachapi Mountains in California, and from the pacific coast eastward into and in some places through the Sierra Nevada; intergrades with virginiensis to the east and to some extent with nubila to the south. 2. arota virginiensis (Edwards ) Light below; spots averaging larger in most specimens; orange- red of anal area usually more conspicuous than in arota; type locality, Virginia City, Nevada; range, an area of undetermined size centering around the type locality; intergrades with arota to the west and south; whether it also intergrades with schell- bachi to the east is not ascertained. 3. arota nubila J. A. Comstock Duller both above and below, with all light areas reduced; this tendency especially noticeable on the upper surface of the females; type locality, Los Angeles, California; Range, southern California, intergrading to some extent with arota in the northern portion of the range. 4. arota schellbachi, n. subsp. Very dark below; spots outlined sharply by white; female with light areas of upper surface extensive; average size, largest of the four subspecies; type locality, North Rim, Grand Canyon, Arizona; range, Arizona, New Mexico, Colerado and Utah. It may intergrade with virginiensis in eastern Nevada and western Utah, but lack of material prevents a statement on this point. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS For the loan of material or literature, and for helpful com- ments and suggestions, thanks are due the following institutions and individuals: American Museum of Natural History; Mr. F. Martin Brown; California Academy of Sciences; Mr. J. C. Downey; Dr. John S. Garth; Allan Hancock Foundation; Los Angeles County Museum; Mr. Lloyd M. Martin; Dr. Frederick H. Rindge; Dr. E. S. Ross; Mr. Louis Schellbach, Special thanks are due Dr. J. A. Comstock for encouragement and critical review of the manuscript. 76 BuLLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 SUMMARY The subgenus Tharsalea of the genus Lycaena is restricted to Polyommatus arota (Boisduval) 1852 and its subspecies. These subspecies are: arota arota (Bdv.), arota virginiensis (Edw.), arota nubila J. A. Comst. and arota schellbachi Tilden, n. subsp., herein described. REFERENCES CITED Boisduval, Jean A. 1852. Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr., (2)X:293:1852. Comstock, John A. 1926. Bull So. Calif. Acad. Sci., XXV(L):34:1927. 1927. Butterflies of Calif., pp. 170-172, pl. 51, figs. 1-8:1927. Dyar, Harrison G. 1908. List of N. A. Lepid., (Bull. U.S.N.M. no. 52), p. 40:1908. Edwards, W. H. 1870. Trans Am Ent Soc., III:21:1870 Freeman, T. N. 1936. Can Ent., LX VIII: 277-279:1936 (Dec. ). Holland. H. J. 1930. Butterfly Book (revised ed.), pp. 246-247, pl. XXIX, figs. 1, 2 & pl. XXVIII, figs 23, 24:1930. Klots, A. B. 1936. Bull. Brook Ent. Soc., XXXI(4):154-171:1936 (Oct.). Lorquin, Estelle H. 1938. Pierre Joseph Michel Lorquin, priv. pub., San Francisco, 1938. McDunnough, J. 1938. Mem. So. Cal. Acad. Sci., Vol. I. Check List of Lepid. of Can. & U.S.A., part 1, MacroLepid., p. 26. Scudder, Samuel J. 1876. Bull. Buff. Soc., I:125:1876. Seitz, Adalbert 1924. Macrolep. World, V:812, pl. 145, figs. a-1 to a-4:1924. Wright, W. G. 1907. Butt. West Coast, Pl. XXVIII, fig. 238, b, c & fig. 239, b, c:1907. BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 THREE NEW TINGIDAE (HEMIPTERA ) By Cari J. Drake Ames, Iowa In addition to the description of three new species of Tingidae, this paper briefly discusses and illustrates the type of a rare and unknown cantacaderid from India. The types of the new species have been deposited as stated beneath the descriptions. Cyclotynaspis acalyptoides Montandon (Plate 25 ) Cyclotynaspis acalyptoides Montandon, Rev. d’ Ent. 11 (1):256-266. 1892. Through the kindness of Dr. V. H. Raica, Muzuel de Istorie Naturala, Buceresti. Rumania, I have been able to study the unique type (only known specimen) of the cantacaderid Cyclo- tynaspis acalyptoides Montandon, female, brachypterous, Singa- pore, India, collected by M. A. Raffray. The following notes are intended to supplement the excellent original description: Head very long, strongly produced in front of eyes, armed with five spines in front of eyes (fig. 1), without spines back of eyes; eyes very small, reddish. Rostrum very long, stout, extend- ing a little beyond rostral sulcus on basal part of venter, testace- ous-brown with apex fuscous. Bucculae wide, long, whitish testa- ceous, composed of one row of large areolae, subangulately pro- duced in front, the laminae parallel, not curved inwardly, with apex entirely open. Antennae moderately long, slender, testaceous, segments I and II very short, IV slightly swollen, measurements— I, 5; I, 3; I, 32; IV, 17. Hypocostal laminae very narrow, uni- seriate. Elytra (fig. 1) ovate, with subcostal and discoidal areas strongly, transversely convex, the areolae subrounded and mod- erately large; costal area broad, horizontal, triseriate; subcostal area much wider, with five rows of areolae in widest part, the transverse, raised lines scarcely distinguishable; discoidal area large, with a prominent, adventitious, transverse vein in front of middle of both areas, the left side with a second raised vein beyond the middle. Pronotum obliquely narrowed anteriorly, unicarinate, with large punctures more like areolae; collar areo- late, truncate in front; calli large, somewhat rugulose; paranota narrow, of equal width throughout, uniseriate. Legs short, with femora a little swollen. Scutellum very small, exposed. Elytra meeting in a straight line within. Length, 1.75 mm.; width, 1.05 mm, 78 Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 PLATE 25 cyclotynaspis acalyptoides Montandon Monanthia patquiana, n. sp. Small, oblong, brownish testaceous with some veinlets fuscous, with areolae whitish, the dorsal surface clothed with very short, scattered, bright golden pubescence on veinlets. Head dark red- dish brown, with five short, blunt, testaceous spines. Antennae testaceous with first two segments brown and last fuscous, meas- urements—I, 8; II, 8; III, 45; IV, 18. Rostrum brownish, reaching beyond middle of mesosternum; laminae testaceous, uniseriate, the ends meeting behind. Body beneath dark fuscous. Orifice distinct. Hypocostal laminae uniseriate, the areolae becoming smaller posteriorly. Pronotum slightly convex, brownish on disc, tricarinate; lateral carinae short, present on hind process, not extending to or present 19 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 under reflexed paranota; divergent posteriorly; median carina slightly raised, without distinct areolae; collar a little elevated, testaceous, largely biseriate, triseriate at middle; paranota wide, completely reflexed, six areolae deep in widest part, with outer, hind and front margins jointly rounded, the outer margin rest- ing about one areolae removed from median carina. Elytra widest at middle, jointly rounded behind in repose; costal area not very wide, uniseriate, with transverse veinlets thicker and partly fuscous, the areolae clear; subcostal area three areolae deep just in front of and also behind lateral projection of discoidal area; discoidal area extending beyond middle of elytra, with apical part near apex projecting deeply (C-shaped) into subcostal area, there four or five areolae deep at middle of projection, only three or four areolae wide in front of projection; sutural area with areolae slightly larger and some veinlets infuscate. Length, 2.55 mm.; width, 1.08 mm. Type (male) and ALLoryPe (female), Patquia, Argentina, Jan. 1, 1933, in British Museum. Pararypes: 2 specimens taken with type, and | specimen, La Rioja, Patquia, all by K. J. Edwards. Separated from M. parilis Drake, M. figurata Distant and M. berryi Drake by the much wider paranota and shape of apical part of discoidal area. Lasiacantha discordis, n. sp. Moderately large, oblong, brownish with paranota, pronotal carinae and costal area more testaceous, the latter with a few veinlets infuscate; areolae large, hyaline. Lateral margins of para- nota and elytra, superior margins of carinae, boundary veins of discoidal and vein separating subcostal and discoidal areas armed with numerous sharp spines, the spines on veins separating elytral areas erect, longer and also slenderer. Head convex above, armed above with five slender, moderately long, testaceous spines. Buc- culae broad, areolate, with ends contiguous in front. Rostrum reaching between intermediate coxae, testaceous with apex black; laminae whitish, uniseriate, slightly divergent posteriorly, open behind. Antennae slender, testaceous, with two apical segments brown (IV subclavate ), rather sparsely beset with long stiff hairs, measurements—I, 8; II, 6; III, 64; [1V, 17. Orifice not visible. Pronotum and carinae sparsely clothed with pale hairs; hood small, tectiform, highest in front; paranota broad, widest opposite humeri, slightly turned up, irregularly biseriate, the areolae large; carinae strongly foliaceous, very high, higher than hood, mostly biseriate, lower and uniseriate behind, the median a little higher than lateral. Elytra widely reticulated, clothed with scattered pale hairs; costal area wide, biseriate, the areolae large, irregular in size, shape and arrangement; subcostal area narrower, mostly biseriate; discoidal area extending a little beyond middle of elytra, 80 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2; 1955 acutely angulate at base and apex, widest a little back of middle, there five areolae deep. Hypocostal laminae uniseriate. Length, 3.20 mm.; 1.48 mm. Type (female), Kalgoorie, West Australia, Jan. 28, 1928, H. H. Hacker, in my collection. This species is much smaller than L. leai (Hacker) from east- ern Australia. The antennae are slenderer, veinlets thinner and areolae larger than in most species of Lasiacantha Stal. Habrochila iolana, n. sp. Head fuscous, armed with three porrect frontal spines, the hind pair wanting. Bucculae with anterior ends widely separated. Antennae long, slender, testaceous, clothed with fine hairs, the last segment missing, measurements—I, 40; II, 8; III, 110; IV _... Areolae large, hyaline, the veinlets largely testaceous, two trans- verse veinlets in paranota and four to six in costal area infuscate. Exterior margins of paranota and elytra clothed with fine, rather short, pale hairs. Hood and inflated posterior process of pronotum with a few, short, pale, stiff hairs. Hood large, inflated, narrowed in front, extending beyond apex of head but not nearly reaching middle of first antennal segment, the basal length and extreme height subequal (64:60), diameter or width of hind part shorter than height (42:60). Median carina short, high, composed of one large cell, about two-thirds as high as hood, with dorsal boundary vein connecting hood with hind process almost horizontal. Lateral carinae short, very high, not quite as high as hood, strongly concave within, connected behind for about two-thirds of its height with inflated hind process, divided by a median vertical vein into two tall cells. Inflated posterior pronotal process larger than hood, strongly inflated, laterally impressed on both sides behind, measurements—length, 75; width, 54; height, 65. Each elytron with a moderately large tumid elevation, subrounded, with clear areolae, not nearly as large or semiglobose as in H. monticola Horvath, costal area com- posed of nine or ten moderately large areolae. Length, 3.75 mm., width, 1.80 mm. Type (male) and Attorype (female), Perinet, Analamasotra Province, Madagascar, January, 1932, my collection. Belongs to the species of larger size of Habrochila Horvath. Separated from H. monticola Horvath by the smaller pale tumid areas of elytra, pale basal antennal segment and smaller hind pronotal process. The presence of cephalic spines, smaller inflated vesicles of pronotum and tumid elevations of elytra distinguishes it from H. ghesquierei Schouteden and H. placida Horvath H. africana Drake is a much smaller species without lateral carinae. Sl BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 A POPULATION OF CORETHRELLA LANEANA FROM DEATH VALLEY, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF ALL STAGES AND DISCUSSION OF THE CORETHRELLINI (DIPTERA, CULICIDAE) By Joun N. BELKIN AND WiLLiAM A. McDONALD University of California, Los Angeles Vargas (1946:64-66) described Corethrella laneana from a single male collected in Monterrey, N.L., Mexico in June 1944 by M. Macias. Apparently no additional specimens had been collected until we discovered a population of this species at Saratoga Springs, Death Valley, California, in the summer of 1954, Since the Saratoga Springs males differ in coloration from the description of the holotype it appears probable that this popu- lation represents a distinct subspecies. However, because of lack of material of the typical form as well as the considerable varia- bility of the Saratoga Springs population, we cannot select diag- nostic characters and prefer to leave this population without a formal name for the present. In all probability other popula- tions of this species exist in the southwestern United States from Texas and central Oklahoma to California. It would be advis- able to study samples from such populations before making any decisions as to the status of the Saratoga Springs form. The descriptive terminology we follow is that used by Belkin (1953a,b) for the Culicinae. To our knowledge the complete chaetotaxy of a Corethrella larva or pupa has never previously been described or figured in detail. The homologies in the chae- totaxy we have indicated on the figures are tentative and will undoubtedly have to be modified when all the genera of the Dixinae, Chaoborinae and Culicinae are studied comparatively. DESCRIPTION MALE Wing (with fringe): 1.15-1.25 mm. Abdomen: about 1.0 mm. Front femur: 0.53 mm. Specimens examined: 4 individually reared, In general very similar to C. brakeleyi from Mississippi but somewhat lighter in coloration. Agrees well with description and figures of Vargas (1946:64-66) for Mexican laneana except for smaller size and different coloration. Integument of entire body very minutely and densely spiculate. Head: Integument grayish brown; orbital bristles numerous and well developed, dark, one pair developed as frontals; vertex and occiput sparsely clothed with proclinate, appressed, coppery 82 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2 2, 1955 hairs. Clypeus with a pair of very long bristles and numerous smaller bristles and hairs. Palpus light brown; basal two seg- ments short, indistinctly separated; segments 3-5 elongate, as in female (fig. 1); hairs long, numerous, particularly on basal segments. Proboscis short; theca dark, with numerous hairs; labella light, hairy, without distinct sclerotizations. Antenna somewhat shorter than wing; scape and pedicel (torus) grayish brown, flagellum light brown; scape well developed, with numer- ous long hairs, particularly mesad, some extending beyond ped- icel; pedicel with subapical row of short hairs, longer mesad; flagellum with usual very long light hairs between whorls of darker bristles, segments subequal, penultimate longer than apical; a few short scalelike light hairs, most conspicuous on apical segment. Thorax: Mesonotum stongly bulging anteriorly, flattened pos- teriorly; integument brown to grayish brown; pollinose along a pair of submedian longitudinal stripes, humeral and supraalar elongate spots; usual dark bristles and very long lighter scalelike hairs; sparse vestiture of small appressed coppery scalelike hairs. Scutellum very prominent; brown to grayish brown; small scale- like hairs between and basad of large marginal bristles. Meso- postnotum with large flattened basal segmental membrane, with- out any indication of median furrow; very strongly curved caudad; brown to grayish brown, darker centrally; bare. Metanotum small but prominent, projecting beyond apex of mesopostnotum; dark brown; with a number of small hairs; caudad of metanotum a narrow sclerite whose homology is not determined. Pleuron as figured for female (fig. 1); integument brown to grayish brown on sclerotized parts, light on membranes; indistinctly pollinose; apn with about 4 short hairs antemorly and two larger bristles posteriorly; ppn usually with 2 bristles anteriorly; wme with 3 or 4 small bristles posteriorly; other bristles not developed. Haltere whitish at base and stem, whitish or creamy on knob; bare. Wing: Venation as figured by Vargas (1946, figs. 1 and 2); vein Rae separting from R,,, beyond middle of R,; R. separt- ing from R, at or near apex of second dark spot; veins R. and R». strongly curved at base; scaling dense, largely light; indiv ‘dhvall scales narrow, hairlike; light scales almost pure white, where more dense creamy; dark scales gray; two dark bands of scales across wing as in C. brakeleyi, strongest on C and R,; wing membrane and fringe darkened along bands; apex of wing with fringe darkened; vein R,.. with sever ral dark scales (not present in laneana according to Vargas); fringe very strong, whitish except as indicated, composed of flattened scales; basal half or more of C with outstanding hairs. 83 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Legs: Light brown to gray brown at base, light yellowish brown distally; all segments lighter ventrally; femora dark basad, light on apex; hind femur light on apical third or more; distinct light knee spots; tibiae rather uniformly dark, lighter at extreme apex, somewhat darkened preapically; fore and hind tibiae with a distinct brush of elongated scales on apical third of mesal surface; mid tibia without such a brush (present in typical lane- ana according to Vargas); tarsi all light; numerous elongate outstanding bristles on all femora and tibiae and hind tarsus; shorter bristles and scalelike hairs on all segments, denser on tarsi; claws small, subequal on mid and hind legs; claws of fore leg greatly elongated, unequal. Abdomen: Integument grayish brown; vestiture of light bristles and hairs of various sizes, some small. Genitalia: apparently identical with Mexican laneana (Vargas 1946, fig. 3,5, 6). Sidepiece minutely spiculate ,with many light bristles and hairs of various sizes; a dorsal mesal line of about 6 heavy bristles arising from strongly sclerotized alveoli along a more or less distinct longitudinal ridge; a heavier bristle mesad and at level of second bristle of this line; a small bristle arising from a strongly sclerotized alveolus distad and mesad of line in apical 0.13 of sidepiece. Clasper translucent, long and slender; with a very long bristle in about basal third of mesal surface; widened and curved on lateral surface apically; spine long, slen- der, acute, The male genitalia of Corethrella as well as all other Chaoborinae we have examined are inverted as in the Culicinae. Lane (1953:60) figures Corethrella genitalia in the proper posi- tion but repeats (Lane 1953:63) Edwards’ (1932:16) error. FEMALE (Plate 26, fig. a) Wing (with fringe): about 1.50 mm. Abdomen: about 1.20 mm. Front femur: about 0.65 mm. Specimens examined: 5 indi- vidually reared; 2 field caught. Generally very similar to male. Coloration better developed. Antenna without long hairs between bristle whorls. Claws of fore leg small. Cercus well developed, porrect, bristly. Pupa (Plate 26, fig. b) Abdomen: 1.20 mm. Trumpet: about 0.30 mm. Paddle: 0.28. Specimens examined: 9 individually reared skins; 3 whole pupae. Elongate oval, broad anteriorly, strongly tapered caudad; flattened dorsoventrad; abdomen in same plane as cephalothorax, not bent down; exuviae bright yellowish brown, darker middor- sad on cephalothorax; whole pupa reddish brown. 84 BULLETIN, So. CAaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vola4 Rarte2 loos ~~ — Pac ENG °, ( -” C) lq § 6 “2 lt PLATE 26 Corethrella laneana Vargas; Saratoga Springs population. a, Adult female, left lateral aspect of head and thorax; bristles of head, mesonotum, scutellum and legs not shown. b. Pupa, dorsal (left) and ventral (right) aspects of female and terminal segments of male. c, Fourth instar larva, dorsal (left) and ventral (right) aspects of head, thorax and proximal abdominal seg- ments, left lateral aspect of terminal segments, and dorsal aspect of left antenna. 85 BULLETIN, So. CauiF. Ac ADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Cephalothorax: Trumpet arising from a large prominent coni- cal protuberance; pigmentation uniform, somewhat darker basad; basal half, corresponding to meatus, slender, stalklike, without tracheoid portion; apical half, corresponding to pinna, bent ceph- alad at an angle of about 45°, greatly expanded, truncate at extreme apex; dorsal surface of pinna closed by large plate, which appears to be minutely perforated; a thin walled extension of the trachea without taenidia leads along mesal surface of meatus and pinna to about apical fourth of latter where it appears to be connected to the perforated plate; integument of meatus and pinna with strong spicules in female, weaker in male. All hairs single; head hairs (1-3) apparently absent; prothoracic hairs (4-7) in two groups, one group with one hair (probably 4) and two or more minute alveoli, other group with two hairs (6 and 7); mesothoracic hairs (8 and 9) both present, arising from strong tubercles; metathorax with one hair only. Metanotal plates large, widely separated dorsad. Rudimentary metathoracic spiracle conspicuous, represented by a strongly sclerotized ring dorsally at base of wing case. Abdomen: Intersegmental sclerotizations not developed; pos- terior borders of tergites and sternites II-VII with a translucent amorphous membrane (sometimes faintly ribbed, may be an artifact) and one or more rows of strong short spicules; lateral borders of segments II-VIIT with conspicuous ribbed membrane (may be an artifact) and strong marginal serrations, both pres- ent on segment VIII but not as conspicuous; base of sternite VIII with spicules arising from imbrications; caudolateral angles of segments distinctly produced caudad (more than shown on figure); tergum of segment I with 3 separate median sclerotiza- tions (not shown in figure); integument of sclerites uniformly and lightly reticulate. Hairs all single; many minute (possibly some not seen); all weak except for most mesal dorsal hair (probably hair 1) which is heavy and spinelike on III-VII; rela- tive position, length, degree of development and homology of hairs as illustrated. Segment I: apparently 5 pairs of hairs oe probably homologous with 1-5. Segment II: 6 dorsal and ‘ ventral hairs. Segments III-VIL: complete complement of iaire 0-14, as in most Culicinae but position very different; hairs 0, 11, 12, 14 in same position; hair 8 near anterior border of stern- ites II, III, tergites IV-VII; homology of other hairs uncertain; spinelike hair probably 1 and other normally dorsal hairs 2, 3 and 5; hair 6 always ventral, nearest to 8; hairs 7, 10 always ventral, near posterior border; hair 4 usually dorsal, ventral on V; chaetotaxy of III uncertain, only one side of one specimen showed dorsal pattern figured, all others with one less dorsal hair. Segment VIII: posterior border of tergite very strongly 86 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 and deeply emarginate; hair 0 present; hair 14 not seen, appears to be absent; remaining hair ventral in position, probably homo- log of 7. Paddle: “fused” at base with mate for about half its length; strongly sclerotized, immovable; midrib not developed; suter margin with numerous strong denticles; inner margin with a few, weaker denticles; three hairs as figured; apical two hairs probably homologs of paddle hairs 1 and 2; proximal hair pos- sibly homolog of hair 1 of segment IX, the fused portion of the paddles would then correspond to segment IX. Genital lobe and anal segment not separated in either sex, strongly sclerotized; in female emarginate apically at level of separation of paddles to form two broadly curved lobes, separation of two lobes extend- ing only a short distance basad; in male acutely produced to about half distance of free part of paddles, median line of sepa- ration extending basad to almost level of caudolateral projec- tions of segment VIII. Rudimentary spiracle of segment I very conspicuous, located under metanctum dorsally; those of I- VII small, dorsal, removed considerable distance from lateral border. Dorsal sensillum present on III-V as figured, usually minute and difficult to find. FOURTH INSTAR LARVA (Plate 26, fig. c) Head: about 0.55 mm. Siphon: 0.25 mm. Anal saddle: about 0.11 mm. Specimens examined: S individual rearings, 2 skins, 25 whole larvae. Living larvae have cream-colored bodies, some alcohol preserved specimens become pinkish. Head: Width about 1.5 length; triangularly produced in front (not shown in figure because of flattening ); uniformly pigmented a light yellowish brown; integument uniformly and strongly imbri- cate, with short heavy spicules on borders adjacent to mandibles; 14 to 16 spines in each lateral “crown,” pigmentation of spines similar to capsule; mouthbrushes completely absent; a pair of small dorsal sclerites caudad of “frontoclypeus’; maxillary suture distinct, continued laterad along caudal border of head capsule to dorsal surface where it ends in posterior tentorial pit mesad of first dorsal spine of “crown.” Antennae inserted on promi- nent tubercles which are approximated on middorsal surface, squeezing off in front a small part of the “frontoclypeus” which bears hairs 4 and 5, and disturbing the relationship of many other hairs of the head capsule; an antennal ridge on each side leading from antennal tubercle caudolaterad and forming an antennal groove cephalad and ventrad into which antenna is retracted at rest. Mental plate continuous with labial sclerite and without separate sclerotization; one large median tooth flanked on each side by a short tooth and then a series of about six teeth, the most mesal large, others progressively shorter laterad; teeth strongly sclerotized and very darkly pigmented. 87 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Large hairs of head capsule strongly pigmented, smaller hairs poorly pigmented, some minute; relative position, length, degree of development and homology of hairs as illustrated; a super- numerary hair (x) not present in Culicinae, on ventral surface immediately in front of “crown”; laterad of hair | a single, heavier process from a clear base may be another hair but we interpret it as a specialized spine since it does not possess a distinct alveolus. Antenna about 0.45 of head; shaft of rather uniform width, distinctly curved, concavity on mesal surface; width at middle about 0.11 length; uniformly pigmented; shaft smooth. Antennal hairs represented by three long curved “spines,” one very short dorsal external “spine,” one short slender mesal process bifid apically, and one comblike short median process; all inserted on apex of shaft. Thorax: Integument smooth, bare, unpigmented in skins. Larger hairs very strongly pigmented, small hairs poorly pig- mented; relative position, length, and degree of development of hairs as figured; chaetotaxy as in Culicinae except that 0, 13-P apparently absent, possibly other hairs not seen. Hairs 9- 12- P,M not on common tubercle; 9-12-T on large prominent tubercle which is connected at base with tubercles of 13-T and 7-T and the latter with tubercle of 6-T, all these forming a prominent projection on each side of metathorax; 7-P, 6-P, 6-M, 7-M, 8-M each with a distinct elongate tubercle at base; other hairs with- out distinct basal tubercles; tubercle of 13-T very prominent and with longitudinal striations; tubercles usually with one or two more or less distinct terminal toothlike processes. Rudimentary spiracles of meso- and metathorax very small. Abdomen: Integument smooth, bare, unpigmented except as noted; segments I-VI each with a small anterior median tergal plate; VII with a large median tergal plate and a small anterior sternal plate; VIII with a very large saddlelike tergal plate and a small anterior sternal plate; sternites V-VII with two or three median rows of small spicules. Larger hairs very strongly pig- mented, small hairs very poorly pigmented, some minute and almost invisible; relative position, length, degree of development and homology of hairs as illustrated, considerable variation in position of smaller hairs. Chaetotaxy as in Culicinae except that one additional hair (x) is present on III-VII and three super- numeraries on X; segment I with 14 pairs of hairs, 0 and 14 both present, 9 absent; some hairs possibly not seen; occasional super- numerary alveoli or sensilla present. Hairs 5, 6, 7-I, II on a com- mon or closely adjacent individual tubercles and sclerotizations forming a prominent projection; hairs 4, 5-[V-VI on small common basal sclerotizations; hair 6, 7-III, IV on small sclerotized indi- 88 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 vidual basal plates; other hairs without distinct basal sclerotiza- tions. Segment VIII: dorsal saddle with hairs 0, 2 and a third hair laterad of 0 (x), which may represent 14 or more probably a hair without homolog in Culicinae; hair | on small tubercle, 3, 4 and 5 on progressively larger tubercles, tubercle of 5 with one long and one short spine; comb completely absent. Siphon: as figured; slightly swollen apically; apex with a caudal flange from slightly below hair 2 dorsad; dorsal surface convex, ventral surface flat, so that entire siphon is much broader than deep; spiracle apparently closed, a protruding apically rounded tra- chealike strongly sclerotized process; internal trachea very small in diameter; integument of siphon bright yellowish brown, dark- ened at base mid-dorsally, on dorsocaudal flange and caudal border for short distance below flange; integumentary sculptur- ing distinct and uniform except on flange; pecten and acus absent; hairs 1 and 2 as in Culicinae; median dorsal valve small; lateral dorsal valve complex, with hair 6 hooklike and toothed process laterally; ventral valve very large, with hairs 8 and 9 strongly developed; valve hairs not studied in detail. Segment X: saddle small, restricted to dorsal surface, with imbrications bearing spicules, latter continued on unsclerotized part of seg- ment; hair | strong, arising from saddle; hairs 2 and 3 arising from common sclerotization; ventral brush of two pairs of bifid hairs (4a, b), all arising from one sclerotization which is pro- duced basad midventrally as a bar; lateral unsclerotized portion of segment with three supernumerary hairs designated as x, y, Z; two pairs of short apically rounded anal gills; a crown of several rows of heavily sclerotized, recurved teeth caudad of ventral brush. Rudimentary spiracles on I-VII small. Dorsal sensilla present on III-V; additional dorsal sensilla or alveoli of irregular occurrence elsewhere. BIONOMICS Larvae and pupae of C. laneana were collected on July 27, 28 (UCLA 127) and Sept. 10, 11, 1954 (UCLA 143) in associa- tion with the immature stages of a relict population of Urano- taenia anhydor Dyar 1907 at Saratoga Springs, Death Valley, California. A detailed description of the larval habitats at this locality is presented elsewhere (Belkin and McDonald, 1955). All our specimens of the immature stages were found in almost total darkness in mats of Scirpus olneyi on the margin of a large spring-fed pond. The larvae although sluggish are very difficult to collect for they are very easily disturbed and seldom come up to the surface. At the surface they bear a superficial resemblance to very small chunky anopheline larvae resting parallel to the surface film and just below it. The pupae are even more difficult to find. They do not float vertically below the water surface, as stated by Lane (1953:66), but on the con- 89 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 trary float in a horizontal position immediately below the surface film, They are incapable of any marked movement and bear a striking resemblance to small ovoid seeds, bits of chaff or other Hoatage so common in their habitat. Undoubtedly many of them are stranded on the vegetation and on the margins of the breed- ing places when the water is disturbed by a collector. It is generally stated that larvae of Corethrella teed on various small Crustacea and young instars of mosquito larvae. Under laboratory conditions we have never seen this Corethrella, or two other species we have reared, actually capture or ingest either Crustacea or mosquito larvae when these were offered. Corethrella larvae spend a great deal of time at the bottom or sides of rearing containers and may feed on various micro- organisms present in the debris. They are very difficult to rear under laboratory conditions even in water and debris from natural habitats. Only an occasional Jarva pupates, the others show little or no growth for two weeks or longer and eventually die. The pupal stage under laboratory conditions lasts four or five days. We collected two females in July by the light of a Coleman lantern but did not find any specimens in extensive collections made under similar conditions in June, September or October. The immature stages were fairly common in July, very scarce in September and could not be found at all in October, although searched for in the same habitat. DISCUSSION Edwards (1932:19) listed in his world catalog 12 species of Corethrella, 2 each from the Ethiopian and Oriental regions. 1 each from New Zealand and Eastern North America and the 1emaining 6 species from the Neotropical region but he missed C. ananacola Dyar, 1926 from Panama. Subsequently Lane (1939, 1942, 1943) described 35 species from the Neotropical region and Vargas (1946, 1952) added 3 species from Mexico. J.ane (1942: 127 ) described the subgenus Lutzomiops (type species: C, (L.) nigra Lane, 19389—L. davisi (Shannon and Del Ponte, 1927) which he later (Lane 1951:334) raised to generic rank to include 11 Neotropical species with two synonyms (Lane 1953:93-100). The restricted genus Corethrella (sensu Lane 1953) now includes 5 Old World species without syno- nyms mentioned by Edwards and 31 New World species with only 2 synonyms of which 28 are restricted to the Neotropical region, 2 to the Nearctic and 1 is possibly common to both. It is very probable that many more species remain to be described, particularly from the Old World tropics, and that this group is more widely distributed than our present records indicate. One of us (JNB) reared an undescribed species in the Solomon 90 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Voli 54 Rant 2955 Islands. Members of this group are seldom seen as adults but are attracted to artificial lights at least in small numbers. As mentioned by Edwards (1934:438) none of the species appear to be common judging from the small number of specimens in collections. The habitats of the immature stages are quite varied; some species are found in swamps, others in the marginal vege- tation of springs, ponds and streams, in crabholes, tree holes, bamboo, pitcher plants, in leaf bases of bromeliads, calatheas and other waterholding plants. The immature stages are very inconspicuous and appear to be quite uncommon except for a few species. As pointed out by Edwards (1932:16-18) this group is very compact and with many striking unique characters not found in other Chaoborinae. Although Edwards (loc. cit.) erected the tribes Corethrellini (Corethrella only), Eucorethrini (Euco- rethra only) and Chaoborini (for Chaoborus, Mochlonyx and Cryophila) he did not use the tribal names because of the small number of genera involved. Lane, in his studies on Neotropical Chaoborinae, described many new species, added three genera and in his latest work used Edwards’ tribal categories (Lane 1953:63-110). The Corethrellini are so distinct from the other Chaoborinae that in the future they may be recognized as a separate subfamily. Superficially most species within the tribe are quite similar in the adult stage and the few known immature stages also conform to the same general type. However, Lane’s genus Lutzomiops appears to be well founded, at least as a subgenus, on male genitalic characters and ornamentation. We find that the undescribed Solomons species differs considerably from the New World species in the chaetotaxy of the immature stages as well as in ornamentation and lack of mesepimeral bristles in the adult. It appears likely, therefore, that the genus Ramcia Annandale, 1911 (type species R. inepta Annandale, 1911) will have to be taken out of synonymy and raised to a status comparable to Lutzomiops. Until the male genitalia and the immature stages of more species are known, we prefer to treat both Lutzomiops and Ramcia as subgenera of Corethrella. At the present time the majority of the species are recognized on the basis of ornamentation and coloration of the integument. In our small series of Janeana we find extremes of variation in these characters such as have been used by Lane to separate sympatric species. While this does not necessarily imply that such characters are not stable elsewhere in the genus, caution should be exercised in using them for diagnosis particularly when only one or two specimens of one sex are available. We strongly urge the use of larval and pupal characters for the separation of species in this group, for they appear to be more stable and clearcut. This most interesting but inconspicuous tribe deserves a great deal more interest than it has attracted SIL BuLuetTIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 in the past (Annandale 1911; Coquillett 1902a, b; Dyar 1902a, b, 1926, 1928; Dyar and Shannon 1924; Edwards 1930, 1932, 1934; Grabham 1906; Johannsen 1903, 1933; Lane 1939a, b, 1942, 1943, 1951, 1953; MacDougall 1912; Matheson 1925, 1944; Senior- White 1927; Shannon and Del Ponte 1927; Smith 1902; Tonnoir 1927; Vargas 1946, 1952). The chaetotaxy of the larva and pupa of Corethrella laneana, as well as of two other species we have examined, is amazingly similar to that found in the Culicinae. In the larva it differs primarily in the presence of an extra hair on the head capsule, another supernumerary hair on abdominal segments III-VIT and possibly VIII, and three supernumeraries on abdominal segment X. In the pupa there is a total loss of the head hairs, loss of two hairs on the metanotum, three on abdominal segment I and apparently one each on segment II and segment VIII. Some of the hairs of the pupa, as well as of the larva, are so minute that it is possible additional ones may be present but were missed. The pattern or arrangement of the hairs in both stages, although different from that found in any culicine genus, is suffi- ciently similar to permit at least tentative homologies. Additional studies on this and other chaoborine genera as well as dixines may clarify the discrepancies now evident in the homologies of culicine chaetotaxy. For instance, the supernumerary hair on abdominal segments III-VIE of Corethrella may serve as a clue to resolve the difficulties in homologies on these segments. It is interesting to note that Corethrella larvae have both hairs 0 and 14 on abdominal segment I. In the pupa the lateral pair on the paddle we interpret as homologous with hair 1-IX for it appears to us that the fused portion of the paddles represents the tergite of that segment. It would be premature to characterize the larva and pupa of Corethrella at this time but certain outstanding characters not mentioned by Edwards (1932:18, 1934:438) and Lane (1953:66) should be brought out. Larva: head capsule with posterior ten- torial pits dorsolateral in position, maxillary sutures complete: antenna with all six hairs at apex, highly modified; siphon with small tracheae, at least in laneana; anterior portion of gut appar- ently eversible, as we have one alcohol preserved laneana larva exhibiting this condition. Pupa: trumpet with pinna closed by a large perforated plate; rudimentary spiracles of metathorax and abdominal segment I strongly developed; metanotal plates widely separated middorsally. Some of the characters of the larva! and pupal chaetotaxy described for laneana are undoubtedly of tribal significance, as for instance the presence of one or more super- numerary hairs on abdominal segment X of the larva and the absence of head hairs in the pupa. We find marked differences hetween laneana and the Solomons species of Corethrella in chaetotaxy as well as structural characters in both larvae and 92 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 pupae. Some of these may prove to be of subgeneric or even generic value. One of the outstanding differences is in the branch- ing of the trachea within the pupal trumpet of the Solomons species. Before a reliable classification of the tribe can be made the immature stages will have to be studied and compared in detail for a large number of species. In addition to C. laneana two other Corethrellini, also mem- bers of the subgenus Corethrella, have been reported from the United States, namely: C. appendiculata Grabham, 1906 from Georgia (Lane 1953:83): and C. brakeleyi (Coquillett, 1902) from New Jersey (Coquillett 1902a:85; Dyar 1902b:200; Dyar & Shannon 1924:216; Johannsen 1903:399, 1933:38; Lane 1953:87; Smith 1902:139; type locality); Maryland (Dyar & Shannon 1924:216), Georgia (Matheson 1925:160), Alabama and Louisi- ana (Lane 1953:87). The record of C. appendiculata is questionable in our opinion for Lane’s description of the adults (1953:81-82) differs from Grabham’s original description (1906:343-344). This record may be based on the same specimen or specimens from Billy's Island, Okefenokee Swamp reported as brakeleyi by Matheson (1925:160). However, as pointed out by Matheson (1944:92} true appendiculata may be present in southern Florida. C. appendiculata is a Neotropical species which breeds in tree holes and has been reported from Jamaica (Grabham 1906:345, type locality), Santo Domingo and Panama (Dvyar & Shannon, 1924:216) and Brazil and Argentina (Lane 1953:83). In the case of C. brakeleyi there is also some confusion and it appears probable that two species or subspecies are involved, the southern one of which may include the population from Geor- gia. We have not seen northern specimens but Johannsen (1903, plate 40, fig. 9) and Dyar and Shannon (1924:215-216) agree that these specimens have the radial sector arising at the middle of the combined veins R, and R beyond the arculus. In the same figure Johannsen shows the forking of R.,., before the end of vein Sc. In the specimens we have examined from Mississippi the radial sector arises distinctly beyond the middle (this character is used by Dyar and Shannon to distinguish appendiculata) and R.;, branches distinctly beyond the end of Sc, usually closer to the end of R,. We also find in a single pupa from Mississippi shorter abdominal hairs 1 than indicated on Johannsen’s figure (1903, plate 40, fig. 10). Furthermore the male genitalia of the Mississippi population are different from those pictured by Matheson (1944, plate 11, fig. 5, locality unknown) in the devel- opment of one short internal subbasal hair and several minute subapical hairs on the clasper. Our specimens from Mississippi were bred from larvae collected in a small pond near Yellow 93 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Creek in the extreme northeastern part of the state. The type material of brakeleyi was reared from larvae found in small pools around the head of a swamp spring (Smith 1902:139). One of us (JNB) found Corethrella larvae quite commonly in mats of water hyacinths near Harahan, Louisiana. It is evident that indi- vidually reared material is needed from all parts of the reported range of brakeleyi before this complex can be resolved. Particular attention should be given to collections in tree holes as well as bromeliads for additional species of Corethrella may be present in southern Florida. As mentioned in our description, laneana is superficially quite similar to brakeleyi from Mississippi. The females of laneana are lighter in coloration than brakeleyi and appear to have a more distal separation of the radial sector and forking of R.,,. How- ever, these characters may not be very reliable. The males are easily separated by genitalic characters, brakeleyi having a much shorter and more basal hair on the clasper and lacking a distinct terminal spine. The single pupa from Mississippi differs from laneana in a much broader male genital lobe which ends in a small conical projection, in a much more slender hair 2 of the paddle, smaller and weaker hairs 1 on IIJ-VII and a much shorter pinna on the trumpet. The larva of the Mississippi brakeleyi appears to be distinguishable on the basis of hair 1,3,4-VIII being 2f instead of usually 3,4f (range 2-5) in laneana. The males of the Saratoga Springs population of laneana differ from the holotype from Mexico in having a few dark scales on vein R,,,. Similar characters of wing coloration have been used by Lane to separate Neotropical species. However, we cannot be certain that these dark scales are not developed in the slide mount of the holotype of laneana for they can be seen distinctly only under low magnification and natural illumination on a pinned specimen. Furthermore there is considerable variation in the coloration of males and females in our small series. Therefore, we prefer not to recognize the Saratoga Springs population as a distinct subspecies at this time. It appears likely that the laneana complex has followed the same pattern of speciation that we have found in the Uranotaenia anhydor-syntheta complex (Belkin and McDonald, 1955, in press) and that the Saratoga Springs popula- tion is a relict one and subspecifically distinct from the popula- tions east of the Continental Divide and possibly also from any other populations, if such exist, west of the Divide. 94. BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 LITERATURE CITED Annandale, N. : 1911. A new genus of short-beaked gnats from Ceylon. Spolia Zeylanica eS iOS: Belkin, J. N. 1953a. Mosquitoes of the genus Uranotaenia in the Solomon Islands ( Dip- tera:Culicidae). Pacific Science 7:312-391. 1953b. Corrected interpretations of some elements of the abdominal chaeto- toxy of the mosquito larva and pupa (Diptera, Culicidae). Ent. Soc. Wash., Proc. 55:318-324. Belkin, J. N. and W. A. McDonald. 1955. A population of Uranotaenia anhydor trom Death Valley, with descriptions of all stages and discussion of the complex (Diptera, Culcidae). In press. Coquillett, D. W. 1902a. Three new species of nematocerous Diptera. Ent. News 13:84-85. March. 1902b. New forms of Culicidae from North America. N. Y. Ent. Soc., J. 10:191-194. Dec. Dyar, H. G. 1902a. Notes on mosquitoes on Long Island, New York. Ent. Soc. Wash., Proc. 5:45-51. May 17. 1902b. Illustrations of the larvae of North American Culicidae. II. N. Y. Ent. Soc., J. 10:194-201. Dec. 1926. Note on Corethrella appendiculata Grabham (Diptera, Culicidae ). Insec. Inscit. Menstr. 14:150. 1928. A new Corethrella from Panama (Dipt:Culicidae). Ent. News 39:79-80. : Dyar, H. G. and R. C. Shannon 1924. The American Chaoborinae (Diptera, Culicidae). Insect. Inscit. Menstr. 12:201-216. Edwards, F. W. 1930. Notes on exotic Chaoborinae, with descriptions of new species ( Dip- tera, Culicidae). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10)6:528-540. 1932. Diptera. Fam. Culicidae In Genera Insectorum, P. Wytsman. Fasc. 194. 258 p. 1934. Appendix in Barraud, P. J. Family Culicidae. Tribes Megarhinini re Culicini. The Fauna of British India. (Diptera v. 5.) p. 425- 453. Grabham, M. 1906. A new Corethrella from Jamaica. Ent. News 17:343-345. Johannsen, O. A. 1903. Aquatic nematocerous Diptera In Aquatic insects in New York State. N. Y. State Mus., B. 68:328-441. 1933. Aquatic Diptera. Part 1. Nemocera, exclusive of Chironomidae and Ceratopogonidae. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta., Mem. 164. 71 p. Lane, John 1939a. Notes on nonhematophagous Culicidae. Bol. Biol. (n.s.) 4:99-113 95 BULLETIN, So. CAatir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 1939b Nonhematophagous Culicidae (Second paper). Bol. Biol. (n.s. ) 4:386-393. 1942. Dixinae e Chaoborinae. Revisao das especies neotropicas ( Diptera, Culicidae). Rey. de Ent. 13:81-148. 1943. Aditamento e corrigenda ao meu trabalho sobre Dixinae e Chao- borinae (Dipt.). Rev. de Ent. 14:162-166. 1951. Synonymy of Neotropical Culicidae. Ent. Soc. Wash., Proc. 53: 333-336. 1953. Neotropical Culicidae. vy. 1. Sao Paulo, Brazil, Univ. Sao Paulo. 548 p. MacDougall, A. J. ; 1912. Note on the habitat of “Ramcia inepta,’ Annandale. Spolia Zey- lanica 8:71. Matheson, R. 1925. Notes on Chaoborinae (Diptera, Culicidae). Canad. Ent. 57:159- 160. 1944. Handbook of the mosquitoes of North America. ed. 2. Ithaca, Com- stock. 314 p. (Handbooks of American Natural History, y. 5.) Senior-White, R. 1927. Notes on Ceylon mosquitoes. Spolia Zeylanica 14:61-76. Shannon, R. C. and E. Del Ponte 1927. Los Culicidos en la Argentina. Argentine Repub. Inst. Bact., Rev. 5:29-140. Smith. J. B. 1902. Notes on the early stages of Corethra brakeleyi, Coq. Canad. Ent. 34:139-140. June 9. Tonnoir, A. L. 1927. Descriptions of new and remarkable New Zealand Diptera. Canter- bury Mus., Rec. 3: 101-112. Vargas, L. 1946. Corethrella (Corethrella) laneana n. sp. (Diptera, Culcidae), pro- cedente de Monterrey, N. L. Mexico (City). Inst. de Salubr. y Enferm. Trop., Rev. 7:63-67. 1952. Dos neuvas especies mexicanas de Corethrella ( Diptera: Culicidae ). Soc. Mex. de Hist. Nat., Rev. 13:57-62. RSC 96 BULLETIN, SO. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol, 545) Part) 2) 1955 NOTES ON THE AMPHIPOD GENUS ARUGA WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES By J. LAuURENS BARNARD* *Contribution No. 159 from the Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California. The genera of the amphipod family Lysianassidae often are based on seemingly minor characteristics. This procedure has resulted in an assemblage of 49 monotypic genera and 51 poly- typic genera for the family. A total of 380 valid and about 30 dubious species are represented in these 100 genera (data assem- bled from the literature through 1952). There is a considerable need for additional collecting of ly- sianassid species in most parts of the world. Some of these new species may be assigned to the monotypic genera, reinforcing the opinions that these categories are distinct. The present paper deals with a small group of species from the eastern Pacific Ocean which are referred to the lysianassid genus Aruga Holmes, 1908. The description of a new species of Aruga reinforces its distinction as a valid genus. The writer wishes to acknowledge: (1) the assistance of the Allan Hancock Foundation for partial support in the preparation of this paper; (2) the advice and loan of material from Mr. C. R. Shoemaker of the U. S. National Museum. Genus Aruga Holmes Aruga Holmes, 1908, pp. 504-505. Type Species: A. oculata Holmes, 1908. Discussion: This genus belongs to a group of five lysianassid genera (the first two are monotypic ) which share certain features distinguishing them from other lysianassids. The five genera are Lysianopsis Holmes, Shoemakerella Pirlot, Lysianassa Milne Edwards, Aruga Holmes, and Arugella Pirlot. They bear the fol- lowing characters in common (1) gnathopod | not subchelate; (2) telson entire; (3) upper lip expanded into a large vertical plate; (4) mandibular cutting edge not dentate; (5) molar of mandible obsolete; (6) mouth organs not styliform; (7) eyes paired; (8) coxae 1 and 2 moderately large; (9) maxilla 1 with biarticulate palp; (10) palp of maxilliped with 4 articles; (11) rami of uropod 3 well developed. The differences between these genera are relatively minor in nature and are explained in the following key: 1. Uropod 3 with a simple peduncle. ......................... Lysianassa 1. Uropod 3 with the peduncle expanded distally into a nar- HOWARD late likermponojectimeeseli es 2s se aaa 2 97 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES _ Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Maxilla 1 with 2 types of spines on the inner plate..Arugella Maxilla | with one type of spine on the inner plate. 3 Antenna 2 of the same length in male and female... 4 Antenna 2 of the male much longer than female. Aruga Maxilla 2 with a stout inner plate... Shoemakerella Maxilla 2 with a slender inner plate... Lysianopsis Previons to this time four species of amphipods have been placed in the genus Aruga. One of these, A. macromerus Shoe- maker does not belong to this genus, according to Pirlot, 1936, p. 264. Aruga subantarctica Schellenberg must remain doubtful until the male animal is discovered (see Pirlot, loc. cit. for ref- erence). Nannonyx dissimilis Stout, 1913, was referred to Aruga by Shoemaker, 1942, but it is my opinion that this species should be the type of a new genus (see discussion below ). Thus, only the type species, A. oculata, and the new species to be described are considered to be valid members of the genus. These two species are easily separable from each other by the configurations of the third pleonal epimera, for which figures are supplied in this paper. AR wo wo bo po Aruga oculata Holmes (Plate 29, figs. a-f, h, j) Aruga oculata Holmes, 1908, pp. 505-507, figs. 14-15. REMARKS: Comparison of this species with the one which follows shows most of the features to be identical. Holmes based this species on one female specimen. Examination of male animals in the Allan Hancock Foundation collections reveals that the sec- ond antenna is nearly as long as the body and its fourth peduncu- lar article is tumid. This contrasts with the second antenna of the female which is short and bears a slender fourth peduncular ar- ticle. This difference in the antennae of the two sexes is useful as a diagnostic generic character (see key above), although the writer deplores the use of sexual characters for generic distinc- tions especially in such a poorly known group as the amphipods. The rami of the masculine third uropods bear long, imperfectly plumose setae, unlike the female. The inner plate of the first maxilla bears two setae, contrary to Holmes’ description. Some of the largest specimens (15 mm) showed a modification of the third pleonal epimera as seen in plate 3, fig. a. MATERIAL EXAMINED: Stations 978-39 (1), 980-39 (2), 990-39 (1), 1022-39 (6), 1143-40 (1), 1168-40 (1), 1191-40 (1), 1194-40 (1), 1205-40 (2), 1232-41 (1), 1274-41 (1), 1321-41 (1). DisTRIBUTION: This species is widely distributed off the shores of southern California and the channel islands in depths ranging from 10 to 170 fathoms, with most of the records from 16 to 53 fathoms. See note under “Distribution” of Aruga dissimilis fol- lowing. 98 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 PLATE 27 Aruga holmesi, n. sp. Newport Bay, Calif., Jan 26, 1954. Immature male, ll mm. Fig. a, peraeopod 3; b, head; c, coxa 3; d, pleon segments 1-3, 1 to r; e, gnathopod 2; f, upper lip, lateral; g, gnathopod 1; h, peraeopod 5; i, peraeopod 2. 99 BULLETIN, So. CaLrr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 Aruga holmesi, new species (Plates 27-28 ) Diacnosts: Distinguished from A. oculata Holmes mainly by the shape of the third pleonal epimera which are convex behind, the lower corners being subquadrate. The accompanying figures supply the other descriptive details. REMARKS: The upper lip complex is similar to that of A. ocu- lata with a plate-like expansion rounded in front and articulating above with a shallower process which is attached to the front of the head (designated PR in the figures ), and has a concave front edge. This process may represent the true epistome but further studies must be made to decide the homologies of this organ. The collections at hand lack fully developed males and the oe uropods of the immature males represent the feminine con- ition. The second antennae of males and females are similar to those of A. oculata. Hototyre: AHF No. 517, male, 11.5 mm in length. Type Locauity: Velero Sta. No. 2035-51, 8 mi. SSE of Pt. Fer- min, California, bearing 154° T., 32-50 fms, May 19, 1951, sand, mud. MATERIAL EXAMINED: Stations 881-38 (1), 1083-40 (200), 2035- 51 (1); Newport Bay, Reish-Barnard Sta. No. 33 (1); Coronados Islands, no date (3). DistripuTION: The type locality and Bechers Bay, Santa Rosa Island, 10 fms; San Esteban Island, Gulf of California, shore; Newport Bay, Calif., depth of 20 ft.; Coronados Islands. Aruga (?) dissimilis (Stout ) (Plate 29, figs. g, i.) Nannonyx dissimilis Stout, 1913, pp. 638- 639. Aruga dissimilis, Shoemaker, 1942, p. 7, fig. 2. Discussion: Through the courtesy of Mr. C. R. Shoemaker of the U. S. National Museum the writer was supplied with one specimen of this species which apparently was a part of the origi- nal lot on which Stout based her species. This specimen had been labeled “Kannonyx occidentalis Stout” when it was received a number of years ago by Mr. Shoemaker from the remnants of the Stout collection. Despite its label it fits the description of N. dissimilis. Shoemaker (1942) figured a specimen of this material showing the upper lip complex which differs from the previous two species. The plate- like expansion of the upper lip is relatively much shorter than in typical arugids and the process dorsal to it is quite expanded and keel-like; its front edge is convex and runs ventrally to overlap the anterior edge of the ventral plate. 100 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 PLATE 28 Aruga holmesi, n. sp. Same specimen as previous plate. Fig. a, lower lip; b, maxilla 2; c, uropod 2; d, antenna 2; e, maxilliped; f, uropod 3, en- larged; g, uropod 1; h, lower plate of upper lip complex; i, antenna 1; j, maxilla 1; k, mandible; J, telson, enlarged. Female, 7.5 mm, Coronados Is. Fig. m, antenna 2. 101 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 PLATE 29 Aruga oculata Holmes. Station 978-39, male, 15 mm. Fig. a, pleon segment 3; e, uropod 3; 7, antenna 2, part. Station 990-39, female, 10 mm. Fig. b, uropod 3; c, pleon segments 1-3, 1 to r; d, antenna 1; f, antenna 2; h, upper lip complex, lateral. Aruga (?) dissimilis (Stout). Station 1628-48, male, 10 mm. Fig. g, antenna 2, part. Station 1398-41, male, 7 mm. Fig. i, upper lip complex, lateral. 102 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 In other respects this species is scarcely distinguishable from Aruga holmesi, n. sp., the sexual differences being the same as in that species. The condition of the upper lip complex should be useful for generic separation; the writer hesitates in establishing a new genus at this time until a more comprehensive analysis of eastern Pacific lysianassids can be made. MarTeriAL EXAMINED: Stations 1398-41 (16), 1628-49 (12), 1656-48 (6), 1976-50 (1), Hubbs 50-42 (1). DistRIBUTION: This species has been reported previously from Laguna Beach, Calif., and Magdalena Bay, Lower Calif. The following additional localities are given: 4 mi. E. of land- ing, Santa Barbara Island, 40 fms; Tomales Bluff, bay side, Marin Co., Calif., intertidal; W. side of middle San Benito Island, shore, tidepools, surf grass; S. end of Melpomene Cove, Guadelupe Island. Note: Station records herein have been partially published in the Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition series, vol. 1, No. 3. (up to the year 1942). Later records are on file at the Allan Hancock Foundation. BIBLIOGRAPHY Holmes, S. J. 1908. The Amphipoda collected by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Steamer “Albatross” off the west coast of North America, in 1903 and 1904, with descriptions of a new family and several new genera and species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 35:489-543, 46 text figs. Pirlot, J. M. ~ 1936. Les Amphipodes de l’expédition du Siboga. Deuxiéme Partie. Les Amphipodes Gammarides. II.—Les Amphipodes de la mer pro- fonde. 3. Addendum et partie générale. III.—Les Amphipodes lit- toraux. 1. Lysianassidae. .. . Gammaridae. Siboga-Exped., Mon. 83e: pp. 237-328, text figs. 102-146. Shoemaker, C. R. 1942. Amphipod crustaceans collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1938. Smithsonian Misc. Colls., 101 (11):1-52, 17 text figs. Stout, V. R. 1913. Studies in Laguna Amphipoda. Zool. Jahrb., Syst., 34:633-659, 3 text figs. -. 108 BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 SCIENTIFIC NOTES USE OF PROPYLENE GLYCOL IN PALEONTOLOGY Just by accident I found propylene glycol to be a useful chemical in my work. I wanted something to soften the interglacial peat from Pennsyl- vania and British Columbia, and thought of glycerine. It happened that a supply of propylene glycol had been obtained by the Museum as a substitute for glycerine, but had not been satisfactory for the intended purposes. But when tried with the Pennsylvania peat it served beautifully. I soaked the peat in it for 24 hours, then 24 hours in water, and was able to lift out layer by layer, the vegetable material, seeds, and insect fragments, in perfect condition. It worked with some British Columbia peats, but the harder interglacial lignite did not respond so well. The second use was more of an inspiration. The onyx marble from near Ashfork, Arizona, occasionally contains well preserved insects, which were imprisoned by boiling calcium waters in Oligocene or Miocene times. In the rough rock you cannot see anything, but when propylene glycol is brushed over the rough surface you can see the grain and down into the material, so that if a fossil were near the surface it would be detected. Then the piece can be polished. For those who polish rocks, this will be a useful auxiliary, for by covering the surface of a rough rock with this liquid the beauty of the grain can be seen, and a decision made as to whether it is worth polishing. The liquid can be washed off and does not injure the rock. W. DwicuHT PIERCE THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY MUSEUM ACQUIRES GEORG STATZ COLLECTION OF FOSSILS The Los Angeles County Museum has recently acquired the Georg Statz collection of fossils from the Tertiary of Germany. This collection consists of more than 6000 specimens (including approximately 700 types and illustrated specimens ) in an excellent state of preservation. Insects predomi- nate in the collection but many plants are included as well as a few verte- brates and fresh water shells. The material, in a shale matrix, was collected in Oligocene fresh water deposits near Rott, Germany. It represents 30 years of diligent collecting and research undertaken by the late Dr. Georg Statz through the facilities of the University of Cologne. Approximately two-thirds of the collection is excellently curated and represents nine orders of insects and twenty-three orders of plants. The insects have been studied by Dr. Statz himself, the plants by Dr. Herman Weyland. The results of the research of both gentlemen have been published in recognized journals of science, dating from 1930 to 1952, the bulk in “Paléiontographica,” Stuttgart, Germany. Additional orders of insects and plants are represented in the unworked material. Dr. Statz previously exhibited the curated material in Berlin, Germany in 167 glass-topped cases. These cases are intact and have the original identification labels, drawings, and photographs systematically associated with the fossil specimens. They were given a special showing in the Los Angeles County Museum from May 25 to June 26, and will soon be estab- lished in a permanent exhibit. HILDEGARDE Howarp 104 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 THE EGG, AND FIRST LARVAL INSTAR OF A GEOMETRID MOTH FROM ARIZONA Destutia rubritincta form nigripuncta C. & S. Gravid females of this moth were confined, and laid numerous eggs, which hatched August 12. Brief notes were made of the egg and first larval instar. As the foodplant was unknown, all of the young larvae perished. The specimens which furnished the following fragmentary data were taken in Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, southern Arizona, on August 1, 1954. EGG. Oval, 1.2 mm. long by 1 mm. wide. Color, yellow, with a few flecks of yellow-brown around the base in most examples. The surface appears to be finely granular, but on higher magnification with proper side lighting is seen to be covered with a fine reticulation of hexagonal cell walls. FIRST INSTAR LARVA. Head, yellow, and relatively large. Body color, light gray-green. A wide band of blackish-green runs stigmatally. Legs, prolegs, and anal prolegs, light yellow. Numerous oaks occurred in the region where the specimens were taken. This may be the foodplant, as a closely related Arizona species, Destutia excelsa Stkr., is recorded as an oak feeder. THE EGG AND YOUNG LARVA OF A GEOMETRID MOTH FROM CALIFORNIA Pherne subpunctata Hulst. This is a fairly common moth in the Del Mar area of San Diego County. It flies in early spring and also in midsummer. Captive females laid a large number of eggs, and scores of young larvae resulted. These were offered tender leaves of Ceanothus, Rhus and Eriogo- num, but refused to feed. The resulting notes are therefore very incomplete. EGG. Oval, the base slightly depressed. Size, approximately 1.75 mm. long by 1.2 mm. wide. The micropyle is poorly defined. Color, light yellow, slightly tinged with pinkish when first laid. There are about twenty longitudinal raised ridges, some of which coalesce in the micropylar area. Between these ridges there are faintly defined transverse lines. - FIRST INSTAR LARVA. Cylindrical, the head nearly twice as wide as a typical segment. The anal prolegs are held wide apart. There is a single pair of prolegs. Body color, ivory-white. There is a wide mid-dorsal longitudinal gray-green band, and a discontinuous dorso-lateral stripe of the same color. JoHN A, Comstock 105. BULLETIN, So. CAaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 ACADEMY PROCEEDINGS PREHISTORY OF THE CHANNEL ISLANDS Abstract of a lecture, By Phil C. Orr, to Southern California Academy of Sciences, Los Angeles, January 21, 1955 The northern Channel Islands are a seaward extension of the Santa Monica Mountains, and were formerly connected to the mainland. During the period of maximum glaciation with a sea stand of 300 feet less than at present, all of this group of islands would be connected, and cover a consid- erably larger area than at present. There would be range and food for the large herbivorous mammoths, but with the breaking of the land bridge, decreasing rainfall and a rising sea reducing the land area, evolution was brought into play and the mammoths became dwarfed; became extinct on two islands, and later, about the time that man arrived, became extinct on all. The dwarf fox, and “giant” mouse have survived on all of the islands, the skunk on two. Four cultures of Indians have occupied the islands since the days of the dwarf mammoth, each more or less following a pattern of climatic variation. The first men to appear came during the Wisconsin Glacial Period of more than 20,000 years ago. The climate was wet and cold. The Dune Dwellers occupied the island during a long dry period, living on sand dunes, painting the heads of their dead a rich red, or in later times utilizing a black substance to fill the abdominal cavity of the dead. Hence the names, “Red Heads” and “Black Bottoms.” A long wet period followed, lasting several thousand years, during which the people occupied the highlands which were then forested and covered with ponds and streams. During a later dry period, these highlands became devoid of trees or water and reverted to grass land. During this time the Indians whom we know as Canalifios, lived along the coast and have become extinct in the last 100 years. PLANT MIGRATION AND PLANT EVOLUTION Abstract of lecture delivered by Dr. Herbert L. Mason before the Southern California Academy of Sciences on April 15, 1955 Plant migration and organic evolution are both considered to be prod- ucts of the operational dynamics of natural selection, that is, genetically variable individuals are selected by variable environmental conditions. The environment is viewed as a mosaic of superimposed variable conditions expressed spatially, sequentially or as an interaction of conditions. The indi- vidual plant, occurring in these conditions, is the seat of physiological func- tion and provides for the continuity of the population. The inter-breeding population, through the mechanics of gene exchange, provides for the reser- voir of variability of the physiological capacity of the individuals. The rela- tionship of the individual to its environment is through a condition-function relationship, which is called tolerance. This is genetically determined and constitutes a preadaptation to the environment in which the individual is dispersed. Out of the mass of seed received the environment permits the survival of only those which are capable of carrying on all of their vital functions under the prevailing conditions. This repeated selection generation after generation tends to fix the physiological capacity and the genetic range of the species population. However, a mutation may increase the genetic diversity of the population and so alter the physiological capacities that the 106 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 subsequent individuals have increased chances of survival in the face of environmental change and may succeed in other combinations of environ- mental conditions. Thus, simultaneous with migration there is usually evolu- tionary diversification by means of genetic elaboration of the migrating lineages. Hence, the population becomes accommodated to the environ- mental diversity that it encounters. At length these changes may be of pro- found scope and may be spoken of as evolution. It is doubtful if any exten- sive long-term migration is possible without significant evolutionary change in physiological capacity. ANNUAL MEETING 1955 Over 114 members and friends of the Southern California Academy of Sciences met for the Annual Meeting at Scully’s Restaurant, Los Angeles, on May 6, 1955, with Dr. Sherwin F. Wood presiding. According to Article I, Section 6, of the Constitution, “Honorary mem- bership may be conferred upon persons not Annual members. Such Honor ary members shall be exempt from dues. They shall receive all publications; and they shall have the right of participating in the discussions of the Academy.” Unanimous choice for Honorary membership for 1955 of the Board of Directors of the Southern California Academy of Sciences was Mr. Walter E. Disney, whose personal representative, Mr. Erwin L. Verity, appeared as our guest to receive the award. The citation for Honorary membership read as follows: The Southern California Academy of Sciences takes pleasure in presenting to Walter E. Disney this Honorary membership. You have brought to the world cinema and television secrets of nature as revealed by the mod- ern miracle of photography in the eyes of wildlife photographers. This award is made for your contributions: to stimulation of scientific nature study through photography; bringing to the general public pictures of nature relat- ing to scenery, flowers, insects, fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mam- mals; popularization of photography as a scientific tool to the study of natural phenomena; and stimulus to appreciation of nature and wildlife as a cultural heritage for more effective widespread information leading to greater understanding | of the Conservation of Natural Resources for all. According to Article I, Section 9, of the Constitution, “Any annual or life member who has been distinguished in scientific work may be granted the degree of Fellow by the Directors.” On nomination by the Fellows Committee, Dr. Howard R. Hill, Chair- man; Dr. George R. Johnstone and Dr. Thomas Clements, and after vote of the Fellows of the Academy and approval by the Board of Directors, the following were elected as Fellows of the Southern California Academy of Sciences: William H. Easton, Professor of Geology, University of Southern Cali- fornia. Ruth de Ette Simpson, Assistant Curator, Southwest Museum. O. C. Smith, Chemist and Mineralogist. Bonnie C. Templeton, Curator of Botany, Los Angeles County Museum. Additional business reports included that of the Secretary, Miss Gretchen Sibley; the Treasurer, Dr. W. Dwight Pierce; the Auditor, Mr. Allen W. Steuart, and the Editor, Dr. John A. Comstock. The nominating committee, Dr. Louis C. Wheeler, Chairman; Dr. Homer P. King and Dr. A. Weir Bell, reported the following Directors and Advisory Board members elected by vote of the Academy membership for 1955-56: 107 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 A. Weir Bell, John A. Comstock, Theodore Downs, Hildegarde Howard, Homer P. King, W. Dwight Pierce, Gretchen Sibley, Kenneth E. Stager, Fred S. Truxal, Louis C. Wheeler, Sherwin F. Wood, Ross Hardy, Howard R. Hill, Carroll L. Lang, Lloyd M. Martin, Theodore Payne, Ruth D. Simpson, R. H. Swift, Bonnie C. Templeton. The meeting was then turned over to the Chairman of the Section on Zoology, Mr. Kenneth E. Stager, who introduced Elna and Gerhard Bakker, Fairburn Avenue Elementary School and Life Sciences Department, Los Angeles City College. They presented motion pictures and slides on the sub- ject, A Naturalist in Africa, as the feature of this meeting. Thanks are due to the Sectional Committees for the excellent program, the fellow officers for support and advice, the standing committees on Finance, Publications, Conservation, Hospitality, Library. and Membership and the appointed committees on Constitutional Revisions, Marsh Library, Science Education, Fellows of the AAAS, Jane Everest Gregory Collection of Invertebrate Paleontology, Annual Meeting Arrangements, and Research for essential contributions to the activities of the Academy during 1954-55. SHerwin F. Woop. Retiring President. TREASURER’S REPORT At the Annual meeting of the Academy, held on May 6, 1955, the Treasurer, Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, presented a detailed report which is briefly summarized as follows: RECEIPTS trom all sources: 21ce esses eee ee Total $4100.55 including $1959.99 from investment returns, mem- bership dues of $657.85, and donations to the Memorial Fund of $457.44 as the three major items. DISBURSEMENTS of all types ..........-.------..-------ceeeceeeeeeeee- Total $4100.58 including cost of printing Bulletin, $1145.29; Me- morial funds, $597.43, and engraving costs of $541.35, etc. Academy assets, including securities, memorial invest- ments, inventory of publications, cash on hand, etc.. Total $61581.04 “HOBNOBBING WITH DRY SCALY ECTOTHERMS” Abstract of June 13, 1955, lecture presented by Dr. Sherwin F. Wood Reptiles of the Southwestern United States were illustrated in native and simulated habitats with Kodachrome and Ansco color reproductions. These were taken in natural or artificial light according to principal habitat as sand dunes, Joshua tree woodland, creosote bush scrub, chaparral, rock, and open desert. Attention was directed to the pleasure aspects of night road collecting by automobile and daytime scientific study with drift traps near the Borrego Area of the Sonoran Desert and the higher Mojave Desert of California. Twenty-five species of lizards and 15 species of snakes were depicted. 108 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 ACADEMY MEETS WITH PACIFIC DIVISION, AAAS Scientific papers were presented at the 36th Annual Meeting of the Pacific Division, American Association for the Advancement of Science on Tuesday, June 21st, from 9 to 12, in Room 102, Mudd Hall, California Insti- tute of Technology, Pasadena, California. The First Vice President, Kenneth E. Stager, introduced the first speaker who then presided over the remainder of the program. The follow- ing papers were presented: Reduviid Bug Annoyance and Chagas’ Trypanosome in Southwestern National Monuments, Sherwin F. Wood, Los Angeles City College. The Aquatic Hemiptera of the Sonoran Biotic Province, Fred S$. Truxal, Los Angeles County Museum. The Circulatory System of the Earthworm, A Weir Bell, Los Angeles City College. Opportunities for Young People Gifted in Science, Gretchen Sibley, Los Angeles County Museum. Plant Responses to Extreme Climatic Deviation from the Norm, George R. Johnstone, University of Southern California. Quaternary Animals from a Cave Deposit in the Mojave Desert, Calif., The- odore Downs, Los Angeles County Museum. New Trends in Western Pleistocene Archeology, Ruth D. Simpson, South- west Museum, Los Angeles. From 23 to 30 members and guests attended the session. S.F.W. LECTURE PROGRAM During the fiscal year 1954-55 the Southern California Academy of Sci- ences held ten regular meetings at which the following lecturers and subjects were presented: September 17, 1954 . . . “An Approach to Conservation Education” by Dr. Robert Durbin. October 15, 1954. . . . “Present Status of the Seroflocculation Re- action as Related to Cancer and Other Diseases,’ by Dr. Andrew H. Dowdy. November 19, 1954 . . . “The Role of an Entomological Consultant in Peru,” by Dr. Walter Ebeling. December 17, 1954 . . . “Mating Types and Killer Substances Pro- duced by Paramecium,” by Dr. Tse Tuan Chen. January 21,1955 . . . . “Prehistory of the Channel Islands,” by Phil Orr. February 18,1955 . . . . “Dust, Its Effects on Mankind,” by Joseph B. Ficklen, III. March 18,1955. . . . . “Geological History of Elsinore Lake Basin,” by Dr. John F. Mann, Jr. April 15, 1955 . . . . . “Migration and Evolution in Plants,’ by Dr. Herbert L. Mason. May 6,1955 ... =. . . “A Naturalist in Africa,” by Elna and Ger- hard Bakker. June 17, 1955 . . . . . “Hobnobbing with Dry, Scaly Ectotherms,” by Dr. Sherwin F. Wood. 109 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Parts 1955 FRED EVERTS BURLEW 1863—1954 With the death of Fred E. Burlew which occurred on January 29, 1954, the Southern California Academy of Sciences lost one of its oldest members, he having joined the Academy soon after the turn of the century. Fred Everts Burlew, the oldest of a family of four boys was born September 25, 1863 on a farm at Trumansburg, N. Y. One of his brothers and his father and mother all having passed away by the time he was twelve years of age, much of the responsibility of raising the other two boys fell on his shoulders. Commencing to work at an early age he saved enough money to put himself and his two brothers through college. He graduated from Grinnell College in 1888 and Ann Arbor Law School at a later date after which he came west, living for a time in the State of Washington. In 1896 he was admitted to the Bar in San Francisco and after practicing law there for a short time he came to Los Angeles in 1899. Soon after coming here he was engaged by John D. Hooker who played such a prominent part in the early history of the Academy as his legal adviser. After Mr. Hooker's death in 1911, Mr. Burlew continued 110 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 to look after the Hooker interests up until 1927, after which he practiced law in Los Angeles and Glendale. In 1902 he married Myrta Lilian Preston whom he had known for some time, the two of them having gone through high school and college together. While interested in all the natural sciences, botany was his special choice. He did considerable collecting, especially in the Mount Baldy region and one plant Alliwn Burlewii was named after him. Besides collecting botanical specimens he had many species of native plants growing on his acre home site in Glendale. These included a sycamore tree 80 feet high planted out from a gallon can, two live oak trees 2 feet in diameter which he raised from acorns, a beautiful hybrid fremontia which originated on his place and many smaller shrubs and perennial plants. He also took a great interest in photography and had one room in his house especially fitted up for this purpose. His wild flower photographs number many hundreds of species and is probably one of the best collections in the state. Mr. Burlew served on both the advisory board and board of directors and acted as legal advisor for the Academy. He was awarded an honorary life membership in recognition of his valu- able services rendered. His quiet, gentle, loyal nature won for him many firm friends and indeed he was loved by everyone who knew him. Children were fond of him. He was a natural born teacher and was never happier than when surrounded by some of the neighborhood, whom he would tell about the flowers, trees, birds, and butterflies. He is survived by two nephews, Everts P. Burlew and Robert P. Rapson. He was buried in Forest Lawn Cemetery beside his wife who passed away some years ago. THEODORE PAYNE a BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$3.50 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908 — one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August, Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March- April; No. 38, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1954, including volumes XXIV to 53, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Vol. 1, 1988. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1, 1947. Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. 112 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 2, 1955 BULLETIN Publications of the Southern California 42, Academy of Sciences For Sale at the Appended Prices 1S A a ieee ee Se eee ee ree eee 2, 3, 4, 6, 1924 (each) 2, 3, 1925 (each) 1926 2, 1927 (each) 2, 3, 1928 (each) 1929 (each) wwb , 1932 , 1933 , 1934 1935 to fy wt bo 5 UBT , 1938 1959 i) LO Fa es f OEP www 2 go wo 1941 1942 1943 bwnwp oo oo oo Oo 1945 1946 prbppbppnNynwNpwt co co 69 Go 6 Oo GO OO (Continued on next page ) 118 Sel O Sie (each) ee ee (EBVO al) oe ee ee (each) Bs eee each) Bees eM eRe. (ea hit) Pea eee Mel 36m (each) sa eeeen en ((e@aC )nq) eee ee ee ee (Keach) pie sae en ea CEENG Oi) ce eee eae (eaGhi) ete ee ee (OSE) ny) Sake eee tenes See ee Weachy) pee ee eee NQA4 (each) eee eee (each) te eee Se ie mee (Geat@ ly) eae eee ee be Saal Al (Each) Beene nee NGASK (aC hi) Reese reat ea) INGA9N (each) ee 1950N(each)) 9 set Ce ach) pee eee es IG 528 (each) mae eens IQS ( GBVCID)) soceenncanscasenceeeeoscende BIG IAL (CSO) oe opesteenenecenncreceenee To To Non- Members Members aie $ .50 1.00 en 50 1.00 eet 00 1.00 aoe 1.50 3.00 eae 1.00 2.00 eee 75 1.50 ee 1.50 3.00 si 2.00 4.00 Exes 75 1.50 es 1.50 3.00 ue 50 1.00 Tee: 50 1.00 ee 1.00 2.00 eee ar Bh) ae 35 193 we 3 15 Wee 3 15 fete 30 75 head 35 se) bie: ot 15 os Or Ate) aoe 30 75 Ae 3 15 rons 30 se) eee oF oie) oes 30 no mee 30 ale) ee 30 ole) ee: 35 75 he 30 15 ue bo 15 agen Re io) 75 eo £35 75 pees 35 10 ee or 719 — 85 15 ee 85 Bis) oa Rei3) 75 oe 30 pits) pao .60 1,25 ea .60 1,25 eae .60 1.25 pee .60 1.25 BuLueTin, So. Catir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Voll a4 yRarieal 955 PUBLICATIONS (continued) To To Non- MEMOIRS Members Members Voll 988 papern cover... 2s ee $2.00 $4.00 7) ee bound tin black fabrikoid= =a 3.00 5.00 “ “printed on one side of paper.................- 3.00 5.00 “ “printed on one side of page (bound).... 4.00 6.00 Vol. 2, No. 1, 1989=paper cover -..2.12. ROS) 2.50 5 boundan black fabrikoid== ae 2.25 3.50 See oe he printed on one side of page.......... 1.75 3.50 — oo 2) 1944— paper (cover 2.i23. sf) 1.50 185 Os 947 paper iCOVEr= 1.00 2.00 SS 2 NGAO— paper COVER. .22-1 ee 1.00 2.00 Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or Co-operating Organizations Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published ).......... bound $1.50, unbound $1.00 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES FARTHQUAKES, BR. 1, Hill. bound 2.50 Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published), chiefly Entomological, 1 color plate............ 522 1.00 Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall................ 1.00 FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther Davidson and George Iu. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923... 2 eee 2.50 Reprints: Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfamilies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H: Benjamin, 1927...........0..... eee $ 50 The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, New Mexico, 1931, IF. R.-Fosberg...:....20...:. 2. eee PD Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United State of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board, one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-members.... 3.00 A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes of their habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis.............. 50 A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA, 32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm. M. Tre @ rand oo.ceceicss cee lecescicesealhstacsesnsieccdcetcshogl-teles ee 50 Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum — CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 38. Bound.. 3.00 ApprEss ALL INQUIRIES TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A. 114 REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the Editor at the following rates, from the Commonwealth Press, 1507 DeLong Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor paying for all his reprints. PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS (WITHOUT COVERS) 4pp. 8pp. I2pp. 16pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp. 50 copies ......-- $5.00 $ 7.00 $10.25 $12.50 $14.25 $16.25 $19.25 $21.00 CUO i a ace pee 9-00, 12a) we losOLel 1.75. 20:50 24:00) )26:25 a sa eel Omer iow No.2. W850. 22:25 (24.75 (28.75 631.50 Be: ocecanes ose S:00m Iiat> wZ2\-50) 325215 29.00. .33:50 736,75 SCD a eeneren Oe SOON 2025 924508029 25 33:25) 38:25 542.00 Biren eect oe eae We OOnie2ao° 20.90) 32.05. |) 3t-a0. 43.0008 47:25 Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1 Y2c each. California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state. Che Commonwealth Press, Juc. Est. 1906 a 4 @ PUBLICATIONS e@ CATALOGS @ FOREIGN LANGUAGE TEXTS @ COMPLETE GRAPHIC ARTS SERVICE a 4 Richmond 9-2233 1507 DeLong Street, Los Angeles 15, California oe See] Woes”: i ah ; ' “ 2 > we ke Pea E a a - \ 7 s hi i c) NLA deg ee . 4 ie >, -y \ VE { | ; . ( : Hi i Ji | j ‘ P % “me . 5 MOC ETIN OF THE Southern California Academy of Sciences LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA (oma uchimirZins Vou. 54 SEPTEMBER-DECEMBER, 1955 Part 3 CONTENTS A Note on the Brain Plexuses of Birds. William A. Hilton............ 113 Brain Chorioid Plexuses of Mammals. William A. Hilton................ 116 An Incidence of Albinism in Yellow-Legged Frogs. FR NEL Fl Ba GEEETIG AS al FS leat MSL RODS Bg ii le le tp aNd aie cal 126 Biological Observations on Xenoglossa fulvia Smith with Some Generalizations on Biological Characters of Other Eucerine Bees. E. G. Linsley, P. W. MacSwain and Ray F. Smith.................. 128 A New Papilio from California. John A. Comstock and Lloyd M. Martin............-..-..2-..2-.---2-0---- 142 Life History Notes on Palada scarletina Smith. Frank Sala.......... 151 Description of the Female Mohavacris timberlakei in a New Family and Subfamily of the Acridoidea. EEC STREET TIRRALELIIA tas hess RL EO VE nae bth 156 Stictodora cabelleroi new species. W. E. Martin................22..-..------ 161 PETE OMNOTES i cance 21 Ee TE i eee es 166 Issued January 11, 1956 Southern California Academy of Sciences OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS Mr. Kenneth E:) Stageri:) 2.2: a President Dr; ‘Hildegarde: Howard’: «0 S22 262s ea Ieee 2 re ee First Vice-President Dr. ‘Ered 'S."Eruxal so Get Sele eee Olea Second Vice-President Miss Gretchen Sibley (2:25) 52 ce. Secretary Mr Lloyd MaiMartint.3 0805 2255 © se oe aac ee Assistant to Secretary Dr: W. Dwight Pierce (i022 o-oo Treasurer Dr. John A; Comstock -.. ooo. cso-Sovteg thee tececnccieces et enteee—— Editor Dr. A. Weir Bell Miss Gretchen Sibley Dr. John A. Comstock Mr. Kenneth E. Stager Dr. Theodore Downs Dr. Fred S. Truxal Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. Louis C. Wheeler Dr. W. Dwight Pierce Dr. Sherwin F. Wood ADVISORY BOARD Mr. J. Stanley Brode Dr. Thomas Clements Dr. Howard R. Hill Dr. Carroll L. Lang Mr. Lloyd M. Martin Mr. Theodore Payne Miss Ruth D. Simpson Dr. R. H. Swift Miss Bonnie Templeton SCIENCE SECTIONS Section of Agricultural Sciences Section of Earth Sciences Mr. Lloyd M. Martin, Chairman Dr. William H. Easton, Chairman Anthropological Section Section of Health and Sanitation Miss Ruth D. Simpson, Chairman Dr. Irving Rehman, Chairman Botanical Section Section of Junior Scientists Dr. Lyman Benson, Chairman Miss Bess Reed Peacock, Chairman Section of Conservation Section of Physical Sciences Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman Dr. Julius Sumner Miller, Chairman Section of Zoological Sciences Dr. William V. Mayer, Chairman STANDING COMMITTEES Finance Publication Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman Mr. Allen Steuart, Auditor Dr. A. W. Bell Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. William H. Easton Mr, John R. Pemberton Dr. Hildegarde Howard Mr. Russell S. Woglum Dr. George R. Johnstone Program Membership Mr. Kenneth E. Stager, Chairman Dr. William V. Mayer Hospitality Library Mr. Donald Drake Mrs. Lloyd M. Martin, Chairman OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, California Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences VOLUME 54 - Spee ia a aa) | PART ODS A NOTE ON THE BRAIN PLEXUSES OF BIRDS By Wi11aM A. HILTon (Department of Zoology, Pomona College) The only references to these structures in birds that mention any details are given in connection with other brain structures. Usu- ally they are shown in section but no real idea of their form as a whole can be obtained from any account I have seen. I have a number of articles recently published on these structures in several groups and several others in preparation or in press. From these I can make some comparisons. In the main features, especially as to the plexuses of the lateral ventricles, birds resemble some of the reptiles more than any other large group. Curiously enough this resemblance is not so much to the lizards and snakes as to the turtle and the alligator. The roof of the fourth ventricle is small, as is the ventricle itself as compared with Amphibia, Sharks and some others, but even in rather early stages there is a forward part which is ribbed, Figs. 1 and 4, or lobed Fig. 5. Immature birds about the time of hatching or a little later, of various species examined do not have the cerebral plexuses much different in form from those of the adult. From a common center at the region of the third ventricle, each lateral hemisphere is supplied with a much folded lateral plexus, such as shown in a young chick, Fig. 2, or a young owl, Fig. 7. The latter is a more advanced stage with long slender extensions from the com- mon center of the third ventricle roof, with much lobed thickened ends. An earlier stage than this is shown by the rather small lateral extensions of the crow’s brain shortly before hatching, one of which is shown in Fig. 3. In Fig. 6, from a chick brain of 15 days incubation with a brain length of 9 mm, shows an early development of both lateral plexuses joined at the third ventricle region. Each lateral part has many small lobes. In a chick about hatching, the adult condition is indicated, each lateral plexus much lobed is extended into each hemispherical cavity on a long slender stalk. One such lateral plexus is shown in Fig. 8. The adult condition of the lateral plexus is much lobed and folded as in Fig. 9, which is from an adult English sparrow; the drawing shows but one side in one of the lateral cavities. In adult pigeon, a similar appearing structure was found. 113 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 545 Parts, 1955 Among the earlier papers which deal with the avian brain are those of Bumm, 1883, Turner 91 and Brandis 793, in which the plexuses are barely mentioned or completely ignored. Gage °95 gives a brief description of the structures in the English sparrow with figures of the general position of the membrane, but no details. Pettit and Girard in 1902, mention the observation that villi in the cerebral cavities are rare in the chicken, duck and pigeon. In the chick, sparrow and pigeon I found the plexuses of the lateral ventricles much divided at their margins or free ends and whether they should be considered villi or not, is a matter of definition — some of their lobes at least might be so considered. Sinn in 1913 examined the medulla of birds, but did not describe anything distinctive, in respect to the roof of the fourth ventricle. Hansen-Pruss studied the meninges of birds, but had little to say about the chorioid plexuses. Craigie in 1927 and 1930, had papers on the brains of hummingbirds and Apteryx, but not in these or any other of the numerous accounts of one or another part of avian brains is there any discussion of the plexuses, or any figure of one of the structures as a whole. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS The plexuses of all the birds examined at this time were much more like those of reptiles than any other large vertebrate group. They were less like those of snakes and lizards than the other reptiles. SOME REFERENCES Brandis, F. 1893. Untersuchungen ueber das Gehirn der Vogel. Arch. f. mikr. Anat. v. 41. S. 168-194. Bumm, A. 1883. Das Grosshirn der Vogel. Zeit. f. wiss. Zoo. Bd. 38, S. 153-155. Craigie, E. H. 1927. Observations on the brain of the hummingbird. Jour. comp. neur. v. 45, pp. 378-442. Dennler, G. 1922. Zur Morphologie des Vorderhirns. Gage, S. P. 1895. Comparative morphology of the brain of the soft-shelled turtle and the English sparrow. Proc. Am. mic. soc. v. 17, pp. 185-238. Hansen Pruss, O. C. 1923. The meninges of birds. Jour comp. neur. v. 36, pp. 193-217. Hermann, A. 1922. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Vogelhirns. Zeit. f. Anat. u., Entwick. Bd. 63, S. 415-418. 114 BuLLeTin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vols 54 ParthowlGa5 PLATE 31 For index to figures, see page 116. 115 BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 Hinton, J. I. 1930. The forebrain of Apteryx. Pros. Konn. Akad. v. Wetens te Amster- dam v. 26. pp. 807-824. Sinn, R. 1913. Beitrage zur Kenntnes der Medulla oblongata der Vogel. Monat. f. Psych. u. Neural. Bd. 38, S. 1-39. Turner, C. H. 1891. Morphology of the avian brain. Jour. comp. neurol. v. 1, pp. 39-92, 107-133, 265-286. INDEX TO FIGURES OF PLATE 31 The scale equals 1 mm in all cases. The cepgalic end is at the top of the page. 1. Under side of the roof of the fourth ventricle of a chick of 240 hours incubation, of 35 mm length. 2. Lateral plexuses of a 240-hour chick. 3. Chorioid plexus from young crow of 50 mm length. 4. Underside of the roof of the fourth ventricle of the last. 5. Roof of the fourth ventricle of an owl of 60 mm length, hatched two days (barn owl). 6. Lateral plexuses of a chick embryo of 15 mm length. 7. Lateral plexuses of the owl, given in figure 5. 8. One side of the lateral plexus of an adult pigeon. Only the tip of one plexus is shown. 9. One side of the lateral plexus of an English sparrow adult. BRAIN CHORIOID PLEXUSES OF MAMMALS By Witi1aM A. HiILTon (Department of Zoology, Pomona College) Among the earliest papers dealing with these structures was that of Magendie 1825, although they had been seen by the very first students of brain anatomy. Their form, position and early development have been known in a general way for a long time. Among the earlier papers are those of Hess 1885, Lachi 1888, Francotte 1894. Other papers later are those of Findlay 1899, 116 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vols 54 Parts) 1955 Petitt and Girard 1902, Pellizzi 1911, Hochstetter 1913, Ariens Kappers 1926. Although most of the papers have dealt with man, other mam- mals have been considered, such as those of Hill 93 and Hines 29, dealing with the brain of Ornithorhynchus and Loo 31 con- cerned with the brain of the opossum, but in neither these nor any others I have known about is there any detailed account of the chorioid plexus. Meek 1907, has a paper on the chorioid plexus in general and tells something of the observations of others in many groups of vertebrates. Heuser 1913, gives much important information about the development of the cerebral vessicles of the pig and the early development of the lateral plexuses. It is seen as a pro- jection into the lateral ventricle of each side in a 22 mm pig embryo. In a later stage the plexus has many folds and subdivi- sions. The plexus is attached along a fissure which extends back- ward from the interventricular foramen. The caudal portion of the structure is attached along a fissure which extends backward from the interventricular foramen. The caudal portion of the plexus is much attenuated. It forms a short, free projection end- ing a short distance beyond the end of the fissure and the free portion shows no separate folds. In a pig of 45 mm the lateral chorioid plexus is shown in position, but with no details. Weed 1917, considers the development of the cerebral spaces in pig and man, but gives little of the plexuses in the early stages considered. Bailey 1916, discusses the roof plate of the forebrain of man and the lateral chorioid plexuses. At a length of 19 mm the plexus projects into the lateral ventricles and at 23 and 32 mm it is well formed. He considers the lateral plexus of two distinct portions, an anterior part from the roof plate and a posterior from the median wall of the hemisphere. Hines 1922, in man shows the beginnings of a lateral plexus at a length of 14 mm, at 20 mm it is much larger, and in an embryo of 27.8 mm it is still larger. At 32 mm, the plexus has many folds with thick folds in a 39 mm specimen. There are many other papers which give indications of chorioid structures of the brain, but almost none which show them as a whole. In some cases villi are described, especially in the lower vertebrates, sometimes folds alone are given. Almost without exception, the figures of the plexuses are from sections alone. In earlier stages of embryonic development this is adequate, but with later developments and in the adult this shows a very incomplete picture. LG BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 a FourTH VENTRICLE ROOF AND PLEXUS The earliest stage of pig embryo considered was 16 mm total length. Before this the thin roof was not much differentiated. At 16 mm ventrally, the forward edge of the roof plate was thickened and began to have a number of small papillae on its cephalic edge, Fig. 1. At 22 mm the number of papillae had greatly increased and were in patches, one on each side of the middle line. Fig. 2. In a 26 mm pig the papillae had greatly increased and the two patches were fused into one, with the beginning of a back- ward extension in the middle line. At 30 mm there is a further backward extension of the area of papillae or little mounds. At 46 mm the plexus is well formed, Fig. 6, with small arteries and larger veins, connected with the complex network in the region. At this time it is not unlike the same region in adult white rat, shown in Fig. 5. In man there appears to be a similar development, and in the adult the forward end of the roof plate is papillate in a similar manner. In some forms, but not all, there may be long, complicated masses of villi in the region, such as in sheep, Fig. 7. In this and some other adults, including man, the membrane bordering the papillary or villous area is thin and like the thickened cephalic region, highly vascular, with thin plates or folds in the membrane. CEREBRAL PLEXUS These are found in the lateral cerebral cavities. The main body of each half is united with a thinner extension forward which joins its fellow of the opposite side through the foramen of Munro. Its backward extension is down in the cavity of the temporal lobe, almost to its tip. Both arteries and veins enter at this last and other blood vessels join the plexus at the junction of the two lateral halves of the structure. Blood vessels also enter and leave along the margin of attachment with the brain tissue. There are also connections by blood vessels with the epiphysis region and the third ventricle plexus such as shown in the white rat, Fig. 8. According to Bailey, 1916, the lateral chorioid plexus begins about at the time the human embryo is 19 mm long. According to Weed, 1917, this structure appears at about the same length. I saw no indication of the infolding in a pig embryo of 16 mm and apparently the first infolding is somewhere between 16 and 19 mm in the pig. Very soon after the first simple sac-like cavity 118 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 32 For index to figures, see page 124. 119 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 33 For index to figures, see page 124 120 BULLETIN, So. Catir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 is formed, on each side the lateral plexus begins to fold with its growth in extent becoming greater than its increase in actual length. In a pig embryo of 22 mm the folds in each cerebral cavity have become wavy and sharply bent in places. Fig. 9. At a length of 26 mm, Fig. 10, the folds are more wavy and partly doubled on each side. At 30 mm each lateral plexus is much thickened with a number of lobes. Figs. 11, 12, and 13. A pig of 50 mm total length has many small lobes and the tips on each side extend well into the temporal lobe cavities. Fig. 14. At 200 mm the plexus is much like adults, with abundant blood vessels as shown in Fig. 15. In adult white rat the lateral plexuses are rather simple, not much lobed. There are sometimes smaller inner divisions or branches, most frequently attached at the more caudal part of the more dorsal portion of each lateral plexus as in Fig. 16, but other arrangements may be found as shown in Fig. 17, where there are smaller divisions at the lower end and on one side a large lobe at the upper end. Both arteries and veins are connected with the temporal end and apparently also at the cephalic end. Besides blood vessels which make a network in the plexus, some may penetrate the brain tissue along the attachment of the plexus. In pig and rat especially, the lateral plexus, both in the embryo and the adult appear to have much fewer low papillae than is the case in man, both in the foetus and the adult. SUMMARY The embryos of man and. pig were studied and the adults of man, sheep and white rat were examined. Especial attention was given to the fourth ventricle and the lateral plexuses in a large number of specimens. The developmental stages in man and pig were very similar, but only the embryonic stages of pig are given in this paper. In the development of the fourth ventricle roof small papillae develop on the inner side at the cephalic end. These increase in number and area as the brain grows. This is a highly vascular area but the surrounding connecting membranes of the region are also well supplied with blood. The plexus of the lateral ventricles begins in the pig as a simple infolding, later this sac closes and begins to fold. The folding becomes more complicated and the plexus has several irregular lobules as it grows in length and complexity. Both arteries and veins may be found connected with the roof of the fourth ventricle and its blood vessel network. Both arteries and veins are found connected with both ends of the lateral plexus. Arteries also connect the plexus with the region of the epiphysis and with the brain substance along its attached edge. 121 Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 BuLLeTIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ‘PSL o8ed 998s ‘samsy 0} xoput 104 VS ALV'Id BuLLeTIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 Groups of villi were found in the roof of the fourth ventricle of the sheep. Man has many papillae on its plexuses and the rat is nearly without them in the lateral plexus. SOME REFERENCES Ariens Kappers, C. U. 1926. The meninges in lower vertebrates compared with those of mam- mals. Arch. Neurol. and Phychiat. v. 15, p. 281. Bailey, P. 1916. Morphology of the roof plate of the forebrain and lateral choroid plexuses in the human embryo. Jour. Neur. v. 26, pp. 79-120. Blake, J. A. 1900. The roof and lateral recesses of the fourth ventricle considered morphologically and embryologically. Jour. comp. Neurl. v. 10, p. 79 Findlay, J. W. 1899. The choroid plexus of the lateral ventricles of the brain, their his- tology, normal and pathological. Brain, v. 22, pp. 161-202. Francotte, P. 1894. Note sur loiel parietal, l’epiphyse, la paraphyse et les plexus choroideau du troisieme ventricule. Bull. de ’acad. royale, des. sci d’ Belg. 3 ser. t. 27, n. 1, pp. 84-113. Haeckel, E. 1859. Zur normalen und pathologischen Anatomie des Plexus Choro- ideus. Virchow’s Archiv. Bd. 16, pp. 253-289. Harvey, S. C. and H.S. Burr. 1926. The development of the meninges. Arch. Neurol. and Psych. v. 18, p. 545. Hess, C. 1885. Das Foramen Magendie und die Oeffnung en den Recessus lateralis dievierten Ventrikals. Morph. Jahrb. Bd. x, S. 578. Heuser, C. H. i 1913. The development of the cerebral ventricles in the pig. Am. Jour. Anat. v. 15, pp. 215-239. Hill, A. 1893. The cerebrum of Ornithorhyncus. Phil. trans. Roy. soc. London, ser. B, v. 184, p. 367. Hines, M. 1922. Studies on the growth and differentiation of the telencephalon in man. The fissure hippocampi. Jour. comp. Neurol. v. 34, no. 1, pp. TB-LTAL, Hines, M. 1929. The brain of Ornithorhynchus. Phil. trans. Roy. soc. London, ser. 1B, Wo i, Too HS, Hochstetter, F. ~ 1913. Ueber die Entwickelung der Plexus Chorioidei der Seitenkam- meren des menschlichen Gehirns. Anat. Anx. Bd. 45, n. 10, pp. 225-238. Lachi, P. 1888. Le tela corioidea superior e i ventricili cerebrali dell’ uomo. Att. della soc. Tose. d. sc. nat. v. 9, fac. 1. 128 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 oo, Y. TL: 1931. The forebrain of the opossum Diadelphys virginiana. Jour. comp. Neurol. v. 52, pp. 1-148. Magendie, F. 1825. Recherches sur le liquide cephalo-rachiden. Paris 1825. Meek, W. J. 1907. A study of the choroid plexus. Jour. comp. Neurol. v. 17, pp. 280- 306. 1914. Studies on the cerebro-spinal fluid. Jour. Med. Rec. v. 31, N. S. v. 26). 21, Pellizzi, G. P. 1911. Experimentelle histologische untersuchungen ueber die Plexus chorioides. Folia Neoro-biol. Bd. 5, S. 305. Petitt, A. and Girard, J. 1902. Sur la morphologia des plexus choroides du systeme nerveux cen- tral. Comp. rend. sc. de biol. t. 54, p. 698. Rasmussen, A. T. 1927. Additional evidence for the normal existence of the lateral aper- tures of the fourth ventricle of man. Anat. rec. v. 33, pp. 179-182. Weed, L. H. 1917. The development of the cerebro-spinal spaces in pig and man. Pub. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Embryology. v. 5, no. 14, pp. 1-116. Zieken, T. 1904. Zur Entwickelung des Centralnervensystems von Echidna. Jenn. Denksch. Bd. 6, T. 3. INDEX TO FIGURES The scale equals 1 mm in every case. The cephalic end is towards the top of the page. 1 to 6. Under side views of the roof of the fourth ventricle. 1. From a pig embryo of 16 mm total length. 2. From a pig embryo of 22 mm. 3. From pig embryo of 26 mm. 4. From a pig embryo of 30 mm. 5. From adult white rat. 6. From a pig embryo of 50 mm. 7. Fourth ventricle roof of adult sheep. 8. Blood vessels connecting the upper end of the epiphyseal region, C, with the upper ends of the lateral plexus on each side, CH. 9 to 15. Various views of the chorioid plexus of the lateral ventricles in various stages of pig embryos; all are surface views. 9. Lateral plexus, one on each side, of an embryo of 22 mm. 10. Lateral plexuses from 26 mm pig embryo. 11. Lateral plexuses from a pig embryo of 30 mm. 12 and 13. Right and left side of the lateral plexus from a 20 mm pig embryo. 14. Lateral and connected third ventricle plexus from above of a 50 mm pig embryo. 15. Blood vessels in the right lateral ventricle plexus of a 200 mm pig foetus. Above to the left the connection with the plexus of the other side. Not all of the vessels are shown, but all that could be followed in the specimen. z dense knot of blood vessels was seen at the cephalic end as shown in the gure. 16. Lateral plexuses from an adult white rat. 17. Lateral plexuses of another white rat with the connection of the two sides shown. 124 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 35 For index to figures, see page 124. 125 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 AN INCIDENCE OF ALBINISM IN YELLOW-LEGGED FROGS By Henry E. Cuixps, Jr. Compton College, Compton, California The occurrence of albinism in many amphibian species has been noted by field herpetologists but few systematic records have been kept or reported in the literature. In the San Joaquin Valley of California many records of albinistic spadefoot toads (Scaphiopus h. hammondii) and a few of the tiger salamander (Ambystoma tigrinum californiense) have been made by Cohen and Childs (1955 MS). They indicated that ecological factors such as the color of the bottom vegetation and water turbidity might be effective in selection for or against the albino form. Under natural conditions, Childs (1953) demonstrated a signifi- cant selective pressure against the albinistic spadefoot toad larva in a vernal pool at the San Joaquin Experimental Range, O'Neals, California. In the light of these studies it is of interest to record the additional occurrence of albinistic larvae in still another spe- cies, the yellow-legged frog (Rana boylii sierrae). On September 11, 1953, four albinistic larvae were found in a group of 42 normal yellow-legged frog larvae at Jackass Mead- ow, 7000 feet, Madera County, California. The pool (7x1x%’) in which they were found was one of a few remaining after the drying of a creek which meandered through the meadow. About 50 newly metamorphosed frogs, none of them albinos, were seen around the edge of the pool. About 200 feet farther along the same stream another small pool was found in which three albi- nistic larvae and six normal larvae were found. It is possible that these two groups consist of individuals from a single female sepa- rated by the drying of the stream. Measurements were taken of the total length of the population and comparisons made of the albino and normal larvae. Number Mean + S.E. St.Dev. Coef.Var. Wt.Av. Albino 4 43.5 S= 17311 Del 6.1 TE o: Normal 42 53.4 + 0.4 2.4 4.5 Ibe 126 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 From the above table it is apparent that the development of length of the albino is slower than that of the normal. Yet in weight and in approach to metamorphosis the two forms were essentially similar. These albinos differ from the albinistic spadefoot toads in that the albinos were smaller in all respects and slower to meta- morphose. The reasons for these differences is not apparent. It does not appear likely that either of these albinistic groups re- sulted from solutes affecting the pituitary such as Eakin (1950) performed experimentally on the Pacific tree frog (Hyla regilla). The possibility of genetic origin of 300 (21% albinos ) in a popula- tion of 1452 spadefoot toads is more likely than in the more iso- lated cases of occurrence of albinos, as microscopic examination showed no pituitary abnormalities. It does not suffice to say that these abnormally-colored indi- viduals are the result of developmental accident without further investigation. The reason for the high incidence of albinism in the San Joaquin Valley is yet to be explained. LITERATURE CITED Childs, Henry E.. Jr. 1953. Selection by predation on albino and normal spadefoot toads. Evo- lution VIII (3): 228-233. Cohen, Nathan and H. E. Childs, Ji. 1955 Paes) {oO bunistic amphibians in the San Joaquin Valley of Cali- ornia. Eakin, R. M. 1950. Developmental failure of the pituitary in amphibian embryos treated with sugar. Science, Vol. III (2881): 281-283. aS Ca 127 BULLETIN, So. CALir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON XENOGLOSSA FULVA SMITH WITH SOME GENERALIZATIONS ON BIOLOGICAL CHARACTERS OF OTHER EUCERINE BEES (Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae)* By E. G. Linstey, J. W. MacSwaitn anp Ray F. Smita University of California, Berkeley The Eucerine bees of the genera Xenoglossa and Peponapis are of interest because, in so far as reported, the species collect pollen solely from plants of the genus Cucurbita. Although each of these bee genera is represented in the United States by two or three species (some rather wide ranging), apparently nothing has been recorded of their nesting habits and behavior. The observations presented here, while limited, are offered as a frag- mentary contribution to the knowledge of Xenoglessa. The species of Xenoglossa (and Peponapis) appear to have considerable importance in the pollination of wild and cultivated cucurbits in various parts of Central and North America. The introduced honeybee, Apis mellifera Linn., when reasonably abundant, visits flowers of Cucurbita in numbers, but it does not seem to have replaced the native species of bees, even in the more northern portions of their range. Furthermore, in areas where commercial beekeeping is not practiced, or where con- ditions are unfavorable for the maintenance of populations of escaped honeybees, or where other plants are more attractive to the honeybee, species of Xenoglossa (and/or Peponapis) may be the only bees visiting cucurbit flowers in any significant numbers. LOCALITY AND NESTING SITE Observations were made on August 18 and 19, 1954, in Mexico, at a campsite 11 miles southwest of Acambaro, Guanajuato, and 3% miles northeast of Zinapecuaro, near the border between the states of Guanajuato and Michoacan. The elevation is approxi- mately 6,900 feet. ‘This one of a series of studies on the habits of anthophorid bees in Mexico made possible by a grant-in-aid from the Associates in Tropical Biogeography, University of California. 128 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 The general area around Zinapecuaro receives its major rain- fall from June through September. Much of it occurs in heavy downpours, generally during the afternoon or at night. Remnants of the original vegetation indicate that it was once on the margin of the oak scrub. To the south, east, and north the landscape slopes gradually upward to tree-covered hills. How- ever, in the camp area and for a considerable distance to the west, the land is cultivated intensively. Planting is largely restricted to milpas, consisting of alternated corn, beans, and squash, and these were present in all directions from camp. The closest area was about 150 feet west of the nesting site across a small arroyo (Plate 36, upper fig. ). In the area, honeybees were definitely scarce, and the individ- uals seen were at flowers other than Cucurbita. The Xenoglossa and Peponapis appeared to be present in sufficient numbers to clean the cucurbit flowers of pollen in the very early morning before the honeybees became active. Whether this accounted for the absence of honeybees from these flowers or whether some other factor was operating, was not determined. In any event, Xenoglossa fulva and species of Peponapis appeared to be the most significant agents in the pollination of the cultivated cucur- bits growing in the near-by milpas. The Peponapis was active later in the morning than was Xenoglossa. Male bees were much more numerous at the flowers than were the female bees. Unfortunately it was impossible to study the males’ behavior in the predawn period, but brief notes were made on their activity pattern as soon as there was enough light to see them. At that time they were flying from one cucurbit flower to another, occasionally entering unoccupied flowers and moving to the base of the pistil where they frequently remained. If the flowers were occupied, the male Xenoglossa entered and ap- proached the other bee regardless of its sex or species. (This same behavior was observed at other localities in Central Mexico. ) Later in the morning, the males flew rapidly over and through the vegetative growth of the Cucurbita, occasionally stopping to force their way into partially closed flowers. Xenoglossa fulva Smith? is a very large, robust bee clothed with golden to fulvous pubescence. The ocelli are unusually large, suggesting nocturnal or crepuscular habits. The females produce a low-pitched but loud hum during flight, and can be heard at a distance of 100 feet or more. (In the nest area during the predawn period, this sound appeared to be associated either with straight-line flights at a height of 6 or more feet above ground .or with flight close to the ground in search of their burrows. ) “Identified by C. D. Michener, University of Kansas. 129 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 36 For explanation of plate, see page 141. BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vole 54 Partioweloa5 On August 18, before daylight (5:45 a.m.), two females were heard flying outside the tent. Although an observer was stationed within 3 feet of two burrows, it was not until 6:15 a.m. that there was enough light to see a female enter her burrow with a load of pollen. With this lead, other burrows were discovered by day- light, and these were subsequently excavated.* At 6:20 a.m. a second female returned with a pollen load and, after considerable searching, entered her burrow. At 6:28 a.m. this bee emerged and flew across the arroyo toward the adacent milpas. She returned to her burrow, without pollen, at 12 noon. Bees had been heard in the vicinity of these burrows before 6:15 a.m. on at least five or six occasions, and several prolonged flights suggested that a female might be having difficulty locating her burrow. It would be interesting to know if the females were carrying pollen on these early trips. No females with pollen were seen after 6:20 a.m. Another burrow was located just before 7 a.m., and although a partially provisioned cell was later exca- vated, this female did not return until after 8 a.m. On August 19, observations were started at 5 a.m. At 5:25, bees were heard and were seen to visit the flowers of Salvia amarissima Ort. It was not possible to catch any of these bees by the light from a flashlight nor to determine definitely that they were Xeno- glossa. However, by 5:50 a.m. numerous bees could be heard in the area, and at 6:05 a.m. a Xenoglossa was identified while taking nectar from Mandevilla foliosa (Muell. Arg.) House. At 6:08 a.m. a female with a partial pollen load was observed taking nectar from Salvia, and a number of males were also flying around Salvia, Mandevilla, and Helmia salicifolia (HBK) Link. Unfor- tunately there was little activity around one known and several probable X. fulva burrows that had been selected for constant watching. The female from the known burrow left at 5:48 a.m. and, after a few brief flights across the entrance, flew away and had not returned by 8:30 a.m. when the observations were discontinued. The Xenoglossa were nesting in a rather open, grassy area in which there were a few scattered plants of Acacia and Opuntia. The grass was of several species, coarse and extremely dense ( Plate 36, lower fig. ), and was kept low by heavy grazing. Pepper trees (Schinus molle) and a tree Ipomea were common in the vicinity, and in two deep, overgrown arroyos on each side of the nesting site numerous shrubs of Baccharis and Nicotiana were in bloom. *Adults, larvae and casts of burrows and cells have been deposited in the collection of the California Insect Survey, University of California, Berkeley, California. 131 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 The upper layer of soil was a uniform, dark, mellow clay loam. Mechanical analysis by the pipette method showed sand, 34.6 per cent; silt, 32.0 per cent; and clay, 32.7 per cent. The pH was determined colorimetrically at 6.5. This soil was sufficiently moist, at all levels, to pack into balls, but there was a distinct increase in soil moisture 10 to 20 cm. above the underlying layer of dry, hard-packed adobe. Depth of the surface layer varied from about 50 to 100 cm., as judged from examination of the cliff faces in the arroyos. Toward the southern edge of the grassy area, moderate sized stones were scattered on the surface, but there were few in the nesting area proper, and none was uncovered in the excavation of burrows. Grass roots formed a thick mat for the first 20 cm., below which occasional large roots of adjacent bushes or trees were en- countered. In addition, a few very fine roots were found as deep as 70 cm., but at the lower levels they were not sufficiently abundant to interfere seriously with the nesting activities of the bees. LIFE HISTORY OBSERVATIONS OVERWINTERING AND EMERGENCE. During excavation of the bur- rows, four or five from the previous season were encountered. One such burrow, at a depth of 55 to 60 cm., had four cells, one of which was filled with mud, the adult having emerged. Two cells contained unemerged females, and the fourth, at 60 cm., held a mature, overwintering larva. Another cell associated with an old burrow also contained an unemerged female. Although these cells represent a very small sample from which to draw con- clusions, they suggest that Xenoglossa fulva, like its relatives, overwinters in the larval stage and transforms shortly before the active season. Furthermore, it would appear that the majority of the males emerge before the females, as evidenced by (1) the large number of males seen in the area; (2) the three un- emerged females found in the five cells examined; and (3) the number of emerged females that were just starting burrow excavation. Emergence of the adults appeared to be greatly facili- tated by the open condition of a considerable part of the old burrows. The entrances and basal portions of the 1953 burrows were plugged, but large sections of the remainder were open. (In one case, a section 26 cm. in length was unobstructed. ) Since relatively few females were observed at the flowers, it is likely that they start burrow construction almost immediately after emergence. Mating was not observed, but almost surely occurs in or near the cucurbit flowers, since no males were seen searching the nesting site at any time of day. 132 BuLLetin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Volio4)) Part o.0L955 NEstinc activiry. The burrows of the 1954 season were in open areas away from bushes or rocks, and were associated with burrows of previous years. Since five of the six active burrows that were found and excavated were widely separated from one one another, it seems likely that each female had started her burrow immediately adjacent to the one from which she had emerged. (Association of new and old burrows is apparently common with many species of bees. ) After selecting an acceptable site, the female starts a vertical shaft and pushes the excavated earth to the surface where it accumulates around the entrance. The shape of this tumulus (Plate 36, lower fig.) varied from almost circular to rectangular, due to the configuration of the surrounding terrain, but the entrance was always at or near the center. The height varied from 3 to 6 cm., and the greatest diameter was from 7.5 to 10 cm. One entrance had no tumulus, but since this burrow was later found to be the most advanced in construction, it is probable that earlier rains had washed the tumulus away. Five burrows were cast in plaster of Paris, and were removed in sections because of their depth. This was accomplished by excavating a deep hole (Plate 36, upper fig.) about 18 inches away from the burrow and removing blocks of earth from which the cast was carefully dissected. The vertical depth of the burrow was measured in each block before dissection in order to determine the total vertical depth as contrasted with the length of the burrow. For example, the burrow illustrated in Plate 2, figure 1, had a vertical depth of 70 cm. and a linear measurement (main shaft) of 88.5 cm. All burrows showed many minor deviations from the vertical not associated with irregularities in the soil, one or more blind branches, one or more nearly horizontal turns and vertical ends. The numerous curvatures gave a somewhat spiral shape to the main burrow shaft. The diameters of the individual burrows, exclusive of the portion just before the cell, varied from as narrow as 10.5 mm. to a more typical range between 12 and 14 mm. The walls of the main shaft were slightly rough, but showed no evidence of use of the pygidium in burrow construction.* About 4 cm. above the entrance to a cell the wall became smooth, and the diameter was reduced in the last two centimeters from about 12 to 9 mm. Two of the five burrows were still in process of construction. One of them extended to a vertical depth of 76 cm., the other to about 80 cm. Of the other three burrows, two terminated “The authors have excavated casts of burrows of Andrena perimelas Cockerell, which also constructs large, deep burrows in comparable soil types, and have found numerous raised casts of the pygidium, indicating that it is used in packing the walls of the burrows in this species. 133 BuLuetin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 | 5 PEATE 37 For explanation of figures, see page 141. 134 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 in single cells with pollen, and the third terminated in two cells— one containing pollen and the other, a first instar larva. The newer of these two cells was at a depth of 63 cm., and 2 cm. to the side of the completed cell which was at a depth of 64.5 cm. The cells in the other two burrows were at depths of 56.5 and 63 cm., respectively. Three cells from the previous season were measured at depths of 56 to 58.5 cm. All of the cells were within 3 to 10 cm. of the layer of dry, hard-packed adobe. In one case, a burrow terminated at a greater depth (70 cm.) than that of the cell associated with it (63 cm. ). Xenoglossa fulva constructs a cavity in the soil and smooths and lines it to form a cell. Microscopic examination failed to reveal any difference in texture between the soil adjacent to the lined cavity and that half an inch distant. The absence of an outer cell wall made excavation very difficult, and the cells could not be recognized until they were damaged or cut open. The shape of the interior of the cell differs from that of many anthophorids in that the anterior portion is not conspicuously narrowed; the apical half is almost parallel-sided; and the walls of the basal half are slightly bulged. The inner surface is smooth, and covered with a thin coat of waterproof lining material. Pollen loads are placed at the bottom of the cell and later are evenly packed. Although the amount of pollen was not accurately measured, it filled only about one-fourth or one-fifth of the cell. The completed pollen mass was covered with a thin layer of nectar which lacked the strong fermented odor so char- acteristic of Anthophora. In one cell, a first instar larva was floating on the liquid, with its head near the cell wall. Thus it may be that the egg is floated in the center of the liquids as with the Anthophorinae. Something of the development and activities within the cell was reconstructed from an examination of the cells from the 1953 season. Dissection of a cell containing a mature larva showed that it had defecated prior to forming a cocoon. Following or in the process of defecation, the relatively small amount of fecal material is worked to the upper end of the cell. This move- ment is possibly synchronized with the first silk production since the fecal material occurs between the cell wall and the upper, somewhat mammiform top of the cocoon (Plate 38, fig. 2). The apical, cap-like portion is formed of about six layers of dark and coarsely woven silk fibers, and is approximately 12 mm. wide at the base. The layers of silk are compacted near the margins, but are separated from each other near the center. Beneath these coarse silk layers is a median circular mat of light brown silk, slightly curved, and measuring about 7 mm. in diameter. 135 BuLietin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 38 For explanation of figures, see page 141. 136 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 This mat is also composed of a number of distinct silken layers. One mat was dissected and 20 complete layers were separated. Both the apical cap and the mat are composed largely of fibers and are somewhat dull. The other walls of the cocoon are made up of thin layers which contain no free silk strands and only a few strand-like markings. On separation, these layers have a metallic sheen which is somewhat less evident on the innermost surface. The outer layer is deposited directly on the cell wall and this lining adheres to the cocoon when it is removed from the cell wall and this lining adheres to the cocoon when it is removed from the cell. Although the wall of the cocoon is composed of several layers, it is thin and parchment-like, and dents at the slightest pressure. The larva presumably overwinters within the cocoon, and pupation probably follows in late June, July, or August. No parasites were clearly associated with X. fulva. However, several females of Pseudomethoca ravula (Cameron )° were taken searching over the nesting area, and three additional females were found in the earth removed during excavation of fresh burrows. Whether these females were emerging from cells of the previous season or had taken shelter in old burrows is problematical. Un- fortunately no cells containing mutillids or their cocoons were uncovered. Nevertheless, the large size of the individuals of P. ravula suggests a host-parasite relationship with X. fulva. BIOLOGICAL CHARACTERS OF THE EUCERINI A comparison of the habits of Xenoglossa with those of other Eucerine bees (as defined by Michener, 1944) reveals a number of similarities that permit a tentative tribal characterization on bi- ological grounds. However, information on the genera Melissodes, Tetralonia, and Eucera is incomplete, and is nearly or completely lacking for the Old World genera Tetraloniella, Eucara, Melissina, Thygatina and the New World genera Ecplectica, Holmbergiapis, Melissoptila, Svastra, Thygater, Thyreothremma, Cemolobus, Peponapis, Anthedonia, Martinapis, Florilegus, Xenoglossodes, Nectarodiaeta, and Canephorula. Although this represents a large number of genera, the majority are presumed to be close relatives of one or another of the four genera here discussed. In this account we have drawn upon unpublished observations on the habits of three species of Melissodes, two species of Tetralonia, and one species of Xenoglossodes, supplemented from published accounts of the habits of several species of Eucera, Melissodes, and Tetralonia. "Identified by P. D. Hurd, University of California, Berkelev 137 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 Although the number of references on the flower and nesting habits of various species of Eucera, Tetralonia, and Melissodes is considerable, only a few papers were found to contain sufficient textual and illustrative material to serve for comparative purposes. Malyshevs (1929) summary of the biology of Tetralonia malvae Rossi contains information from his earlier papers together with new and excellent illustrations. Similarly, Freise’s (1923) treat- ment of Eucera difficilis Perez contains the clearest illustration of the burrow of this species as well as a verbatim account of Fah- ringers paper on Tetralonia nana Mor. Custer’s (1928, 1929) reports on the habits of Melissodes obliqua (Say), and Hicks’ (1936) note on the burrow pattern of Melissodes timberlakei Ckll., have also furnished useful information for comparison. The burrows of only a few Eucerine bees have been described or figured (Plate 2) yet considerable variation in their location and structure is evident. The known species use flat to steeply sloping ground either with or without a vegetative cover, although none has been recorded nesting in vertical banks. Each species appears to select characteristic nest sites. The depths of the burrows vary from 8 or 10 cm. ( Melissodes timberlakei Ckll.) to about 80 cm. (Xenoglossa fulva Smith). All of the burrows pre- viously described, as well as those investigated by the authors, have the entrance shaft vertical and the main tunnel somewhat sinuous. Only species of Eucera have been recorded as construct- ing turrets at the burrow entrance in the manner of the Em- phorinae and some Anthophora. The most striking characteristic of the burrow structure in most species is in the individual placement of the cells and their vertical orientation. The isolation of the cells is usually considered a characteristic of most Andrenidae and Halictidae. Most other anthophorid bees arrange the cells serially. The vertical placement of each cell appears to be found in all of the known Eucerini with the possible exceptions of Eucera difficilis Perez and Tetralonia nana Mor. In the case of E. difficilis, the authors have been unable to interpret fully the illustration given by Friese (1923) and reproduced diagrammatically (PI. 37, fig. 2). In this diagram the series of cells shown by dotted lines are not vertical, and there is no clarifying information in the text. Fahringer’s (1914) illustration of the burrow of Tetralonia nana Mor. shows most of the cells to be almost horizontal, in striking contrast to the vertical cells of T. malvae, as illustrated by Malyshey (1929), The vertical orienta- tion of the cells is probably associated with the partially liquid or semiliquid nature of part of the provisions. In the genus Anthophora many species make vertical cells and provision them first with pollen and then with a surface layer of liquid. However, in Central Mexico, a species of Micranthophora placed its cells at a 60° angle to the vertical and provisioned a very moist pollen 138 BULLETIN, So. CAaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 mass. Although X. fulva did not appear to construct a cell within a cavity, as is common with most anthophorid bees, it is assumed that this may have been due to the nature of the soil in the particular site. A similar situation was found for Melissodes robustior Ckll. when its burrows were excavated from a fine, moist, clay soil. Fahringer (1914) also failed to find recognizable cells in his studies of Tetralonia nana Mor. The internal shape of the cells of Eucerine bees appears to be uniform, and is distinctive from those of the Emphorine and Anthophorine bees. In the former, the shape is elongate oval; in the latter it is more urn-shaped. The cells of most if not all species of the Anthophoridae have a wax-like inner lining. This lining is thick in the species of Anthophora and very thin in the Emphorini and Eucerini. The pollen preferences of many species of the Anthophoridae have been published, and this aspect of the habits of these bees is better known than are others. The members of the Emphorinae and Eucerinae are largely oligolectic, while the majority of the species of Anthophorinae are polylectic. However, all species visit a wide variety of flowers for nectar. Eucera difficilis Perez works the food materials into a ball upon which the egg is placed. The known species of Tetralonia, Melissodes, and Xenoglossa pack the pollen into the base of the cell and cover it with a thin layer of nectar, which may be mixed partially with the surface pollen. Accor ding to Malyshev (1929), the curved eggs of Tetralonia malvae Rossi and T. dentata Klg. are placed in the center of the cells with both ends inserted into this semiliquid material. The volume of liquid in the cell of X. fulva has been interpreted as indicating that the egg is floated on the food mass. The liquid provisioned by species of Tetralonia, Melissodes, and Xenoglossa does not have the strong fermenting odor which we have found to be characteristic of Anthophora and Micranthophora. Similarly, the cells of Diadasia, Melitoma, and Ptilothrix, the species of which place a pollen mass, with little or no nectar, on top of the egg, had no such fermenting odor. The fecal material, which is produced following larval feeding, is distributed in a variety of ways. The larvae of the anthophorines and of Eucera defecate a semiliquid material in the bottom of the cell. Emphorine larvae distribute their fecal material in a thin, uniform layer over the entire inner cell surface. Tetralonia malvae, X. fulva, and a number of species of Melissodes place their fecal material at the upper end of the cell. Melissodes robustior CkIl. manipulates it in a complex and uniform pattern (Plate 38, fig. 3). Cocoon formation follows defecation in Emphorine and Eu- 139 BULLETIN, So. Catir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 cerine bees. In the former, the cocoon is a thin, varnish-like layer separating the larva from the fecal material, and in the latter, it is a distinct, double-walled cocoon. Species of Eucera consiruct a cocoon of uniform thickness while those of Tetralonia, Melissodes, and Xenoglossa prepare a cocoon which contains many more layers of silk at the upper end. The cocoon of X. fulva is the most complex of those now known, and has been described above in detail. There appears to be no evidence, among the Eucerine bees, of the gregarious habit recorded for many species of Anthophorinae and for Melitoma (Emphorinae ), Conclusions: From the above it appears that the Eucerinae may be defined by the following biological characteristics: oligo- lecty, solitary nesting habits, oval-shaped cells, solitary cells, thin cell linings, eggs on top of provisions, and double-walled cocoons. The Emphorinae, as now defined (Linsley, MacSwain, and Smith, 1952), are similar in oligolecty, thin cell linings, and production of larval silk, but differ in having a greater gregarious- ness, urn-shaped cells, eggs under the food masses, the applica- tion of the larval feces on the cell walls, and single-walled cocoons. The Emphorinae are somewhat intermediate in the orientation of the cells, and the known species of Diadasia and Melitoma con- struct cells in series, Emphor and Ptilothrix, isolated. The Antho- phorinae, while sharing more characteristics with the Emphorinae, are separable from both the Eucerinae and Emphorinae by the strong, fermenting liquids in the cells and the thick, wax-like cell linings. Within the Eucerinae, the species of the genus Eucera exhibit a number of primitive characters, such as a round pollen ball with the egg attached, larval excrement at the bottom of the cell, and a uniformly woven cocoon. No interpretation has been made of the close approximation of the cells or their apparent deviation from a vertical position, and these same features are apparently shared by Tetralonia nana. The formation of a turret at the en- trance of the burrows of species of Eucera is a specialization. Tetralonia malvae, the known species of Melissodes, and Xeno- glossa fulva share the following specialized characteristics: Cells vertical, pollen packed into base of cells, liquid layer covering pollen masses, larval excrement placed at cell entrances, and tops, of cocoons constructed of a number of course and fine layers of silk. The construction of the upper portion of the cocoon is most complex for X. fulva. It is suggested, on biological grounds, that the species of Eucera are closest to the ancestral stock of the Eucerinae, those of Tetralonia probably next, those of Melissodes more distant, and finally the genus Xenoglossa as a specialized offshoot related to Melissodes. 140 BuLLeTIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 LITERATURE CITED Custer, C. P. 1928. On the nesting habits of Melissodes Latr. (Hymenop.). Canad. Ent., 60(1): 28-31, 2 figs. 1929. Notes on cocoons and parasites of Melissodes obliqua and nests of Perdita opuntiae (Hymenoptera-Apoidea). Psyche, 36(4) :293-295. Fahringer, Josef. 1914. Ueber den Nestbau zweier Bienen. Ztschr. f. Wiss. Insektenbiol., 10:16-20, 5 figs. Friese, H. 1923. Die europaischen Bienen (Apidae). DeGruyter, Berlin und Leipzig, 456 pp., 33 pls., 100 figs. Hicks, Charles H. 1936. Nesting habits of certain western bees. Canad. Ent., 68(3) :47-52. Linsley, E. G., J. W. MacSwain, and R. F. Smith. 1952. The bionomics of Diadasia consociata Timberlake and some biological relationships of emphorine and anthophorine bees. Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 9:267-290, 6 pls. Malyshev, S. J. 1929. Lebensgeschichte der Tetralonia malvae Rossi (Apoidea). Ztschr. f. Morp. und Okologie der Tiere, 16 (3/4) :541-558, 12 figs. Michener, C. D. 1944. Comparative external morphology, phylogeny, and a classification of the bees (Hymenoptera). Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 82:151-326, 246 figs. EXPLANATION OF PLATES Plate 36. Upper figure, nesting site of Xenoglossa fulva Smith with excavation in center and milpa in background. Lower figure, tumulus of X. fulva. Plate 37. Burrow diagrams of Eucerine bees. Figure 1, Xenoglossa fulva Smith (orig). Figure 2, Eucera difficilis Perez (after Friese, 1923). Figure 8, Tetralonia malvae Rossi (after Malyshev, 1929). Figure 4, coe sp. (orig.). Figure 5, Melissodes obliqua (Say) (after Custer, 1928 ). Plate 38. Cocoons. Figure 1, Xenoglossa fulva Smith, external view with excrement removed. Figure 2, X. fulva, longitudinal section with excre- ment removed. Figure 3, Melissodes robustior Ckll., with excrement in place. Figure 4, M. robustior, longitudinal section with excrement removed. AZ LC) ONS) 141 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 A NEW PAPILIO FROM CALIFORNIA By Joun A. CoMstock* AND Litoyp M. Martin** In the nonagricultural areas of our Pacific States there exist a large number of “ecologic islands,” some of which are so thor- oughly isolated, and have been so for such long spans of time, that they have developed indigenous species or subspecies. This is particularly true of certain small mountain ranges that are completely surrounded by arid deserts. It may also be true of certain areas within the deserts, where windswept rocky uplifts, ancient lava flows, or salt flats, or dry lakes may be the isolating factors. An area in the Mojave Desert, recently “discovered” by one of our lepidopterists may prove to be one of these ecologic islands. On April 1, 1951, Mr. Robert J. Ford, of Southgate, California, wandered into the “Granite Mountains,” a few miles north and east of Apply Valley, San Bernardino County. He was not of course the first human to venture there. Hunters and prospectors by the scores, and before them, doubtless, Indians by the cen- turies, had ventured into this inhospitable maelstrom of granite. All of them were discoverers of a sort, but Mr. Ford was doubt- less the first lepidopterous discoverer. The region is one that appears to be the last place in the world to look for and expect to find butterflies. It is exceedingly arid, and completely covered with a jumble and maze of giant boulders, for all the world like a deserted battle ground, a gigantomachy of ancient Titan warriors, who fought with rugged crags and pinnacles, and left them, broken and strewn about, in aeons past. Superficially, it would seem that not even a plant could find a foothold here, — much less a fragile butterfly. Actually, although the rainfall is exceedingly scant, such as does occur falls on barren rock, and is gathered in a series of drainage basins, each flowing into a pocket of more or less hidden soil, where it is shielded from evaporation, and conserved for the few plants established there. One of these plants is Cymopterus panamintensis C. & R., an umbelliferous species that is limited to the eastern Mojave Desert and the Death Valley region. On this, Mr. Ford found Papilio larvae, and about it were hovering swallowtails that he recognized as something new. In keeping with the tradition that seems to hold with our local lepidopterists, Robert Ford shared his “find” with others, and soon there was a group at work obtaining specimens and information. * Del Mar, California. ** Associate Curator of Entomology, Los Angeles County Museum. by, 2 &. 142 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 39 The area in the Granite Mountains, San Bernardino County, California, where Papilio indra fordi was taken. There are two entomologists shown in this picture. As a result of this cooperation, and pursuant to a request, the two authors of this paper have coordinated the work of the group, and are acting as the recorders, naming it for the discoverer, and setting forth the known facts concerning it. Our thanks are particularly due to Fred Thome, O. E. Sette, Ned Francis, and Lewis H. Athon, staff photographer of the Los Angeles County Museum, for the help they have given in this cooperative en- deavour. 143 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 AMES in, HB fe Pesaro i selit rae 7 IF, PLATE 40 Figure 1. Papilio indra &, upper surface. Figure 2 2. Papilio indra @, upper surface. Figure 3 3. P. indra fordi 3, upper surface. Figure 4. P. indra fordi 9°, upper surface. All figures approximately % natural size. Photograph courtesy Los Angeles County Museum. > Papilio indra fordi subsp. nov. Ho.otyre, male. Expanse, 62 mm. Length of tail, 4 mm. Illus- trated, Plate 40, fig. 3, upper surface; Plate 41, fig. 3, lower surface. Ground color of wings, velvety black. Primaries; superior sur- face; outer margin more scalloped than in other members of the indra complex. The yellow spots and bands of a lighter shade than in related forms, corresponding to “massicot” yellow in the Ridgeway color charts. All of the yellow spots and bands are more heavily developed than in typical indra. The eight yellow spots of the marginal row are crescentic, and the black band internal thereto is proportionately narrower than in any other member of this complex. Internal to this is a wide band of spatulate yellow spots. This band is a distinguishing feature of the subspecies as it is relatively wider and more compact than in the other named forms. 144 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 A small quadrate yellow spot occurs beyond the cell and close to the costal margin. The entire discal and basal area of the wing is black. Secondaries; superior surface. Submarginal row of six yellow crescentic spots of about the same width and character as those occurring in indra. Internal thereto the wide band of black bears a few blue scales above and lateral to the anal ocellar spot. The wide yellow band of the limbal area takes in a part of the discal space. Its inner margin forms a straight line, passing through the outer fourth of the cell, and its outer margin is a regular arch, rather than being broken up into dentate or serrate projections as with other related species. Internal to this yellow band the wing is a solid black. Primaries, inferior surface; practically the same as superior surface except that there is a faint suggestion of a yellow spot at the outer angle of the discal cell. Secondaries, inferior surface; the submarginal yellow spots are somewhat larger, the space between them and the limbal wide yellow band is narrowed, and contains slightly more of the blue scales, and the limbal band is considerably wider and ex- tends farther out toward the region of the tail than it does on the superior surface. Otherwise, the inferior surface is similar to the superior aspect. ALLOTYPE, female. Expanse, 55 mm. Length of tail, 5 mm. Illustrated, Plate 40, fig. 4, upper surface; Plate 41, fig. 4, lower surface. Primaries; superior surface; differ from the male in the slightly broader and more curved wing, the somewhat wider yellow band of the limbal area, and the presence of a narrow spot or dash at the outer angle of the discal cell, together with a slight sug- gestion of a similar spot in the center of the cell. Secondaries; superior surface; differ from the male princi- pally in the broad yellow band of the limbal area, which is con- siderably wider where it begins on the anterior margin. There is also slightly more of the blue scaling on the area lateral to this band. Primaries; inferior surface. There is practically no difference between the upper and lower surfaces of the wing in this sex. Secondaries; inferior surface; differ only slightly in the greater amount of blue scaling on the outer third of wing. The holotype and allotype were taken in the Granite Moun- tains, a few miles north and east of Apple Valley, San Bernardino County, California, — the holotype on April 1, 1951, and the allo- type from a larva taken at the type locality, which emerged on January 24, 1954, at Southgate, California. 145 BULLETIN, So. Catir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 Fresno July 3 iser Crest Rector Tak tington * Co.Ceit IFSO PLATE 41 Tely 7 jay 5% Showing the under surfaces of Figure 1. Papilio indra $. Figure 2. Papilio indra Q. Figure 3. P. indra fordi é. Figure 4. P. indra fordi @. All figures approximately %s natural size. Photo courtesy Los Angeles County Museum. Ame Sat Sf Take Freeno Co.Calif 2 1930 The type series includes, in addition, twelve paratypes, all but No. 12 having been taken by Robert J. Ford in the field, or reared by him from larvae. No. 12 was taken by Mr. Fred Thorne. Paratype No. 1. Paratype No. 2. Paratype No. 3. Paratype No. 4. Paratype No. 5. Paratype No. 6. Paratype No. 7. Paratype No. 8. Paratype No. 9. Paratype No. 10. Paratype No. 11. Paratype No. 12. 40 40404010 034010 03 40 O3 Os Emegd. Emed. Emed. Emed. Emed. Emed. Emed. Emed. Emed. Coll. Coll. Apr. 11, 1954. Mar. 20, 1954. Nov. 8, 1953. May 20, 1954. Dec. 20, 1958. Apr. 19, 1953. Feb. 1, 1953. June 13, 1952. Oct. 29, 1953. Feb. 27, 1955. Apr. 10, 1955. Apr. 10, 1955. 146 Deposited in L. Deposited in L. Deposited in L. Deposited in L. Deposited in L. Deposited, coll. Deposited, coll. Deposited, coll. A. Co. Mus. A. Co. Mus. A. Co. Mus. A. Co. Mus. A. Co. Mus. of Robt. J. Ford of Robt. J. Ford American Mus. Nat. Hist. N. Y. City Deposited, coll. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. N. Y. City Deposited, coll. Deposited, coll. Deposited, coll. U.S. Nat'l Mus. U.S. Nat] Mus San Diego Soc. of Nat. Hist. Mus. BuLueTIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 The holotype and allotype will be deposited in the Los An- geles County Museum. Our Plates Nos. 40 and 41 show figures of Papilio indra indra Reak., from high elevations in Fresno County, California, for comparison with the new subspecies fordi. These California examples compare reasonably well with the figure reproduced by Edwards on his Papilio Plate IX, and in view of the fact that Edwards states: “Mr. James Ridings brought from Colorado, in 1864, two males, one of which came into my possession and is figured on the Plate, and the other was described by Mr. Reakirt, and is in the collection of the Entomological Society, at Phila- delphia.” — we can assume that our figures of indra are typical. The short tails, and narrow limbal band of yellow serve at once to differentiate it. We have three races, or subspecies, of P. indra which must be compared with the new subspecies, P. indra fordi. They are: (1) P. indra kaibabensis Bauer. Lepidopterists News. 9: Nos. 2-3. pp. 49-54. 1955. Type loc. Grand Canyon, Arizona. (2) P. indra minori Cross. Proc. Colo. Mus. Nat. Hist. 16 (1) July, 1937. Type loc. “Black Ridge Breaks,” Mesa Co., Colo. ? (3) P. indra pergamus Hy. Edw. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5: p. 423, 1874. Type loc. Santa Barbara, Calif. These can be separated one from another by a comparison of the width and shape of the yellow limbal band. In kaibabensis this band is practically obsolescent, or reduced to a narrow line of round spots. In minori it is a well defined line, but narrow, and on the pri- maries is formed of small discrete triangulate spots. In indra proper the band is wider, and on the primaries is formed of arrow shaped marks. The short tails separate it from pergamus, in which the bands are of about the same width. P. indra fordi has bands that are much wider than in any of its relatives. On the secondaries, the outer edge of the band is not toothed, and the inner edge is a straight line. EARLY STAGES Some notes and photographs were turned over to us by several of the collaborators, which gave some information on the early stages. 147 BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 42 Mature larva of Papilio indra fordi, enlarged approximately x 2. Reproduced from painting by J. A. Comstock. Colored transparencies submitted by Ned Francis, through the courtesy of Fred Thorne, show the fourth instar larva with a blue-black body, bearing a conspicuous row of large oval white spots, transversely circling the body at about the seventh seg- ment, two rows of smaller spots circling the caudal segments, a few small round spots back of the head, and a scattering of small white dots along the latero-inferior surface. A number of these transparencies also showed the mature larva in various poses, which made it possible for us to prepare a drawing, here included as Plate 42. Mature larva. Described from a quantity of larvae taken in the Granite Mountains, to the north and east of Apple Valley, San Bernardino County, California, in April of 1952, 1953, and 1954. All were taken on the Umbelliferous plant, Cymopterus pana- mintensis C. & R. by Robert J. Ford. 148 BULLETIN, So. Catir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 Length, 30 to 37 mm. Greatest width, 7 mm. Head: Jet black, with an inverted V of orange on the adfrontal margins. Width, 4 mm. Body ground color, deep black, with an occasional blue sheen in certain lights. Collar, black, with four or more small orange or white dots on the dorsum, and two white dots laterally. In some examples these dots on the collar are absent, or so small as to escape obser- vation. The first cervical segment has a small white dot placed low on the lateral surface. The second segment has two such white dots, similarly placed. The ground color of these, and all other segments is black. The third segment has a transverse narrow white band arching over the dorsum, which is interrupted at the mid-dorsal line. From the fourth to the ninth segments there is a series of white, or bluish white transverse bands arching over the dorsum, — one to a segment. These bands begin at the low point laterally, and gradually expand. The anterior margin of each band is straight, but the posterior margin has four finger-like processes extending caudally for a short distance, each one of which reaches and surrounds a lemon-yellow dot. There are four lines of these yellow dots run- ning longitudinally, — one on each side of the dorsal area, and one placed supra-stigmatally on each side. The transverse white bars on the last two caudal segments do not have the finger-like processes extending caudally. On the lateral surface of each segment at a point below the end of the white bars above described, there is a round lemon- yellow dot. On those segments bearing prolegs there is a second dot of this same character. The last two caudal segments have only small white dots near the ends of the white bars. Legs and prolegs, black. Crochets, translucent gray. Spiracles, black. A few short dark hairs occur on the prolegs. Mr. Fred Thorne was able to supply us with three chrysalids of P. indra fordi, one of which was drawn for Plate 43. The chrysalis is very similar in form to that of P. indra pergamus, which was described and illustrated in 1928.1 It is somewhat dif- ferent, however, in color, and from all reports has only the one color phase. Mr. Thorne reared his larvae on Velaea argula ( Nutt.) C. & R. which was not quite as acceptable as their native Cymopterus. The measurements given for the pupa may therefore be some- what under normal. 1 Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 27 (3); pp. 85-86. 1928. 149 BuLLeTin, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 43 Pupa of Papilio indra fordi, enlarged approximately x 2%. Reproduced from painting by J. A. Comstock. Pura. Length, 20 mm. Greatest width, 5.1 mm. The surface is rough, and mottled, with numerous raised dots and small warty nodules, interspersed with lines and dashes of various dull colors. The segmental lines are not prominent. There is a longitudinal row of light colored papillae on each side of the dorsal area, and a second row that is less conspicuous is placed suprastigmatally. The ground color is a light tan, mottled with darker tan, and occasionally olive-tan. The wing cases are predominantly olive- tan. This combination of neutral shades blends with the color of the dried stems of the foodplant, or the rock surfaces, where the pupa is most likely to be placed. The pupa is suspended by the usual silk girdle and cre- masteric button. It is interesting to note that the pupa of P. indra fordi is very similar to that of its nearest relatives, whereas the larva is totally different. BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 LIFE HISTORY NOTES ON PALADA SCARLETINA SMITH By FRANK SALA Burbank, California The brilliant little day-flying moth, Palada scarletina Smith was described over fifty years ago’ but is virtually unknown today in collections. The original description, based on three specimens (two from southern California and one from Utah), gave no evidence as to flight habits or periodicity. For California, during the years prior to 1947, the few specimens collected at random disclosed no clue. Blythe in May, Providence Mountains in August, Redondo Beach in July, and San Bernardino in June and August are ex- amples. Always present were the twin factors of few specimens and variety of place and time. It was always assumed by those of us who discussed the possibilities that this was just another spring diurnal that somehow managed also to fly at other periods of the year. In July of 1947, in the rolling flats that constitute the Redondo Beach area, Mr. Joseph Roberds, a local collector of lepidoptera, reported collecting imagos and larvae in numbers of a small diurnal noctuid, which proved to be P. scarletina. He first asso- ciated the insect with plants of the genus Stephanomeria, later determined to be the food plant. The following year, 1948, on September 26, the author and his wife found nine mature larvae on Stephanomeria virgata Benth., in Upper Cajon Pass. Five pupae were formed and four imagos emerged during the month of May, 1949. In June, 1954 the author found a total of 176 larvae on S. virgata and S. exigua on the west slope of the Verdugo Hills in Burbank, California. Larvae were found throughout the sum- mer and into the month of October, without noticeable break. 151 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3) 1955 PLATE 44 Larva and pupa of Palada scarletina Smith. 1. Larva, lateral aspect, enlarged approximately x 3. 2. Pupa, ventral aspect, and 3, Pupa, lateral aspect x 3%. Drawing by Charles Hogue. Imagos were observed in the field on July 16, Aug. 7, Sept. 27, 28, 29 and 30. Of the unparasitized larvae taken prior to Oct. 1, 1954, fifty-two per cent emerged in September of the same year. Of the larvae taken after October 1, none emerged until the following year. In May, 1955 the party headed by Dr. David Hardwick from the Canadian National Museum of Ottawa, Canada, conducted research on Heliothinae in the deserts of southern California. They found Palada scarletina associated with S. runcinata Nutt., which grows along the washes of the Desert Center area of the Mojava-Colorado deserts. Comstock? has described the fourth instar larva in detail. The pattern is now becoming clear. To understand it, one must first consider in detail the food plants, species of the genus Stephanomeria. These are a group of plants which grow after the spring rains have abated and dried, and the long-day period 152 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 of the yearly cycle is in effect. Beginning on an average in the latter part of June, S. virgata and exigua Nutt. shoot a spike from a basal rosette which then branches into a floral crown of bracts and blooms. This occurs among the now-dead skeletons of the mustards and other spring annuals of the area, which obscure the phenomenon to the casual observer. Stephanomeria belongs to the tribe Cichorieae, of the family Compositae, which plants are characterized by the presence of milky juice, according to Jepson.* This juice is exuded readily in small globules from base to tip as the brittle stems are rup- tured by injury or arthropod parasites. The eggs of scarletina, much like any Heliothid, are perfect mimics for these creamy globules. The stems and pappus bristles are “white or brownish” as are the small larvae, which burrow into the unopened buds and later the forming seedpods. The terminal blossoms are pink, fading to an ash-ot-rose brown, which color combination is perfectly mimicked by the resting imago. The condition of buds and flowers together on the plant per- sists throughout the summer and into the early autumn, as does the active cycle of the insect. The flight cycle of scarletina thus appears to be as follows: 1. Tue DEsERTS The earliest emergence is in the Colorado and lower Mojave deserts in May, dependent on the presence of the flowering of S. runcinata and most probably S. parryi Gray also, in colonies. There are up to three generations in the desert, this being depend- ent upon the amount and timing of the summer rains. 2. Tue Paciric CoasTaAL PLAIN Flight occurs from June to October with the heavy periods in early July and mid-September. Here the timing of the first imagos is dependent upon the blossoming of S. exigua and/or virgata, which in turn is a function of the end of the winter rains, the growth not starting until 40 to 50 days after their cessation. There are not more than two generations here, the June flight being the heavier. 3. THE SLOPES OF THE SAN BERNARDINO AND SAN GABRIEL MTs. At elevations above 4,000 feet, the summer growth of the host plant is usually retarded into the middle of July, and here the few specimens located show only one generation. The range of this insect will doubtless prove to be extensive — in all probability, from the Oregon coast to the lower California peninsula and inland through the deserts to the Colorado plateau, 153 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 45 Larva of Palada scarletina feeding on Stephanomeria, and pupa, ventral aspect, enlarged approximately x 4%. Reproduced from painting by John Adams Comstock. wherever any representatives of Stephanomeria may occur. Good locations anywhere will prove to be places that have been cleared the previous year by man, by fire or by flood, as these plants grow readily in cleared waste areas. Best collecting times will be hot, sunny days. There is another important aspect to the scarletina cycle. It is but one of many insects that have been “under our noses” for years, but were overlooked owing to the assumption that nothing worthwhile is to be gained from collecting the dried-out coastal and desert areas after the rains and lush growth have passed. Many plants fall in the same category as the Stephanomeria group, and each will have its arthropod associates, many as yet undiscovered. 154 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 I wish to acknowledge the invaluable assistance of Mr. Charles Hogue, who drew the larva and the pupa illustrated on Plate 44. Grateful acknowledgment is also extended to editor John Adams Comstock. Through the applied use of this paper, Dr. Comstock found Palada scarletina larvae, completing this report with the illustration on Plate 45. MATURE LARVA: GENERAL: Length 21 mm. Color predominantly light choco- late brown dorsally; soiled cream ventrally, with the predominat- ing yellow-cream lateral band. Heap: Ocelli dark brown, frons yellow brown, suffused with rose-purple shading. Antennae are yellow brown; black on tips. Mouthparts a soiled yellow. Palps tipped with a single dark brown hair. Entire head sprinkled with short, sparse hairs. Tuorax: True legs black. ABDOMEN: The brown ground color is in reality a pink-purple- brown overlying a cream base. Two thin cream longitudinal bands separate the darker mid-dorsal area. A similar dorsolateral lighter band is present. Laterad in the darker area is a wavy intermittent band. The lateral heavy cream band is the most dis- tinguishing specific character, beginning in the prothorax and extending the length of the larva. Segmentally, it is triangular, apexing just caudad of the black spiracle, except for the pro- thorax, where the band is rectangular. Ventrad is another promi- nent pink band, bounding the soiled cream ventral area. Prolegs are soiled cream. The larva is illustrated, on Plates 44 and 45. OI AG GENERAL: Length 11-12 mm. Greatest width (base of wing cases) 3.3 mm., average. Color yellow-tan, translucent in the wing case area. Dorsum is greenish-yellow, dorsal aorta from meta-thorax caudad. Heap: No apparent indentation between head and _ thorax; head with slight eye protrusions, and definite cephalic peak. THorax: Tongue galeae extending mid-ventrally to caudal tip of wing cases. Prothoracic legs visible for 2-3 mm. laterad to wing case. Antennae 5 mm. long, laterad metathoracic legs, ter- minating where mesothoracic wing and leg converge. ABDOMEN: Four-and-one-half abdominal segments protruding caudad to wing cases ventrally. Seven dark brown spiracles visible. Cremaster composed of four terminal spike-like black hooks. The pupa is illustrated on Plates 44 and 45. LITERATURE CITED Smith, John B. 1900. U.S. Natl. Mus., Proc. 22:487. Comstock, John A. 1955. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., Bull. 54:(2)62. Jepson, W. L. 1925. Manual of the Flowering Plants of California. pp. 996-999. COO 155 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 DESCRIPTION OF THE FEMALE MOHAVACRIS TIMBERLAKEI IN A NEW FAMILY AND SUBFAMILY OF THE ACRIDOIDEA By Ernest R. TINKHAM In 1948, Rehn described the new genus and species Mohava- cris timberlakei and later that year in a larger paper placed it with its relative, Tanaocerus koebelei Bruner in the new sub- family Tanaocerotinae. The new subfamily with 7 other new ones and 11 previously known were placed in the family Eumasti- cidae of the Acridoidae; the Tanaocerotinae being recognized as an aberrant one in this subfamily contingent. It is almost axio- matic that an aberrant species, genus or subfamily is not correctly placed, otherwise it would not be aberrant. In 1938, the writer began his collecting and studying of Tanaocerus, then recognizing it as a new subfamily, but the inter- vention of World War II prevented the preparation of the con- templated studies. In later years after three years of search, three females of Mohavacris were collected in May, 1955. The descrip- tion of the Allotype Female as well as the new subfamily Mohavacrinae will be presented at this time and the Tanaocero- tinae removed from the Eumastacidae and elevated to family rank in the Acridoidae. More detailed studies are planned later. A study of the Eumastacidae of the world will reveal that they are a cohesive group, of great antiquity and all characterized by features that quickly distinguish and separate them from the other families of grasshoppers. The chief characterizing features are: head, in lateral profile, very deep and narrow with the upper portions raised well above the dorsum of the pronotum, in facial profile, head narrow to broad and always flat; face vertical and flat, its plane usually flush with the front margin of the eyes or only the antennal area very slightly produced in advance of the anterior margin of the eyes which are very large, deeply oval or ovoid with long axes perpendicular. Antennae very slender, sel- dom as long as the depth of the head, rarely longer, but usually about the length of the depth of an eye or shorter; antennal base usually on level with front margin of eyes. Fastigium and vertex usually above the eyes and often rostately produced to overhang 156 BuLLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES WO, Bh IPaite @, WCBS the vertical plane of the flat face; fastigium never in front of and below the dorsal margin of the eyes. Frontal costa usually with narrow to widely spaced straight or uneven keels which are defi- nitely separated above from the fastigium and extending in defined or semi-defined fashion to or near the clypeal suture except in Teicophyrs where the keel is single ventrad of the median ocellus. Pronotum small, narrow in width and breadth with dorsum almost always flat. Subgenital plate in male some- times completely cleft and modified into clasping organs; forms apterous to fully alate. These and many other minor features not set down, serve to characterize the Eumastacidae. The following features characterize Tanaocerus and Mohava- cris and separate them from the Eumastacidae: Antennae exceed- ingly long, especially in the male where it is about twice the body length; head, in lateral profile, deep in breadth so that at least one-third the breadth of the head projects forward of the anterior margin of the eye, in facial profile, very broad, almost as broad as deep, its surface strongly convex; eyes not large, subcircular, subprominent. Fastigium broad and declivent, its anterior por- tion below and in front of the dorsal margin of the eye, its lateral keels percurrent with those of the frontal costa which is convexly produced forward in the interantennal space, the keel single ventrad of the median ocellus. Pronotum strongly convex with sloping sides; body arched in the female; prosternum raised into a very broad transversely keeled ridge; meso-metasternites of unique form; male genitalia and ventral ovipositor jaws distinc- tive, phallic sclerite unique; these and other features preclude placement of the Tanaocerinae in the Eumastacidae. Consequently, the writer herein removes the Tanaocerinae from the Eumastacidae and gives them full family status in the Acridoidea which now includes the following families: Tetri- gidae, Proscopiidae, Pneumoridae, Eumastacidae, Tanaoceridae and Acrididae. From the Acrididae, the Tanaoceridae are dis- tinguished by: antennae, body, pronotum, prosternum, meso- metasternum, genitalia, phallic plate. Acridoidea (Orthoptera ) Tanaoceridae new family* Mohavacrinae new subfamily Key TO SUBFAMILIES OF THE TANAOCERIDAE 1. Body form moderately slender. Antennae heavy in first seven segments, remaining 21 segments filiform. Thorax and abdo- men with median row of crenulate lobes highest on thorax; lateral carinae distinct on thorax and first three abdominal Se GMCS es ee Sele ceeei ee EET ee Mohavacrinae new subfamily *The correct subfamily and family names are: Tanaocerinae and Tanao- ceridae. 157 BULLETIN, So. CALir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 PLATE 46 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 1. Living specimen of Allotype Female of Mohavacris timberlakei Rehn from Desert Springs, California, resting on flower clump of Eriogonum fasciculatum its chief host plant. (1.5x Nat.) bo First collected living male of Tanaocerus koebelei Bruner from the Gila Mountains of Arizona; collected Dec. 27, 1940. (1.5x Nat. ) Body form heavier and more squat. Antennae of 28-29 seg- ments, filiform throughout. Body without distinct median keel or'signior lateralicarimation = =a Tanaocerinae ALLOTYPE FEMALE—Desert Springs, San Bernardino Co., elev. 4000 feet, May 19, 1955 (night collecting; Ernest R. Tinkham ). Measurements in mms: body length to base ovipositor 22.5; to tip ovipositor 25.1; pronotum 3.0; caudal femora 11.8, caudal tibiae 11.4; antennae 16.0 mms. Type in the Tinkham Collection. Description: Head much deeper than broad, face slightly concave in lateral profile yet convexly rounded, its medium carina from median ocellus ventrad to clypeal suture prominent, lateral carinae strongly raised and running from latero-ventral margins of antennal pits to suture. Eyes moderate in size, subglobular and subprominent. Fastigium declivent, deeply excavate, the lateral carinae strongly elevated and produced into vertexal 158 BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 horns, subparallel forward and strongly divergent caudadly over occiput to rear margin of head. Inter-antennal areas of frontal costa strongly compressed convexly forward into sort of “nose,” the dorsal portions of frontal costal keels, sublaminate, strongly flared and continuing to the eyes; fastigial carinae fused to flared portions about centrally. Pronotum with anterior and posterior margins straight and parallel, its lateral margins moderately divergent posteriorly. Median carina raised into a high crenulate crest on the metazona and continuing caudadly as a series of ever-decreasing crenulate or fin-like lobes on the thoracic and abdominal segments, the crests becoming almost evanescent on the four last abdominal segments; mesonotal carina formed of two distinct pleurites incompletely fused on the anterior two- thirds, this feature plainly visible on the metanotum and the four last abdominal segments, a character believed to indicate primitiveness in Mohavacris. Lateral carinae of pronotum promi- nent, slightly irregular, parallel on the prozona and moderately divergent on the metazona, thence continuing irregularly onto the meso and meta-notal pleurites and the first three abdominal segments. Lateral lobes below lateral carinae shallow, broader than deep, greatest lobar depth just cephalad of posterior margin, posterior lateral lobe of pronotum rounded. Meso-metasternal plate hexagonally-diamond shaped with maximum _ breadth at mesotrochanters, the lateral margins of plate straight, moder- ately convergent cephalad of mesotraochanters, strongly con- vergent caudad; mesosternal interspace broad, shallow, with sides slightly convergent caudad and lobe squarely rounded. Metasternal interspace absent, represented by only a fused line; posterior margin squarely truncate with median triangular emargi- nation whose margin is slightly tectately raised over the two deep triangular foveolar impressions. Ovipositor with upper margin of dorsal valvulae bearing three outer and one inner teeth in addition to apex; ventral valvulae slender, elongate, with two outer marginal teeth separated from the acuminate apex by a deep circular notch. Paratypes: Two. Same data, measurements and description as the Allotype and deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum and the Tinkham Collections. 159 BULLETIN, So. CaLir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol.554,eRartxowl955 BIBLIOGRAPHY Chang, K. S. Francis 1937. Notes on the Eumastacinae (Orthoptera, Acrididae) from China with the Description of one new Genus. Notes d’Ent. Chinoise, 4(3):35-46, pls. 1-2. Hebard, Morgan 1934. Studies in Orthoptera which occur in North America north of the Mexican Boundary. I. Psychomastax, a genus of Grasshoppers of the western United States. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc., 59:363-370, figs. 1=6;) phy 22; Rehn, James A. G. and Hebard, Morgan 1918. A Study of the North American Eumastacinae. Trans. Amer. ent. Soc., 44: 223-250, pls. 11-16. Rehn, James A. G. and Rehn, John W. H. 1934. The Eumastacidae of Southern Mexico and Central America. Mem. Amer. ent. Soc., No. 8, pp. 1-84, pls. 1-6. 1939. A Review of the New World Eumastacinae (Orthoptera, Acri- didae), Part I. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 91:165-206, text figs. 1-6, pls. 6-8. 1942. A Review of the New World Eumastacinae (Orthoptera, Acri- didae), Part II. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 94:1-88, text figs. 1-60, pls. 1-2. Rehn, James A. G. 1948. The Locust Genus Tanaocerus as found in the United States, and the Description of a related new Genus (Orthoptera: Acridoidae ). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 100:1-22, pl. 1. 1948. The Acridoid Family Eumastacidae (Orthoptera), A Review of our knowledge of its Components, Features and Systematics, with a suggested new Classification of its Major Groups. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 100:77-189. Tinkham, Ernest R. 1947. New Species, Records and Faunistic Notes Concerning Orthoptera in Arizona. Amer. Midland Nat., 38(1):127-149, Pls. 1-3. Uvarov, B. P. 1953. Two new Eumastacidae (Orthoptera) from Africa. Boll. Lab. Zool. Gen. e Agr. “Filippo Silvestri” Portici. 33:1-9, figs. 1-14. 160 BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 STICTODORA CABELLEROI new species ( Trematoda : Heterophyidae ) By W. E. Martin Biology Department, and Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California While examining birds for schistosomes, on a grant provided by the Office of Naval Research*, some heterophyid trematodes were recovered from the small intestines of two ring-billed gulls, Larus delawarensis Ord., collected near San Pedro, California. These birds were nearly of adult size but they possessed juvenile plumage. I am indebted to Mr. Kenneth Stager, Curator of Birds and Mammals, Los Angeles County Museum, for the identifica- tion of the gulls. The worms were identified as belonging to the genus Sticto- dora Looss, 1899. This genus was reviewed recently by Chen (1951) and therefore an extensive coverage of the literature will not be given here. Since the publication of his article, at least two new species of the genus have been described, one (S. thapari) by Witenberg (1953) and the other (S. tridactyla) by Martin and Kuntz (in press). Members of this genus have been found in the small intestines of certain piscivorous birds and mammals in various parts of the world. The life cycles of these species probably are similar to that of S. tridactyla and to the majority of life cycles thus far described for other heterophyids. These involve larval multiplication in a snail, metacercarial de- velopment in a fish, and attainment of adulthood in a fish-eating bird or mammal. Probably most heterophyids are potential parasites of man because they exhibit little adult host specificity. Where it is customary for humans to eat raw or insufficiently cooked fish, these parasites may cause death by invading the intestinal wall and releasing eggs into the blood stream in such numbers that important vessels, like the coronaries, are blocked (Africa, Garcia and Leon 1935; Africa, Leon and Garcia 1935, 1936 a b, 1937, 1940.) MATERIALS AND METHODS The worms were removed from the intestines of the gulls, washed to remove debris, and fixed under moderate pressure in cold Bouin’s solution. Mayer's paracarmine was the stain em- ployed and permount was used as the mounting medium. * This study was aided by a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the University of Southern California, NR 165,252. Reproduction in whole or in part is permitted for any purpose of the United States Government. 161 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 a Os EY We \%, | 0 URS: 3 PLATE 47 EXPLANATION OF PLATE Abbreviations used: A~—acetabulum; E—egg; G—gonotyl; M—Mebhlis’ gland; O—oral sucker; OV-—ovary; P—pharynx; PR—prostate; R—receptaculum seminalis; S—seminal vesicle; T—testis; V—vitellaria; VG—ventro-genital sac. All drawings made with the aid of a camera lucida. Fig. 1—Ventral view of Stictodora cabelleroi. Fig. 2—Portion of genital complex. Not all of the prostate glands are shown especially on the right side. Fig. 3—Lateral view of acetabulum. 162 BuLueTIn, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 OBSERVATIONS Stictodora cabelleroi new species* (Plate 47 Figures 1-3) Diagnosis: The following measurements expressed in milli- meters are based upon eighteen specimens. Body length 0.92- 1-61, average 1.21, body width 0.28-0.50, average 0.37. Cuticle armed with scale-like spines over most of body. Oral sucker length 0.06-0.1, average 0.07; width 0.065-0.11, average 0.08. Prepharynx 0.025-0.124, average 0.07 long. Pharynx 0.04-0.059, average 0.05 long by 0.019-0.046, average 0.04 wide. Esophagus 0.025-0.11, average 0.06 long. Intestinal ceca extending nearly to posterior end of body. Gonotyl and acetabulum enclosed in a ventro-genital sac. Gonotyl oval, 0.08-0.16, average 0.115 long by 0.065-0.12, average 0.09 wide, and armed with a semicircle of spines. The spines vary in length from 0.006 to 0.016. The longer spines usually are slightly curved. The number of spines is some- what difficult to determine because parts of the spined area are invaginated. The counts varied from sixty-four to eighty-nine for the eighteen specimens. The acetabulum is approximately 0.04 wide by 0.05 long and bears two projections which extend toward the gonotyl (Fig. 3). Genital pore approximately mid- ventral at about the posterior end of anterior one-third of body. Testes, ovary and vitellaria in posterior half of body. Testes oval, obliquely transverse, 0.11-0.16, average 0.13 long by 0.08- 0.14, average 0.11, wide. Seminal vesicle divided into three or four parts. Pars prostatica consisting of subspherical mass ap- proximately 0.05 by 0.04. Some of the prostate glands have very long ducts (Fig. 2). The ovary is immediately anterior to or slightly overlapping the right testis. It is 0.08-0.12, average 0.10, long and 0.08-0.10, average 0.09, wide. A small vitelline reser- voir and the seminal receptacle connect to the oviduct which proceeds medially from the ovary to Mehlis’ gland. The seminal receptacle varies in size but averages about the size of the ovary. The vitellaria are diffuse and usually posttesticular although occasionally there is slight overlapping of the posterior testis. The uterus extends in a series of loops from Mebhlis’ gland pos- teriorly in the lower right quarter of the body, then anteriorly in the left half of the body, to terminate at the ventro-genital sac. * This species is named in honor of Dr. Eduardo Cabellero y C. 163 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 The eggs are operculate, yellow, and measure 0.027-0.031, aver- age 0.030, long by 0.014-0.020, average 0.016, wide in fixed specimens. Host: Larus delawarensis Ord. Type Specimen: No. 541 Parasitology Collection, Hancock Foundation. Location: Small intestine. Locality: Southern California, U.S.A. DISCUSSION Stictodora cabelleroi resembles most closely three species of the genus, S. japonica, S. lari and S. mergi, collected in Japan and described by Yamaguti (1939). It differs from S. japonica, collected from the small intestine of Mergus serrator L., espe- cially in the characters of the gonotyl which bears two spiny pads in S. japonica but which has a crescent spined area in S. cabelleroi. It differs from S. lari, collected from the small intestine of Larus crassirostris Viellot, in the larger oral sucker, larger gonotyl and apparently fewer gonotyl spines in S. cabel- leroi. Also the ovary is between the testes in S. cabelleroi while it is anterior to them in S. lari. It differs from S. mergi, taken from the small intestine of Mergus serrator L., in the larger body size, larger oral sucker, larger gonotyl, apparently fewer gonotyl spines, and smaller eggs in S. cabelleroi. Chen (1951) has questioned the validity of S. lari and S. mergi and there certainly is a good deal of overlapping in many of the measurements of these two species. There does, however, seem to be a difference in the positions of the gonads with the ovary anterior to both testes in Stictodora lari but anterior to only the posterior testis in S. mergi. This difference could be due, as Chen (1951) has stated, to variations in body extension or con- traction. The eggs of S. mergi are larger but this alone probably would not be sufficiently important for the naming of a new species. Further work should be done on the spination of the gonotyl which according to Yamaguti is covered with simple slightly curved spines on its free surface in S. lari and, in S. mergi, the’ spines are so closely set that their number could not be determined. 164 BULLETIN, So. CAatir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 SUMMARY A new species, Stictodora cabelleroi, is described from the small intestine of the ring-billed gull, Larus delawarensis Ord., collected in southern California. LITERATURE CITED Africa, C. M., Garcia, E. Y., and Leon, W. de 1935. Intestinal heterophyidiasis with cardiac involvement: A contribu- tion to the etiology of heart failures. Philip J. Pub. Health 2:1-22. ———— — , Leon, W. de, and Garcia, E. Y. 1935. Heterophyidiasis: II, Presence of ova in sclerosed mitral valves in- cluding other chronic lesions in the myocardium. J. Philip. Is. Med. Assoc. 15:583-592. 1936a. Heterophyidiasis: III, Ova associated with fatal hemorrhage in the right basal ganglia of the brain. J. Philip. Is. Med. Assoc. 16:22-26. 1936b. Heterophyidiasis: IV, Lesions found in the myocardium of eleven infested hearts including three cases with valvular involvement. Philip. J. Publ. Health 3:1-27. 1937. Heterophyidiasis: V, Ova in the spinal cord of man. Philip. J. Sci. 62:393-397. 1940. Visceral complications in intestinal heterophyidiasis of man. Rep. Proc. III. Internat. Congr. Microbiol. N.Y. pp. 447-449. Chen, H. T. 1951. Stictodora manilensis and Stellantchasmus falcatus from Hong Kong, with a note on the validity of other species of the two genera (Trematoda:Heterophyidae). Lingnan Sci. J. 23:165-175. Martin, W. E. and Kuntz, R. E. 1955. Some Egyptian heterophyid trematodes. J. Parasit. 41:374-382. Witenberg, G. 1953. Notes on Galactosomum and related genera (Trematoda:Hetero- phyidae). Thapar Commemoration Vol. pp. 293-300. Yamaguti, S. 1939. Studies on the helminth fauna of Japan. Pt. 25. Trematodes of binds LV yapyyeeZool. 6:1 292210; BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 SCIENTIFIC NOTES A SONORAN LYRE SNAKE, Trimorphodon, UNDER A GROUND CLOTH Many people are afraid to sleep on the ground out of doors in the southwestern United States because of the widespread belief that snakes will seek shelter in or under their sleeping bags. For 107 trips into all types of terrain, members of the Sierra Club have camped out in all kinds of weather with an estimated 4,325 overnight ground contacts known to the senior author. In only one instance on April 7, 1955, near Phantom Ranch, Coconino County, Grand Canyon National Park, Arizona, did anyone find a live snake near their bag. While picking up the ground cloth under his sleeping bag on the morning of April 7th, Leroy Arnold discovered a Sonoran Lyre Snake, Trimorphodon lyrophanes (Cope), about 16 inches long. The specimen was carried to Phantom Ranch where the manager, Manford (Slim) Patrick, identified it as a snake “occurring in this area.” Verification of the identification of this specimen was made from a koda- chrome transparency taken at the time of discovery although the specimen was released. The light colored V-shaped mark on the head and nape involv- ing the parietals but not confluent posterolaterally with the light colored ventral surface, the light V-shaped mark cut off by continuation posteriorly of a narrow black band that preceeds the light band on the head, and the number of body blotches exceeding 22 with their width being equal to or greater than the interspaces verified the identification (L. M. Klauber, 1940, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 9:189; H. M. Smith & E. H. Taylor, 1945, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 187:145). Over 48 field trips by the junior author with his family or Los Angeles City College students, chiefly during the warmer parts of the year, have involved a minimum of 309 individual overnight ground contacts of sleep- ing bags in southwestern United States. In no case was a snake of any type found under ground cloths or sleeping bags spread on the ground. In our experience, the data would indicate a minimum chance associa- tion of 1 to 4,634 for possible contact with a live snake by sleeping on the ground in a sleeping bag in southwestern United States. Epwarp L, PETERSON and SHERWIN F. Woop, Los Angeles City College, Los Angeles 29, California. The Los Angeles County Museum has recently recorded the diurnal Lepidoptera in its reference collections, under the title “A List of the North American Lepidoptera in the Los Angeles County Museum” (L. A. Co. Mus. Science Series No. 18, Zoology No. 8, 35 pp., Sept., 1955; price (mailed) $1.10). The list is compiled by Lloyd M. Martin and Fred S. Truxal, Curators of Entomology. Included for each species is information concerning the number of specimens (including types), the states represented, and the months when collected. No attempt is made to present a new checklist of the Lepidoptera of North America; the arrangement follows to a large extent that presented by James H. McDunnough in his “Checklist of the “Lepidoptera of Canada and the U.S.A.”, 1938. However many new records of both species and subspecies appear in the new work. The list includes 24,162 specimens representing 628 out of the 692 species recorded in the 1938 checklist and 91.07% of the species and subspecies now known in North America. This conspectus will be of particular importance to the researcher inter- ested in consulting additional material for the study of Rhopalocera of North America. Dr. HitpEGARDE Howarp, Chief Curator, Division of Science. 166 BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 A SURMISE CONFIRMED In Part 1 of this volume of the “Bulletin,” pages 33 to 35, brief notes were given on the early stages of the geometrid moth Neoterpes edwardsata Packard, and the foodplant on which it was reared was recorded as the Matilijah Poppy, Romneya coulteri Hary. As this plant was introduced in this particular locality (Del Mar), I suggested that its native host was prob- ably the Bush Poppy, Dendromecon rigida Benth. At that time I had not succeeded in locating larvae on the latter plant. Since then I have found several, and reared them to maturity, thus confirming the surmise that the Bush Poppy is the foodplant of N. edwardsata in the wild. Joun A. CoMsTock. Supplementing our previous reports on the John Lovell Sperry Memorial, it can now be recorded that the several sales made of the excess items (as noted on p. 44 of this volume), now totals $581.93. ovis Go ACADEMY PROCEEDINGS WATER, FISH, AND MAN IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA Abstract of lecture delivered by Dr. Carl L. Hubbs before the Southern California Academy of Sciences on September 16, 1955. This study has involved a correlation of data on recent geomorphology, hydrographic history, changes in the fauna and flora (especially in the fish fauna), and the ecological history of man. It deals both with the interior desert and the coast. The past and present distribution of the biota (including fishes and man) in the desert basins has been determined largely by the hydrographic history, and the biogeographic data helps to explain the history of the waters. The interior basins of the Sierra-Mohave complex include a considerable number of independent fishless basins and a vast Pluvial system formerly tributary to Lake Manly, the sump in Death Valley. This system contained fishes derived in part through stream transfer from the Lahontan system and in part from a still earlier outflow through the Colorado; and early man flourished along the now desiccated water courses. The Pluvial distributary lakes of the Colorado River, LeConte and Pattie, were repeatedly filled by changes in the river course across the delta, and on each filling abounded in fish that nourished a large human popu- lation. The fish faunas are being reconstructed by an examination of the midden bones and at least the later human cultures will soon be dated by carbon 14 analyses. Some of the populations of man in the desert regions definitely date from the Wisconsin period. Along the coasts of Southern California and Baja California research is beginning to decipher the Pleistocene and recent changes in climate, fauna, and human populations. Fish faunal data and meteorological data show a warmer climate 100 years ago, with a cooling off contemporaneous with the Arctic amelioration of climate farther north. Combined carbon 14 and oxygen 18 tests on midden material indicate a warm ocean and warm atmosphere about 300 years ago, when the large human population that existed must have demanded more fresh water than now exists. Around 600 to 1100 years ago was a cool period, when the northern mollusk Cryptochiton ranged farther south to help feed a flourishing human population. Warm periods existed about 2500 and 4000 years ago. Phil C. Orr, of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, has two datings, averaging 6,800 years on red abalone shells from Santa Rosa Island, 167 BULLETIN, So. Carir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 indicating a cool period. Still older datings are anticipated for man along the coast. Charcoal thought to be of human origin, in a cliff near La Jolla, has been dated at 22,500 years. Logs in the dwarf mammoth beds of Santa Rosa Island have been dated for Phil C. Orr at 16,650 years and on a trip to the island he, George F. Carter, Wallace S. Broecker, and I have just found evidence that this elephant was caught and cooked by man, confirming Orr’s prior deduction. Thus, Pleistocene man takes his place in the history of the coast as well as the desert. “THE MEDICAL RESEARCH REACTOR AT THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, LOS ANGELES” Abstract of Lecture delivered by Dr. M. A. Greenfield before the Southern California Academy of Sciences on October 21, 1955. The world’s first atomic energy reactor specifically designed for medical treatment and research will be completed in a matter of months, at the Los Angeles Medical Center of U. C. L. A. It will produce gamma rays and neutrons for cancer therapy, and is also designed to serve a variety of additional medical and nonmedical uses, including the production of radioisotopes, and radiation for experi- mental sterilization and preservation of food and drugs. The reactor is being built with funds provided by the A. E. C. and the California Institute for Cancer Research. Designed to operate at a power level of 5 kilowatts, with a maximum power of 50 kilowatts, it will produce a high intensity of neutrons, subatomic particles available only from a nuclear reactor in the large amounts required for medical therapy and other atomic research. Gamma rays produced will be of greater intensity than those produced by 50 pounds of radium. The reactor’s atomic fuel will consist of about four gallons of uranyl sulphate solution, highly enriched in Uranium 235, contained in a one- foot stainless-steel sphere, or core. The solution type reactor will be self-contained, with no radioactive particles, fumes, or smoke being exhausted into the atmosphere or public disposal systems. Dr. Greenfield is Associate Professor and Radiation Physicist of the U. C. L. A. Medical Center, School of Medicine, Department of Radiology. His subject was presented with clarity, arousing keen interest in his listeners, and a long seance of questioning. CORRECTION: In Vol. 54, part 2, page 57 of the “Bulletin,” a correction should be made in lines 2 and 3 of the first paragraph. The italicised name there inadvertently given as Plebeius icarioides hilda should read Plebeius saepiolus hilda. JAG CORRECTION, ANNUAL MEETING REPORT, 1955, Vol. 54, Part. 2. The Advisory Board list on line 3, page 108, should have the names of J. Stanley Brode and Thomas Clements added, and that of Ross Hardy deleted. S.F.W. 168 BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 8, 1955 BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY of SCIENCES Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California Subscription—$3.50 per year Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00) Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences The Academy has published to date the following: PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6. MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers. All issues of the above are now out of print. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908 — one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October) in 1920. The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August, Vol. XX, No. 3, December. The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September. The 1928 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July. The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March- April; No. 8, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6, November-December. From 1925 to 1954, including volumes XXIV to 53, three numbers were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April; No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume. MEMOIRS Wolnlesl93S8a, Volos Parte d939. Vol. 2) Part 2) 1944. Vols 3)) Rartele 1947. Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. 169 BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 54, Part 3, 1955 Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences For Sale at the Appended Prices To To Non- BULLETIN Members Members Vol. 8, No. 7, 1904 a Se S Rey! oui (ep) py oS (j=) _ co j=) ~l ee Ut =) © S =) fend Oo i=) oo= 1 Ul KH Ol S = Ke) — = LS Ol =) Go S an) 5 UL 2. Me MDs Gr De OG: aoe es eee ee 15 1.50 Site, Deal GUS fai 2S tee ot ee 1.50 3.00 H Ke) bo & orc =>) — S i=) Dp ohn nae oe ire sake © cee 1.00 2.00 bo — RR OOo RE ERE NN NEY ERE bs OL L _ co bo bo 194 Veach)) eee ee 35 MOA SN (each) See OD 9A ON (exc hy) ene 35) O50" each) eee ee .35 AGES RC rete 0) a) ee tere .60 ICI SS9) “(frereVol al) on ee ee 60 DUS etehn (cee Vol a) eee ek a .60 T9545 (each) te ee one .60 bOI ((GHVG) 1) ese 60 (Continued on next page ) eo Oo ele OA Gal GOAa (each) a ro SD At Rae Oe 31995 ((each)) =e ee a5 75 BO yan 1 DG eens eee ae Come ee 2 Se EOD sf5) 2.0 aa S997 o (each) het ee oe ee 35 hs) Daa also 23 O99 8aveach: eee eee 55 75 siete DM 9298 (each) ee BE Briley a @ . OO me O Sis each) mame eee sD) LD ale ee ele tn 8 a NOSIR Fea hs) pects cece ae ea BS MD eS 2 ee eee oe OS 8R (each) 5 > POG Mle? aul 9S 4a((each!)seme eee RO MS ~ By = DP SelO Sa each) ma